Another BigCloset TopShelf story. The follow-up to 'First Place Bride. What happened the following day for 'Trick or Treat'!!
Donna Anne's Halloween
by Lisa Elizabeth in conjunction with Donna Anne
Any resemblance of characters or situations to those of real persons or
situations is purely coincidence. This is a work of fiction.
********
I had done it! I had won the costume contest at my school. It had been
wonderful and I was very happy when I had gone to sleep last night. Now it
was morning and I woke up in my bed holding on to Raggedy Ann. Today was
trick or treat day! I knew I couldn't wear the bridal dress again. I had
promised Joanne, my cousin, that I would only wear it for the contest. I
decided to get up and have breakfast and talk to mom about this.
"Morning dear. Did you sleep well?" Mom asked as I sat down at the table.
"I slept fine Mom. Can I ask you a question? What am I going to do for
tonight? It's trick or treat and I don't want to ruin the dress from Joanne."
I queried.
"Why don't you call Jeff and see what he's doing? Mom said.
"Good idea!" I went to the phone and called Jeff. "Hi Mrs. Grant, this is
Donnie. Is Jeff up yet? Okay I'll wait. ... Hi, Jeff? ... Donnie. ... Yea it
was great last night!... You make just as pretty a girl. ... I'll ask my mom.
Mom? Can I go over to Jeff's?" I asked.
"Let me talk to his mother first." I handed mom the phone. "Hi, Jessica, ..
Lois .. I think the 'girls' should get together today, what do you think? ...
I see, I'll wait ... Okay? ... Let me ask Donna. Donna? Janet Lynn would love
to spend the day with you and go Trick - or - Treating with you tonight. Is
that okay?" Mom asked me straight forward.
"What? I mean Yea! I mean Donna? Okay? I'll go change and be right over!" I
yelled as I raced for the bathroom to shower and become 'Donna Anne' for the
whole day. This was going to be fun!
I came out of the shower and into 'my' room and went to look in the closet.
What to wear, what to wear? Sometimes these decisions were really tough! I
looked through my clothes four times! Finally I decided to wear a simple blue
shirt with a lace collar and a blue denim skirt that mom had bought me. 'this
will look good with white tights and my Mary Jane's ' I thought. I went to
get dressed and remembered my bra was in the wash. "Mom? How can I get
dressed my underwear is in the laundry!" I called.
"Check your drawer Donna, I bought three bras for you. There should be two
more in the drawer, still in packages." Mom called back.
I looked in the drawer and sure enough there were two more bras. One a pale
pink and the other a light blue. Since I had a blue shirt I chose that one
for today. I put it on and then placed the pads in place. I slipped into a
pair of white panties and my white tights. Then I put on my shirt and skirt
and half slip. After everything was tucked in and pulled into place I sat
down and clipped in my fall. A few minutes of brushing and I was ready to go
see Janet Lynn. I slipped on my Mary Jane's and went to see mom for
'inspection'.
"Very pretty Donna. Please be home for lunch. We need to talk about your
costume for tonight." Mom said as I left the house.
I was half way to Jeff's house when I realized that this was the first time I
had been out alone as Donna Anne. It was strange walking down the street in a
skirt while my neighbors raked leaves and said hello as I passed. Normally
they didn't look at me at all when I passed. Maybe it was just the beauty of
the fall day? I don't know, but it was nice.
I walked up to the front door and rang the bell at Jeff's house. Janet Lynn
answered the door. She was dressed in a skirt and casual blouse too. If we
looked in the mirror. we would have looked like two of the girls in our class
at school. "Hi. Can I come in?" I asked.
"Sure! You look nice this morning Donna. " Janet said. " Come on in to the
kitchen, mom wanted to see you." We walked into the kitchen together.
"Good morning Mrs. Grant." I said.
"Oh, good morning Donna. You look lovely this morning. Did you sleep well? I
thought you might be awake all night from the excitement." Mrs. Grant smiled.
"I was up a little late, you know? Kind of reviewing the day in my mind." I
said.
"Janet? Why don't you two go visit in your room. I have some chores to do and
we'll see you at lunch time." Mrs. Grant stated.
"I have to be home for lunch, Mrs. Grant." I told her.
"I know dear, your mom told me. Actually, Janet asked to go over to your
house for lunch, it's all arranged. Now SCOOT! Both of you." Mrs. Grant
pointed to the stairs.
Janet and I ran up to her room giggling as we went. When we arrived we sat on
her bed and discussed everything that had happened from when we decided to be
girls for Halloween to our day at the salon for our final makeup, hair and
nails.
"Donna, I just love being a girl. I'm not sure I ever want to be a boy
again!" Janet stated.
"It has been fun. I like it too, I noticed on the walk over here that
everyone smiled at me when I passed. That was different. But, I don't know,
there are some fun things about being a boy too!" I said.
"Well if I became a girl all the time, you could probably beat me at
basketball!" Janet teased.
"Let's play your Atari!" I said to change the subject. Jeff set up his Atari
on an old black and white tv his parents gave him and we started zapping
aliens. It wasn't long before we were both tired of doing that. Normally we
could play for hours, but today it just didn't seem right to be zapping
aliens while wearing a skirt.
"Can I see your costume?" I asked Jeff.
"It's here in the closet." Jeff said and opened the closet door. What a
surprise! Not only was the costume there, but about one third of the closet
was filled with 'girl' clothes! Skirts, blouses, dresses, camisoles, a coat,
and sweaters were all hung neatly in the closet. On the floor were four pairs
of shoes. All this beside the outfit Janet had on! I was totally amazed and I
think my mouth hung open. "I told you I wasn't sure I wanted to be a boy
again, right?" Janet asked.
"Yea, I believe you now that I see your closet! Where did all these clothes
come from?" I asked. "Some of these are really cute."
"I decided three weeks before you to be a girl for Halloween. Mom and I went
to get some things to see how I would look as a girl. Well, needless to say I
look pretty when dressed as Janet, at least Mom says so. When Mom saw how
good I looked, she said I needed to learn to be as convincing a girl as
possible for this costume to work. So for over a month now I have been
'Janet' as much as possible. I've gone shopping a lot and to church and to
dinner with Mom and Dad. Mom even had me take ballet twice a week to learn to
be more graceful! I've basically lived as Janet except when you came over or
when I was at school." Janet explained.
"You really enjoy being a girl? I find it fun also, I just haven't been as
into being Donna Anne as you have as Janet. I did the shopping thing a couple
of times too. The only 'dinner' out was when I met you at 'Taco Bell'. There
were times Mom and Dad said I should let 'Donna' rest and just be 'Donnie'
for a while. Those are the times I came over to play with you. We're about
the same size, can I try on your costume? Maybe I could have Mom help you try
on mine?" I suggested.
"Sure, although you will have to speak with an Irish accent while wearing
it!" Declared Janet.
She took the costume off the hanger while I took off my skirt and blouse and
half slip. I let the long green full slip slide down my body and arranged it
so it hung properly. Then Janet helped slide the dress over my head and it
fell into place. I looked in the mirror and it fit nicely.
"It's not quite the right color for you, Donna. I think I have a dress in
here that would look much nicer on you. Let's see. . . Here it is!" Janet
said as she took out this very pretty 'Rose' colored party style dress. It
had a rounded neck and a tiered skirt with little cap sleeves and a built in
sash to tie in the back.
I carefully removed the green costume and hung it back up. Then took off the
full slip and hung it back in the closet too. I slipped the 'Rose' colored
dress on and used my half slip under it. It did look much nicer on me than
the costume did! "Janet you have so many nice things here we should have a
'fashion show'! What do you think?" I asked.
"Okay! I have wanted to model some of my things for someone other than my Mom
and Dad!" Said Janet excitedly. So we did just that! We spent the entire
morning trying on skirts, blouses, sweaters and dresses. Then we would try to
walk up and down the hallway as the Paris fashion models did. We giggled a
lot and laughed even more when we tried to stick out our 'hips' and put on
the classic 'bored duck' expression of the fashion industry. We put
combinations together for each other, some worked, some didn't! But we were
'fashion models' so we would do our 'cat walk' anyway. All too soon Mrs.
Grant came and knocked on Janet's door. It was open but I thought it was nice
that she knocked.
"What have you two been up to? There's a lot of laughing going on up here!"
Exclaimed Mrs. Grant. She was smiling as she spoke.
"We were just doing a 'Fashion Show' for each other, Mom. Donna and I would
pick out an outfit for each other and then we would walk the hall as our
'runway'! Said Janet.
"Well, I really hate to break up all this fun but Donna's Mom called and said
lunch will be ready in half an hour. I think it will take the two of you that
long to hang up all these clothes! I'll call your Mom back and tell her you
two may be a few minutes late. now get busy girls!" Mrs. Grant left to call
my Mom while Janet and I hung all the clothes back in the closet.
We were still laughing and kidding each other about our 'Supermodel' fashion
show as we came down the stairs to go to my house. We stopped by the kitchen
so Janet could say good-bye.
"Bye Mom (kiss), Bye Dad (kiss). See you later!" said Janet.
"Bye Mr. and Mrs. Grant. I'd like to thank you again Mr. Grant for helping me
last night at the contest. I think it really helped me be convincing." I told
them.
"You're welcome Donna. You made a very pretty bride. Will you be wearing that
outfit for Trick- or-Treat tonight?" Mr. Grant asked.
"No. I promised my cousin I wouldn't get the dress dirty so I have to come up
with something else." I told the Grant's.
"Run along now, Donna's Mother is waiting lunch for you two!" Mrs. Grant
shooed us out the door.
We walked down the sidewalk talking and giggling about our fashion show all
the way to my house. When we walked in Mom said to wash up because lunch was
ready. We were still laughing about the morning as we sat down to eat.
"What's so funny, girls?" Mom asked.
"We put on a fashion show of Janet's clothes! It was a lot of fun and I think
we looked pretty silly at times trying to walk like the models do." I told
Mom.
"Well you could continue the show here if you like." Mom suggested.
"Donna, could I try on the bridal gown? I know you said you had to be
careful, I just thought..." Janet got quiet.
"Mom, what do you think?" I asked.
"I don't see why not! It's here and you're not going to go out in the mud in
it. After we clean up from lunch okay?" Mom smiled.
"Really? That's great! Thank you Mrs. Jones." Janet was very excited.
We finished lunch and helped Mom clean up the dishes. When that was done Mom
said we should dress Janet in the bridal gown first. That way we would have
the afternoon to do what we wanted.
We went into Donna's room and took the gown and slip out of the closet. Janet
disrobed to just her bra and panties. I helped her put on the slip. Mom
handed her a pair of white tights, she slid off her black ones and put on the
white ones easily.
"Let's do your hair and makeup first." Said Mom. She proceeded to set Janet
on a chair and put her hair in a simple 'up-do' she called it. Mom had swept
the hair off Janet's neck and piled it on top of her head. Then she took the
curling iron and made long curly tubes all around the sides and back. Then
she had Janet relax as she put on foundation, powder, eye shadow, eye liner,
mascara, blush and lipstick. Not as professional as Karri and Janice but
Janet looked very nice. When Mom was done I gave her my sandals and she put
them on. Then came the dress! It slid over her hair easily and zipped right
up! Mom clipped the flesh colored panel together and pronounced Janet ready.
"You look lovely, Janet" Mom said.
"I feel wonderful! No wonder you won the contest! You can't help but feel
completely like a girl in this dress!" Exclaimed Janet. I handed Janet the
bouquet and Mom placed the veil on her head. Then we spent the next half hour
teaching Janet that slow halting step that brides use coming down the aisle.
Mom got out the camera and took a dozen pictures of Janet, for her Mom, of
course.
"Well, I think that is enough practice at being a bride for one day!" Said
Mom. "Let's put the dress away and then you two can get on with whatever you
like!"
Janet looked sad as she removed the dress and slip. Mom also used cold cream
to remove the makeup and helped take her hair down and brush it back out.
Then she left us alone.
"Since your still half dressed let's have a second fashion show!" I said.
"Okay, let me see your closet!" Janet was smiling again.
Now I don't have near the number of girl clothes that Janet has, but we
managed to try on ALL of them. We were getting better at our 'runway walk'
too! It's just trying to look bored, with your hip stuck out. It still made
us laugh!
We had finished our show and were just sitting on my bed listening to the
radio and talking when Mom called us. "It's getting close to Trick-or-Treat
time! Have you decided on a costume Donna?"
That's Right! I couldn't wear the bridal gown, I promised Joanne I would keep
it clean! "Oh, Janet, what am I going to do!" I was panicked.
"Why don't you go as you are?" Asked Janet. "You could have your Mom do your
makeup so you look like you were made-up for today. I have that green jumper
at home. I'll wear that and we'll go as two 'girlfriends'!" Janet seemed
happy with that.
"Okay, you go change. I'll get Mom to help me and we'll meet at five." I
said.
Janet went into the kitchen and said good-bye to my Mom and Dad. Then she
left to get ready for tonight.
I had a light dinner with Mom and Dad and then told them what we planned to
do. Mom said she would help do some light makeup so I looked like I was
older. She called Janet's Mom to make sure they were trying to achieve the
same look. We then went to Donna's room and Mom sat me down. She started with
foundation covering my face with a thin layer. Then a powder to 'set' the
foundation. She brushed away the loose powder and then started on my eyes.
She reached into her purse and took out some eyeshadow. I closed my eyes as
she wiped my eyelids and then wiped another time between my eyelid and my
eyebrow. Mom used her finger to blend between the two like Karri had done.
Then she used the eyeliner above my lashes and a gray eye pencil below my
lower lashes. Finally she applied mascara and combed out my lashes after it
was on. Mom used a coral blush on my cheeks and blended it in. Then she took
a coral lipstick and had me coat my own lips. I had gotten pretty good at
this from touching up my lips during the contest last night. I blotted my
lips twice just like Mom had taught me. Then I looked in the mirror. I looked
like I was twelve or thirteen! Definitely not nine!
"Thank you Mommy! I look older don't I!" I stated. I was very happy with the
way I looked. Mom had done laundry today so my favorite outfit was clean. I
grabbed the Pink blouse and gray jumper and quickly got dressed. I slipped on
my Mary Jane's and I was ready to go.
Just then the door bell rang. Dad called up that Janet and a young 'princess'
were here to see me. Mom and I came downstairs to Janet in her green jumper
and white blouse with makeup similar to mine and a young princess complete
with hat and veil waiting for me.
"This is Katie Winslow from next door to me" said Janet. "Katie's Mom asked
if we could take 'Princess Ariel' with us. Mom thought it might look as if we
were just two girls taking a younger sibling out."
"That's a great idea! Katie do you know who we really are?" I asked.
"I know that Janet is really Jeff. But I don't think I know you." Katie said.
"Tonight I am Donna Anne. But if I take off my makeup and change my clothes
I'm really Jeff's friend Donnie. Do you remember me?" I asked.
"You're Donnie? Didn't you spray me with the hose during the summer?" Katie
asked.
"On that really hot day in August. Yes I did. I think all three of us got
pretty wet that day didn't we?" I laughed.
"Well tonight you're Donna and you're Janet!" said Katie, pointing to each of
us.
"All three of you girls be careful. Have you got a flashlight? Everyone has a
'goodie' bag? Okay, now go!" Mom was just being a Mom with all the checking
she was doing.
Our town does Trick-or-Treat early. That way the little kids aren't out real
late. Katie was happy to have someone other than her Mother take her around.
We started at the Wilson's next door to my house. When Katie rang the
doorbell Mrs. Wilson answered.
"A Princess! How pretty! And two young ladies to escort you. The two of you
look wonderful. I can't believe that's you Donnie! You're very pretty." Mrs.
Wilson gushed.
"How did you know?" I asked.
"Your Mother just called and told me. I told her I would keep it a secret but
it just came out. I'm sorry. Is this other young lady a boy also?" She asked.
"Yes Ma'am. Jeff Grant is my name. Tonight I'm Janet and this is Donna, do
you know Katie Winslow our princess?" Jeff responded.
"Pleasure to meet you all. You two look so much like girls! I just can't
believe it! I'm going to call your mother back and compliment her on your
costume. Now run along and have a good time." Mrs. Wilson shooed us off and
closed the door.
We went from house to house for the next hour and a half with everyone
praising Katie for her costume and telling Janet and I how nice it was that
two 'older' girls would escort a younger girl around. All the praise made us
feel good. Finally Katie was getting tired so we took her home. Mrs. Winslow
thanked us for taking Katie. Katie told her Mom that only my next door
neighbor knew we were boys. Everyone else thought we were girls.
We said good-bye to Mrs. Winslow and Katie and left their house. We were just
chatting about all the people who thought we were really girls when we heard
a whistle. As we turned around to see who whistled there stood Dracula, a
Hobo and a Clown!
"What are two lovelies as yourselves doing out on a night like this?" Asked
Dracula. "You could get a bite on the neck, if you aren't careful. Ya-ha-ha!"
It was a bad accent and Janet and I laughed. "I think you should practice
your accent!" I told him. With that we turned back around and headed for
Janet's house.
The three boys ran past us and turned around to block our paths. "This is a
toll booth. The cost is 'one kiss' in order to pass." said the Hobo.
Janet and I looked at each other and giggled. "Should we Janet? Or should we
turn around and go home the other way?" I asked out loud.
"Well we wouldn't want to be chased all over by these three, would we? Let's
do it and maybe they'll leave us alone!" Janet responded. " Line up boys!"
The boys stood in a line across the sidewalk and Janet and I kissed each one
on the cheek! then we walked past them and continued on to Janet's door.
"Goodnight boys! Pleasant dreams!" Janet said and we both waved as we went
into Janet's house. As soon as we were inside we started laughing. Talking
about the look on their faces when we kissed them and what they would think
if they knew we were really boys too! Janet's Mom came in to see what was so
funny. When we told her she giggled too.
"Are you going to tell them Monday?" Mrs. Grant asked.
"I think we'll wait to see if they brag about it first." I said. "If they
don't say anything, we won't either."
"I think that's a great plan, Donna. If they brag, we'll let them know they
were kissed by two boys. And to think they turned red just now!" laughed
Janet.
"Since it's after nine why don't we call your Mom, Donna. You could spend the
night here and go home in the morning?" Mrs. Grant suggested.
"GREAT!" Janet and I shouted at the same time! We looked at each other and
laughed some more.
Mrs. Grant called my Mom and got the okay for me to sleep over. Janet and I
ran upstairs and changed into night gowns. We left our hair on but cleaned
off the makeup like we had been taught by our mothers. Janet had some extra
slippers, so I borrowed a pair to go with the white night gown she gave me
and we went down to watch some tv.
It was a great slumber party! Even with only the two of us, we watched scary
movies, ate popcorn and chatted all about taking Katie out and those silly
boys and their 'toll booth'. Eventually we fell asleep on the couch dreaming
about all the excitement we had been a part of the last three weeks.
The End
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
First Place Bride
By Lisa Elizabeth in conjunction with Donna Anne
Any resemblance of characters or situations to actual people or events is purely coincidental. I would like to thank Janet Stickney for letting Jeff Grant make an appearance in the story. Thanks Janet!
********
This was it! I was the 'big gun' this year. I was going into third grade! Our schools are divided so that all kindergarten through third grade go to one school, then fourth through sixth another. Then Jr. high and high school.
This was my year to be the big guy on campus! My name is Donald Allan Jones Jr. Everyone calls me Donnie. I hated being called 'Jr.', it reminded me of the guy on 'Hee Haw' that sold used cars. I prefer Donnie.
This was my last chance to win the school Halloween costume contest. We all started planning and talking about it on the first day of school. I took second place last year with this great costume of a 'Star Wars' Ewok. First place was given to Emily Christensen for her portrayal of Glenda the Good Witch. She even had her little brother and sister dress as munchkins! So much for last year, this year 'I' was going to win no matter what!
I spent the first two weeks of school trying to come up with something that would be so-o-o good that I couldn't lose. We talked about 'Star Wars', 'Thundercats', G.I.Joe and Zombies. Nothing sounded good enough to me. I was sitting at the kitchen table with my friend, Jeff Grant, one day after school trying to come up with ideas for a costume. We had all kinds of ideas but couldn't come up with a really good one. Jeff suggested I think of a really good 'girl' costume. I thought he was crazy! I'm a guy after all, I wouldn't dress as a princess or something! He was sure that his ideas would place in the contest. Just before dinner he left for home sure that a 'girl' costume was right for him.
"Don't rule out being a girl for Halloween, Donnie. I think I could make you a very pretty girl if I say so myself." Mom had been listening to Jeff and I talk at the table while she made dinner.
"I don't think so mom. Maybe if I can't think of anything else we'll talk about it. Okay?" I thought that would be the end of the discussion.
"I'm just saying, if you don't have a good idea I'd like to help." Mom was smiling as she said it. "Now go put your things away and help me set the table, dinner is almost ready and dad will be home soon."
The next two weeks went by and still no really great idea for a Halloween costume. I finally sat down at the kitchen table and called mom in to talk.
"I give up mom, I have tried every idea I can think of and none of them are right. What idea did you have for me?"
"Hm-m-m. We could do 'Alice in Wonderland,' or 'Cinderella'? Any ideas from you?"
"How about 'Wonder Woman, or 'The Bionic Woman'." At least they were action heroines.
Mom thought a minute and said, "I think something that covers more and we don't really want you running around in the skimpy outfit of Wonder Woman in the rain. I have an idea, let me call your aunt Betty."
I had no idea what mom needed to talk to Aunt Betty about. But she was on the phone in two seconds.
"Hi Betty, this is Lois. . . Fine, fine.. tell you why I called. Remember last May when Joanne was that miniature bride for Ellen and Ken's wedding. I know. . . she and Donnie were so cute as the miniature Bride and Groom. Do you still have the dress?. . . Oh great!. . . You have the whole outfit?. . .
That's super! Let me take some measurements and I'll call you back. Bye."
"What was that all about mom?" I wasn't sure, but I did have an idea of what she was thinking.
"Okay. You want my help, go to your room and strip to your underpants. I'll get the tape measure and paper and pencil and we are going to measure you!"
Mom was already gathering things so I went to my room and stripped down to just my under wear. Sometimes it's better to go along with mom when she gets this way.
She took a lot of measurements and wrote them on the paper. Things like my waist and chest and arms I was used to. She also measured the distance from my waist to the floor and from my shoulders to my waist. "Why all the extra measuring, Mom?"
"A girl has to be concerned with where things are on her body. If your dress is too long you trip over it and if the skirt starts too high it doesn't look right when you have it on. Since I think you'll make a pretty girl for Halloween, we have to measure you like we would a girl." She stated, like I knew what she was talking about.
"Okay mom. Are you thinking of the dress Joanne wore?
"Yes. I think you would make a perfect bride! Since Joanne is about the same size as you I needed the measurements to see if the dress would fit. Now let's go convert these to your 'girl' sizes and then we'll call Aunt Betty and see what size the dress is." We went downstairs and mom got out the 'Sears' catalog and went to the little girls measurement page. She looked on all the charts and wrote some more numbers down on the paper. "Okay, let's call Aunt Betty and see if the outfit will fit!"
Mom made the second call and talked with Aunt Betty for awhile. When she hung up she was all smiles. "I just knew this would work. You are the same size as Joanne so the whole outfit will work out just fine. We can pick up the clothes Sunday when we all meet at Grandma and Grandpa's for dinner. I'll have to buy a couple of things but this costume is going to be great, Donnie!" Mom was really excited about this, I was still not so sure.
I figured that was the end of things until Sunday. Of course, I was wrong!
Mom told me that after dinner we were going shopping for some of the things we needed to complete the costume. Dad came home about then so we sat to have dinner and mom told dad about her idea for the Halloween costume.
"This sounds like you could take first place this year Donnie! I need some things from the mall so I'll tag along with you two." Dad seemed to like the idea so I figured it might just work out okay.
"You don't mind that I'm dressing as a girl?" I was asking for dad's approval more than anything.
"Donnie, Halloween is supposed to be a fun time and costumes are a part of it. I even dressed as a girl a couple of times for Halloween. So to answer your question, no, I don't have a problem with you dressing as a girl for Halloween." Dad smiled after he said this. "My mom told me I was 'cute' too!"
Great! It looked like I was going to be a bride for Halloween. Although, thinking about it, if I won the first place trophy, it would all be worth it!
We all went out to the car and dad drove us to the mall. As we were going in mom told me I was going with her and that we would meet dad at the food court for ice cream in thirty minutes or so.
Our first stop was J. C. Penny's. Mom walked us right into the girls underwear department! I think I was pretty much bright red when she pulled out the paper with the measurements and asked me what type of panty would go best with 'Donna Anne's' dress.
"Um..well..I didn't think.. I don't know?". I sputtered like a motorboat.
"Let's do it this way. We'll get a package of white for test fitting, then I'll bring Donna Anne in to chose the special panties for her 'big day'". Mom handed me a package of white cotton panties and then led me over to something called a 'camisole'. She looked at her paper and checked the sizes, then handed me three of them. One in white, one pink and one blue. We then went over to the tights. I'm not sure what she was thinking but she put three pairs of tights in my arms too! Two white and one black. I was going to ask if she thought we had enough yet when mom gasped and dragged me over to the 'fancy' area. She picked up a pair of white pantyhose, in little girl size, with a delicate flower pattern woven into the legs just above the ankle area according to the picture. "These will be perfect for that dress!" Mom was beaming like she had just won the lottery or something.
We finally went to the checkout counter and I placed everything on the counter and mom paid for it. I carried the bag for her and we went to find dad. We found him at the food court waiting for us. "Only 36 minutes! That's the closest you've ever been to being on time dear! Maybe Donnie should go shopping with you more often." Dad was only teasing but mom put on a big pout anyway.
"Just for that YOU get to pay for the ice cream!" Mom was smiling when she told this to dad.
After the ice cream we went home and mom told me to take everything into the guest bedroom. This room also doubled as her sewing room. I set the packages on the bed and was just leaving when mom stopped me. "Let's make sure this all fits. If it doesn't I can return it tomorrow."
"Okay mom." What else could I say?
"I've left a pair of panties on the bed and a camisole and a pair of tights.
I'll step out so you can change into the panty and the camisole. They go on just like any other pants and shirt. Call me before you put on the tights.
I'll show you how to do it so you don't ruin them." Mom walked out and closed the door behind her.
I looked at the items on the bed and thought 'What am I getting into here?' But after considering my options I knew I had to do this if I was going to win the contest! So I stripped off my clothes and slid the panties on. 'Not bad! Kinda like my briefs only no fly!' Then I looked at the camisole, it was silky feeling and different from the cotton panties. I slid it over my head like a T-shirt and it felt slick and cool as it covered my chest. 'I kind of like this!' I thought as I slid my hands over the silky fabric.
"Donnie! Are you decent yet?" Mom called. It shook me from admiring the fabric.
"Just finished mom, come on in."
"What took you so long.? It shouldn't take that long to change." Mom looked at me and smiled.
"Nothin', I just had to figure out the front and back. Mom? Are all girls' clothes this soft?" I asked while rubbing my hands over the camisole. I stopped rubbing because mom was smiling at me and I felt embarrassed about how silky the top felt.
"Sit here on the bed and I'll teach you how to put on the tights." Mom patted the bed next to her so I did. She picked up the tights and kinda' scrunched them up so the leg part was all shrunk but about three or four inches of tight material stuck out from her fingers. "You put your toe in so that the seam lines up with your toes like this." She took off her shoe and showed me the toes of her stocking. " Now you try it!"
I did, and really had to pull my leg up so I could reach past my toes to do it.
"Great, now slide the material up your leg to above your knee... Good! Okay scrunch up the other leg and put it on... you're doing very well for your first time!" Mom smiled lovingly at me.
I got both legs on and then mom said to stand up and work each leg up until I could pull the top around my waist. I finished that and smiled at mom. The tights felt wonderful when they were sliding up my legs. And the way they felt tight on my legs reminded me they were there all the time. I think I was starting to like the idea of dressing as a girl for Halloween!
"Donnie, please walk over to the closet and back so I can see that everything moves on you the right way." mom asked, so I walked across the room and back feeling the tights slide across each other with every step. It felt neat!
" This is great! Everything seems to fit just fine. Now you can change back into your own clothes and we'll put these away for now." Mom got up and left the room so I could change.
To say I was disappointed would be an understatement! I was having some strange feelings and just starting to like the idea of dressing as a girl when mom called a halt to the fun. I was pretty sad as I removed the clothes and placed them in the drawer with the other items we had bought.
That evening I thought a lot about the feel of the material as I watched TV.
My dreams all night long were about the soft feeling of girl's clothes and how the tights felt encasing my legs.
Life was pretty normal until Friday. "Donnie, I know you are going over to Jeff Grant's after school. I want you home by seven. I picked up some things to help with your costume and I want to try them tonight. You also have an appointment tomorrow at my beauty salon. I told Janice about your costume and she wants to help so that you are perfect." Mom was talking quickly, which she only does when she gets excited.
"Okay mom. I think Jeff and I are going to practice some basketball and play video games, so I'll be here at seven." Secretly I hoped she was going to dress me up again. I had thought about it a lot and decided I liked the feel of the clothes.
I walked into the house at five minutes to seven. It had been a tough one on one game. Jeff and I are about the same size but boy is he ever fast! I was glad when we stopped and had dinner! Mom told me that I was too dirty and smelly to try things on so I had to take a shower. The only shampoo and soap in there were the ones mom used. "Mom! Where's my shampoo and soap?"
"Just use what's there honey." Mom called back to me.
So I did and came out of the bathroom wrapped in my towel and headed for my room.
"Not your room young lady! Over here so we can see what you will look like as 'Donna Anne'." I was a bit startled to hear mom use the name 'Donna Anne'.
Then I remembered that she used that name when we were at the mall.
"Why did you call me Donna Anne mom?" It was a question I had to ask.
"When I was pregnant with you we had picked out two names. Donald Allan for a boy and Donna Anne for a girl. We didn't know which you would be until you were born. So since you are dressing as a girl it gives me a chance to have 'Donna Anne' for a little while." Mom was smiling about the name so I figured it would be okay to be Donna Anne for a little while.
Mom handed me a pair of the white panties and turned around while I pulled them on under the towel. "Okay mom you can turn back now." She turned to the dresser and took out the black pair of tights from the drawer. I put them on the way she had shown me. They felt so neat sliding up my legs! Then she handed me the pink camisole. I put it on and again I tingled as the fabric slid over my body.
Mom walked over to the closet and opened the door. I was shocked! There were five or six hangers in there with girls' clothes on them! She took out a pink blouse and a charcoal gray jumper. "Let's try these on you for size, Donna."
"Why? I thought I would only be wearing the dress for the contest?" I was scared and confused. I really thought the outfit was cute. I just didn't know how mom would react if I jumped at the chance to dress all the way as 'Donna Anne'.
"Well I thought that you could use a little practice as Donna Anne. You know how to be a boy, but you don't know how to be a girl. A little practice will assure you of winning first place! Not only that but Janice needs you in something feminine tomorrow so she can get a feel for the right way to fix you up." Mom looked a little nervous and upset.
I said, "Okay mom, if you think it will be alright and I'll win the contest I'll do it." So on went the blouse. I had some trouble with the buttons since they were backwards from my shirts. Then mom helped me get the jumper on over my head and pulled down. She handed me something she called a half slip and said to just step into it and pull it up to my waist. I finished getting dressed and mom reached into the closet and pulled out a pair of black 'Mary Jane's'. I sat on the bed and put them on and buckled the buckles.
"Now Donna, sit on the stool and let's do something with your hair." Mom picked up a brush and her curling iron and went to work. It took her a little while to decide how she was going to do things, then she started around the bottom of my hair and finished by curling my bangs under a little. "There!
That looks pretty good. Now you can go look in the full length mirror in my room."
I got up and walked out of the room and into mom and dad's room. Mom was behind me. When I looked in the mirror on the closet door I was surprised. I looked like the girls in my class! If Emily, Jane, Joan and Linda were here we would all look the same. "Mom. I look just like the other girls in my class!"
Mom had a big smile. "I knew you would look perfect Donna. Let's go down stairs and show your father. Now take smaller steps and walk a little bit slower. After all you have on a skirt and don't want it to flip up when you walk. Hold the railing when going up or down the stairs dear. You did that very well."
I was nervous about showing dad, but I figured I would have to appear as a girl eventually. I tried to remember everything mom had told me as I walked into the family room. "Hi daddy! What do you think of my new outfit?" I said it as sweetly as I could manage and twirled in front of my dad to show off my jumper and blouse for him. To say he was surprised would be an understatement! More like shock!
"Wha.. Who.. Oh.. Donnie?"
"No daddy, mommy says my name should be 'Donna Anne' when I'm dressed like this! So do you think I can win the Halloween contest? Do I make a convincing enough girl?" I asked as innocently as I could.
"You look very convincing sweetheart. Very convincing. Lois, what is going on?" Dad looked at mom. He was confused.
"I wanted to see just what I had to work with for turning Donnie into a bride named Donna. I really think this will work out fine, don't you?" Mom asked.
"We are going to the salon tomorrow morning so that Janice can help figure out what to do with hair and makeup. It will be a short visit but I thought if 'Donna Anne' went it would be easier to see how things will look."
I had a scared look on my face as I realized what mom had just said. "Mom, I-I-I'm going to go, go ,go out dressed like this?"
"Of course dear. As a matter of fact you will wear exactly what you have on now!" Mom had the biggest smile on I had ever seen.
"Are you sure? What if I'm recognized? What if everyone laughs at me? What if. . ."
"Slow down Donnie... er... I mean Donna." Dad was doing a good sputtering motorboat impression. "Lois are you sure no one will know? I understand his concerns."
"We just tell them it's a dry run for Halloween! That's not a lie. You just aren't in the outfit that you will wear for Halloween." mom stated.
"Are you sure Mom?" I was about to cry, I was so scared. But I was excited too. A chance to go out as a girl! I was looking at the tops of my shoes when my dad put his arm around me and hugged me.
"You don't have to do this if you don't want to." Dad had his arm around my shoulders rubbing them gently.
"Dad, if it will help me to win the trophy this year I can do this. Okay mom let's start learning how to be 'Donna Anne'." I had settled down when I heard the concern in my fathers voice. It was then that I knew I could BE 'Donna Anne'.
Since it was already eight thirty mom said it would be a short set of lessons and then to bed for my beauty sleep. We spent about an hour practicing walking, going up and down stairs, sitting properly and standing properly. I didn't realize you had to be so careful in a dress. Otherwise everybody would be able to see my panties!
"Time for bed Donna. Lets go up and we'll let you be Donna Anne until we get back tomorrow, Okay?"
"Okay mom. Goodnight daddy! Sleep tight, don't let the bed bugs bite!" I gave my dad a hug around his neck and a kiss on the cheek. He looked surprised, I hadn't kissed my father in two or three years. "Can't a daughter kiss her daddy? I asked.
"Sure honey, I, I was just shocked, that's all. Good night Donna Anne." Dad smiled as he said it.
I followed mom up the stairs and into the guest room. She reached into the dresser and took out a plain white night gown and a pair of white panties.
"I'll leave so you can change dear. Make sure you hang up your blouse and jumper and place your underthings on the vanity stool so you can dress in the morning. Call me when you're ready so I can tuck you in."
"Okay mom." I started to change and stopped to look in the mirror of the vanity. I really liked the way I looked in these clothes. After admiring myself for a few minutes I hung up the outfit and laid the underwear on the vanity. When I picked up the nightie it felt soft and silky like the camisole. I noticed the panties were made of the same material. I put on the panties and they felt so good! Better than the cotton ones. Then I took the nightgown and slid it over my head and let it float down over my body. It too felt cool and light and silky. I was smiling when I called mom in to tuck me in. I just couldn't seem to wipe that smile off my face. I looked up at mom and she was smiling too.
"Good night Donna Anne. We have a lot to do tomorrow so we will be up early.
Sleep tight dear." Mom kissed my forehead and turned off the light. I laid there for awhile wondering if all the girls in my class felt this good when they went to bed.
I woke up to the alarm clock and found a 'Raggedy Ann' doll snuggled into bed with me. I know I didn't go to sleep with it, but it was there this morning.
I got up and placed the doll on the vanity, then went into the bathroom and took a shower, brushed my teeth and tried to brush my hair the way my mother had last night. I just couldn't seem to get it right! I went back into the guest room and got dressed in the black tights, pink blouse and charcoal gray jumper outfit that I had worn last night. Then downstairs for breakfast.
Mom was just pouring herself a glass of juice as I walked into the kitchen.
"Good morning Donna. Did you sleep well? Would you like some juice with breakfast?"
"Morning mom. I slept fine. Yes I'd like some juice please. I think I'll just have a bowl of cereal. Oh! Mom? Could you help me fix my hair after we eat? I can't seem to get it as nice as you did last night." I asked as sweetly as I could manage this early in the morning.
"Your hair looks fine dear. We're just going to mess it up and do things to it at the salon. I'll just slip in a headband and it will be fine for the trip to the salon." Mom was trying to be reassuring. "Now we have to hurry, so finish up and rinse your bowl."
I finished eating and soon we were on our way out the door. I had a death grip on my mother's hand since this was my first time out of the house as Donna Anne. I hopped into the car and mom made me get back out and get back in like 'a young lady should'. Second time I did it right so mom started the car and we were on our way. I was looking straight ahead and not looking around like I usually did. My hands were tightly clasped in my lap.
"Take a deep breath Donna. Blow it out slowly and tell me why you're so scared." Mom was being very reassuring this morning.
"Well, mom, I'm afraid someone will see me and laugh at me as a 'boy in a dress'! I don't know if I could go to school Monday if that happened."
"I told them at the salon that you were dressing as a girl for Halloween and they suggested you come in as Donna Anne. There won't be any laughing, just a couple of ladies trying to make you the most beautiful bride ever! Actually, I think you are really going to like all the pampering they are going to do!"
Mom was almost giddy as she told me this.
Soon we arrived and mom parked the car. She reminded me how a young lady exits a car and after trying it three times she was satisfied and we went in for the appointment. I had been in here before, Janice always cuts my hair.
So I was used to the sights and smells of the salon. They just seemed so much brighter and stronger today!
"Hi Lois! This must be Donna Anne! Hello dear." Janice had a big smile as she greeted us. "Let's go back here and see what we can do for you." We followed her back to the wash sinks and she had me sit. "First we are going to wash and condition your hair so lean back and enjoy! Lois, I picked some styles from that hairdo book. See what you think and when I'm done we'll get Donna's opinion."
I leaned back and tried to relax. As soon as Janice started running the warm water through my hair I actually did relax. She used a fruit scented shampoo and massaged it into my scalp, I liked this, Janice had never washed my hair before. I think by the time she rinsed my hair after the second washing I was purring! She squeezed out the extra water and had me sit up as she wrapped a towel around my head. She told me it was to keep the water from dripping on my pretty blouse.
Mom and Janice had been talking about the styles in the book while I was lost in having my hair washed. Now Janice led me over to her chair and she and mom laid the book in my lap. So many styles! All of them were gorgeous! I didn't think I could ever look that good. "How do I pick one?" I asked.
"Well I looked at the book and tried to pick styles that would go with the shape of your face. Since I know you and cut your hair anyway it was easier to narrow down the choices." Janice explained.
"But, all the ones you marked look like they have hair a lot longer than mine! There's no way you could do some of these on me without a wig or something." I had been looking through the book and every style marked was in the 'Long Hair' section.
"Don't worry Donna, after we decide on a style and color, Janice will work her magic and you'll be beautiful! Now let's try these three and see how you look!" Mom was excited and took charge like always.
"Let's see... hm.m.m.. Okay, I'll be right back!" Janice went into the back of the shop and came back carrying a box. When she opened it there was a pile of hair in it that looked like a mop head. Janice reached in and picked it up, she shook it out and then held it behind my head. "This is the right length. A little change in color and it's perfect! Donna Anne, this is called a fall. What we will do is trim your hair a little, just to even it out, Then we'll treat your hair so the color matches the hair piece. I think it will mostly just even out the color in your hair since a lot of your baby blonde has disappeared already. And since it's for Halloween, coloring your hair will be okay, even for you."
"When Janice gets done with you it will be so perfect that you may not want to be your old self anymore." Mom was smiling like a Cheshire cat.
"Okay Janice, do whatever you think I need. I really want to win this contest. "I decided that I could put up with all this if it was for the contest. Not only that, I really liked the clothes and all the fussing over me!
I no sooner said that and Janice got busy. She checked my hair, then the picture and set to work trimming the 'split ends' off. After she was done, she put some stuff on my hair and told me I had to wait for the dye to work.
She took me to another chair and had me sit very still while she marked my ears with a pencil. 'CLICK!' "Ow", 'CLICK' "Ow". I was facing the mirror and saw that she had just pierced BOTH of my ears! "Janice, why did you do that!
How can I go to school like this? No other boy has pierced ears in my school!"
"Donna, you want to win, right? Well, brides have pierced ears. All you have to do is wear the tiny studs during the day and your hair will cover them.
After the contest, just take them out and the holes will heal in about a month. For now you will have to turn them every day and have your mom help you clean them every night to prevent infection." Janet was very good at giving these instructions.
"O-okay, I guess. You're sure they won't show? You know Janice, they do look nice with my blouse and jumper." I was thinking how cute my ears were now that they had earrings in them.
A timer rang and Janice moved me over to a sink. She poured something on my hair and then rinsed it. After that we moved back to her work station and she started blow drying it. When she was happy with the way it looked she took the fall and reached in under some of my hair and attached it with a built in clip. Then she brushed it all out and turned me toward the mirror. "Viola!
This is where we start from! You now have enough hair and in the right color to play with."
I looked in the mirror and was shocked! My hair was now a slightly darker color, actually it was just all one color, a sort of 'sandy brown' is what Janice called it. The length went down to the top of my jumper in the front and to between my shoulder blades in the back. It made me look like a totally different person! For the first time, I was Donna Anne Jones. I must have been staring at myself for a long time because Janice shook my shoulder gently and said, "Enough admiring, we have work to do! You can look in the mirror later."
Janice turned me back around and called my mother over to see what we could work with. "Oh my goodness! Donna Anne! You...you look...wonderful. The daughter we never had is sitting right here!" Mom was gushing and waving her arms all over the place.
"Now Lois, we have to get started or we'll never get a style decided on. I have some veil tiaras in the back. We bought four or five so that we could set up hair for the style that each bride was using. Let me get them so that you can see which one closely resembles the one you're using." Janice went to the back of the shop and returned with a box. Inside were a bunch plastic headbands, most were white, one gold and two were silver.
Mom took her wallet from her purse and removed a picture to show Janice.
"This is the dress and veil that we're using. Which one do you think will work? If you think a different veil will work better, I think we could buy a new one."
"Let's see what hair style looks best first. That's how I do it with my brides. We get the hair right and then pick the veil that works the best!"
Janice stated this as if she already had the plan. Mom and I agreed, so she set to work to style my hair the first of three styles.
She swept all of it up on top of my head and arranged it so that most of the fall hung to the back. Then she took the longer hair and wrapped it in a vertical roll so it ran up and down the back of my head. Then she secured it with bobbie pins and turned me to face the mirror.
It looked sophisticated and it made me look older too. Janice turned me back around and held up a Polaroid camera. "We'll take a picture or two and then do the next style, that way you can take the pictures home and decide which looks the best." She took three picture, one from the front, the side and the back. Then she put the camera down and took my hair down and started on the next style.
For this one, she combed my bangs back and pinned them down. Next she pulled the hair from the sides back and pinned it all in a bunch at the middle of the back of my head and used an elastic band to hold it in place. Janice took a large curling iron and started working on the back of my hair with it. It took her about 15 minutes to get the curls the way she wanted. This one looked like a cascade of curls down my back to the top of my shoulder blades.
she finished this one off with the gold tiara to cover the pins holding my bangs. This time four pictures were taken, to get all the angles, in case we wanted to duplicate it. I liked this one better than the first one.
Janice brushed out the curls and removed the elastic band. She wet my hair to help straighten it and then combed my bangs down and curled them under. She took the hair on the sides of my head and pulled them back to just above my ears. Then she teased the top and down around the sides a little to give me some extra volume. Then the curling iron was used with a small rod to give multiple long ringlets hanging down all around the top, back and sides of my head. When she finished, she showed mom a veil that would go right at the back of my bangs and would pouf up over the back of my head. I looked in the mirror and liked this style too. I looked at mom and Janice and said. "This One looks really cute mom."
They took four pictures of this style without the veil and two with the veil in place. Sadly, Janice brushed out my hair, wet it yet again and blow dried it into something more like a girl my age would wear. "There you go Donna, you're all set for the rest of the day. This evening, just have your mom take out the fall before bed and lay it out on your vanity so it will look nice in the morning. That way you can just clip it back in and brush it out!" Janice was all smiles and so was I when I got up to leave the salon.
I asked mom what time it was and she said "Eleven thirty. We were only there two and a half hours. Actually that's quite short for all that Janice did!
Let's go get something to eat in the food court."
We were walking along talking about all the different things we had seen at the salon. Mom noted that tomorrow was Sunday and we would pick up the dress and everything else at grandma and grandpa's. I was getting excited about this! It was really a lot of fun to get to do all these things. My next thought was 'Why do only girls get to have this kind of fun?'. We got to the food area and I was so excited I could hardly eat. All I ate was a hot dog and a small drink. Usually I eat a double cheeseburger, fries and a bucket of soda, but for some reason I just wasn't hungry.
On our way back to the car mom spotted a shoe store that had white high heels in the window. "We are going to need them for the costume anyway so let's get a pair now. It will give you a chance to get used to them before the contest!" Mom grabbed my hand and we were in the store before I could protest.
A young man came up to us to see if he could help. "What can I do for you ladies today? He smiled.
"My daughter is going to be a miniature bride in a wedding. She needs a pair of white heels for her dress. One and a half inches if you have them. I think she's a little young to go much higher." Mom was in her normal 'take charge' mode.
"I'm sure we will have what you need. Miss, if you will sit over here and remove your shoes, we'll measure your foot so we get a proper fit. Is this your first pair of heels?" He asked.
I looked at mom and she just nodded her head like I was supposed to answer the man. "Yes it is."
"No need to be afraid, the current style is a small platform shoe with a wedge heel. I understand it's much easier to walk in than the stiletto heels your mom learned in." He was trying to be reassuring but this was different than with Janice. He really thought I was a girl!
"Mom thought if we got them now I could learn to walk comfortably in them before I need them." I was trying to sound like I knew what I was doing, somehow I didn't think it came out that way.
"Be right back!" The young man went to the back of the store. I saw his name tag as he got up. His name was James. I sat there nervously while James was in the back getting some shoes to try on. Soon he came back with four boxes.
"I brought out three styles. I brought two different sizes in the sandal because we have found that sometimes a half size smaller is needed for it.
Let's try them on."
The first pair was similar to the shoes I had on. They had a closed rounded toe and a strap across the top of my foot. When I stood up I felt a lot taller! I went for the traditional walk around the store and James was right.
They weren't very hard to walk in once you figured out that you were taller.
I also found that I had to take somewhat smaller steps.
"Those look a little high." mom was concerned about my feet I guess.
"They are a half inch platform with a one and one half inch heel in a style vary similar to the 'Mary Jane's' your daughter wore in here." You could tell James went into 'sales' mode. "They are very popular for girls in the eight to eleven age group."
"Could I try on a pair of the sandals?" I thought it would help change the topic and get us out of the store sooner.
James helped me take off the shoes and then we tried the sandal style heels.
The first pair was a little large, I felt like they would fall off my feet with every step I took. So we changed them for the smaller pair and they were much more comfortable to walk in. They had a small strap across the toes and a long pair of straps that came up and wrapped around my ankle. Once buckled I knew they wouldn't fall off. They were very delicate and made my feet look dainty.
"Mom, I like these!" I think mom was happy with my choice.
"Do you really like them? They do look very nice on you. Do you want to try on the other pair?" Mom was actually asking my opinion on this. Normally she just would say, 'okay we'll take them' but this was different.
The third pair was what mom called a 'pump'. It was okay but I really liked the sandals the best.
Mothers must have ESP, because before I even finished my walk around the store she said, "We'll take the sandals. They looked the best and will really show off the dress and accessories the best. Don't you agree Donna Anne?"
"YES! I really liked them the best. Thank you mommy!" I couldn't believe that I was so excited about buying a pair of high heeled shoes, but I was.
"Let's go home. We have some things to do since it's Saturday." Mom was smiling as she paid for the shoes and headed out the door. I turned around and waved bye to James as we left the store.
I was very happy and felt like I was walking with a bounce in my step all the way to the car. I even remembered to get in the car as a young lady should.
Mom and I chatted about our day out as mother and daughter and I looked at all the pictures Janice took of the hair styles.
All too soon we were home. Dad was out raking leaves and waved as we pulled in the driveway. I waved and hopped out of the car and ran up to him with my shoes and the pictures. "Look what we did all day daddy! I really like the last hair style and then we had lunch and then we were walking out and mom found a shoe store and then this guy, James, measured my foot and I can actually walk in heels and we bought a pair of high heeled sandals and then we came home! Hi!" I said this all in one breath. I paused long enough to get a deep breath.
"Whoa. Slow down Donna, You told me an awful lot in a short time. Let's go in the house. You can show me all the things you did while I get a drink." Dad was gently guiding me toward the front door while he talked. Mom was humming when we came into the kitchen. We sat at the table drinking ice tea and showed dad the pictures and my shoes. I even put the shoes on and showed him that I could walk in them without falling down.
"You did quite a bit today. Got your hair done different too I see"
"It's a hairpiece dad, I just have to have mom unclip it and I go back to my regular hair! I think it's neat. Anyway, mom said we had things to do today so I better change and take out the fall." I got up from the table to have mom take out the fall so I could change.
"Actually Donna, I was thinking that you would not change and help around the house. After all I didn't get much done while we were out today." Mom was stating she wanted help from Donna Anne today.
"Is that okay with you dad?"
"Your mother's right. She could use the help. I'm almost done with the leaves and then I'm going to winterize the mower. You could help your mother today, I guess." Dad was nodding his head yes while he talked. That was always a sign that he was agreeing with mom.
Well, to make a long boring story short, I helped mom clean, cook and do the laundry. By dinner time we all had clean clothes, clean house and the table set and ready. I helped mom with the dishes after dinner too.
The rest of the evening was more 'Donna Anne' lessons. How to sit. How to stand. How to rise properly. Mom even got out a book and had me walk up and down the hall with it on my head! She said this was to 'improve' the way I walked.
Later, dad said that was enough practice and to go take a shower and come watch a little TV before bed. Mom came with and I thought she was going to take out the fall so I could shower. When we got to the guest room she took out the night gown and panties and said to change and come to the bathroom, she would show me how to shower and not damage my hair. I put on the night gown and panties and went into the bathroom. Mom took some hair clips and swept my hair on top of my head. Then she took a shower cap and covered my hair. "There, now you won't ruin your hair in the shower, Donna. We'll take care of getting it ready for bed when you're done in here. Just come downstairs and get me." Mom shut the door on her way out.
After my shower I redressed and hung up the shower cap. Then went down to find mom. She was watching TV with dad, so I gave dad a hug and a kiss on the cheek. "Thank you daddy for letting me practice being Donna Anne. You know how much this contest means to me."
"Well I don't mind you doing this. I was surprised that you look so much like a girl though. Are you sure you're going to be okay with this? You were out shopping as a girl and at the salon as a girl, Donnie I love you, but I worry about you." Dad was holding me in his lap and talking directly to me. He doesn't get serious with me often, but this was one of those times.
"I don't know why but after I got over being afraid of being laughed at it was a lot of fun! What other nine year old boy gets to do all these things? I know that this has made me think of girls and the things they do differently.
Since I'm doing it to win a contest, I don't think it's going to change me very much." I tried to sound confident, after all I didn't want dad to think I wanted to become a girl. Even though the thought had crossed my mind recently.
"Mom, you said you'd help me get my hair ready for bed."
"Right! Let's go up and take out the fall so you can sleep comfortably tonight." Mom followed me up to 'Donna Anne's 'room and reached under my hair to release the clip and lay the fall out on the dresser. My head felt a lot lighter after the fall was removed! I did notice that I missed feeling the hair move when I turned my head. I crawled into bed and kissed mom good night. She handed me Raggedy Ann and tucked her in next to me. "My little girl." Mom whispered softly as she left the bedroom and closed the door I had the weirdest dream that night! I dreamed that at the salon Janice attached a hairpiece that was five feet long to my head. Then when they would wet my hair between styles it would change colors. I don't know what it meant but it was sure weird.
Morning came and mom came in to wake me. "Donnie, we have to get dressed for church and going to Grandma and Grandpa's for dinner. After you change, tuck the nightgown and panties under the pillow like you do in your room."
So I got up and dressed and combed my hair and brushed my teeth. Then I put Raggedy Ann on the dresser and tucked the nightgown under the pillow. Church was uneventful and when we got to Grandma and Grandpa's we were the first ones to arrive.
After greeting everyone I helped set the table and then went to watch TV with dad and grandpa until everyone else arrived.
Uncle Bob, Aunt Betty and Joanne showed up at one for dinner. I took the garment bag from Aunt Betty and asked where to hang it. Grandma said to hang it in the bed room that I used when I stayed over. Joanne followed me to make sure I hung it up correctly.
"I don't want you to ruin my dress! I want it for my wedding, so I can have a miniature bride like Ellen and Ken did." Joanne was making sure I knew she was not happy about me borrowing the dress.
"Joanne, I only intend on wearing it for the contest. I'm not going to play in the mud or anything. I'm sure I can take care of it for that amount of time." I really was trying to put her fears to rest. "Let's go have dinner."
Dinner at Grandma and Grandpa's is always a large affair. Today was no exception. Everyone left the table full, some a little over full. Joanne and I helped to clean up after dinner, which we always did and then mom got this big silly grin on her face.
"I brought along some of the things we need for the costume. Let's go up and see how it fits. That way we will know what has to be done to make it fit perfectly." Mom was so excited that I just couldn't say no.
Mom and I went back to the bedroom and she reached into a small suitcase she had brought. She handed me a pair of white panties, a white camisole, a pair of white tights and a white full slip. "I'll step out while you change. Call when you're done and we'll clip in the fall and try on the dress!" Mom was going out the door as she spoke.
I took off my clothes, hanging up my shirt and pants, and once naked put on the panties, scrunched up the tights and slid them up my legs, then slipped on the camisole and the slip. Every time I did this the cool silky feeling of the camisole and the slip thrilled me, along with the neat feeling of the tights, I thought I was in heaven. "Okay mom I'm dressed."
The room door opened and in walked Mom, Grandma, Aunt Betty and Joanne. "Well we have a lot of curious people today, so let's get started and fix your hair, Donna Anne." Mom pointed to a chair by the dresser. So with six extra pairs of eyes on me I sat in the chair while mom fussed with my hair.
"I didn't think he'd look so convincing! It's like looking at Joanne."
Grandma was shaking her head.
"I know! I couldn't believe how realistic he looked either." Mom replied.
Are you almost done? I want to see how the dress fits." Aunt Betty was always the impatient one at family gatherings.
"Just a little more brushing. There all set for the dress." Mom finished my hair while I looked in the mirror. She was right, Donna Anne had returned!
Joanne went to the closet and took out the dress. She was extremely careful with it. I think she was emphasizing the care for my sake. After all she did tell me to be very careful with it.
The dress was beautiful! All white, no surprise, With rows of ruffles and lace. I'm not sure my description will do justice to this wonderful creation, but I will try.
The top of the dress was open necked with a modified v-neck front. The sleeves were like a short sleeve shirt in length with a scalloped lace at the end of each sleeve. It had a narrow bodice with what mom called a 'drop waist' style. From there the skirt billowed out and right below where your knees would be there were four lace ruffles. It even had a small train flowing out behind it of netting and lace. The front of the bodice had three embroideries that looked like buttons. The entire dress was made of satin with netting and lace as the accents. It also had a flesh colored piece sewn in around the neck opening and looked like it would come up to my neck like a T-shirt collar or something like that.
"Oh!..Oh..It's..It's Beautiful! Oh, Joanne I will take such good care of your dress. Let me try it on." I was so excited I was gushing.
"Okay Donna Anne, but calm down and we'll finish up here. Now step into the dress carefully, that's it, now the other leg. Good. Betty, The zipper only comes to the top of the dress. What about this top piece?" Mom was trying to figure something out behind me. Me? I was staring in the mirror, lost in how pretty I looked.
"Lois, there are three small hooks for the flesh colored panel. It hooks like a bra. That panel is great. It's made from the same material ice skaters use to make it look like they have on a skimpy outfit. You just set it in place and do up the hooks. It lets the dress look right even though the girls aren't developed yet." Aunt Betty had come over and done up the hooks to show mom how it worked.
"Mom used a foundation on my neck so that the top part wasn't noticeable."
Joanne added.
We looked in the bag and sure enough there was a bottle of liquid foundation, matching powder compact and the veil. The veil was simple. It had a band that came around the front of your head, of lace and then a small band that over top of your head that actually had the netting and lace attached to it. It did look exactly like the dress Ellen wore.
"Houston, we have a problem!" Mom was fussing over the front of the dress. "I see the darts, but there's nothing to fill them in, so the top doesn't sit right." Aunt Betty came over to see.
"Oh, that's right! We had the same problem. We ended up going out and getting a training bra and a pair of foam 'cheaters'."
"M-O-o-O-M! Don't tell them that!!" Joanne was blushing fire engine red while whining.
"I don't see why not! Donna Anne is going to need the same thing!" Aunt Betty just didn't see what the problem could be or that Joanne was too embarrassed to let others know her secret.
"Well we can take care of that later. Otherwise the dress seems to fit perfectly. It's a good thing they are so close in size. Donna, walk around a little so we can see how the dress flows." Mom had decided we could fix whatever problem there was, so I tried to walk. I seemed to keep stepping on the front of the dress with every step I took. "We forgot the shoes!" Mom reached into the case and brought out my new heeled sandals. She had me sit and slipped them on my feet. Being two inches taller helped a lot and I didn't step on the dress anymore. I walked around the room as mom had taught me. I had to take shorter steps both because of the heels and the length of the dress. After all, I didn't want to step on the dress.
"You look wonderful. The way you look, you should have been born a girl."
Grandma was smiling as she said this.
"I have to admit, you look much better than I expected. Donna Anne, right?"
Joanne was questioning the name mom had used.
"Mom said that would have been my name if I were born a girl. So she thought it would be an appropriate name for the contest." I made it seem like it was all mom's idea.
"Let's go show the men what our little bride looks like!" Mom grabbed my hand and led me out the door to the living room where Dad, Grandpa and Uncle Bob were talking about pro-wrestling. "Viola! The blushing bride! Miss Donna Anne Jones!" Mom made the introduction and used a hand flourish to point to me.
That was my cue to enter the room. I made a slow circle around the middle of the room and then stood by Joanne and folded my hands in front of me like she had hers.
"If you don't win the contest, those judges are blind! You make a perfect bride." Grandpa was smiling a big smile.
"I agree. You look a lot like Joanne. "Uncle Bob was surprised I guess.
"I too think you look like a bride." Dad always said the right things.
"Enough of the show. We need to go back upstairs and get Donna Anne changed.
Don't want to dirty the dress if we don't have to." Mom was headed back to the bedroom. Once we were there mom looked at me and said, "Donna, I brought along another outfit for you as 'Donna Anne'. I thought you might need something else for the costume and that we could go shopping. Now it's your choice. We can go now or you can dress as 'Donna Anne' during the week. so we can go shopping."
What a decision to make! Do I stay as 'Donna Anne' now or do I become 'Donna Anne' later! I told mom that as long as I was mostly dressed we should do the shopping now. She went back to her case and pulled out a blue girls tee shirt with a 'peter pan' style collar and cap sleeves. Then went back to the bag and pulled out a short denim skirt with a short half slip.
"I'll help you out of the dress and full slip. Then you can get dressed. I only brought your heels so you'll have to wear them. It should be good practice for you though." Mom was chatting along while helping undo the clips and the zipper on the back of the dress. I stepped out of it carefully and while mom hung it up I took off the long full slip and hung it on a hanger.
After helping get everything back into the clothing bag I slipped on the tee shirt. Mom said the skirt went on first and then the slip was slid on under it. What did I know? I was still pretty new at this 'girl' stuff. When that was done, mom showed me how to lift my skirt to make sure my tee shirt was tucked in all the way around. Then how to use the mirror to make sure my slip didn't show. When we were all done mom pronounced me ready and out the door we went.
"Anyone want to go shopping with us?" Mom asked.
"I'll go!" Joanne was up in a second. Grandma said she was tired and wanted to stay home. Aunt Betty decided to come with and 'window shop' a little.
Mom told dad we would be back in a little while. Dad handed mom the car keys and told her to be back soon. Then he saw me.
"Why is Donnie still dressed as 'Donna Anne'?"
"She needs to try on some delicates and it will be a lot easier if she is dressed as a girl."
"Honey, are you sure about all this? I'm concerned about the permanent effects of dressing up and being out as a girl on Donnie." Dad was wrinkling his brow when he said this, so I knew he was serious. "I just don't know how things will be after Halloween is all."
"It will be fine dad. Honest. Right now it's a lot of fun and for a good reason. I'll be fine after it's all over. "I was trying my best to ease dad's concerns. I knew deep inside though that Halloween would not be the last time I dressed as a girl.
"Let's go girls!" Mom was ready to go. She handed me a small purse. The four of us 'girls' headed out the door. Joanne and I sat in back while mom and Aunt Betty chatted in the front seat.
"You're doing all this just to win a contest?" Joanne asked.
"Yes! I only took second place last year and this is my last chance to win. I told mom I would do anything to win. I even had my ears pierced, see!" I moved my hair from over my ears to show Joanne the tiny gold studs.
"You sure are putting a lot of effort into this. What about after the contest? You seem to have some clothes that aren't exactly for a boy! "
Joanne was pointing at my outfit.
"I don't know. (whispering) I think mom wants me to be her daughter sometimes. I don't know what will happen after Halloween. Don't tell anyone, okay?" I made Joanne 'pinkie swear' not to tell anyone.
We talked about Joanne's costume for her school party. She was going as 'Malibu Barbie'. She had a wig and all the clothes already at home. They had bought her a bra and stuffing so she could have the right shape for Barbie.
We laughed a little at this and by then we were at a small strip mall.
Mom parked in front of a store called 'Helen's Intimates'. "Let's go in and see what we can do to make the top of the dress fit better." Mom said as she was getting out of the car.
All four of us went into the store. We were greeted by a nice looking lady about mom's age. "I'm Barbara, how may I help you today?"
"My daughter is to be a miniature bride in a wedding. The dress is beautiful but I'm afraid she hasn't started to develop yet. The dress is designed for someone that has a little something up top. Can you help us?" Mom asked.
"(giggle) Of course I can. We get these requests on a regular basis. I understand completely. If you will follow me back here to a changing area.
Which young lady is it?" Barbara queried.
"It's Donna Anne, she is the one that needs the help." I think I blushed bright red.
"Don't be embarrassed Donna, a lot of young girls need a little 'help' until they mature. Why don't you step into the changing booth and take off your top. I'll get something to measure you properly and then we'll get you fitted for a bra and pads." Barbara was leading the way to the changing are as she talked.
A BRA! ! ! What was I getting into! I didn't think that I would need one of those! I looked at mom but she just nodded her head like I was supposed to just follow along and do as Barbara asked. I was definitely nervous about this.
In the changing room I took off my top and waited for Barbara. About a minute later Barbara came in with a tape measure. "I need you to take off the camisole too. Don't be embarrassed, I do this all the time." Barbara tried to be reassuring.
I slipped off the camisole and Barbara measured me. "Be right back!" She left and I stood there not knowing what to do now. Soon she came back carrying two boxes. "Let's try this on first. This is your first bra isn't it? It's important that it fits comfortably. Not too tight, not too loose." She took this small bra out of a box and had me slip my arms through the straps. Then she hooked it together in the back and adjusted the straps that went over my shoulders. She opened the other box and took out two small foam pads. "These will give you an 'A' cup. I think that will be just right for your body size." She slipped the pads into the bra. "Put your top back on and we'll go show your mother." With that comment she grabbed the two boxes and left.
I put my top back on and went out to show mom. Trying on pants and shirts and having to go show mom is one thing. Having to show your mom your first bra, well let's just say it's an experience that I never thought I would have.
"Oh my! It makes you look older, Donna. I think the size will be just right though for the dress." Mom was actually beaming as she talked.
"I think you're right Lois, That's an 'A' right? Good, I think that's what the dress maker said would work for the dress." Aunt Betty was agreeing with mom. I guess that meant I got to wear a bra for Halloween.
"If you ladies like, she could wear it home. I have the boxes here. Donna, just go back and put on your camisole over the bra and then put your shirt back on." Barbara was telling me I could wear the bra home.
"Mom, I'm a little uncomfortable do I have to wear this home?" I wasn't sure how I felt about it. The bra really wasn't that uncomfortable, just different, having something sticking out of your chest.
"I think you look just fine Donna. Go put your camisole back on and leave the bra on, you'll get used to it in no time." Mom's tone told me not to argue, so I went back and put the camisole back on.
Mom was paying for the items as I came back out of the dressing room. She had a smile for me when I returned and we all headed out the door.
"Donna? Don't worry, I went through this for the wedding, remember?" Joanne was trying to calm me down.
(whisper) "But you're a girl!"
"You look enough like a girl to fool anyone I know!" Joanne stated. "I wouldn't be surprised if you became my girl cousin instead of my boy cousin."
"Nah! I'll always be Donnie." I tried to sound sure but in the back of my mind I was thinking she might be right!
We made it back to Grandma and Grandpa's and went in. The only person to notice anything was grandma. "My, you look all grown up, Donna Anne."
"Thank you Grandma. It still feels strange but I'm getting used to it." I could feel the heat in my cheeks. I went into the bedroom with everyone and had to change clothes and try the wedding dress on again. This time everyone was happy with the way it fit. I guess I stuck out in all the right places now.
"Just change back into your top and skirt, Donna. It's getting late and we need to be getting home." Mom said.
"Okay mom. I'll be right down. Joanne, would you stay and help me put the dress back into the bag?" I asked.
"Sure!"
I took off the dress and slip and put my top, skirt and short slip back on.
All this changing was making it kind of automatic to dress as a girl. So I was changed and ready to go in no time at all. Joanne and I came into the front room carrying the garment bag, the small suit case and my purse. I gave a hug and a kiss to everybody and waved good-bye as we drove off.
"You're all set for the contest now, right?" Dad asked.
"I think so. Mom, are we?"
"I think you are. We have all the clothes now and your lessons have been going so well that no one thinks you are anything but a girl. I think just some practice walking as a bride and you'll be ready!" Mom was smiling a lot at that last thought.
"Then, why are you still dressed as Donna Anne?" Dad asked.
"I really didn't think about it dad. Mom said to change quickly, and these clothes were there, so I just put them back on and got ready to come home." I was actually surprised myself by my willingness to be Donna Anne. The rest of the trip was fairly quiet. I was doing a lot of thinking about being 'Donna Anne' and being 'Donald Allan'. The more I thought about it the more confused I became.
We arrived home and I helped carry the bag and suitcase into the house and put everything away. Then for the rest of the evening I practiced the slow steady walk that mom said I would need for the contest. At bed time mom took my hair piece out and I changed into my nightgown and panties. I gave dad a kiss and mom went with me to tuck me in. This time I grabbed Raggedy Ann and brought her to bed with me. I really needed someone to listen to me and Raggedy Ann would do just fine for tonight. Mom smiled and gently tucked me in and kissed my forehead. Then she turned out the light and closed the door.
I spent the longest time just going over the events that led up to today. I asked Raggedy Ann a lot of questions, but she didn't say a word. I finally decided one thing. Raggedy Ann was a very good listener!
"Wake up sleepy! It's morning and time to get ready for school." Mom was smiling at me like she does every morning. "Don't forget to dress as Donnie today. Okay?"
I looked down and realized I was still dressed as Donna Anne. I placed Raggedy Ann on the dresser and made the bed. Then went across the hall to 'Donnie's ' room and got my underwear and a robe. I did my teeth, shower and combed my hair. Then I remembered to put the panties and night gown in the hamper. Today mom did laundry so they would be clean for next weekend. Then on to my room to get dressed. I was surprised that I had trouble buttoning my shirt! Somehow all the buttons were backwards! Then I realized that they were correct for 'boys' clothes. I must have gotten used to buttoning Donna Anne's clothes the past weekend.
The whole week just seemed to drag by. I think I really missed being 'Donna Anne'. I hung out with Jeff a couple of nights. He tried several times to get me to tell him what my costume was. I wouldn't tell him. He even offered to tell me what his was, but I said 'no' so we dropped the topic. I did play some basketball with him and we did pal around after school, you know, TV, Atari, that sort of thing.
Friday finally arrived. After dinner I looked at mom and dad and asked the question that scared me inside. "Mom, Dad, can I be Donna Anne tonight? With only one more week to the contest I thought I would like to practice some more?" I truly wondered what they would say.
"Wonderful! I was just going to suggest the same thing." Mom was smiling broadly. "Also you'll have to dress as Donna in morning. We have to go back to the salon and pick out your makeup for the contest."
"Donnie, I don't mind as long as you are just practicing. However, if you are dressed as a girl I'll expect you to act like one" Dad said.
"Thanks! I'll go change and call you mom so you can fix my hair."
I went up to 'Donna's' room and opened the drawer to take out what I needed.
I looked at the underwear and thought there was more there than last week. Oh well, probably just my imagination. I picked up my bra and the pads and placed them on the bed, then picked a pair of light blue panties. I thought about tights and decided I needed to pick out the outfit I wanted to wear tonight before I chose the tights.. When I looked in the closet, expecting to find the two outfits from last week, I was shocked! There were three more outfits hanging in there! One was a one piece outfit that looked like what the girls in my class wore to go roller-skating. There was a sailor style dress and a white blouse with a plaid skirt hanging next to it.
I looked at everything in there and decided that the sailor style dress would be my choice for tonight. I went back to the drawer and put on a pair of white tights and took out a full slip and laid it on the bed. I put on my bra and placed the foam pads into the cups. Then I put on the slip and let it glide over my body. this dressing as a girl could really feel nice sometimes.
I finally took the dress off the hanger and put it on. I did up the buttons in the back and then called mom to help me attach the fall.
In less than five minute mom had my hair attached and I was Donna Anne again.
I spent the evening walking, sitting, talking quietly and politely, even walking around the house in my heels with a book on my head again. At nine o'clock mom said it was bath and bed time. I went and hung up my clothes and placed the underthings on the chair by the closet for tomorrow. I took a shower and used mom's soap and shampoo on my body and hair. When I was done I smelled nice . I put on my night gown and panties and kissed dad goodnight and mom tucked me and Raggedy Ann in for the night. I was beginning to like holding Raggedy Ann. Made me feel safe.
"Donna, wake up. We have to get dressed and get going." Mom was shaking my shoulder. " Wear the white blouse and plaid skirt today. The white will help us figure out your makeup better."
"Morning mom." That was the best I could do so early on a Saturday. I went to the bathroom and brushed my teeth and did my morning things, then back to get dressed. I put on the bra and pads, the blue panties and white tights, then the white blouse and plaid skirt. I looked in the dresser and found a short half slip to put under the skirt. I slipped on my high heels and grabbed the little purse mom had given me last weekend. I then went to the kitchen for breakfast.
"Hi dad. What are you going to do today?" I asked.
"Just 'honey do ' things today. Mom made a list of things that need fixing.
Probably take all day!" Dad smiled. "You look lovely today. Are you going out?"
"Yes, mom said we had an appointment to get my makeup done for the contest.
Dad, every time I look in the closet there seems to be more girl's clothes.
Any idea why? I asked.
"Your mother is a very strong woman. She has always said that you should never start a project without jumping in with both feet. Once you told her what you wanted, she just took charge to make sure you come out perfect.
Right now you are definitely Donna Anne, looking at you, there is no trace of Donald Allan. But that is how you win this contest. Be the character! Be Donna Anne! It's an old actors trick. Once you have on the costume you become that character. Have a good time today and remember to be the character 'Donna Anne'." Dad kissed me on the forehead and went out to start his projects.
Mom came into the kitchen and had a cup of coffee. "No time to eat we're late. Meet me in the car." With that we were off to see Janice.
I always enjoy riding in the car and today was no exception. The fall colors were beautiful. After that short conversation with dad, I decided to try very hard to be the very best Donna Anne I could be! I had been watching the girls at school for ideas on how to act and now was my chance to use what I had observed.
"Mom, don't you find all these trees beautiful? I mean all the colors look so much brighter today, don't you think?" The world did seem brighter to me today.
"Fall is a lovely time of the year Donna Anne. I agree that you don't get to see all these colors so often. As for the world seeming brighter, I think you must be in a very good mood today!"
"I am. I had a short talk with dad. He said that as an actor I should put myself totally into my character when dressed for the part. Since I am dressed as Donna Anne, I have decided to be Donna Anne. So today is a bright beautiful day being seen through the eyes of a nine year old girl. "I said quite satisfied with myself.
"Good for you. I was wondering when you would decide to fall into character completely. You did it so quickly last year. I think the change this year just took longer." Mom smiled.
We spent the rest of the trip looking at the fall colors and chatting about hair, veils and what to expect at my makeover.
When we arrived at the salon I went in and told the receptionist that Donna Anne Jones was there for her makeup consultation. She smiled, checked me off the list and asked me to take a seat. She said that Janice would be right out. While I waited I picked up a hair style book and started looking through it. I asked mom if she thought some of the shorter styles would work with my own hair. That way I wouldn't need the fall every time I became Donna Anne.
"I take it you like being Donna Anne?" Mom asked. She always raises her eyebrow when she isn't sure about something. "I hoped you would. I've gotten used to having a part time daughter and I was hoping I could keep you once in awhile after Halloween. I don't think your father will understand. Right now he sees this as preparation for a part to play. I think that you see it as something more. Am I right?"
"Yes , I think so. I really enjoy the feel of the clothes. I also like that you can dress so differently every day. I like all the choices I have as Donna Anne. Like today for example, we are here to pick out makeup to go with my outfit. I think we have to do my hair in that up style first and then pick the makeup, right? I like Janice playing with my hair. This is the most fun I've ever had, mom. I'd like to do it some more after Halloween too!" I was excited by being able to be Donna Anne during the year.
At this time a girl I'd never seen before came into the salon with Jeff's mom. She looked very pretty, long auburn hair that hung to the middle of her back. She had beautiful green eyes. She was wearing a white blouse with a Peter Pan collar and a Kelley Green jumper over it with white tights and black Mary Jane's. I didn't look too closely, since I would be going off with Janice any moment. I heard her say her name was Janet Lynn Grant and that she had an appointment with Janice for a makeup consultation. Mrs. Grant sat down next to my mom and Janet came over and sat by me. It made me a little nervous.
"Hi! My names Janet Lynn. What's your name?" She spoke with an Irish accent.
It sounded so nice coming from her.
"I'm Donna Anne. It's a pleasure to meet you." I said and nodded my head.
"I'm here to work on makeup for my Halloween costume, how about you?" Janet asked.
"Really? So am I! We're here to finalize my hair and makeup for my costume too! Kind of neat that we are both here for the same thing." I was truly surprised. It seemed like I had known Janet all my life. We talked easily about school and homework and getting ready for Halloween. She told me she had come to her cousin, Jeff's, for the weekend so that no one would know about her costume. She said Jeff had gone to her house for the same thing.
Janice came over then and called me. "Nice to meet you Janet. Will you be at the Grant's all weekend?"
"Only until Sunday night."
"Maybe I'll see you this weekend. Bye." I left with Janice and told her which hair style we had decided on. She wet my hair to help straighten it and then combed my bangs down and curled them under. She took the hair on the sides of my head and pulled them back to just above my ears. Then she teased the top and down around the sides a little to give me some extra volume. Then the curling iron was used with a small rod to give multiple long ringlets hanging down all around the top, back and sides of my head. When she finished, I looked in the mirror and liked it just as much as the last time I was there.
"All right young lady, over to the cosmetician's chair!" I eagerly got up and followed Janice to another station. The two chairs were facing each other. On the sides and behind the chair Janice sat in, were all kinds of bottles and pencils and things that I had no idea about. She started with a card with different shades of foundation on it. "This is to get the closest match to your own skin color." She picked up a bottle marked 'Honey Beige' and set it in front of me.
Mom came over and handed Janice a bottle. "This is the cover-up to help hide the edge of the flesh colored area on the dress. Will the foundation work with this?"
"Wow! Are we ever lucky! This is made by the same company as the foundation.
That means that we can blend them together on her neck to change the shade from her face to the dress. It will be so gradual no one should notice."
Janice was very pleased. "Okay, back to you Donna. What are your wedding colors?"
"Wedding colors? Mom?" I was really confused. Didn't even know I had to have wedding colors. I thought it was just white!
"I thought about that. Dove gray and Burgundy look very good on her. What do you think, Janice?" Mom answer quickly. She must have thought about this for awhile.
"I think with Donna's coloring it will be beautiful! Let's try it." She motioned for another girl to come over. Janice introduced Karri, she was the best at makeup so Janice turned the application over to her. "I'll check back, I have to start on Jef- er- Janet Lynn."
Karri studied my face for a few moments and then picked up the foundation and started applying it with a sponge. She explained everything she was doing as she went. Next she used a translucent powder to 'set' the foundation. She had me lean back in the chair and then she reclined the chair. "We need to clean up your eyebrows a little. Let me put this lotion on first. It softens and numbs the area a little." Karri used a q- tip to apply a cool liquid to my brows. After a couple of minutes she came over with a pair of tweezers. "I'm only going to clean them up. The shaggy 'Brooke Shield' look is in right now so we don't have to make them thin."
Thin eyebrows! What about school? "Um, a, Karri? You're not going to thin them are you?" I was worried about school.
"Just a few strays. No more than 20 hairs on each side. Afterwards they'll grow back and you'll look the same." Karri said matter-of-factly. She started pulling. It only took her a few minutes, but I think we talked too long, because it stung every time she pulled a hair. "There, much better!" She seemed pleased. She took a brown eyebrow pencil and colored what was left of my brows. Then on to my eyes. "This can be tricky, so try to lay as still as possible, okay?" Karri instructed.
"Okay."
I closed my eyes and felt her wipe something across my eyelid. Then the other. She repeated the process two more times until she was just below my eyebrows. She came back with her finger and it felt like she was rubbing between the three areas she had wiped. She told me she had blended the colors so they looked smooth.
"Lay as still as possible, please." I felt her steady her hand on my cheek and then a cool liquid was applied along the edge of my upper eyelids. "Okay open your eyes and look at me." Karri took an eye liner pencil and carefully used it along the edge of my lower eyelid. "Beautiful, would you like to see?"
Karri raised my chair back to an upright position and held up a mirror for me to look in. My eyes looked beautiful. They were burgundy on the eyelid and that gradually changed over to a Dove gray. Then to a Pearl White under my brow, it actually made me look much older than nine. "I like it. Mom, what do you think?"
"Very pretty dear. I knew that combination would look good on you." Mom was all smiles.
"Let's get you finished, Donna. We have more to do." Karri went back to work.
She took something called a 'coral blusher' and wiped it on my cheeks. She said she was 'feathering' the edges with her fingers. Then she took some black mascara and coated my eyelashes. Right after that she took a small brush and combed my lashes to separate them. Next Karri had me hold my lips apart as she used a lip liner to define and enhance the shape of my lips.
Finally she used a brush to fill in my lips with lipstick. She had me blot the lipstick twice and pronounced me ready to get married! I looked in the mirror and was amazed at how I looked. I was beautiful!
Mom talked to Karri about nail polish to match the deep burgundy lipstick and then bought the, foundation, eyeshadow, blusher, lipstick and nail polish to be sure that we had the right colors for next week. She said that she had the other items and we could just use hers. I thanked Karri again for making me beautiful.
On the way out I saw Janice was still working on Janet Lynn's hair. I waved good-bye and she waved back. Mom told me that since I was all made up and had my hair done we should pick up a new veil. "The one with the dress just won't work for this hairstyle." She said.
We drove about two blocks and mom pulled up in front of a bridal shop.
'Simply Beautiful' was the name of the shop. The gowns in the window were beyond description. As we entered the shop a little chime rang telling everyone they had a customer. A young lady came up to us, Melissa was on her name tag. "Good morning ladies. How may I help you today?"
"My daughter, Donna Anne, is to be a miniature bride. We need a veil that will go with this hair style." Mom explained.
"Oh my, that's simply beautiful on you. Step over here to our veil section, I'm sure we have just the one for you." Melissa led the way to the veil section.
After looking at what seemed like hundreds of veils, mom picked up a veil that looked very similar to the one Janice had used. It had a headband covered in white roses. The veil was very sheer and hung down to the bottom of my shoulder blades. The blusher portion was short, and when forward, hung to just below my chin. "Perfect!" It was the only word mom said.
I turned to look in the mirror. Mom was right, it was perfect.
Melissa carefully removed the veil and packed it in a large bag. Mom told me to lay it in the trunk so it wouldn't get crushed. I have never been so careful with a piece of clothing. You would have thought I was carrying glass.
It was close to noon so mom suggested we stop for something to eat. I wanted tacos so mom pulled into a Taco Bell. As we went in I saw Janet Lynn and Mrs.
Grant just sitting down to lunch.
"Hi Jessica. Would you and Janet like some company?" mom asked Mrs. Grant.
"Sure, if it's alright with you Janet?"
"I don't mind at all. It will give me a chance to talk to Donna Anne." Janet smiled. "Come sit with me Donna."
Janet and I took a table a couple away from Mrs. Grant. My mom went to get our order so I could visit with Janet. "Nice to see you again Mrs. Grant."
"So, Donna, What are you dressing as this hallowed of all eves?" Questioned Janet.
"I'm going as a bride. We finished my hair and makeup and just picked up the veil. I have the dress at home so I think we have everything we need. What are you going to your party as?" I asked.
"Ah yes. Being a wee bit Irish, I decided to go as an Irish Faerie Princess, from the stories in the book 'Faerie Tales'. My aunt has helped with the costume and I too finished deciding on hair and makeup today. Looks like we are both as ready as we can be." Janet was truly excited about her costume.
Lunch had arrived and we continued to talk about different things. Topics went from hair and makeup for the parties to clothes and even basketball! It turned out that Janet liked the same teams I did. She was so easy to talk to, I was going to miss her when she went home. All too soon mom said it was time to go. We said our good-byes and headed out the door.
The rest of the day I stayed in character as Donna Anne. I helped mom in the house like last weekend and then took dad a snack and a drink for doing so many repairs around the house. Right before dinner I even helped dad clean up the mess he had made in the garage.
During the evening I made sure I was Donna Anne. Everything I did I tried to do as a girl would. I think it was paying off. Mom didn't need to correct me any more and dad treated me as if I were a girl. He even held my chair at dinner! That night I slept with Raggedy Ann again. I told her all about my decision to be the best 'Donna Anne' I could be. She just smiled at me. Like I said before, she's a good listener.
Sunday was more of being Donna Anne. I dressed in my pink blouse, charcoal gray jumper, black tights and black Mary Jane's. I think this was becoming my favorite outfit. I tried putting my fall in myself and did a fairly good job.
Mom checked me over and just rebrushed a part of it.
Mom decided that we should look over the costume to make sure we had everything. So we spent some time doing that. The only thing missing were earrings. Mom looked in her jewelry box and came up with a pair of dangly earrings that were gold with white stones. She didn't remember where she got them but she had worn them for her wedding. "Something old as the saying goes." Mom smiled.
We went over the old saying and decided the following. 'Something old', the earrings. 'Something new', the veil. 'Something borrowed', the dress.
'Something blue', my panties. Then we laughed since no one would see the blue part.
"You're going to make a beautiful bride, Donna." mom was almost crying. I could hear it in her voice.
"Mom, are you upset?"
"No, just a little sad that you aren't really Donna Anne. It is so nice pretending though. I don't know, I don't know what I think right now." Mom wiped her eyes with a tissue.
"I love you mom. If this upsets you I could go to the party as something else." I didn't like seeing my mother upset.
"No, no, we have this all set and you are going to win the contest. I'll order your bridal bouquet tomorrow and on Friday you will be the prettiest bride there ever was!" Mom nodded her head for emphasis.
Mom helped me put everything away so we could grab it all Friday and take it to the salon for my final hair and makeup. She told me that we would start Thursday night with some preparatory work to make Friday go faster.
The rest of the day was just spent 'being Donna Anne'. I mostly helped mom, but went to take dad cool drinks once in a while. Since dad was painting in the garage he wouldn't let me help. He said that since I was dressed so nice I might ruin my clothes. That part of the weekend made me a little sad and mom noticed it right away.
"What's wrong Donna? Why are you so quiet all of a sudden?" Mom asked.
"I usually help dad on the weekends. Last weekend we weren't home. But today he's doing things I normally help with and since I'm Donna Anne today, I can't help.
Mom nodded her head and then said. "How about we do something together today?
I think we can start and complete a sewing project this afternoon. But only if we work together."
"Sewing? Mom, I don't know anything about sewing. Well, you did teach me to sew on my Cub Scout patches. Is it harder than that?" My curiosity was peaked.
"To tell the truth, last week I was thinking of expanding your wardrobe. I stopped at the fabric store and bought two 'Simplicity' patterns and some very pretty material. Come with me and I'll show you." Mom led the way to the corner of the family room that is set up for her sewing.
"I found this pattern for a simple A-line skirt. And with it I this light weight blue denim. I don't think it will take long to make. I even bought the zipper and button the pattern suggested." Mom seemed pleased. "Why don't we try it?"
"Okay mom. I'm willing to learn and I am a girl for the rest of the day. At least dad can't complain that I'll be ruining my clothes." I figured this could be fun.
Mom got out her cutting board and laid the material on it. Then we opened the pattern. Mom looked over the measurements she had made on me and decided what size to cut the pattern. Then we started to lay out the pieces on the material. Mom was careful with where and how she placed the pattern on the fabric.
"Mom, why is there so much room between the pieces? We could use a lot less material if we rearranged the pieces."
"Donna, the material has a grain or pattern to it. Just think if it had stripes. You wouldn't want each part of the skirt to have the stripes running different directions. Also, by following the 'lay' of the material the skirt will hang better." Mom was in 'instructor' mode.
We laid out the pattern so that everything would lay right. Mom showed me how to pin the pattern to the fabric. When we were done with that I got to cut out the pieces while mom set up her sewing machine. This being finished mom showed me how to pin the pieces together. Then we started sewing. Mom showed me how to use her sewing machine. I started on the longer straight seams, going slowly and removing the straight pins as I went. Mom said that was so I wouldn't break a needle by accidentally hitting one of the pins. When I managed to sew the basic skirt together mom attached the waist band and made a button hole. She told me to attach the button by hand since I knew how to do that. Then I had to try it on so mom could set the hem. She spent a lot of time making sure it was even. Then back to the sewing machine! I got to sew the hem completely by myself! Mom finished it by putting in the zipper. I was so happy with the way it came out I slipped off my jumper and slipped on the skirt. I tucked in the pink blouse and went to show dad.
"So, what do you think?" After the comment I did a twirl.
"What? You look lovely." dad wasn't sure what to say. I don't think he noticed the new skirt.
"Mom and I made this skirt this afternoon! Do you like it?" He hadn't even noticed my skirt!
"You did? It looks very nice. You did a very good job! But then you have a great teacher in your mother." Dad said.
"Thank you daddy!" I was happy that he liked my new skirt.
I went back and told mom I wanted to wear this skirt Friday to the salon for my final hair and makeup. She said it would be alright. I helped mom clean up from our project and put all of the sewing things away. When we were done it was time to make dinner. I helped in the kitchen again and dinner was ready in no time. I called dad while mom set things on the table. Dad came in and held mom's chair and my chair to seat us. I could get used to being treated like that.
The rest of the evening was just checking over my homework for Monday and making sure I acted like Donna Anne in everything I did. When it was bed time I took a shower as Donna Anne again. I even used the shower cap correctly so my hair didn't get wet. I kissed dad goodnight, grabbed Raggedy Ann and was tucked in by mom. It had been a wonderful day and I told Raggedy Ann all about it!
I woke early the next morning all excited. I got up and used the bathroom, then back to my bedroom. I clipped in the fall and combed my hair. Then I changed into clean panties and put on a pair of white tights. I slipped on my new denim skirt and a short slip. I put on my bra and placed the pads in place. Then I went to look in the closet for a blouse of some type. I found a nice white pullover top with 'Winnie-the-Pooh' where the pocket would go on a button down shirt. After slipping it on and tucking it in the way mom had shown me I checked myself in the mirror and was happy with what I saw.
I was just finishing breakfast when Mom came in to start getting breakfast for Dad. "Good morning dear." She smiled.
"Morning mom. It's a lovely day and I wanted to wear my new skirt today. What do you think?" I asked. I stood up and took my dishes to the sink. Then I did a slow twirl for mom to see.
"That looks very nice on you." Mom was smiling. Suddenly she thought for a minute and looked at the calendar. "Donna, there is a little problem here.
Today is Monday. You have to go to school in about forty five minutes! I don't think the school would understand if 'Donna' showed up instead of 'Donnie'!"
"Oh my gosh! I forgot! I wanted to wear this skirt so bad. I-I'm sorry Mom, I'll go change." I made a mad dash for my room.
I quickly hung up my skirt and top. Then I took off my underthings and put them away. I placed the tights and the panties in the hamper, grabbed my robe and went across the hall to 'Donnie's' room. I finally got dressed in the right clothes for the day and went back to the kitchen to see mom.
"Honey, let's take your hairpiece off for today, Okay?" Mom asked as she walked behind me to unclip the fall.
"I forgot, mom. I wear it all the time. It just feels right to have it clipped in my hair." I was embarrassed since I had forgotten to remove the fall when I changed.
"Let's leave Donna alone until Thursday night, Okay Donnie?" Mom asked.
"Okay mom. I gotta go! Jeff will be here any second to go to school."
I grabbed my books and homework and headed out the door. Sure enough, there was Jeff coming down the street. He waved and I waited for him. We always walk to school together.
"Hi Donnie! How was your weekend? Are you ready for the contest? I'm all set.
Got everything finished this weekend at my aunt's house." Jeff was excited.
"We did too. It's going to be great! Do you think one of us could beat Emily this year?" I asked.
"I don't know if you can but I think I can!" Jeff stated.
"So what are you going as?" I asked.
"Not telling! What about you?"
"Not telling either."
"Okay, we agree not to tell anyone. That way it will be a surprise for everyone." Jeff said.
So we talked about other things. Football, Basketball, how much candy we would collect trick or treating on Saturday. All those things buddies talk about while walking to school.
Everyone at school was being quiet about their costumes too. Only the younger students couldn't keep secrets from each other. All the kindergarteners and first graders knew what each other were wearing for the party Friday. Only second and third grade kept it secret.
I kept busy during the week with Jeff. We played basketball after school and he came over to play my Atari a couple of times. We never even talked about our costumes for the coming party. Finally it was Thursday. I told Jeff I couldn't come over since mom wanted to start getting things ready for Friday.
He understood. His mom had wanted to do the same thing.
"Hi mom. What do we have to do for tomorrow?" I asked.
"Just a lot of little things. They all take time so there won't be enough time for them tomorrow." Mom stated.
I helped with dinner and we ate when dad got home. After dinner we all did the cleanup. Mom looked at me and told dad that we had things to do for tomorrow, so he was on his own for a while.
"First, you take a shower. Wash and condition your hair with the shampoo in the shower. Then we are going to get your fingernails ready for tomorrow."
Mom just pointed, so off I went to follow her instructions. While I was in the shower I heard the door open and mom said, "I put clean clothes and a robe here for you. Just slip them on and come to Donna's room."
I finished in the shower and dried off. There on the top of the toilet seat were my panties and nightie and robe. I guess I was to be Donna Anne for this! I was happy to get dressed. It seemed like such a long time since I had worn anything so soft and silky. It still sent a chill through my body when I put it on. I finished and only towel dried my hair. Then headed to 'my' bedroom!
Mom started with a nail file and clippers. She clipped my toe nails and filed the edges smooth. Then she filed my fingernails into a little more pointed shape like hers. Next she took this little bottle and wiped some 'vitamin-e oil' onto my cuticles. Mom said this softened them and allowed them to be pushed back easier. This was so I could have pretty polished nails for the contest tomorrow. Next she took my hair and clipped it back out of the way.
Then she took this stuff called a 'mask' and smeared it all over my face. I looked in the mirror. This would be great stuff if I were dressing as a ghoul! It was kind of thick and lumpy and green! I made scary faces in the mirror, it was great! While the mask was drying mom started to blow dry my hair. I just leaned back and enjoyed it. I pretended it was Janice doing it at the salon. When my hair was dry, mom took some clips to hold my bangs out of the mask and we went to the bathroom to wash it off. My skin felt all tingly and tight when we got the mask washed off. I looked in the mirror and my face was pink. Mom handed me some moisturizer and said to rub it in all over my face. I did and the tingly feeling went away. We went back to Donna's room and mom took an 'orange' stick and rubbed my finger and toe nails with it to push back the cuticles. I'm not sure why it's called that, it's not orange!
After all this Mom said I needed to get into character for tomorrow so I could sleep as Donna tonight. I was excited! I ran into the front room and jumped into daddy's arms.
"Mommy says I get to be Donna Anne tonight! So I am in character for tomorrow!"
"That's good honey. I know you will win the contest. Now sleep tight. It is past your bedtime." Dad gave me a kiss on the forehead.
I ran upstairs, grabbed Raggedy Ann and hopped into bed. "Good night mom and thank you for helping make Donna Anne real."
"Good night Donna Anne. It has been a pleasure. Now sleep, you need to be bright and cheery tomorrow." Mom closed the door on her way out.
I hugged Raggedy Ann and went to sleep. In the morning I remembered to dress as Donnie. What a relief that was! Well needless to say school went VERY slowly. We all had parties, I guess the teachers knew they couldn't teach us much today. It also was an early dismissal day. At one thirty school was let out. This gave us enough time to get our costumes together and be back for the party and contest at six.
I ran home as fast as I could. Hopped in the shower and washed and conditioned my hair like mom had said and then went into Donna Anne's room to dress.
Mom was there, holding a little bag. It was one of those fancy ones with handles and had tissue paper sticking out of it. "This is for you." she said handing me the bag.
I was surprised. I looked in the bag and there was a new pair of blue satin and lace panties! They were beautiful! They had a lace panel on the sides and lace around the waist and the leg openings. The label said 'Victoria's Secret' on it. I remember it as a new shop at the mall across town. "They're beautiful! Thank you mom!" I gave mom a hug and a kiss on the cheek.
"Donna, there's one more thing in there that you will need for going to the salon." Mom said.
I looked in the bag and there was a pair of white nylon anklets with a lace top. "Those are to wear until we get you dressed after your hair and makeup.
" Mom told me.
Mom left my room and I started to dress. First the new blue panties. They felt so wonderful as they slid into place around my waist. Then I put on the bra and inserted the breast forms. I went into the closet and put on my new skirt and the Winnie-the-Pooh shirt like I had on Monday morning. Then I sat down and pulled on the new anklets. I put on my white heeled sandals and then folded the lace top down on the anklets. Finally I slid on a half slip and made sure everything looked right in the mirror. Something was missing. Oh yes, my fall! I was so excited I almost forgot to clip in my hair piece!
After clipping in the fall and brushing my hair I asked mom to help me get everything we needed into the car. We made three trips to the car. Then to be safe, we each went back through the bedroom, to make sure we hadn't forgotten anything.
The ride to the salon seemed to take forever. I was getting nervous about this. Eventually we arrived at the salon and mom grabbed the makeup and veil.
"I'll come back for the rest while you are getting the works!" Mom smiled.
We went into the salon and I told the receptionist that Miss Donna Anne Jones was there for her appointment. She checked me off the list and mom and I went to sit and wait for Janice to call me. While we were sitting there Jeff Grant walked in with his mom. Actually I thought it was Jeff, but on second look it was Janet Lynn. This was confirmed when she said that Janet Lynn Grant was there for her appointment. She came over to sit by me. "Hi Donna! Nice to see you here again. Ready for the contest tonight?" Now I was confused. This person looked like Janet but spoke to me in Jeff's voice. What happened to the Irish accent?
"Um-m-m yes. I didn't think I'd see you here again, Janet." I said carefully.
"Ah-h-h yes, you probably need the Irish accent eh, dahrlin'?" Janet said with her accent. She motioned me to lean closer so she could whisper.
"Donnie, it's me, Jeff. I recognized your mom the last time we were here.
Since you didn't know who I was, I said I was visiting my Aunt. I actually did go to my Aunt's house to make my costume. I didn't want anyone here to see it before today. By the way, you make a very convincing girl."
I was shocked! I mean, Jeff has been my best friend since before kindergarten! I just figured it was his cousin, Janet Lynn. "You look a lot like Jeff, but when you told me you were visiting your Aunt I thought you were your cousin! Wow, you look like a girl too!" I turned to mom who was talking to Jeff's mom. "Mom, did you know that Janet Lynn is really Jeff?"
"Yes dear I know. Mrs. Grant and I have been talking about the costumes for a couple of weeks now. I think you and Jeff are going to be the 'belles of the ball' tonight!" Mom was smiling broadly.
Janice came over then and asked me to come with her. "Donna Anne, we are going all out today. I need you to go into the changing room and remove your shoes and anklets and your blouse. There is a dressing gown on the table.
When you are ready come out and find me." She showed me to a little room with a couple of hangers and a small table with pink gowns on it. Mom followed me with the clothing bag. She took out the full slip and after I had removed my blouse she had me put on the slip. "It will be easier this way after your hair is done." She explained. I finished changing quickly and went to find Janice.
"Barbara is going to start you off, so sit here and I'll tell her you are ready." I sat in a chair to wait. I noticed Jeff was gone from the waiting area, I waved to mom.
"Hi, I'm Barbara! Your Donna Anne right? A pleasure to meet you. We are starting by giving you a pedicure and a manicure. That way the polish will be completely dry by the time you get dressed. So lean back and enjoy this."
Barbara took a small bowl and had me dip my fingers in and let them soak.
Next she took a towel and laid it under my feet. She mixed something she called a 'scrub' with some water and proceeded to rub it all over my feet.
When she was done she rinsed and dried my feet. Then she took an orange stick and repeated what mom had done by pushing the cuticles back. Finally she took some lotion and rubbed it onto my feet. If I weren't so ticklish I think I might have enjoyed it more. "Now to your hands." Barbara said.
She took my hands out of the soak and used another orange stick to push the cuticles back. Next she used a file to touch up the shape of the nails on my hands and then my feet. When all this was done she used a small cotton ball to wipe off each nail with nail polish remover. "That makes sure your polish will stick properly. Now for the base coat." Barbara took some foam pieces and placed them between my toes. Then she took a bottle of a clear liquid and carefully painted my fingernails and toenails. She said this was a base coat.
When she was done she asked what color I wanted them painted.
I said, "Mom and I were here last Saturday. We bought most of the things that Karri recommended. My mom is over there." I pointed to the waiting area.
Barbara went over and found mom. Mom reached into a small case she had packed and pulled out the bottle of Burgundy nail polish and gave it to Barbara. She came back and proceeded to put on two coats of polish on both my fingers and my toes. I had to keep both my feet and both my hands under this dryer to help dry the polish. Finally she put on a clear top coat that made my nails shine. I sat there looking at my toes and fingers, admiring them for looking so-o-o pretty. Mom was right, Burgundy is definitely my color!
When Barbara was happy with my nails she took the foam things out from between my toes and threw them away. She called Janice to let her know I was ready for the next step.
Janice motioned me to sit in her chair. She went to do something and I saw Jeff under the hair dryer. We waved to each other and smiled. Janice came back holding a Burgundy ribbon. It was the same color as my nail polish. "I am going to use this in your hair to help hide the bands and clips. When I get done you should be beautiful." She wet my hair and then combed my bangs down and curled them under. She took the hair on the sides of my head and pulled them back to just above my ears. She took the ribbon and tied it around the band that held my hair to hide it. Then she teased the top and down around the sides a little to give me some extra volume. Then the curling iron was used with a small rod to give multiple long ringlets hanging down all around the top, back and sides of my head. While she worked, she wove the ribbon around so that all the clips were covered when she was done. I looked in the mirror and liked it just as much as the last time I was there, maybe a little more, with the ribbon.
"All done here, let's get you over to Karri!" Janet said.
I walked over to the cosmetician chair that I was in the last time. Karri was all smiles. "Hi Donna. Ready for your 'big' day? Let's get started. Last time was a quick and easy makeover, today we do it all."
"Whatever you think best Karri." I told her. "Are you doing Janet Lynn's makeup too?"
"Yes I am. Right after yours. So we have to get moving." Karri said as she started. "Your mom brought over the cosmetics we discussed last time so we are all set. Just lay back and relax, this will be fun!"
Karri started with the foundation from Joanne that came with the dress. She took a couple of drops and mixed them with some moisturizer. She said this was done with all the foundation to make it blend easier. I opened the top button of the dressing smock and she applied it to my upper chest. as she worked up my neck she would mix a drop of my face foundation in with the other. by the time she got to my chin she was using all the face foundation and none of the stuff to hide the top of the dress.
She applied the 'honey beige' to my face and even my ears! Then she took a white liquid and mixed a drop with a drop of foundation. She said this was a lightener to highlight my cheekbones and make them a little more prominent.
She applied it along my cheekbone from the middle of my eye toward my ear, then used her fingers to blend it. Next she took a foundation one shade darker and mixed 1 drop with the 'Honey beige'. She called this a shadow and used it under my cheekbones and on the bridge of my nose. She said this would give the illusion of high cheekbones and a tiny nose. She apologized and said I didn't really have a big nose, just most girls think they do, so she does this all the time. She then took a translucent powder and brushed it on all over the foundation to 'set' it.
She took a brown eyebrow pencil and colored my brows. She had me close one eye and watch as she used a taupe pencil to color the crease in my eyelid.
Then I closed the other eye so she could do it too. she used her finger to smudge the line. I closed my eyes as she applied the Burgundy, Dove Gray and Pearl White. She came back with her finger and it felt like she was rubbing between the three areas she had wiped. She told me she had blended the colors so they looked smooth.
"Lay as still as possible, please." I felt her steady her hand on my cheek and then a cool liquid was applied along the edge of my upper eyelids. "Okay open your eyes and look at me." Karri took an eye liner pencil and carefully used it along the edge of my lower eyelid. "Beautiful, would you like to see?"
Karri raised my chair back to an upright position and held up a mirror for me to look in. My eyes looked beautiful. They were Burgundy on the eyelid and that gradually changed over to a Dove Gray. Then to a Pearl White under my brow., "Let's get you finished, Donna. We have more to do." Karri went back to work.
She took something called a 'coral blusher' and wiped it on my cheeks. She said she was 'feathering' the edges with her fingers. She picked up this thing called an 'eyelash curler' and came toward my eyes with it. It felt funny and was a little scary but Karri said it would make my lashes prettier.
Then she took some black mascara and coated my eyelashes. Right after that she took a small brush and combed my lashes to separate them. Next Karri had me hold my lips apart as she used a lip liner to define and enhance the shape of my lips. Finally she used a brush to fill in my lips with lipstick. She had me blot the lipstick twice and pronounced me ready. I looked in the mirror and was amazed at how I looked. I was beautiful!
Mom came over and looked at me. "Oh Donna , you are so beautiful! I brought the earrings over so Karri could help put them in without messing up your makeup."
"Glad to! Just sit still Donna. There, now the other one... All done!" Karri said as she handed my little gold studs to mom. I looked in the mirror again.
The earrings were perfect for this hair and makeup. I liked the way the gold and white sparkled when I turned my head.
"Time to get you dressed. I picked up your bouquet while you were busy. All you need is to go get dressed. Karri, is there a larger room where I could help Donna Anne get ready?" Mom asked.
"Yes, as a matter of fact, we have a room just for brides, . I'll get your things from the changing room and show you the room." Karri motioned us to follow her. She led us down the hall to a larger changing area. "This should work just fine. Make sure you stop back and show everyone before you leave."
Mom had handed me the dressing bag in the salon, so I hung it behind the door. She had the bag with the veil and the bouquet and the accessory case in her hands. Mom handed me the package of pantyhose that she had bought on our first shopping trip. That seemed like it was so long ago, actually it had only been two and a half weeks! I was very careful when unwrapping them. I was really careful putting them on. Mom said they could get a run in the nylon and be ruined if I wasn't. They felt lighter than tights and the little flowers on the outside of the ankle looked really pretty.
I carefully took off the smock and removed my skirt and half slip and placed them on a table in the corner. It felt different with the pantyhose, the slip kind of tickled my legs when I walked. Mom looked back in the bag and found a long poufy half slip thing she called a petticoat. This she helped me slide up under the full slip and tied it around my waist. Now, every time I moved, layers of material swirled back and forth. This was really neat, I figured I could get used to being dressed like this on a regular basis.
"Almost done. Do you need to use the 'ladies' room? Once the dress is on you will need help." Mom mentioned.
I decided I better, since it did seem like it would take two or three people to help me get out of and back into this outfit! I finally figured out why it always took mom so long to go to the bathroom After a lot of lifting and pulling and sitting and some more pulling and smoothing I was ready for the dress! Mom held it out for me as I carefully stepped into it. Once we were sure my feet were not caught on anything mom had me slip my arms into the sleeves and she hooked and zipped the back. Then she lifted the flesh colored panel up and hooked it in the back. The dress was a perfect fit! I looked in the full length mirror and thought I looked better than Joanne did when she wore this dress.
"Donna Anne! Quit staring at yourself. We need to finish so you can get to the party!" Mom woke me from my stare.
She had me sweep the back of the dress to the side and to sit on the edge of a chair so I could put on my heeled sandals. Then a pair of white gloves with a lot of lace over the back of the hand and around the wrists. Mom then reached in the bag and gently took out the veil, she walked behind me and carefully placed it on my head. As a last thought she reached into her purse and took out her 'Chanel' cologne. A small spray to my neck and two squirts to my wrists was all she did. She handed me a bridal bouquet that was pretty.
It had dark Burgundy roses with some greenery and 'Babies Breath' for little white accents all on a plastic handle so I could carry it easily. I could see in the mirror and to me, I looked like the perfect bride.
"Donna Anne? Look over here and smile big for me. (flash!). Just a few more to remember this day. (flash!). Now stand up in front of the chair. Good.
(flash!). This went on until I could only see spots! Mom was using a lot of film on me. I posed a lot of different ways, finally, I think mom ran out of film.
Mom gathered everything up and put things in cases and carriers and in no time we were ready to leave. Mom went first and told me to come out when I was introduced. It seemed like a long time but then I heard Mom say. " Here is the beautiful blushing bride, Miss Donna Anne Jones!" That was my que. I walked out, with the slow practiced steps that mom had taught me to take over the last two weeks. When I entered the salon I heard comments like "Beautiful!", "Absolutely gorgeous!", "She really is blushing!", "Can't lose!". And I was smiling the whole time. The one person was right too, I could feel the warmth in my cheeks, it wasn't just the makeup. After telling Barbara, Karri and Janice thank you one more time, we left for the party.
I was so excited to actually be going to the contest! It just seemed to take forever to get to my school. When we arrived mom handed me a small white satin purse that looked like a sack miners would carry gold in. She said to wear it on my wrist so I could still hold the bouquet. It contained some tissues, some money for refreshments, my lipstick liner, lipstick and brushes so I could reapply it just before the judging.
"Mom, I don't know how to apply lipstick! What am I going to do!" I was panicked.
"Don't worry. One of the lady chaperones will help you. Just ask politely."
Mom said.
That would work. I remember teachers helping do that last year for some of the kids. " Okay mom. See you at nine!" I carefully got out of the car and making sure I wasn't caught on anything I shut the door and waved to mom.
Then I turned and walked toward the school gym.
I walked up to the registration table and asked for a contest registration form. The parent behind the table looked me over and handed me the form. I sat down carefully at a table and started to fill it out.
"Hi Donna Anne! You look absolutely beautiful! You make a very pretty bride."
Mrs. Grant was talking to me.
"Thank you very much. Is Je- er - Janet Lynn here?" I asked softly.
"She's already inside playing games. Are you almost done?" She asked.
I handed her the form I had filled out. It said to give your character's name, so I wrote 'Donna Anne' trying to imitate the fancy writing my mom used. Mrs. Grant looked it over, then gave me a number to attach to my bouquet handle. She said that way it wouldn't ruin my dress. I thanked her and headed for the gym door.
I walked into the gym and felt as if every eye in the place turned to look at me. I know that wasn't true but I felt it just the same. I wondered if this was the same feeling real brides got before they entered the church. I looked around and saw some people playing 'Pin - The - Skull - on - the - Skeleton', I went over to play since I figured it wouldn't mess up my dress. I did okay, I was second closest for the 5 players that round and got a small skull keychain. I placed it in my purse and continued around the gym. I stopped by the refreshment table to buy a soda. While waiting in line I kept trying to identify who was what costume.
"Hi Donna Anne! You look lovely tonight. You make a pretty bride."
I turned to look and it was Janet Lynn. What a costume! She was dressed as a Faerie Queen. Let me describe it, but I know she was prettier than words could ever tell.
She had short auburn bangs and long hair that hung to below her shoulder blades. In her hair was a wreath of Baby's Breath and clover. Simple green stone earrings hung from her ears. Her costume was a spring green dress with angel sleeves. The sleeves were long and at the wrist they tapered on the back of her hands to a small loop that fit over her middle finger. When she moved her arms it looked like fluttering wings. Over the dress was a shear gossamer covering that flowed as she walked. The hem was a handkerchief style that was above the knee in the front and below in the back. She had very delicate wings attached between her shoulders. Her makeup was very appropriate. I knew Karri had done it. Her skin was pale with just a slight green tone with rich burnt umber and warm brown for her eye shadow. She had a berry color for blusher and lips. The finishing touch were light green tights and light green ballet slippers. She was in a word .. Beautiful!
"Janet! You look wonderful! I didn't know Faerie Queens were so pretty! " I truly meant that.
We each got drinks and sat and talked for a little bit. Then our principal, Mr. Johnson, announced that it would ten minutes until the costume judging.
Jeff and I went to find his mom to help us make sure our makeup was perfect.
She reapplied Jeff's lipstick and then reapplied my lip liner and lipstick.
We were both nervous, but too late now, it was time for the parade and judging. I asked Mrs. Grant if she could help me arrange my blusher so it hung in front the correct way. She was happy to help. Then I asked if there was a gentleman that could meet me by the judges table, to raise my blusher back behind me, like when a real bride enters a church. Mrs. Grant turned and talked to her husband. Mr. Grant was told who I was and after a surprised look on his face, said he would meet me there to 'give me away'.
Mr. Johnson called for quiet. Then asked all contestants to go into the hall and line up by number. We all filed out and eventually, with a couple of chaperone's help, got into the proper order. We knew when the parade of costumes started because they always played 'Monster Mash' over and over for the judging. It isn't a bad song, but this year we would hear it a lot!
Each person got to enter alone, after going past the judges we line up on the sidelines of the basketball court. I was getting more nervous with each person entering the door. Finally it was my turn!
"Number 42, Miss Donna Anne!" The chaperone announced.
I took a deep breath and started into the gym. I walked with the slow, halting, practiced steps, that mom had worked so hard with me to get perfect.
When I got near the judges table, Mr. Grant walked out to meet me and raise my blusher. After he raised it he leaned over and kissed my cheek! I think I turned fifty shades of red! I truly was a 'blushing bride'! I finished my walk and went over to line up with the other contestants. I tried hard to stay in character the whole time, smiling brightly, and trying to look as sweet as possible. Finally the contestants were all in and lined up. There was a lot of papers being rustled and the gym was very quiet for so many people being there.
"I will announce the top three contestants." Mr. Johnson started. "All of you look wonderful and once again it has been a difficult decision for the judges. If you are called up I will give your costume name and your place.
Then I will ask you to give your real name."
The gym was very quiet. Finally Mr. Johnson got up to the microphone. " Third place goes to 'Cinderella ' and her coachman." Cinderella and her coachman made their way to the stage.
"I'm Emily Christensen and this is my brother Ben." She took her prize and moved to the back of the stage.
"Second place goes to Miss Janet Lynn Grant." Janet walked up on the stage fluttering her arms so she looked like she was flying.
"Thank you. My name is Jeff Grant." That brought a murmur from the crowd.
Many were surprised that it was a boy in such a feminine costume. Jeff took his prize and moved back by Emily and her brother.
"And now for the winner of this years' costume contest. The envelope please!
.... A little trouble opening it. .. There.. The winner is ... Miss Donna Anne!"
I was surprised! My hand went and covered my mouth. There were applause from everyone! I regained my composure and started for the stage. There were cameras flashing all around me as I moved to the stage to collect my trophy.
I had to be careful going up the steps but grabbed the front of my gown and lifted it so I could see the steps. Finally I made it to Mr. Johnson, still shaking and surprised. I had done it! I had won the contest.
Mr. Johnson handed me the trophy and asked me to tell my real name.
I took the microphone and said. "I'm really Donald Allan Jones!"
At this moment there was real shock and surprise on most of the peoples faces. I appeared to have convinced them that I was really a girl. What surprised me even more was when my mom and dad came on stage to stand with me. I was so happy I started to cry. Mom took a tissue and helped me keep my eyes dry so I wouldn't ruin my makeup.
I hugged Janet Lynn, and even hugged Emily and her brother. It was so wonderful to be Donna Anne that I knew I wanted to do it again. Mom had brought along a change of clothes so we could put away the bridal gown for safety. I think mothers can read minds. She had brought a half slip, my Pink blouse and the Charcoal Gray jumper. Mom and I went into a classroom and she helped me change. After changing and helping carry everything to the car I went back in to play some more games until the party ended. Everyone asked why I was still dressed as a girl. I told them that I came to the party as Donna Anne and I would remain in character until I got home. I went home that night the happiest girl in the world!
After I undressed and used cold cream and moisturiser, I took down my hair and brushed it out. Then I went into the guest room and put on my night gown and panties. I went downstairs to kiss Dad and Mom good night. Then I went to 'my' bedroom and took Raggedy Ann to bed with me and relived the entire afternoon and evening. Raggedy Ann listened to everything from my waking up excited to the climax of the day of winning the trophy. She listened attentively and never tired of my stories. I finally turned out the light and snuggled up with her and went to sleep. Like I said before Raggedy Ann is a great listener.
The End
copyright 6/2000 by Lisa Elizabeth and Donna Anne.
A fan story about Charlene from Ellen Hayes's "Tuck Season".
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Based on 'Tucky Season' what would Tuck's 'Big Sister' be like and how did she react to all of her adventures?
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
This is a work of fiction! It is set in the 'Season's of Change' universe started by Joel Lawrence, continued by Tigger and influenced by Ellen Hayes 'Tucky Season'. All characters are fictional! I would like to thank Ellen for allowing me to write about Charlene and not yelling at me for plagiarizing small amounts of text where needed!! Thanks to Tigger for finishing the original story line and continuing it. And I would like to thank Brandy DeWinter for writing Jesse's story. That gave me more insight into the mind of a Thompson Academy student. A big thank you to all the other people that have done so much to make this possible. Their numbers are too numerous to list.
Charlene's Story
Chapter One
Charlie sat on the train looking out at the lightning and rain outside his window. He was going somewhere, he wasn't quite sure where and he wasn't quite sure for how long either! The storm raging outside the train reminded him of reading 'It Was A Dark and Stormy Night' by Snoopy to his brother Joey. Was it really a week ago he had read that? Hard to remember, so much had happened...
All during his growing up time Charles Allen Hawkins had been a little smaller and a little thinner than most of his classmates. This really didn't cause much of a problem until third grade, and then he became prime bullying material.
The school bully always picked on him until one day at the end of the school year; Charlie hauled off and hit him in the nose. For the first time, Charlie was in trouble. He would have been expelled for three days any other time during the school year. However, since it was after the last day of school, they made him come in and sit in the principal's office for two hours the next three days the teachers were still there.
Charlie didn't see anything too bad about sitting there, other than being bored. The lecture from his parents was short and to the point also. 'Don't let us catch you doing that again'. It was the 'catch you' part that stuck in his mind.
Over the next few years, Charlie just seemed to get into a little more trouble each year. He always had a chip on his shoulder about being 'small for his age', as his mother would say. Things escalated from just fighting to defend himself, into fighting and bullying other kids, 'because he could'.
Finally during his thirteenth year on this earth he got into enough trouble to land in the court system. It seems Charlie had been bullying a couple of boys and when they tried to fight back, he beat each one very severely. One boy ended up in the hospital for three days and had to have his spleen removed. The other had to undergo plastic surgery to repair his broken and distorted nose. This led to anger management counseling and one hundred hours of community service along with six months juvenile probation.
Charlie's mom and stepfather were frantic! One more arrest and he would be sent off to some sort of juvenile detention home until he was eighteen. They tried to think of what to do to prevent that from happening. Finally making a few phone calls, they arranged for Charlie to visit his aunt Robin and uncle Jim in Indiana for the summer. That would occur right after his probation ended and it was felt he might get a chance to settle down by being in a smaller community.
Charlie wasn't so sure it was a good idea, all his friends were in Southern California, why was he going to Indiana? His cousins were all a lot younger than he was, so he couldn't pal around with them. That left him time to make new friends, unfortunately they were troublemakers. Life in a small Indiana town can be somewhat boring to a young teenaged boy. There is little to do when the nearest mall is forty-minutes away and there isn't a movie theater in the area. Charlie was only in Indiana for two weeks before he was caught shoplifting with a couple of other kids.
'How could we have been so f***ing stupid!' he thought. 'Maybe they won't find out about my trouble back home.'
They ended up in juvenile court in front of someone named judge Ruth Walin-something-or-other. After some discussion with his court appointed attorney and the D.A., it was decided to hold off on his case until records could be transferred and his parents could travel to Indiana for a conference. That was rough! He had to wear an ankle bracelet and remain at his aunt and uncle's house all the time! If he went anywhere, his aunt had to call the police and let them know where and for how long they would be gone. That was a real pain!
The house arrest lasted five weeks. His parents arrived and his mom was in tears and his stepfather was very angry with him.
"Charlie! We sent you here for the summer, so you WOULDN'T get into trouble!" his stepfather said. "Now we have the problem that you could end up in a juvenile home here in the Midwest! How are we going to get to see you? What are we going to do?"
Charlie sat there staring at his shoes and thinking about how it would be not seeing his parents until he was eighteen. He had to keep wiping the tears from his eyes as he thought about it.
His mom was going to say something when his aunt walked into the room.
"Judge Ruth called and left a message for you." aunt Robin said. "You all have a meeting with her and your lawyer at ten o'clock tomorrow."
The rest of the day passed slowly, it is very hard to watch your mom hug you and then start crying when she thinks you won't be living at home for three or four years! That really made me feel low. I knew that no matter what, I would beg, if I had to, NOT to leave my family for that length of time.
It was early that evening that Joey asked me to read 'It Was A Dark and Stormy Night' to him. I read it for him and our cousins. We had laughed together at all the strange things that happened in that book. I remember it as a very happy evening. When bedtime arrived, I slept fitfully all night. I was rethinking everything I had done that led up to this point. I knew that something had to change and it was probably me.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. The second installment of Charlie's dilemma. How he ended up at Jane's school.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter 2
Judge Ruth
Judge Ruth Walinkiewicz sat in her chambers going over her cases for the coming day. The second one she came to was 'Charles Allen Hawkins'. It really wasn't a big folder and the reports inside indicated a very intelligent though overly aggressive young man. His schooling looked good, his grades had fallen off when he started getting into legal trouble last year. That was one sign, also the fact that this was the first time he had done anything other than get into a fight! Not like his past history. Even the school discipline records showed only punishment for fighting. Never for anything else.
'I need this personal interview to see just what is going on with Mr. Hawkins!’ Judge Ruth thought to herself. 'I'm not convinced that the juvenile detention system is the best place for him'. She rechecked the folder and made a few notes to herself, then placed it on the side. She knew there was a pre-arraignment meeting in less than an hour.
Ruth picked up her telephone and dialed a number from memory.....It was answered on the second ring.
"Bonjour! Allo! Thompson residence!" Marie spoke cheerily into the telephone.
"Bonjour to you too, Marie! This is Ruth. Is Jane around there?" Ruth asked.
"Ah! Judge Ruth! I am so sorry, you missed her by just a few minutes, she is out shopping with the girls!" Marie replied.
"Marie, how is John doing?" Ruth inquired of her friend.
"Our little Joan is doing quite well. She has turned the corner and I think she is just about ready for a 'little sister'." Marie smiled as she told Judge Ruth about Joan's progress.
"That is so wonderful to hear! That is why I need to talk to Jane, I will know for sure by noon, but I think I may have a 'little sister' for Joan!" Ruth replied.
"Would you like her to call you when she gets back? You know that these shopping trips are all day affairs." Marie reminded Ruth.
"Yes, Please. Marie, have Jane call me at home tonight. I'll know for sure by then and we will see what we can arrange. I have to run I have a meeting with the boy and his parents in ten minutes. Bye Marie, give a hug to Darla for me!"
"You must give Kenneth a kiss on each cheek from his Tante Marie! Marie smiled.
"I'll be sure of it, Marie. Ruth replied.
Ruth smiled as she hung up the telephone. It always pleased her when she made the right choice by not sending a young man to juvenile hall.
Looking back at the folder, Ruth shook her head. 'I hope I do the right thing for this child too!'
****************
Charlie, his parents and their lawyer, Joshua Stephanian, had gathered in a conference room to talk, before the meeting with Judge Ruth. Charlie was pretty nervous and really didn't hear everything his lawyer said. His mom and dad were listening and asking questions so he figured that was a good sign.
"Charles?" Joshua asked. "I need to ask you a question before we go into this meeting. Have you EVER done anything like this before?"
Charlie looked at him and answered truthfully. "No! I have never stolen ANYTHING before in my life! I still don't know why I did it this time!" He then hung his head and cried a little, trying to wipe the tears away before anyone saw them.
"That is probably a positive for you then." Joshua smiled. " Judge Ruth would not have called this meeting if she thought you were just a delinquent. She may have an alternative to juvenile detention for you. I'll know more after this meeting."
Josh looked over his file one more time. While he was making a final note, Judge Ruth's secretary, Lisa, knocked on the door. "Judge Ruth is ready for you now. If you will all follow me." Lisa said.
The group entered the judge's chambers. Charlie looked around; it didn't look like the judge's chambers on TV. It was a nicely decorated office with flower arrangements on the desk and pictures of nature scenes on the wall, along one wall was a large bookcase. Charlie figured that was the judge's law library.
When the judge stood to greet them, Charlie had his second surprise! Ruth looked just like a normal woman! She wasn't some overbearing ogre or a 'B***h on wheels' as he had heard about some female judges. She shook everyone's hand and bid everyone to sit, then she came out from behind her desk and sat in the chairs with them! Not exactly what he was used to in his two dealings with the legal system in California!
Judge Ruth started the meeting. "I called this meeting, because in my many years of dealing with the juvenile system in Indiana, I have made some observations about some of the people that are sent to my courtroom." Ruth paused a moment to collect her thoughts. "Over time I have found there are some young people that really do not belong in the juvenile detention system. Instead, they need some sort of alternative to set them on the road to living a productive life."
"What did you have in mind your honor?" Josh asked.
"I would like to ask Mr. and Mrs. Hawkins and you to go get a cup of coffee! That will give me a chance to talk to Charles and see if we can come up with another way to solve this problem." Ruth replied.
Anita and John Hawkins looked at each other in confusion. John shook his head and then looked at Josh.
"Come along, I know the way to the coffee shop!" Josh smiled. " Don't worry, we will get our coffee and wait right out here in the hall for Judge Ruth and Charles to finish."
Ruth and Charlie watched as the three adults left the office. When the door clicked and Ruth was sure they were out of earshot, she began her interview.
"Charlie, May I call you Charlie?" She asked.
"Yes, ma'am. I prefer it to Charles. That sounds like I'm in trouble." Charlie replied.
"Ruth chuckled. "Well young man, you are in trouble, but I will still call you Charlie. Okay?"
Charlie nodded and continued to look at his hands.
" My first question is, Why did you punch that boy in the nose back in third grade?" Ruth queried.
Charlie was stunned. What did third grade have to do with this? He collected his thoughts and decided to answer the question. "Why? Back in third grade? He had bullied me most of the school year! It was the last day of school and I was finally angry enough to hit him! He left me alone after that! Probably knew I'd hit him again if he didn't!"
"I see, were there any other times you were angry and hit someone?" Ruth asked, already knowing the answer to the question.
"Yea! Every time I got in trouble at school. The kids knew if they could make me mad, I'd start a fight! It's like they would bait me to see how far I would go before I broke! I got into a lot of fights!" Charlie replied.
"What about the two times you were in family court in California?" Ruth continued.
Charlie looked disgusted. "Those two a**holes deserved it! They called me a short little fairy! A little girly-boy that was just a wimp! It made me see red, and I lashed out at them yelling back that I WAS NOT a wimp. So I kicked their as*.. butts!"
"I see you did some anger management counseling. How was that?" Ruth asked.
"Useless! Absolutely useless! All this guy wanted to do was talk about 'turn the other f***ing cheek' and 'walk away from it'. I knew he had never been picked on in school and had NO idea what was going on with me, even after I explained it to him!" Came the bitter reply from Charlie. "I just gave him the answers he wanted so I could get the hell out of there."
"Charlie, have you always used such umm… colorful language when you talk to adults?" Ruth asked.
"You mean the .. Oh, sorry! Mom says I need to watch my language. It just comes out when I’m upset." Charlie replied.
Ruth sat there and nodded her head. She asked a few more questions that she already knew the answers to and took a couple minutes to formulate her thoughts.
She could see that Charlie had figured out that when he got really angry, fighting was the way to make people leave him alone. Basically, inside there seemed to be a boy that really didn't want to be this way. Ruth had to ask one more question. "Charlie, if I could offer you a way to control your anger, so you wouldn't have to fight anymore, would you accept it?"
"Judge Ruth, I am ready to get on my knees and f***in… oops, sorry, beg for anything you have that would prevent me leaving my family until I’m eighteen! I think that would just make things worse!" Charlie replied.
"I tend to agree with your assessment! I will recall your parents and have a talk with them. I can tell you that the place I would send you is a boarding school. You will be there from six months to one year in order to help you correct the way you handle your anger. Upon satisfactory completion of the program set up for you, I will completely expunge and seal your records. To state it simply, ALL of your juvenile records will disappear. You will return to life with a clean slate! What do you think of that choice?" Ruth asked.
Charlie sat there trying to take in everything the judge had said. The ONE thing he had heard was 'six months to a year', not three and a half to four years! However, a boarding school, he wondered what that would be like? After thinking for a minute, Charlie noticed that Judge Ruth was looking at him waiting for an answer.
"I think that is one option....umm...what is the other?" He asked.
"According to Indiana law, when you have two prior convictions for violent crimes, if you are convicted of a third crime you must go to a juvenile detention home until you turn eighteen." Judge Ruth replied. "That will only happen if we have to go through the arraignment and this case gets into the legal system."
"If the case gets into the legal system? I don't understand." Charlie looked confused.
"Let me explain this to you this way. If we all agree that there is a better way for you to get the help you need to become a better person and stay out of trouble. I have the power to keep you out of the judicial system until we see what happens. If this option is successful, we go into court and the case would be dismissed! Then I seal all of your other records and you start a new life, free of any juvenile record." Judge Ruth responded.
"So-o...if I go to this 'boarding school' for however long, then all my past problems go away? What about my school discipline?" Charlie asked.
"I'll order that expunged as well. The discipline records will be sealed along with everything else." Judge Ruth replied.
Charlie thought for a minute. That would be something! No records of trouble anywhere! 'God! I need to do this! I did say I would have to change. Maybe this is my chance'.
"Judge Ruth? I believe I’ll try the boarding school option." Charlie said.
"Good choice! I was hoping you would choose it. I believe that you will be very successful there. I also believe that they can help you become a much better young man!" Ruth replied with a genuinely warm smile.
"Well! Now that you and I have chatted, I need to discuss some things with your parents. We need to do some legal documents giving the school guardianship of you so they can see to your education and health care while you are there. A lot of boring stuff, so why don't we see what we can find for you to do while we are addressing these things, okay?" Ruth asked.
"You don't need me? Where do I wait? How long will it take?" Charlie asked.
"While I am talking to your mom and stepfather, I'll have Lisa take you down to the sheriff's office. They can remove your ankle bracelet. Since you are not going to be part of the legal system, there is no point in you wearing it any longer. The only thing is, I have to have your word of honor, that you will not run away." Ruth said.
"My word? I promise. You and I have agreed and I will live up to my end of the bargain. I won’t let you down Judge Ruth." Charlie replied with resolve in his voice.
"Then let's call your parents and lawyer in, shall we?" Judge Ruth asked.
Charlie and Ruth got up and walked to the door. They opened it to see Charlie's parents and Josh sitting across the hall waiting patiently for them to finish. All three stood when they saw Charlie and Ruth.
"If the three of you would wait in my office..." Judge Ruth motioned toward the open door. "I'll be back right after I get Charlie taken care of. Your lawyer will start to explain things while I am gone."
Ruth escorted Charlie to her secretary's office. There she instructed Lisa to take Charlie down to the Sheriff's office to have his ankle bracelet removed. With Charlie in good hands, she returned to her office and the Hawkins.
"Good news! Charlie has agreed to try to correct this problem without involving the legal system. I want to explain to both of you just what my proposal entails." Ruth was all smiles as she spoke to Charlie's parents.
Josh spoke first. "I have given them a preliminary rundown on the Thompson Academy and the benefits of resolving the problem this way. I'll let you do the rest."
"Thank you Josh." Ruth turned to face Anita and John Hawkins. "I'll be blunt with both of you. The Thompson Academy is run by a very strict lady named Jane Thompson. She is schooled in the old ways of creating acceptable behavior changes in her charges. There is no physical retribution and no permanent changes made to Charlie. Everything he has to undergo there will be for his benefit. Although right now the two of you may not think so."
Ruth went on to explain how Jane used 'Petticoat Punishment' in order to get her male charges attention. Then once they were fully into the program how her field trips would help Charlie develop an alternative way to handle his anger. By the time Ruth finished her spiel, both Anita and John were shaking their heads up and down agreeing with everything she was saying.
It was a simple matter of then doing all the legal paperwork to transfer guardianship to J. Thompson and to arrange for the transportation to the academy.
"Why by train? Wouldn't an airplane be much faster?" Mrs. Hawkins asked.
"As I told you Ms. Thompson likes to do certain things the old way. She claims it not only shows we trust Charlie, since he will be traveling by himself, but that it gives the student a lot of time to think over his life so far. After all he will be on the train for sixteen hours to New York and then two hours to his stop in Kingston." Ruth replied.
"Anita, John, don't worry. I have helped Judge Ruth send twenty-three boys to the Thompson Academy. All of them have made it there!" Josh interjected.
"Did they all come back better for this ordeal?" John Hawkins asked.
"I won’t lie to you. In my experience, twenty-two of the boys are leading very happy productive lives! I see them occasionally around town and they all still talk to me! I did have one return from there and when he was released, he went back to his old ways. He will be a guest of our state prison system for another twenty five years before he is eligible for parole." Josh explained.
"Along with those boys, Ms. Thompson has rehabilitated over one hundred boys and a few girls in her years. She was the Headmistress for Eastmore Girls School before deciding to help boys learn a better way." Judge Ruth added.
"When all is said and done our son will return to us, right?" Asked Mr. Hawkins.
"A much better, well rounded, considerate version of Charlie will return. In some boys the change is dramatic, in others you just notice that they don't get as angry anymore." Judge Ruth replied.
"He has agreed to this?" Asked Anita Hawkins.
"He has given his word, that he will go to The Thompson Academy instead of juvenile hall. He was not told all the specifics, since he will spend more time considering his plight if the future is unknown to him. You must also give me your word, that you will not tell him what is in store for him at the Academy." Judge Ruth replied.
A couple of more minutes of discussion among the four adults and then Josh Stephanian pulled out the documents needed to place Charlie in the J. Thompson Academy.
With that done, Judge Ruth buzzed Lisa and asked her to bring Charlie back into the room. When he entered, he looked worried.
"Mr. Charles Allen Hawkins!" Judge Ruth stood. "You are hereby ordered by this officer of the court to attend The J. Thompson Academy for whatever period of time is necessary to satisfactorily complete the prescribed course of study. Should you fail to complete this course, you will be sent back here and tried for the crimes you committed. Do you so agree?"
Charlie looked at his mom and stepdad. They were both nodding their heads yes. "I agree."
"I will call you tomorrow with the details of your trip and when you are to leave. Until then have a little fun with your family, it will be a while until you see them again." Judge Ruth told the three of them. "Josh, if you will escort the Hawkins family out, I will move on to our next case."
Ruth watched the family leave with a smile on her face, she was sure that Jane could help this boy in ways the corrections department couldn't. 'Only time will tell' She thought as she made a final note and put Charlie's file in her special drawer for Jane's students.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlie's final family fling before heading for Season's House.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Three
Getting Ready
Charlie and his parents left the courthouse and headed back to his aunt Robin and uncle Jim's house. Charlie sat in the back seat and noticed that his Mom had stopped crying.
"Mom? Dad? I am sorry about this. I am going to try so hard to change while I am away..." He would have said more but the tears welled up. It was a combination of anger at himself and fear of not knowing what would happen over the next six to twelve months.
"We know you are. We also know that you will try very hard to change because you gave your word on it! That is something we always taught you, a man's word is his bond, if you say you will do something then you do it!" Charlie's stepdad told him with a smile in the rear view mirror. "Let's enjoy the rest of this day, since you aren't tied to the house anymore. We'll stop back and pick up your aunt, uncle, brother and cousins and go out for dinner! Your choice sport!"
Charlie chose pizza! No surprise there! After all pizza is the main food group for all teenagers. His uncle suggested a place in Indianapolis called 'The Paramount Music Palace'. It turned out that everyone loved it, even the adults. They had a great big pipe organ that rose up out of the floor and a man in a tux played music for an hour at a time. When it first came up it reminded everyone of an old black and white movie called 'Phantom of the Opera'. However, the man playing it wasn't dressed scary at all. Charlie thought the neatest part was when he made the organ sound like a steam engine for the song 'Chattanooga Choo-Choo'.
That night Charlie slept peacefully. He now knew he would only be away from his family less than a year, faster if he learned his lessons well!
***************
While Charlie and his family were out enjoying music and pizza, Judge Ruth was waiting for Jane Thompson to call her back.
"Aunt Ruth?" Kenneth queried. "I can speak from first hand experience that Momma Jane will call as soon as she gets done with her little outing. I also know that she is probably just torturing them a little more before she lets up for the night!" Kenneth smiled at that thought.
"I know...I just get so impatient when I have a child that really and truly needs Jane's help." Ruth replied.
Kenneth was about to answer when the unlisted telephone rang.
"Ruth here"
"Hello Ruth, this is Jane. I am returning your earlier call, sorry to have missed you."
"Hi Jane! How was your shopping trip?"
"It went very well. The girls had their final fitting for the dresses they are to wear in the parade this Saturday and we picked up a few things for their trip to the opera matinee on Sunday. All around a good trip today."
"Good, How is John or I should say Joan doing?"
"The big breakthrough came last weekend."
. "Yes, Marie told me."
"Joan finally realized that I was only trying to help her and she actually enjoyed her latest trip to Milady's Closet. She is ready for a 'little sister'. Did you have someone in mind?"
"Yes...well I have another boy here that could truly use your help."
"I thought as much when I arrived home. Marie told me you had called and I had papers in my fax machine! You are not very subtle anymore you know?"
"Good, you read the documents I faxed earlier? When could you get him into the program?"
"We will need to finish these outings first. Darla was talking about visiting his 'Aunt Ruth' and Kenneth before school started in three weeks. I had figured on another week to make sure Joan was truly comfortable in the masquerade. That would allow for this weekend, then unmask Darla as Darryl on Monday...We would then see him off to visit you on Tuesday morning. That would work...Hmm-m-m...Yes! That would work just fine. I would need to talk to Joan on Tuesday afternoon and evening to insure her role as 'the big sister' for Charles. I believe that if you have him on that 4:30 PM train that connects in New York, he will arrive here at 10:30 AM Wednesday."
"So if he were to arrive a week from Wednesday...That would work? Ok, I'll arrange that."
The rest of the conversation centered on arranging for Darryl's flights and catching up on all of Kenneth's activities since Jane last talked to him. That took an additional hour, but Jane wasn't in a hurry. Things were going well with Joan and it looked like she would have a new student so Darryl could adjust to being male again before going off to school. Even by Jane Thompson's standard, this had been a very good day!
**************
It was right after breakfast when the telephone rang. Charlie's mom was handed the telephone and she talked with Judge Ruth's secretary, Lisa. Lisa told her about the train and that tickets would be waiting at the station. She also asked Anita to measure Charles so that his academy clothes could be tailored for him. After writing down all the information and a telephone number to call with the measurements, Anita hung up the telephone.
"Alright! That was the judge's secretary. She says you leave next Tuesday afternoon, so we can have a little fun until then. We also have to measure you for your academy clothing. Since you are in shorts and a T-shirt that won't take very long. How about we do that right after breakfast?" Anita looked at Charlie for an answer.
"Okay, mom! That's a whole week before I leave? Seems a long time, doesn't it?" Charlie replied.
"They probably just need the time to order your clothing." Anita replied.
After breakfast Anita did just that. After all the measuring and telephoning in the numbers to Lisa, they were free to enjoy their last week as a family for some time to come.
John called his office and arranged for another two weeks off and then said they may as well have a mini vacation since they were all here.
Over the next six days, they went to 'Indiana Beach' for a day. Then to 'Holiday World' in a place called Santa Claus, Indiana for two days. That was cool to Charlie because they stayed in a hotel right next to Jasper Engines, in Jasper, Indiana. He got to see the Jasper Engine NASCAR Ford in the parking lot that night! They went on an old steam train in a place called 'French Lick' and then spent a day sightseeing in Indianapolis. They did spend Monday and Tuesday at his aunt and uncle's relaxing.
Tuesday afternoon, Charlie was packed and ready to board the 4:30 PM train in Indianapolis. He had a carry case and a large suitcase to go with him. Mom told him they would take the rest of his things home with them. It was a scary and sad time. Charlie knew it would be a long time before he saw his family again. It was a teary goodbye for both Charlie and his parents. There were a lot of hugs and a lot of tissues used that day. Joey just figured Charlie was leaving like he did when he went to Indiana so it was not a big deal to him.
And so it came to be that Charles Allen Hawkins sat on a train in a rain storm, reviewing his life and wondering just what the future would bring.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlene arrives at 'Season House'.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Four
Charlie's Arrival
It was a glorious summer morning in New England. Bright blue skies, with those puffy clouds that take on whimsical shapes in the sky. Jane Thompson stood on the train platform as she had so many times before. She surveyed the area one more time, then asked Joan to move toward the end of the building.
"If you are at that end and I am at the other we should be able to locate Mr. Hawkins quickly." Jane Thompson informed her new senior student.
This was also one of Jane's little tests. It would move Joan just out of the safety of Jane's gaze so that she would be more on her own. Jane always liked to make sure her charges were competent in their masquerade when a new student was arriving.
Jane was dressed in her Headmistress outfit as she liked to think of it. She wore a plain black skirted suit with a white high-necked blouse, Black hose and black pumps with a three-inch heel. She also had her hair pulled back into a tight chignon to give her that 'stern' look. Her makeup accentuated an 'all business' attitude to her look. 'Just right to keep Mr. Hawkins a little off balance' she thought to herself.
Joan was also suitably attired as the 'big sister'. She wore a knee length cream dress with delicate lace trim on the sleeve cuffs and around the hem. The hem held out by a petticoat to give the dress a little younger look. Matching cream stockings, off white low-heeled sandals and off white gloves with lace around the wrist completed the image of a young well-bred girl. Her hair and makeup were simple, yet completed the image of innocence that was just right for this morning's trip to the train station.
Jane heard the whistle first and then the clanging of the railroad gates signaling the arrival of the train. A quick look at her watch showed the train to be three minutes late today.
"Not bad! They seem to try to stay near the schedule." Jane noted to herself.
Very few people got off the train this time of the morning so there was very little trouble locating Charles Hawkins.
************
Charlie collected his travel bag and checked around his seat to make sure he didn't forget anything. The train finally stopped and the conductor reminded Charlie that this was his stop. Charlie thanked him and grabbed his bag and headed for the exit.
As he stepped off the train he noted what a beautiful day it was. He stepped away from the train and went to stretch when...
"Excuse me. Are you Charles Hawkins?" A girl about Charlie's age asked.
"Yes I am. Why?" Charlie replied.
"Let me introduce myself. I am Joan Carlson and Ms. Thompson would like you to follow me" Joan stated. Then she turned on her heel and started off toward Jane.
Charlie was surprised. He just gets off the train and a cute girl comes up and introduces herself and asks him to follow her. He noticed she was moving away quickly so he reached down and grabbed his bag and took off after her.
"Hey! Wait up!" Charlie hollered.
Joan never slowed her gait. She knew she had to get Charlie to Jane quickly. When they arrived Joan did the introductions.
"Ms. Thompson? I would like to introduce Mr. Charles Hawkins. Mr. Hawkins? Ms. Jane Thompson, Headmistress of Thompson Academy." Joan then curtseyed and stepped back.
"Hi! Please, call me Charlie." Charlie offered his hand to Jane Thompson.
Jane grew quite stiff at the simple 'Hi!'. She looked at Charlie with some disdain, then took his offered hand in a slight shake. "We will have to do something about your manners while you are here! That is no way to greet an elder. Is that all of your luggage, Charles?" Jane asked.
"Um..no..um...there is another large bag to be unloaded." Charlie replied.
"Give me the claim ticket. I'll get a redcap to collect your bag and have it delivered. We don't have time to wait, the train was late and we need to be on our way. We have a lot to accomplish today young man. Now, children! Follow me." Jane spun on her heel and located the nearest redcap. She gave him the claim check and instructions to have the bag delivered to Thompson Academy. Then she reached into her purse and gave the man some money to handle all the arrangements. That completed, Jane once again took off for the parking lot at a fast clip.
She was pleased to note that Joan’s footsteps were right behind her. That meant that Charles was hurrying along too. Things were running according to plan so far.
Charlie noticed the large Lincoln Town Car that Ms. Thompson walked up to. Brand new and not a speck of dirt on it! He placed his bag into the trunk, then was motioned into the back seat. Joan sat up front with Ms. Thompson.
So far, this Academy place wasn't what he expected. Ms. Thompson seemed strict, but he was expecting drill sergeants to be waiting for him. Not a well dressed lady and a cute girl! If this was part of the academy life, Charlie could get to like it!
The ride back to the mansion was done in silence. Jane always did this to keep the new student wondering what would happen next. She always watched the facial expressions in the rearview mirror. Those emotions told her a lot about the student and where they were mentally at the moment. She noted Charlie in deep thought and then he looked at both her and Joan and a smile came to his face. 'Gotcha!!' Jane thought. 'He has relaxed, thinking that maybe this place will not be so bad. Little does he realize...'
Charlie spent the rest of the trip looking out the window and enjoying the countryside. It looked different from a car than from a train.
"The countryside is quite beautiful." Charlie stated, hoping to get a conversation going.
"Yes, it is." Jane replied
Charlie was surprised by the short rather curt answer. What was she upset about? He couldn't control when the damn train got in! I wonder what her problem is?
"Are there many students at the academy, Ms. Thompson?" Charlie asked
"Just you and Joan." Came the short reply.
Charlie frowned. It didn't seem like Ms. Thompson wanted anyone to talk while she was driving. He figured he had better be quiet until they arrived at the school.
Another twenty minutes and Jane turned into the driveway of ‘Season's Manor’. She enjoyed her work and now it was time to get started. Jane stopped the car under the carport and clicked open the trunk.
"Charles please grab your bag and follow Joan to your room. You have a few minutes to refresh yourself before we have a short talk and then lunch." Jane told the new student. She then headed up the steps and into the house.
Charlie grabbed his bag and looked at Joan. She was standing there looking impatient at having to wait for him. Charlie decided to ask a question. "Is she ALWAYS like this?"
"Ms. Thompson? Good heavens no! Sometimes, she is in a bad mood!" Joan replied. "Follow me. I'll show you to your room." With that, Joan headed off for the steps with Charlie hurrying along behind her.
Charlie didn't mind following the girl, it was only recently he had started to notice girls and he noticed that Joan had nice legs! His view as they ascended the stairs was a teenage boy's dream! Long legs, lots of frills bouncing and hips gently swaying as Joan walked up the steps in front of him. His reverie stopped suddenly when Joan halted in front of a door and opened it.
"This is your room while you are here. There is a bathroom at the far end. Joan entered the room with Charlie to show him where it was. Please refresh yourself, Ms. Thompson will want you in a few minutes." Joan told Charles and then turned and left the room, closing the door behind her.
Charlie was suddenly all alone. He was so shocked when he first saw the room he couldn't believe he was actually supposed to stay there! Then this Joan person showed him a bathroom and left! The worst part of it all was that this looked like a girl's room. The walls were done in a rose pink with a wainscot border of delicate roses. All the trim and the furniture were white and had ruffles everywhere. The bed was a canopy bed with a pink canopy and a pink and white ruffled comforter on it. There was a doll and a small pink teddy bear sitting in front of the small pillow on the bed. Even the pictures on the wall were delicate renditions of young girls in an older period of dress.
Charlie decided he did need to use the bathroom. When he turned on the light, he had another surprise; the entire bathroom was pink too! Charlie looked around in disbelief. He decided he would ask Ms. Thompson if a mistake had been made in which room he was to use. Charlie used the bathroom, being careful not to mess things up in case he had to change rooms. As he was heading out the door, there was a knock on the bedroom door.
"Umm...Just a minute!" Charlie looked for a place to dry his hands; finally deciding his pants would work for now. "Come on in!"
The door opened and Joan entered. "Ms. Thompson will see you now. Please follow me." Joan then turned and left the bedroom. Charlie stood there for a second and then realized he should follow her. When he reached the door, she was waiting for him at the top of the stairs.
"This way please." Joan said and proceeded to float gently down the stairs. The only sound she made was the rustle of her petticoat. Charlie followed her without saying a word, though a bit more noisily, down the stairs. When they reached the bottom, Joan pointed to a closed door at the end of the hallway. "The last door on your right. A word of warning, knock first and wait for Ms. Thompson to ask you to enter." After giving Charlie that one bit of information, Joan turned and walked the opposite way down the hall.
"Thanks! Umm...Joan." Charlie said to a disappearing Joan. He then took a deep breath and turned toward the closed door. It is amazing how long that hallway suddenly became! He knew he had just come in through it and it hadn't seemed so long. Charlie figured this is how a condemned prisoner feels on his way to the electric chair.
By the time he reached the closed door, Charlie was shaking, visibly. He had to sit on a bench across from the door for a minute to gather himself and stop hyperventilating. He had never been in this much trouble before and the consequences of his actions were finally starting to hit home. Moreover, the image of Jane Thompson really did unnerve him.
Charlie finally got control of his emotions and stood up, walked to the door and knocked twice. It seemed like forever and Charlie was thinking he should open the door and look inside. He was thinking he may have knocked on the wrong door. As he reached for the doorknob a voice from inside said 'Enter!'
That made Charlie jump. He then turned the knob and opened the door to see what his next six months to a year would hold.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Jane has her first interview with Charlie... A toast... and to sleep!
Tales of the Season:
Charlene's Story
By Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Five
Ultimatums and Indoctrination
Jane Thompson sat at her desk looking over the file on Charles Allen Hawkins. 'This one should fit into my program perfectly. I have been able to help many boys just like him gain control over their emotions and go on to lead productive lives.' She set the file to the side and opened her right bottom desk drawer. There were three new letters from her former students. One was a birth announcement, another a Ph.D. Graduation announcement and the third was an invitation to a wedding. All were from her previous students. Jane smiled as she looked at the new letters. 'This! Yes, this is what makes it all worthwhile.'
Jane was thinking about those three boys and their time in her charge when there was a knock on the door. She put away the letters and her photo album, rearranged the file on her desk, and then checked herself in the mirror next to her desk to insure she portrayed the correct image. In a final move she straightened her spine, took a deep breath and announced, "Enter!"
There was a short delay between Jane's 'enter' and the door actually opening. This gave Jane a chance o completely change her demeanor into that of the stern school mistress.
Charlie entered the room and walked to the front of her desk. Jane glanced up from the file folder to see who it was and said one word, "sit." It was a command, not a request.
Charlie looked at the chair and as quietly as he could he sat down to wait for Jane to finish what she was doing.
Jane thought to herself, 'Good, he's still scared and nervous. Just the way he should be at this time! Now, we will see just how volatile Mr. Hawkins truly is!'
"It appears that you like to fight! Is that true?" Jane demanded.
"I really don't like to fight. The other kids..." Charlie was cut off with a wave of Jane's hand.
"The other kids nothing! That is just a childish excuse for your lack of self control." Jane replied.
Charlie was a little miffed. He wasn't used to being cut off in mid sentence.
"I have also noticed you are a bit lacking in manners. Is this the reason these so called 'others' choose to pick on you?" Jane queried with a raised eyebrow.
"Lack of manners? What are you talking about? I haven't done anything wrong yet, that I know of." Charlie replied. "No one has ever picked on me for my manners. They always pick on me because of my size and my non-athletic build..." Another wave of Jane's hand silenced him.
Jane reshuffled the papers in Charlie's file, with a big sigh she closed the folder and removed her reading glasses. "Your past history indicates a spoiled child! Whether that is a product of your mother and stepfather trying to make up for your paternal father's abandonment, is not at issue here. If you don't like something someone has said or done, you strike out and hit them! That is no way for a young man to behave! Self-control and manners are what is needed for a young man to be successful in this world! Most young men realize this and grow up just fine, in spite of all the outside influences on them. You, however, have not learned this lesson as of yet! That appears to be my job and part of the reason you are here. Here you will learn the rules of society and how to interact CORRECTLY in all situations." Here Jane paused and got out of her chair and came around the desk.
Jane continued, "Showing initiative and leadership is one thing, bullying, demeaning and physical abuse of another will not be tolerated. These just show an open defiance of convention that will never be tolerated in this society."
Charlie was now a little more irritated. 'A spoiled child? What’s Mom’s divorce got to do with this? I showed self control, everyone I fought with deserved the beating they received. This lady is really a b****!'
Jane continued her lecture, "All these acts indicate an immature person. One who does not have the ability to control their own actions! In each case you have used the 'excuse' they made you do it! That is utter nonsense! I believe it is just a case of your own overblown and misguided ego!"
"Overblown ego?" Charlie asked.
Jane ignored the comment and continued on, "Thinking about it, I believe that this must be the case. Since that is a trait that is unacceptable, you must disabuse yourself of it, with my help, of course. Blindly following the crowd, like lemmings to the sea, is a ridiculous way to lead your life. It is not any individual action in your past but the total number of actions that lead me to believe you lack the common sense held by the majority of people your age."
Charlie's face flushed in anger at the accusations this 'old lady' was making.
Jane reached across her desk and picked up Charlie's file, "The victim of the beating will require surgical intervention to repair the damage to his nose... Does that sound like someone who exhibits common sense and self control?"
Charlie had been fuming about being called a spoiled brat and not having any common sense. However, when Jane reported that one of his last victims needed surgery for his nose, it took the wind right out of Charlie's sails. "I guess not." Was the mumbled reply.
"You guess not? I should think there would be no 'guessing' about it! Charles, you do realize that the path you have been on would eventually lead to jail?" Jane stopped to let that comment sink in.
"Jail? You mean like prison? I would never...I mean I didn't think..." Charlie was frantic.
"Young man, is your hearing impaired? You were given a choice, either juvenile detention, which is a nice way of saying 'jail' or coming here, were you not?" Jane looked down her nose at Charlie.
"Oh!...Yea, I chose here instead." Charlie replied in an unsure manner.
"Yea? What type of response is Yea? I see we will have to work on your vocabulary IF you stay here! Now listen closely, the path you were on would undoubtedly lead to jail time. This I am sure, unless you change your path by successfully completing the program I lay out for you. You are here because a number of people believe that there is an alternative to that path for you. That being the case I had to assure them that I could make you civilized enough to return home.
That seemed to snap Charlie to attention. He wasn't sure what type of program Jane was talking about and it scared him to think about the juvenile detention home as a jail. But when he thought about it, she was right! It was just a jail!
Jane continued after a short pause, "You see, Charles, I have had significant experience in developing a more refined and socially acceptable behavior in children of both sexes. I was, for many years, the headmistress of a prestigious girl's school named Eastmore. In that capacity I gained some small measure of success in teaching grace and polish to young people. Since we have met and I have had a chance to see you first hand, I am prepared to take on the challenge of teaching you a better way."
Jane stopped and let her last statement sink in. Charlie's eyes opened when he figured out he had been accepted into the program here at the academy.
"So...that means I can stay?" Charlie asked.
Jane looked at Charlie with a cold calculating stare. In her mind, this was the perfect time for her much rehearsed ultimatum. She half smiled as she thought about the number of boys who were scared stiff after this part of their ordeal.
"Let me put it to you this way", Jane started with finality in her voice, "It is beyond dispute that you will not be allowed to return home without my commendation, and I am not planning to dispense that approval unless I see improvement. Secondly, that approval is not to be forthcoming unless you accede to whatever program I devise and do it with cheerfulness and resignation. Would you agree with that assessment?"
Charlie was a bit confused about what was just said and he still had no idea what this program would entail. The longer the silence lasted the more uncomfortable he became. He finally realized he was supposed to answer. "I believe so...ma'am." He said while nodding his head.
"You don't seem to know much about what it means to be a man in this day and age. Would it be safe to say you do not know anything about what a woman has to deal with either?" Jane raised a questioning eyebrow.
Charlie was now really confused, "Ma'am, why would I know what a woman goes through? I’m a boy!"
"Not a very well behaved one!" Jane paused and looked out the window as if thinking about something, she then shook her head as if she had made a decision and turned back to face Charlie.
Jane got right down in front of Charlie's face, nose to nose, so to speak, "You may know of a practice in England for curbing such inappropriate behavior such as yours. The English call it 'Petticoat Discipline'. Have you heard of it?"
Charlie sat there wide-eyed and slowly shook his head no.
Jane stood up and walked back around her desk looking like she was contemplating something very carefully. "Yes! I think that is exactly what is needed. Charles, I must have your word that you will obey all commands I give you, without hesitation, no matter how unpleasant or disagreeable they may seem to you at the time. The first part of this will be to see if we can instill some self-restraint in you. If, however, I detect any resistance to these orders, I will wash my hands of you and dispatch you back to Judge Ruth on the next available airplane. Is that agreed?"
Charlie looked at Jane for a minute. He finally formulated an answer, "Ms. Thompson, I chose to come here because I finally realized that something had to be done! I felt, along with Judge Ruth and now you have all agreed that trying to correct this problem now is the best choice. I’m scared. I don't know any more about your program now than I did before, but I gave my word to my mom, stepdad and Judge Ruth that I would complete the program you devised for me. So, I will give you my word that I will do my best to comply with your program."
Jane looked at Charlie for a moment, 'this one WANTS to change, that is different!'. "Very well! We have an agreement! Now, please go out and wait in the foyer and ask Joan to come in here."
Charlie rose from the chair and headed for the door, glad this ordeal was over. Just before he left the room, he turned back to Jane and said, "Thank you ma'am, for believing in me." With that comment, he closed the door and went to find Joan.
'A curious turn of events. Usually the boy wants to stay for fear of jail time, this one wants to stay so he CAN change!' Jane was considering this situation when there was a knock on the door. "Come in!"
Joan came in, shut the door and perched delicately on the edge of the chair in front of Jane's desk. "You asked to see me, Aunt Jane?"
"Well, my dear, I have just given our new student the same ultimatum I gave you on your first day." Jane told Joan.
Joan blushed as she remembered her first day in that same situation. "Yes ma'am. What next?"
"Please tell Marie we will have lunch now and then I will need to talk with you after lunch. I wanted to let you know, you did very well today, I believe your lessons are finally starting to bear fruit!" Jane told Joan.
"Thank you Aunt Jane." Joan replied, inwardly pleased at the praise she received.
"Now scoot! We have much to do before the day is over!" Jane motioned to Joan with both hands and a smile on her face. 'Joan has made such wonderful progress of late! She will make a very good big sister for Charles.'
Jane finished a couple of notes in Charlie's and John's folders and placed them on the side, "He's stewed long enough. Time for the lunch from hell!"
As she left her office, there sat Charlie looking as nervous as one of her new students could. "It is time for lunch, please follow me." Jane instructed Charlie.
As they entered the dining room, Charlie noted Joan standing behind her chair, Joan motioned Charlie to a chair opposite her and resumed standing behind her chair. Charlie went to sit down and Joan cleared her throat. She was shaking her head 'no'. Charlie stopped trying to sit and stood behind his chair, Joan smiled and nodded her head slightly.
Jane finally sat after going into the kitchen and returning. Joan and Charlie took their seats and Marie served lunch. It was a normal first lunch for a new student. Jane spent her time showering praise upon Joan for developing into such a well-mannered and polite young girl. Noting that she had been in as much need for improvement in those areas as Charles. She also made sure to correct Charlie's eating habits by admonishing him for placing elbows on the table, eating too large of pieces, talking with his mouth full and failure to use the proper fork.
As the meal was finishing, Jane turned to Joan, "Would you mind serving dessert, please?"
"Not at all Aunt Jane," was the reply from Joan.
Joan excused herself and brought in a tray with three pieces of Marie's Peach pie. She served a piece to each, then served a whipped cream topping to each person. When done, she returned to her seat and all started eating.
Jane noted that her comments to Charles had some effect. He was taking smaller bites and was spending more time chewing his food. He also would wait until he had swallowed before answering a question. This meant that he had been taught some manners at home, he had just become sloppy over the years. A few days here and he would be right back up to speed in that area, that left more time to work on controlling his anger and aggression.
Charlie was really enjoying the meal, even though he kept getting yelled at for doing things wrong. Ms. Thompson was right, he was not doing things the way his Mother had tried to teach him. He only ate that way on holidays when all the family had gathered. He finally figured out that if he ate that way, Jane quit correcting him. He also noted that the food was GREAT! He knew it would be better than bread and water, but this was very good!
When Jane finished her dessert, Joan stood and cleared the table, she then re-entered the room carrying a tray with two blue wine glasses and one red. She placed the tray so that the red glass faced Jane, then proceeded to serve each the glass nearest them.
"Thank you, Joan. Charles, it has become my custom over the years to celebrate a new student's acceptance into my program with a toast." Jane stated as she picked up the glass and held it aloft. Joan took her glass, but Charlie hesitated. "Is there a problem, Charles?"
"Umm...well...I'm not allowed to drink alcohol, Ms. Thompson. I did once, and my mom and dad really let me have it. I hadn't been spanked since I was like two, but both of them teamed up on me that day. So...I...umm... I just don't." Charlie sort of half mumbled to Jane.
"Ah, yes! Well Charles, you may rest assured I try my best to not break any laws while you are here. The legal drinking age is twenty-one here, so Marie found a delightful, non-alcoholic sparkling grape juice! It gives the taste of a champagne without the alcohol." Jane replied, "It would also interest you that occasionally I receive a student who's problem stems from the use of fermented beverages, so it behooved us to find a substitute."
"Oh! Well, okay." Charlie looked surprised but decided to try the drink. He took the glass and held it up the way Jane and Joan were doing.
"To a successful stay!" Toasted Jane and proceeded to clink glasses with Joan and Charlie.
Charlie took a sip, 'Not bad. Just sort-of like grape soda', he thought.
Jane proceeded to tell Charlie more about how Joan had come to her as an unruly teen and now, just look what her stay had done! She was a perfectly charming young lady. She continued on and on about how young people today simply do not understand what it means to be polite and well mannered. Let alone the way most of them dress!
Charlie finished his drink and sat there half listening to Jane's oration, He went into auto-pilot, like when his dad lectured him. He would automatically say 'm-hmm' and 'okay' when there seemed to be a pause in Jane's speech. Finally, he couldn't contain it any longer and he yawned, not a big one, but just enough that Jane noticed.
"Charles, I see you are fatigued from your trip. Why don't you go upstairs and take a nap. We will discuss your future when you are refreshed!" Jane instructed the youth.
"That sounds like a good idea, I am rather tired. I guess the train ride did take it out of me! Oh! Ms. Thompson, are you sure I'm in the right room? It looks like it belongs to a girl! I really don't want to upset anyone, since I’m so new here." Charlie asked half asleep.
"The room you were shown will do just fine for your nap. We will take care of the arrangements when you awake." Jane replied.
"Thank you Ms. Thompson, I think I will take that nap. Excuse me." Charlie stated and rose to leave the table.
"Charles, before you nap, please remove your outer clothing and place them in the hamper, They are soiled from your travels. Marie will see to their cleaning." Jane stated as Charlie left the room.
"Thank you Ms. Thompson." Charlie called over his shoulder as he headed for the stairs and a much needed nap.
Charlie went up the stairs and turned right to enter the room, Joan had shown him earlier. He closed the door, and then removed his shirt and pants and placed them in the laundry hamper. He went into the bathroom and when done there, turned off the lights and crawled into the already turned down bed. 'Must have figured I would be tired from the trip!' He thought as his head hit the pillow and he fell asleep
*********.
Marie entered Charlie's room quietly and placed a rose colored robe on the bathroom door. Then she cleaned out the clothes from the hamper and picked up his small travel case. After depositing them on a small cart in the hall, she returned with several hairpieces. She compared them to Charlie's hair, finally deciding on one, this she tagged and replaced on the cart. Silently, she closed the door and went about placing Charlie's bags in storage and seeing that his male clothes were sent our to be cleaned.
When that was completed, Marie took the hairpiece she had tagged and washed it twice with shampoo, then treated it with a conditioner. She then spent a few minutes blow-drying it and giving it a little flip on the ends. When all was finished, Marie went to inform Jane that all was in readiness for Charlie's next step.
*********
After Charlie had gone up the stairs, Jane had asked Joan to clean up from lunch since Marie was busy.
She was then to come into Jane's study when that was completed. Jane sat at her desk reviewing a portfolio of a good investment she had made when there was a knock on the door. "Come in."
Joan entered and once again perched on the edge of the chair.
"In this next phase, I need you to be out of sight. How is your report coming along?" Jane asked her senior student.
"The report is approximately three-quarters complete. I am having trouble reducing all the available information on 'Farming Practices in the Third World' down to four-thousand words, but I expect to be able to complete the task by this weekend as you instructed." Joan replied confidently.
"Good! For the next couple of hours, I want you to first go into the kitchen and ask Marie to help you make cookies. When they are completed, you may go and work on the report until I need you. The next part you will have is to become Charles' friend and to teach him how to walk in petticoats and to keep them from bunching! Do you remember Darla doing that for you?" Jane asked Joan.
"Yes ma'am, I do." Joan looked down at her shoes. She remembered only too well how terrified she was when she was first in petticoats.
"Remember, Joan, how you do over the next few weeks of convincing Charles you are truly a girl will determine when you are released to go home." Jane reminded Joan.
Joan's eye's widened. "Yes ma'am, I will truly do my best. Darla reminded me of my role before she left. ‘Each one, teach one!’ was the phrase she used. I believe it is my turn to teach Charles." 'Not only that, I really want out of this place!' She thought to herself.
Jane dismissed Joan and sat back with a satisfied grin. 'It's amazing how you can gain cooperation from a student by mentioning they will be going home sometime in the future!'
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlie finds out about his stay at Thompson Academy.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Six
Rude Awakenings!
Charlie sighed and made a great big stretch before opening his eyes. 'This isn't my bed!' He then looked around and remembered that it was his bed for the moment. He was still at the Thompson Academy and he had taken a nap after lunch. Although the bed was very comfortable and the slippery feel of the sheets made him think of a luxury suite at some fancy hotel. The only problem was everything was set up for a girl.
Charlie got up and made his way to the bathroom. He had just finished in there and had decided to get dressed when he heard a knock on the bedroom door. Before he could say anything, the door opened and in walked Jane Thompson.
Jane looked at the bed and noticed it empty, and then she glanced at the bathroom door and saw Charles peeking from around the door. "Good! You are awake! Come with me, it's time we started your lessons!" This was a command, not a request.
"I...I...can't!" Charlie stammered out.
"Why not? Are you hurt? Is something wrong?" Jane asked as she moved towards the bathroom door.
"NO!.... I mean no, there is nothing wrong, I'm just not dressed!" Charlie said as he scanned the room for his bag. He knew he put it down on the floor by the foot of the bed but it wasn't there. He looked in the hamper near the bathroom and lifted the lid, it too was empty. He realized he had nothing to wear! "Ms Jane? All my clothes seem to have disappeared. I don't have anything to wear!"
"That robe on the door is quite acceptable. Just put it on and come along, we have a lot to accomplish before dinner. You have slept most of the afternoon away and we need to hurry." Jane replied to a shocked Charles.
"THAT robe? That's a GIRL'S robe! I can't wear that!" Charlie stared in shock at the silk robe hanging on the bathroom hook.
"Why not? It is a most appropriate piece of clothing! It will cover you just fine for the time we need to talk." Jane pointed to the robe, expecting Charlie to put it on and follow her. "You did give me your word that you would obey my commands while you were here, right?"
"You took my clothes." Charlie accused. "I need them to wear."
"Don't be ridiculous!" Jane snapped, following her time proven script. "What you have in your hands is perfectly acceptable. Will it not cover you completely? Yes, it will. Is your so-tender male modesty in anyway endangered? Of course not. Why, I won't even be able to tell if you are a boy you will be covered so completely."
"You want me to wear this girl's robe?" He asked, still not believing his ears.
"Of course. That is why it was placed there for you, so you could wear it. Now, come with me, please. No, do not bother to look for anything else. Put on the robe and come with me or go as you are. You will not be the first underdeveloped male body I have had to look at. Suit yourself, but you will come with me."
"But.. But...Joan and.. Umm...Marie! They're going to laugh at me and call me names when they see me in this robe. That's how I got into all those fights, being teased all the time. Please? Can't I have my clothes back?" Charlie was frantic, he hadn't been here a whole day yet and he was in danger of being teased for being a sissy!
"I will tell you this one time, Charles. No one in this house will laugh at you for doing something I have instructed you to do! Neither Joan nor Marie will laugh, tease, or make derogatory remarks if you are carrying out one of my orders. Do you understand this?" Jane raised an eyebrow as she asked the last question.
"Yes ma'am." Charlie took a deep sigh and slid into the rose colored robe, he then tied it tightly about him to feel at least a little more covered.
"Follow me." Jane commanded and headed out the door and down the stairs back to her study.
Charlie followed along scared that someone would see him, he wasn't sure what he would do. He was scared of being seen and angry over his missing clothes.
He actually let out a sigh of relief when the door to the study closed behind him. He was very glad no one had seen him in a girl's robe. Charlie carefully sat on the chair in front of Jane's desk, he didn't know what to do with his hands so he clasped them and placed them on his lap.
"Charles! It is time to begin your re-education." Jane stated as she placed her glasses on her nose and looked through Charlie’s file once more. "You have eaten and are now rested from your journey. I believe you have had a chance to think over what you agreed to before lunch. I propose we get things started. I believe that we can make some true progress with you by Friday, noon. If I determine by that time you are not trying or are giving me less than your best effort, I will wash my hands of you and return you from whence you came."
Charlie sat there rather worried. 'I have until Friday to show some improvement, but I still don't know what I'm to do!', "Yes ma'am." seemed like a good reply.
"Good, I see we agree on something. I will give you a brief overview of the plan I have for you, Charles. You will please hear me out and hold any questions until I am finished. Is that understood?" Jane stared at Charlie over the top of her glasses.
"Yes Ms. Thompson." Charlie thought a little more formality couldn't hurt his current position.
"That promise of compliance that you gave to me before lunch is both decisive and final. After you hear what I have laid out for you, you may choose to stay or you may leave immediately for the airport, dressed as you are, for the next available flight." Jane stated in her much practiced way.
Charlie was starting to panic. He couldn't go back to Judge Ruth and face time in a juvenile 'jail'. He had given his word to do what this Thompson woman said he needed, so there was little choice but to agree to stay, at least until Friday! "Ms. Thompson? I...umm-m.. Well...I.."
"Just say what you mean child!" Jane stated in her 'Head Mistress' voice.
Charlie swallowed hard and then took a deep breath; he was scared out of his mind he would be sent back to Indiana. "I...I gave my word, that I will obey your commands. I intend to follow through with that promise ... ma'am."
"Very good, Charles. Shall we begin? That robe you are wearing. You didn't like putting it on did you?" Jane questioned.
Charlie looked at the robe, realized it was a girl's robe and immediately turned a bright pink. "No ma'am, it's a girl's robe."
Jane was happy to see the expected response to that question.
"So the next question is, how does the robe feel, while you are wearing it?" Jane went along her normal opening gambit, checking off the questions in her mind one by one.
"It's slippery. It's actually very warm. That surprises me. It's okay, I guess.", was Charlie's reply.
"Charles, how does wearing that feminine garment make you feel?" Jane checked another question off her list.
"Umm, well...I mean. When I first put it on, I was really embarrassed and afraid that Joan or Marie would make fun of me. Then when we came in here, I felt better and with all you have said to me, I was more concerned about being sent back to Indiana than what I was wearing." Charlie answered as truthfully as he could, under the circumstances. "But now that I concentrate on how the robe feels, it is a rather pleasant feeling."
"So I must assume that you didn't like having to wear that robe in the first place? Only putting it on because of the promise you gave to me?" Jane looked for Charlie's response.
"I didn't have a lot of choice. It appears that all my clothes are missing. If you will tell me what bedroom you had them moved to, I'll run up and change..." Charlie’s statement was cut off with Jane's wave of her hand.
"No, Charles, you are in the correct bedroom. All of your things were cleaned and put away until you leave here. You will be staying in that room while you are here." Jane paused to let that sink into Charlie's brain.
"But.. But..it's...it's a GIRL'S room! I mean, what about the clothes...what am I supposed to wear..." Charlie looked at Jane in wonder and then a bit of anger started to well up inside of him.
Jane noted the change in expression and in body language, 'Now is the time to tell him!’ "You were placed in that room specifically. You will find all the clothes you need in the drawers and in the closet. You remember that we talked of the English method called 'Petticoat Punishment'? Well my dear lad, you are about to learn about it first hand. While you are here you will ONLY wear girl's clothes!"
The response was both immediate and explosive. "WHAT! I have to wear girl's clothes ALL the time! Are you trying to make me into a SISSY?" Charlie had jumped to his feet, leaning across the desk while yelling at Jane Thompson.
Jane looked back from across the desk with a cold steel-like stare. "That will be enough of that, young man! You gave me your word that you would do as I asked while you were here. If your word is ONLY good for things that please you, then we will stop right now and you can leave just as you are!"
Charlie stopped for a second and listened to what Jane said. He got even angrier when she told him he wasn't living up to his word. Now, for the first time since his arrival, he saw red and was ready to strike out and fight to prove he was right. He stood there clenching his fists, sputtering and visibly shaking. Finally out of sheer frustration, Charlie yelled 'ARGGHH' and slammed both hands on the desk. He then dropped unceremoniously into the chair behind him.
Jane looked at her newest student for a moment. She calmly said, "You truly wanted to hit me, didn't you? Why didn't you strike out as you have in the past?"
Charlie sat there with his arms crossed in front of his chest, wrinkled brow and a frown on his face. He looked at Jane for a moment, then uncrossed his arms and looked Jane in the eyes. "I would NEVER hit a girl! As mad as I have EVER gotten, I have never and will never hit a girl!"
Jane listened carefully and then gave Charlie a slight smile. "Well! I see that you CAN show some restraint with your temper. I also see that you can control your urge to strike out at others. This is a good first step, Charles!" Jane paused for just a moment to make sure she had his attention. "Now! Shall we continue? As I told you before I believe that 'Petticoat Punishment' is exactly what you need. That means that at all times while you are here you will dress and act as a perfect young lady! I have found that it is the quickest and most expeditious way to teach self-control to a young person. It has the side benefit of teaching appropriate manners as well."
"You want me to dress and act like...like...Joan?" Charlie asked, a confused look on his face.
Jane looked at Charlie and answered his question this way. "I believe dear sweet Joan would be a good role model for you, yes! Now, if you are through with your little outburst, shall we begin?"
Charlie looked at Jane for a moment, wondering what he should do. He had been given the choice to stay or leave. Leaving was not an option, he had promised his parents and Judge Ruth that he would come here and do as he was told. Moreover, he really didn't want to be away from his family for three and a half years! After all those thoughts he looked at Jane and replied with a bit of defeat in his voice, "I guess we should get started then."
Jane sat there studying Charlie for a couple of minutes; she liked to let the gravity of the situation sink in all the way, before she started the next step. It always made the initial transformation a little easier for Marie. "Very well, Charles, follow me!" Jane stood and briskly left the study, moving quickly she made it up the stairs faster than Charlie and ushered him into 'his' room. She then pointed towards the bathroom and nodded for Charlie to go that way.
Marie was in the bathroom readying towels and bottles. When she heard the two of them coming up the stairs she started filling the bathtub with hot water and foaming bath oils. Marie looked up to see Jane and Charles enter the bedroom and Jane point to the bathroom. She always thought the look on the boys faces, just before they entered the bathroom, was priceless. 'A how you say, Kodak moment!'
"Charles! You met Marie briefly during lunch. While you are here, you will obey her as you would me. She is my assistant and commands the same respect that I do. What you will do is take a bath. I want you clean from head to toes. Use the shampoo twice letting it sit for five minutes before rinsing each time. Then use the conditioner, also letting it sit for five minutes before rinsing it. There is shaving cream and a razor there, you will shave your legs and under your arms. Also make sure you shave every hair from your face below your eyebrows. When you are through, drain the tub, dry off and come into the bedroom. You have thirty minutes to complete those tasks or Marie and I will come in here and complete them for you!" Jane instructed.
Charlie looked around the bathroom in bewilderment. He hadn't taken a bubble bath in years. He finally looked from the tub to Jane and asked, "Shave my legs and arm pits?"
Jane looked straight down her nose at Charlie and replied, "I see your hearing works quite well. That is correct! Now, if there are no further questions, I suggest you get started, as your thirty minutes starts.... NOW!" Jane tapped her wristwatch, spun around and left.
Marie looked at Charlie, smiled and said, "Cherie! I suggest you hurry and do as instructed. Ms. Jane will be back in exactly thirty minutes, of that I assure you!" She smiled again at Charlie and left the bathroom, closing the door behind her.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlie awakes after a nice nap...
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Seven
The Transformation of Charlie
Charlie watched the door close. He looked around the bathroom and realized he was alone. After a few seconds, he also realized that his thirty minutes were steadily ticking away. He took off the robe and hung it behind the door, then removed his underpants and placed them in the hamper. First he shaved his face. Fortunately not a lot of hair growth there, he had only started to shave recently, more for practice than any real hair. As he neared the tub, he noticed the bath had a lavender smell to it. "Better get started!" He took a deep breath and climbed into the hot tub.
Charlie had used a small timer next to the tub to time his shampoo and had just set it to time the conditioner when there was a knock on the door. "Who is it?" Charlie asked.
"Cherie, it is just Marie, I have some clean panties for you and I need to get your dirty clothes to the laundry." Marie then entered the bathroom, deposited a small bundle of material on the counter, retrieved the underpants from the hamper and left.
Charlie muttered to himself. "I won't be seeing those for a while!" He didn't know how true those words were.
Charlie had finished shaving his under arms while waiting on the shampoo, while he waited for the conditioner he shaved one of his legs. He rinsed the conditioner out of his hair and then shaved his other leg. After checking himself over, he drained the tub and turned on the shower to rinse the left over bubbles off. He then dried off, getting as much water out of his hair as he could and reached for the underwear, Marie had brought in. He held them up and stopped cold. 'These are girl's panties! Ms. Jane must be serious about this dressing as a girl!' He thought over his situation one more time, there really wasn't an alternative. He had to get through this course, whatever this 'petticoat punishment' was and get back to his family. 'If she wants me in girl's clothes, then I'll play her little game.' Charlie looked over the panties, decided where the front was and slid them on.
Charlie had just started to tie the belt on the robe when the door opened. There stood Jane Thompson. "Time is up! Are you finished with all the tasks?" She asked.
"Almost ma'am. I just need to comb my hair." Replied Charlie.
"You are fine like that, Charles. Marie will see to your hair. Now step out here and I will explain the next portion of your program." Jane stepped back and motioned Charlie to come out of the bathroom.
"Marie will be your instructor for the next part of your training. Listen well, Charles, for you shall be expected to dress yourself after a very few days. When Marie is finished with you, please come down to my office, we have a few things to discuss before dinner. With this being the first time you are dressing as a girl, it will take a little longer. I expect you to knock in one hour, is that clear?" Jane asked.
"Yes Ma'am, very clear." Charlie replied. He tried to curtsey, but it was a poor attempt.
"A nice gesture, Charles. You will get better at performing a proper curtsey very soon." The coldness in Jane's voice and the evilness of her smile made Charlie shiver.
With her patented 'evil grin' still on her face, Jane Thompson left the bedroom and closed the door.
Marie waited a moment for Charlie to turn and look at her. "It is not so bad Cherie, I do most of this every day!" It was Marie's attempt at being lighthearted but all Charlie did was huff a little.
"We had best get started, that hour time limit will be upon us very quickly I presume!" Marie stated. "First, I believe we should get you somewhat dressed. Please remove your robe and hang it so we may begin."
With a huge sigh, Charlie removed the robe and placed it on the hook by the bathroom door. He then walked over to Marie and his transformation began.
Marie worked efficiently and quickly to turn Charlie into a lovely young girl. She started him off with a garter belt in white, reminding him to thread the straps under his panties to make using the 'Water Closet' easier. Next she rolled up white stockings, showing Charlie how to put on one, then having him do the second one himself. With those attached to the top of the garters, Marie placed a heavily padded bra around Charlie. This gave him the modest bustline of a young girl.
Charlie was both intrigued and scared by all of these items. He looked in the mirror above the vanity. There stood the body of a girl. The strange feelings from all the clothes were fascinating yet unsure. He thought it felt neat when the stockings slid up his legs. To look down and see breasts in front of him was an interesting sight. But the reflection in the mirror both fascinated and bothered Charlie.
Marie noted Charlie's fascination with his lingerie. She smiled inside, 'This one is going to work out just fine.' Marie knew that the boys that were fascinated by the masquerade learned quickly and were back home in no time at all!
"Charlie? We need to finish with your dressing. This is a petticoat! It is the garment that Ms. Thompson's method gets it's name from. Step into it and I will tie it off for you." Marie instructed.
Charlie stepped into the proffered garment and felt it tickle his legs all the way up to his waist. It left him with Goosebumps all over. He was then motioned to sit in front of the vanity. He moved over and sat on the stool.
"Not like that, Cherie. You will wrinkle you petticoat and that will cause Ms. Jane to admonish you! Stand again, we will fix the wrinkles and I will instruct you how to sit properly in a petticoat." Marie explained to Charlie and had him rise. She then straightened out the petticoat and instructed Charles on the proper way to sweep the petticoat and sit so it didn't get all wrinkled.
It took Charles four or five tries at sweeping the petticoat and sitting on the vanity stool before Marie was satisfied.
"We need to fix your hair and then do your makeup. Quickly now!" Marie instructed.
With quite practiced hands, Marie took out the hairpiece she had matched to Charlie while he was in his drugged sleep. As she held it up and began pinning it to Charlie's hair, she heard Charlie squeak!
"Is there a problem, Charles?" Marie asked, knowing the answer.
"My hair!...It's...It's...lighter, almost a blonde color! How?" Charlie stared in the mirror; his hair was very much lighter than it had been just one hour ago.
"Oui Cherie! The shampoo, it included a lightening agent. When I am through with you, no one will recognize you! I believe you will be quite pretty!" Was Marie's response. She proceeded to clip and weave the hairpiece onto Charlie's head. When she was done, she brushed out his hair and the added piece into a shoulder length style, curling the ends under with a curling iron. She then combed a portion of his hair forward and trimmed the bangs to just above Charlie's eyebrows.
Putting down the brush, Marie picked up a pair of tweezers. "Lean your head back. This will sting a little, let me know if your eyes start to water." With that comment, she started to remove portions of Charlie's eyebrows.
"Oww! Marie, do we have to do that, it hurts!" Charlie commented after the first few hairs were removed.
"Oui! You must do this to look your prettiest! Whoever saw a young girl with shaggy unkempt eyebrows! Now be still and let me finish. I will tell you this, sometimes you must suffer a little to be pretty!" Marie replied and went right back to removing the offending hairs.
It seemed like forever to Charlie and he was sure that he didn't have any eyebrows left at all when Marie finally stopped tweezing. He lifted his head back straight and checked in the mirror. There above his eyes were two very nicely shaped eyebrows. Not too thin but finely arched to open up and accent his eyes.
"I.. I.. I thought you had removed ALL the hairs!" Charlie exclaimed.
"No Charles, just enough to give you a more feminine look." Marie replied. "Now for a little makeup and you will be ready for your dress, yes?"
Marie took a good look at Charlie's face deciding what would look best on him. She started with a light foundation, almost an exact match to Charlie's natural skin tone. "You are fortunate you do not have to shave often, Cherie."
Charlie snorted at that comment. It was the first time that only having to shave once a month was an advantage for him.
Marie had Charlie close his eyes. She started with a light blue eyeshadow, only covering half of each lid. Marie then worked in an off white shadow, blending and shading to lessen the effect of the blue, until she reached his eyebrows. The shadow started at Charlie's eyelashes and faded away to nothing by the time you looked at his eyebrows. She then finished his eyes with a blue eyeliner pencil. This made Charlie's eye water and Marie had to stop him more than once from trying to rub his eye.
"Do not rub your eye, it will only make it worse! Use a tissue and blot up the tears!" Marie told Charlie.
Charlie did blot three or four times before Marie was happy with his eyes. She then added a light pink blusher to the 'apples' of his cheeks and a matching pale pink lipstick.
Charlie looked in the mirror and was surprised. There sat a girl that could be his sister, if he had one, or at least a cousin. "Amazing! I really do look like a girl!" Charlie said softly to himself.
"You do not have time to stare at yourself, we have only a few more minutes before you are due to speak to Ms. Jane. We must now hurry!" Marie exclaimed as she headed for the walk-in closet. Marie took out a Navy Blue dress. It had a fitted bodice with a full flowing skirt. The puffy short sleeves had white lace trim along with the skirt hem. Marie had Charlie raise his arms to slide the dress over his head and settled it on his petticoat. It made the skirt flare out slightly and emphasized his now feminine figure. She then went into the closet and returned with a two inch heeled pair of 'Mary Jane' style shoes. Charlie was told to sit on the bed. Marie had him stand back up and gently admonished him for wrinkling the dress and petticoat. Charlie stood back up and straightened out his dress and petticoat. He then correctly swept it under him and sat on the bed. Marie had him put on the shoes and buckle them, then had him stand and walk around the room three or four times to get the hang of the shoes. She grabbed the hairbrush and quickly brushed a few errant hairs back into place.
"That is all we can do for now!" Said Marie as she looked at the clock on the wall. "You have four minutes to get to Ms. Jane's study and knock on the door! Now hurry! She will be very upset if you are late for your first visit in a petticoat!"
Charlie looked at the clock and hurried out the bedroom door. He took a quick left turn and had to stop. It took a minute or so to get down the stairs due to his unfamiliarity of the heels. He hurried along the corridor and knocked on Jane Thompson's study door, breathing a sigh of relief that he made it there in time.
"One moment, please!" Came a voice from inside the room. A moment later the door opened and Jane stood before him. Checking her watch, she nodded her head. "Very good, I see you can tell time accurately, that is one less thing we need to worry about. I will need a few more minutes to complete a business call. Please sit there and I will call you when I am done." Without waiting for a reply, Jane closed the door, leaving Charlie alone in the hall.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlene makes a new friend and learns of what is to come.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Eight
A New Friend
Charlie stood before the study door as it closed. He was just a little lost. He had hurried and made it on time and now that the rush was over, it was a let down. Not that he really wanted to be inside that study at the moment, but that he was in 'hurrying' mode and now just had to stop! So much had happened since his arrival, he decided to sit and review all of it in his mind. He walked across the hall and at the last moment remembered to sweep his skirt before sitting down. "Damn! That could have been a problem!" He mumbled to himself. "Jesus! I hurry along being told I’m late and NOW I’m sitting here waiting! What is this woman’s problem anyway?"
Charlie was going over all the things that had gotten him into this situation, the fights, the bullying, losing his temper, and of course shoplifting! All of these things and the fact that he was now sitting on a very uncomfortable bench waiting for 'god knows what' to happen next had him deep in thought. He didn't notice Joan come down the hallway.
"Hi! Would you like a cookie?" Joan asked offering a plate of sugar cookies to Charlie. "I made them while you were sleeping so they are fresh!"
Charlie looked up at Joan startled. "I.. I.. Didn't see you!" He replied coming back to his current surroundings. He then realized how he was dressed and turned a very bright red. He was sitting in front of a girl about his own age dressed as a girl; the worst part was she knew he was a boy! "Umm... You asked me something?"
"Would ... You... Like... A... Coo...Kie...?" Joan asked slowly and then smiled. She then offered the plate to Charlie a second time.
"Oh! Thank you." Replied Charlie as he took a sugar cookie. He took a bite and then looked away from Joan and looked at a spot on the floor. It wasn't a very interesting spot, it just meant he didn't have to look at Joan and be embarrassed.
"I see Aunt Jane has decided on 'petticoat punishment' for you." Joan stated matter of factly. "I think it's a terrible thing to do to you."
Charlie looked up at Joan. "You really think so? I mean you're not just saying that..."
"No, I really mean it. But if that is what Aunt Jane has decided then you really don't have a lot of choice, do you?" Joan replied.
Charlie shook his head slowly and concentrated on the cookie. "I feel like a dork!"
"I understand. Well if you are going to be dressed that way let me tell you a few secrets to help you not get yelled at too often." Joan offered.
Charlie looked at her. "You... You would do that for me? Why?"
"Well, I've been here longer and you are the first person my age, so I thought we could become friends!" Joan stated.
"Oh! You would be friends with me, even though I'm dressed like this? Even though you know I'm a boy?" Charlie asked.
"Sure! I was sitting in that same spot waiting for the 'Head Monstrous' of Thompson Academy once too you know." Joan said with a giggle.
Charlie snorted. "Head Monstrous sounds right! I’ve thought of a few names for her myself. What do I have to do to make her happy?"
"Well, first off if she wants you to be a girl, then you have to act and think like a girl!" Joan replied.
"How do I do that? I only know how to be a boy! I don't know anything about being a girl." Charlie moaned into his hands.
"Don't do that. You’ll mess up your makeup and THAT will get you a lecture on proper grooming! Well, I can tell by the way that you are sitting, Marie tried to teach you a few things. Show me what she taught you." Joan coaxed Charlie to his feet.
For the next few minutes, Charlie showed Joan how Marie had taught him to walk in heels, and how to sit in a petticoat.
"That's not bad. But I noticed you were trying to rearrange your petti with your hands." Joan stated more than asked.
"Yes, well they keep getting bunched and caught up in my legs. I don't know what else to do!" Charlie complained.
"Okay, let me show you a few things about petticoats and how to enter Jane's study and what NOT to do to stay on her good side." Joan told Charlie.
The next few minutes were spent with Joan demonstrating the proper swing of the hips to keep a petticoat from bunching up. She also taught him how to curtsey properly and how to stand in a demure innocent pose before Ms. Thompson asks you to sit. After Charlie could do those tasks fairly well, Joan taught him the 'proper' way to sit on a chair for a young lady.
It took Charlie a few tries and finally Joan told him he was doing well for a boy.
"So what got you sent here? If you don't mind me asking." Joan asked, expecting an answer she already knew.
Charlie blushed a bright red. "I got into a lot of fights. I sent two guys to the hospital in California. My parents sent me to Indiana to try and keep me out of trouble but I managed to get into trouble with some new 'friends' by shoplifting and landed here! That, is the short version."
"Oh. Well I hope you learn your lessons well then. So you can go back home." Joan replied sympathetically.
"Learn my lessons? I don't even know what the lessons are yet! How am I supposed to learn them?" Charlie answered a bit bewildered.
"Just do what she asks of you. Do it to the best of your ability and you will be out of here in no time!" Joan told Charlie.
*************
Jane had been listening to this conversation from the secret microphone in the hall. 'Very good Joan! You make a very good 'big sister' just as I knew you would.' She turned off the microphone, stood and straightened her self in the mirror, set her mood to 'Head Monstrous' and went to the door.
Both students looked up startled when the study door opened. Joan elbowed Charlie and motioned him to stand. He quickly stood and shook his petticoat as Joan had shown him and looked at Jane Thompson.
"I'll see you now, Charles! Thank you Joan for keeping Charles entertained while I finished my business." Jane motioned Charlie to enter her study. "Please tell Marie we will have dinner shortly."
Joan rose gracefully from the bench, curtseyed and said, "Yes Aunt Jane." Then she left to find Marie.
Charlie walked to the front of the chair he had been in a little over an hour ago and stood there, waiting for Jane to ask him to sit. He was scared, but remembered to stand in the pose that Joan had coached him. Right foot slightly in front of his left, both hands clasped behind his back, head looking straight ahead and a small smile!
Jane walked around her desk. When she reached her chair, she stopped to look at Charles. "You look quite lovely Charles! It looks as though Marie has worked her magic on you. It seems that she and Joan have been coaching you a little." She paused and saw the blush spread across Charlie's cheeks. "You appear to have taken their instruction to heart. You may sit!"
"Thank you Ms. Thompson." Charlie said as he curtseyed and then swept his skirt and petticoat. He perched on the edge of the chair, just as Joan had coached him a few minutes earlier.
"Charles, do you know why you are here?" Jane asked, raising one eyebrow.
The look of fear was evident on Charlie's face. "I... I believe I am here so I wouldn't go to jail." Was his response.
"That doesn't answer the question! Let's try again, shall we?" Jane had a smile. "Why are you here?"
Charlie thought for a moment then said carefully, "I believe I am here to learn to be different! What I have done in the past is to fight my way out of things. The shoplifting was just going along with the crowd, which got me into the mess I am in now. Is that correct?"
"You are mostly correct, Charles! I am impressed! Most of the children do not understand why they are here until I have to tell them point blank! You have an inkling of why you are here and so far give me every indication that you truly WANT to change. Would you agree with me so far?" Jane asked, removing her glasses and setting them on the table.
"Yes ma'am." Was Charlie's reply.
"That being the case, I feel that your anger control problem would best be corrected by being taught to be a young lady. Ladies do not fight. They do not display vulgar behavior. They find 'other', less violent ways, to handle life's situations. You, Charles will learn to be the perfect young lady. As you stated earlier, Joan is a good role model for you. She too started out, like you, with an 'either or' situation and look at her now! I fully expect to see some results from you by this Friday, or I will wash my hands of you and return you to Judge Ruth!" Jane gave her ultimatum to a nodding Charlie.
Charlie finally let the words sink in. Then the look of panic came across his face. "I only have until Friday? Ms. Thompson, how the hell am I going to change so quickly? What am I supposed to do? I really don't want to be away from my family until I’m eighteen!" He was almost hysterical.
"Charles!" The force of Jane's voice caused Charlie to become quiet. "I did not say you had to become a perfect young lady by Friday. I said I expected to see you honestly TRYING to adhere to my commands in a cheerful and mostly enthusiastic manner. Not everything I ask of you will be easy, nor will they be to your liking. I expect obedience immediately. If you can show me THAT by Friday, I will be convinced that you truly want to be here and not in a juvenile detention center in Indiana."
The relief that washed over Charlie was visible. With a big sigh, Charlie said. "Oh! Thank you Ms. Thompson. I will do my best to remain here."
"I am certain you will. Another thing, foul language will not be tolerated in this house! I have been known to wash out a few mouths with soap. I believe we are done here for now." Jane stated as she looked at the clock above Charlie's head. "I see it is way past dinner time, Marie will be waiting for us. Shall we go?"
Charlie rose from the chair. 'God that chair is uncomfortable’; he thought as the numbness left his rear end. "Yes Ms. Thompson." Charlie curtseyed again for good measure and followed Jane out of the study and down the hall for dinner.
Joan was waiting behind her chair when Jane and Charlie entered the dining room. Charlie stood behind his chair and waited until Joan sat before he swept his skirts and did the same.
Marie served up her usual wonderful dinner. Charlie had to listen to Jane go on and on about breeding and good behavior. She stopped and corrected Charlie's use of silverware twice, but this was done in a 'school mistress' manner and not in the demeaning tone that she had used at lunch.
Charlie responded well and tried very hard to remember all he had been through at lunch in order to get through dinner. By the time dinner was completed Charlie was surprised to see that he had not soiled his dress. Usually there would have been a spot somewhere from his hurrying to get away from the table. Since these meals were much slower paced and he was expected to take very small bites, he remained clean! 'A nice side benefit and something I won't get yelled at for!' he thought.
"Children this has been a long day for all of us. Joan would you please do the cleanup? Marie will need to assist Charles with getting ready for bed." Jane's tone was more an order than a request.
"Yes, Aunt Jane." Was Joan's reply as she rose from the table.
"Charles! There is still a lot to do in order to get you ready for bed." Jane directed her gaze at her newest student.
"Bed, Ms. Thompson? It's only seven O'clock!" Charlie exclaimed.
"Ah, Charles! You have much to learn about being a girl! Marie is waiting for you upstairs to complete all those things that you will learn to do automatically. This, I will tell you, it takes time to become pretty!" Jane told Charlie, "Now! Off you go! You have much to learn tonight."
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlene's ability to be 'On Time' is questioned...
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Nine
..... And So The Drill Begins!
Charlie left the dining room confused about what could possibly take two to three hours to complete before he went to bed! He didn't have to wait long to find out! Marie was waiting in the bedroom for him when he walked in.
"Ah, there you are, Cherie! We have much to do before bedtime. Let us begin, yes?" Marie became a whirlwind of activity with that comment.
First she unbuttoned the back of the dress and helped Charlie slip it over his head. He was instructed to hang it in the closet on a rack marked for clothes to be cleaned. He then was told to carefully remove his hose and garter belt and place them in the hamper. When that was completed Marie took Charlie into the bathroom.
"This is makeup remover, it is used for your eye makeup and mascara." Marie stated pointing to one of the bottles on the counter. "This jar contains cold cream. You will use it to remove the foundation and blusher from your cheeks. When you are through with those two on your face we will continue."
Charlie looked over the items on the counter. He noticed some small cotton pads next to the bottle of makeup remover. He picked one up, poured on the remover and wiped his eyelid. He was pleasantly surprised to see the makeup came off easily! He had been afraid that it might have been some sort of permanent dye and he would have blue eyelids for months!
After cleaning both eyes, he applied the cold cream all over his face and rubbed it in as the instructions on the jar had said. He then wiped it off with a warm washcloth and dried his face. When he looked in the mirror, all the makeup was gone. He then went back into the bedroom to find Marie.
Marie's critical eye checked him over carefully. "Not bad for your first time, Mon Petite. You will get better as time goes by."
This surprised Charlie. He thought he had done a good job of cleaning his face. Now he checked closely in the mirror every time he was near one to see what he missed.
"Come along Charles, we need to get your hair ready." Marie motioned him back into the bathroom where she used a sprayer and wet his hair down. After demonstrating to him how to properly dry his hair and wrap a towel into a simple turban, Marie made him practice the turban three or four times until he did it smoothly. He was then told to go sit at the vanity.
Once seated, Charlie was again trying to see what he had missed in removing his makeup. While he was busy, Marie rolled a cart out from the bathroom loaded with curlers.
"Stop staring and please sit up straight. Your face is fine for now!" Marie told Charlie. "Now pay close attention to what I am doing, you will be doing this yourself very soon!"
Marie then started combing and separating Charlie's hair into sections. Each of these sections she coated with a gel and rolled onto a large curler, then secured with a clip. After Marie did the first two she had Charlie do the next few. It took him quite a bit longer to get the section gelled, rolled and clipped but eventually he completed the task. They completed putting in the curlers following that same pattern, Marie would start the row, Charlie would finish the rest of the sections. By the time they finished, Charlie thought his arms would fall off!
Next Marie took a small bowl and had Charlie stick his hands in it to soak. While they were soaking, she removed the cart and pulled up a tray and a chair next to Charlie. "I will now show you how to properly manicure your hands and feet! Once again, watch carefully as you will be doing this yourself."
Marie slid one hand out of the bowl and dried it, then went about filing and buffing Charlie's nails. All the time she was doing this she kept up a light conversation, asking about his family and what Southern California was like. When she was happy with the shape of his nails and cuticles she demonstrated how to apply a rose colored polish to his nails. Marie did the first one then had Charlie do the rest of his hand. this was repeated on the other hand. Next Marie had Charlie raise up his foot and the procedure was repeated for them. The only difference were the cotton balls Marie showed him. He was told to place them between his toes for polishing and allowing the polish to dry.
"Miss Marie? It's really kind of boring sitting here waiting for nail polish to dry isn't it?" Charlie asked quietly.
"Oui! I agree, but it is one of those things you must learn. Ms. Thompson says so. I personally believe that it will help you learn patience! But you must ask Ms. Thompson to be sure." was Marie's reply.
While Charlie sat there waiting for his nails to dry, Marie put away the cart and all the items she had taken out to 'prepare' Charlie for bed. He sat there fascinated by the shape and color of his hands, and a little polish made his feet seem more girlish. He was lost in this thought when the bedroom door opened and Jane Thompson walked in.
"Charles! I see Marie is almost done with you for tonight!" Jane said in her sternest voice. "You and I have a few 'rules' to go over before you go to sleep. Listen carefully for they will determine whether you stay or leave this Friday!"
Jane's voice shook Charlie out of his preoccupation with his nails. He looked at her and really only heard the part about listening and determining whether he would stay or leave. "Yes ma'am", was his reply.
Jane noticed that she finally had his attention so she continued. "In this house we practice modesty and cleanliness as part of your learning process. I know you think you know how to be clean, but a young lady is under a much harsher microscope in our society and must adhere to a more rigorous schedule of personal hygiene. Therefore, you will always bathe at night before bed to remove any trace of makeup and again in the morning so that you are fresh for the day's activities! Is this understood?"
"Yes ma'am." Came the canned reply.
"From now until I say otherwise there are two items of clothing that you will ALWAYS wear! One is a proper pair of panties and the other is a bra. These two items will serve to remind you of exactly what is demanded of you. If you show up without either of these garments on I will terminate your training and ship you off to the courts immediately!" Jane noticed the boy pale when she mentioned sending him back to the courts.
"For tonight I have come up here to personally prepare you for bed. It is my habit to insure that you fully understand what is happening to you and the best way to accomplish that is to tell you about it while I assist you." Jane looked deeply into Charlie's eyes, there was a fear in there that she always saw the first night in her boys. It made her smile a little.
Charlie had been looking at Jane when she told him all these things he had to remember. The smile that formed on her face looked almost predatory to Charlie's mind when she paused to look at him.
Jane continued her normal speech on learning to become a sweet, winsome, lovely, demure girl in order to learn better ways of handling the 'stresses' that had gotten Charles into this predicament. While she talked, she applied a foundation, mascara and blusher to his face. She then had him stand to remove his petticoat, properly hang it in the closet and handed him a simple Rose colored satin nightgown to slip into.
"I understand that it is only nine-thirty, Charles, but we have a lot to accomplish tomorrow and breakfast is at eight AM sharp. I expect you there wearing what you have on now along with that robe and the slippers next to your bed. Is that clear?" Jane instructed. "We will commence your lessons right after we eat!"
"Yes ma'am." Seemed to be the only words Charlie knew for the past half-hour. He was afraid to say anything else at this point. He saw the robe and when he looked next to the bed, there was a pair of Rose colored mules with a two-inch heel. 'Those must be the slippers she's talking about.'
"Ah! One final thing and you shall be ready!" Jane reached for the tube of lipstick. Handing it to Charlie, she continued. "I want you to apply this to your lips. It is a simple task. You have seen it done many times by the women you know. It will be your first lesson in making yourself 'pretty'!"
By this time, Charlie's hands were shaking again. 'I don't have a clue..' He finally took a deep cleansing breath and removed the cap. After fumbling with the tube a little he figured out how to extend the lipstick and then very carefully coated his lips. 'Sort of like coloring! You just have to stay inside the lines!' Happy with his completion of the task, he smiled at himself and then looked at Jane.
"Adequate for now." Jane stated examining Charlie's lips. "You still need to blot the excess as Marie showed you earlier."
That comment had taken the satisfaction out of Charlie. He thought he had done damn good for it being the first time he had ever applied lipstick! 'Just what the hell does she expect! I've never put on makeup before, except for Halloween and then I got Mom to do it so it would look good!' With a sigh, Charlie took a tissue and blotted his lipstick the way Marie had shown him earlier. ‘Bitch!’
"Good! I see it is now almost ten, so it is bedtime for all of us. I shall see you in the morning, Charles." Jane then motioned Charlie to the bed. After he was in, she tucked him in like a small child. She made a parting comment. "I want you think about what we talked about tonight. I want you to remember that sweet girlish face that you saw last in the mirror. That is to be your fate for the foreseeable future, consider this well, Charles, for you only have until Friday to show me you mean to succeed." Jane walked to the door, turned out the light and closed the door behind her.
Charlie laid there in the dark with his eyes wide open, nowhere near tired or sleepy. He had followed Jane Thompson as she left the room, heard the door close and then heard the 'click' of the lock. "Guess I'm here until morning!" He said to the darkness. He lay there for a few more minutes and then let out a big sigh. So many thoughts were running through his mind. So many experiences for just one day! In less than twelve hours, he had gone from a boy riding on a train, to meeting two women and a girl his age. He had been chastised for his manners and then told he would become a sweet young girl or be shipped off to a juvenile detention center. To top it off, he now was in a very frilly bed, wearing a girl's nightgown, makeup on his face and curlers in his hair, which were very uncomfortable to lay on.
As Charlie reviewed everything that had happened today, he went through a myriad of emotions. He was scared, upset, angry, almost hysterical and sad at various times during the day. After taking another deep sigh, the emotions that bothered him the most were the fascination and curiosity that went with seeing his female image! Both times that he had looked in the mirror, after putting on the clothes and makeup, had made him shiver inside. If he had met a girl that looked like he did, he would have tried to talk to her and get a date. That thought caused him to shake visibly and become even more awake. 'What if someone asks me for a date? Oh, god!'
********
After locking Charlie's door, Jane walked across the hall and knocked on Joan's door. "Come in!," came from inside and Jane entered.
"Good evening Aunt Jane! Did you need something before bed time?" Joan queried as she rose from the vanity stool.
"Yes dear! Today went very well! I believe that young Mr. Hawkins will fall into line just as you did after a few short days." Jane could see her student's cheeks flush at that comment. "But that be as it may, I still need to show him that punishments are needed even for the older students. Do you remember Darla's punishment on the second day?"
Joan thought for a minute. That seemed so long ago, in reality it was only six months! "Yes I do. I believe that she had a temper tantrum and you had her dress as a very young girl for part of the second day. I remember seeing her at lunch with pigtails and a little girl style party dress."
"Yes dear, that was staged for your benefit! Just as you will stage a tantrum tomorrow morning to teach your 'little sister' the perils of disobeying the rules in this house! I believe that a bit of a snit during breakfast with you being sent to your room will set the stage. I will bring you a tray with the remainder of your breakfast. You are doing my bidding so I would not punish you truly. Later in the morning, I would like you to disrupt your piano practice. We will plan things more in the morning, I just want you to complain about having to practice at breakfast, alright dear?" Jane's tone softened, she didn't like this part of the indoctrination process. Having to punish the older student, but it made the new student realize that they needed to follow the rules.
"I would guess that is why those childish dresses and shoes returned to my closet today. I am correct in that assumption, Aunt Jane?" Joan let out a sigh.
"Yes, Joan you are correct. It will only be for a few days and hopefully Charles will understand the consequences of disobeying very quickly!" Came the reply.
"Anything else?"
"Yes, you need to be thinking of a name for your 'little sister'. Tomorrow after lunch, I would like you to tour the grounds with Charles. Just chat and get to know each other, for you will be together for a few months yet, then as you come back towards the house visit the gardens, where old Tom will be working. At that point, you will introduce 'Charles' to Tom! It was the same for you, no?" Jane saw Joan blush remembering how upset she was when Darla had first introduced her to Tom as 'Joan'. "Most likely he will react the same way you did. Just remember that you are trying to protect the fact that he is a 'boy dressed as a girl' and it will turn out alright!"
Joan shook her head slowly. "I now understand why all these things were done to me and Darla reminded me that I would be asked to do the same things for my 'little sister'. If I can help you keep Charles from the same fate I would have had, I am happy to help, Aunt Jane."
Jane smiled at that response. "You truly have come a long way since you first stepped into my home, Joan. I am VERY proud of you. Now, goodnight, I will see you at breakfast." With that Jane turned and headed for the door.
"Good night, Aunt Jane and thank you for helping me." Joan said as the head of Season's House left her bedroom.
Jane smiled at Joan as she shut the door. The walk down the hall was on 'auto-pilot' since the tears that formed in her eyes blurred her vision. 'That 'thank you' is what I live for!' She thought as she headed for her upstairs study. 'A short call to the Hawkins family to assure them that Charles arrived safely. Then a call to my husband, to have his voice hold me at this wonderful time. I just wish Art were here to do the actual holding tonight.'
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. There is a lot to learn on your first day with Jane Thompson...
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Ten
So Much to Learn... So Little Time!
'WHA-A-A-A... WHA-A-A-A... WHA-A-A-A...' Charlie woke with a start. "God! That has to be the world's most annoying alarm!" He looked around the room and remembered where he was. A deep sigh escaped his lips. At that moment he heard a click at the door and the door opened.
Jane Thompson walked into the room and stopped a few feet from the bed. "AH! Good morning Charles! I see you are awake. It is five minutes to eight. You have until eight to use the bathroom and present yourself for breakfast. Do not be late!" Jane then turned around and exited the room, closing the door behind her.
Charlie was surprised by the short visit from Jane Thompson. He finally looked at the clock and saw he only had four minutes to get to breakfast. He jumped out of bed ran to the bathroom, used the potty, brushed his teeth and looked at his face in the mirror. 'No time to clean the makeup off.' He ran out of the bathroom, grabbed the robe and put on the slippers. He then headed for the door and down the stairs. He was slightly out of breath as he entered the dining room and found Joan there fully dressed and made up. He took his place behind the chair just as Jane Thompson walked into the room.
"Good morning children! I see everyone has made it for breakfast this morning. Let's eat, we all have a very busy day ahead of us." Jane proceeded to sit and Joan and Charles did the same.
Marie brought out a wonderful breakfast of eggs, toast, bacon strips and fruit. Charlie was just about to start eating when Jane spoke.
"Charles, normally when you come down for a meal, I expect you to be fully dressed and with makeup on, ready to begin the day. Since it is your first morning and you are not used to the routine, I shall overlook it this morning. In the future you will be dressed and made up to the best of your ability for breakfast." Jane stated as she cut her eggs into bite sized pieces.
"Yes, Ms. Thompson, I didn't know..." Charlie tried to respond.
"There is no excuse other than you did not know and I remember telling you to arrive for breakfast in that robe and slippers. Which you did! Now, the only thing I can think of different is that you should not sleep with make up on in the future. I am certain that one look in the mirror will tell you why." Jane continued.
"I didn't have time, to properly cleanse my face, ma'am." Charlie mumbled.
"When you have something to say, speak up and say it clearly. It is very hard to understand a mumbled reply. So in the future when you wish to tell me something, just say it clearly, understood?" Jane raised an eyebrow.
"Yes ma'am. I said I didn't have time to properly clean my face this morning or I would have been late for breakfast." Charlie replied clearly.
"I understand that Charles, this morning is establishing the rules of the house and how life here happens on a daily basis. By the way, you need to take smaller bites and chew your food more thoroughly. As I was saying, this morning is the beginning of integrating you into this household and how things at the Thompson Academy run. We will begin as soon as breakfast is finished." Jane looked at Charles for acknowledgement and then turned her attention to Joan.
"Joan dear, how is that report coming along?" She asked.
Joan finished swallowing and dabbed her mouth with her napkin. "It is almost finished Aunt Jane. I thought I could work on it this morning, I might have it finished a little ahead of the deadline you set."
"I believe you have piano practice this morning, I do not recall hearing you practice the past couple of days. You will spend two hours this morning practicing after you clean up from breakfast. Is that clear?" Jane used her best 'command' voice towards Joan.
"Two hours! Why so long? Are you trying to make my report late? I only practice one hour every other day! Today I would have practiced anyway, but two hours?" Joan whined.
"That is no way to act with our new student present young lady. You will now practice three hours in the front room so I may hear you and make sure you are doing as I instructed." Was Jane's reply.
"THREE HOURS!! That's unfair! I have done EVERYTHING you have asked, obeyed every command and now you punish me for complaining about an extra hour of piano practice?" Joan yelled as she stood up from her chair and stared at Jane Thompson.
"We will have none of that tone young lady." Jane stared coldly at Joan.
"Hmph!" was the only sound as Joan dropped unceremoniously into her chair.
"Go up to your room, I will discuss this matter with you after I have Charles started with Marie." Jane instructed Joan.
Joan sat there, arms crossed with a big pout on her lips and not moving from her chair.
Charles watched as Jane Thompson took on the official 'Head Monstrous' appearance. The change was so dramatic he shrunk back in his chair.
Jane looked at Joan with a stare that could freeze water. She said only one word. "Now!"
"FINE!" Joan stood up, threw her napkin on the table and flew out of the dining room. Charles could hear her stomp her way up the stairs and the slamming of her room door. Which was evident to both Charles and Jane.
"I'm afraid that little tirade has caused me to lose my appetite! Charles, please finish your breakfast and then come to my study. I will tell Marie what has happened." With that comment Jane Thompson wiped her lips, placed her napkin on the table and excused herself from the table.
Charlie sat there reviewing what had just happened in front of him. 'God! Joan is in quite a bit of trouble, over piano practice! Maybe if I keep quiet and just sort of do what she wants, I won’t get yelled at too much today.' Charlie pondered the situation for a few more moments, then decided he better hurry and finish his breakfast. 'No sense in making the head bitch more upset than she already is!'
Charles finished his meal quickly. If Jane Thompson had been there he would have been admonished for taking too large a bite and not chewing his food sufficiently. But since she was not there, Charlie got away with it this time. He was just taking his last bite of fruit when Marie entered the dining room.
"Cherie, eating that fast will give you indigestion! Have you not been listening to Ms. Jane?" Marie asked.
"Ms. Marie! I...well...I really don't want to get yelled at today. I just thought if I hurried and went to the study sooner, Ms. Thompson might not yell at me for taking so long at breakfast." Was Charlie's reply.
Marie chuckled a little. "Ah, Mon Petite. You have a lot to learn about Ms. Jane, no? She is upset with Joan, but not with you! One of the things you will learn about her is that she is a very fair person. She will show no sign of being upset while you are with her, as she is not upset with you, yet! Eating too quickly and having digestive problems because of it will cause her to become upset with you. You must apply EVERYTHING you learn while you are here. Even the proper manners of eating when you are alone. Do you not see?"
Charlie looked at Marie for a moment. He really did like her, in a sort of 'favorite aunt' way. "I think I see a little. There has just been so much to learn in such a short time... "Charlie looked at his hands and then back to Marie. "Do you think I can learn enough by Friday to have Ms. Thompson decide to keep me here?"
Marie considered the student before her. "I believe that Ms. Jane will give you every opportunity to prove to her that you truly want to stay. If she thinks you are not trying, she will be very hard on you. If you try your best for the next two days, I believe you can convince her that you wish to stay here and not go back to Judge Ruth."
Charlie nodded his head. It was all up to him, he had made his bed and now he was going to have to sleep in it! "Well, if you will excuse me Ms. Marie, I need to see Ms. Thompson so we can start whatever training she has for me today." Charlie placed his napkin on the table, gently slid the chair out, excused himself , slid the chair back to the table and carefully walked out of the dining room toward Jane's study.
The walk down the hall towards Jane's study didn't seem quite as long today. Something Marie had said made Charlie think more about why he was here and just how Ms. Thompson was going to help him. The part about Ms. Thompson being a 'very fair person' had Charlie thinking that maybe the changes in him were not as impossible as he first believed. He approached the study door and knocked twice.
"Enter." Came the voice from inside. Charlie opened the door and proceeded directly to the chair in front of Jane's desk. "Please sit, Charles." was Jane's comment before he even arrived at the proffered chair.
"Today, what I have planned for you is a rather intense training program in how to make yourself 'pretty'. While you and I are chatting, Marie is upstairs arranging things for this mornings exercise." Jane paused for a response.
"Yes Ms. Thompson." came from a very quiet and demure Charles Hawkins.
Each of the outfits that you are to wear this morning will require a complete change of clothes all the way down to your panties. You will also completely remove all traces of makeup and start fresh with every clothing change unless Marie deems otherwise. Are these instructions clear, Charles?" Jane queried.
"Yes Ms. Jane. I am to completely change my clothes and makeup every time. Is there anything else?" Came Charlie's reply.
"Very good! Yes there is. You will report to me after every change for evaluation and comments on your progress. I believe in male terms you will be 'inspected' after each change. There is also a time limit involved. You are not very experienced yet so I will be lenient to start with. As you get better, the time allotment will get shorter. It is currently three minutes before nine. I expect you back here with your first outfit, properly made up no later than ten." Jane stood up and started for her door. "If you will follow me, Marie is waiting in your room to get you started. I will escort you there and then have that 'discussion' with Joan I promised her at breakfast."
Jane left the study and swept up the stairs, evidently a woman on a mission. Charlie had trouble staying with her since he was not very experienced at walking in two inch-heeled mules. They arrived at his room and Jane motioned him in, she then shut the door and left Charlie with Marie.
"So Cherie, we begin! What is your time limit?" Marie asked with a smile.
"I have until ten to present myself to Ms. Jane." Was the reply.
"Ah! I told you she was fair! You will make that in plenty of time! Now, into the bathroom and remove the makeup from your face. The bath is drawn so wash and check for stray hairs. Quickly, quickly! Shoo!" Marie talked as she waved both hands at Charlie to get going. "I will check on you in fifteen minutes! Try to keep your hair dry! It will make things easier."
"Yes ma'am." Was the reply as Charlie headed into the bathroom. He had a smile on his face and actually giggled a little as he closed the bathroom door to do as he was told. Charlie went back through the makeup removal process he had learned the previous night. A quick check of his face revealed no hair but to be safe Charlie shaved anyway. He found a shower cap next to the tub so he put it on, tucked in his hair and got into the tub. He was just about done washing when there was a knock on the bathroom door and Marie entered.
"These are your panties and bra for your first outfit. I will leave them here." She placed a couple of items on the vanity top. "Do not forget to use this lotion on your entire body before you dress. It helps to ease any irritation from shaving." Marie smiled and left the room.
Charlie finished, drained the tub and then rinsed off in the shower. He stepped out and dried off. The next step was different, he had never coated his entire body with lotion before. This took longer than he thought and he was just slipping on his panties when Marie knocked and opened the door again.
"Your fifteen minutes are up! Ah, Cherie, you must learn to move a little faster. Getting ready as a woman requires many more steps than as a boy, no? If we are to make your time limit with a little time to spare you must hurry! Finish up quickly and come out to the vanity." Marie admonished Charlie as gently as she could.
"Yes, Miss Marie, I'll be right there." Charlie said as the door closed. He fumbled with the bra, trying to figure out how to get his arms twisted around to hook the blasted thing together. "How do girls do this?"
Finally giving up, he let out a sigh and left the bathroom. "Miss Marie, I can't seem to figure out how to hook this together!" He said as he walked toward the vanity.
Marie smiled and said. "Let me show you a trick." She then showed him how to put the bra on backwards, hook it together and then turn it around and slip his arms into the straps. "You may eventually learn to twist your arms around to just hook it, but we do not have the time today to teach you such contortions! Now, the first outfit requires stockings, so you will need to put on this." Marie handed Charles a cream-colored garter belt. After some fumbling on Charlie's part he finally put the belt on correctly and even remembered to thread the straps through his panties.
He was handed cream-colored stockings, which he carefully slid on the way he had the previous day attaching them to the garter tabs. Marie showed him how to slip on the two-inch heeled pumps and then handed him a pure white petticoat.
Charlie stepped into the petticoat and asked Marie to tie it. She then surprised him when she handed him a second petticoat.
"This one you put on over your head so it lays on top of the first one. Notice it is just a little longer and will hang to the same level as the other." Marie instructed. She then held the petticoat up so Charlie could slip his arms and head through the bottom. After taking time to arrange the layers, Marie tied off the second petticoat. She then took a cream colored dress from the closet and had Charlie slip it over his head. It had a fitted bodice with short puffy sleeves. The skirt billowed out to cover all but the slightest fraction of the snow white petticoats. Around the neck, sleeves and hem was a matching cream colored lace. Charlie noticed that the dress, stockings and shoes all were just about a perfect color match. Marie zipped up the back, then tied a large bow in the back of the dress and motioned Charlie to the vanity.
Charlie took about three steps and realized that he would have to walk with the exaggerated hip motion that Joan had taught him. The extra petticoat caused the bottom one to bunch up between his legs. After shaking his tush, he resumed walking and remembered to sweep the petticoats so he could sit without wrinkling them.
"Very good, Cherie! I see you remembered some of what you were taught yesterday! I believe that from the way you shook your petticoats free, Joan had shown you a few things last night, no?" Marie complimented.
"Yes she did. She told me it was nice to have someone her own age here. She seems very nice!" Came Charlie's response.
"Now we do your makeup and then your hair! Watch closely Cherie, I will have you doing most of this before the morning is through." Marie said as she opened a small bottle. "This is a moisturizer. You ALWAYS use this first to seal your pores and to prevent the makeup from drying your skin."
Marie showed Charlie how to apply the lotion and then watched as he finished the job himself. The rest of the makeup was applied in a similar fashion, Marie would demonstrate and then have Charlie do the other half of his face. The only problem that Charlie had was his eyes watered when applying eyeliner. When all was finished, Marie showed Charlie how to remove the curlers that were still in his hair. She did the first two and Charlie did the rest, carefully placing them in the rack that Marie provided. When he was done, Marie took over to finish his hair.
Marie used a brush and tamed the mass of curls on Charlie's head into a beautiful wavy hairdo, that looked like it came from a television commercial. Every time Charlie would move his head the hair would bounce along with him. Marie finished his hair by taking small amounts from the side and placing a barrette above each ear. 'To keep the hair from mussing your makeup!' She had said.
"Voila! Take a quick look in the mirror, Cherie. Are you not pretty?" Marie was all smiles.
Charlie stood and looked in the full-length mirror on the closet door. There stood that girl again, you know, the one from last night. Only she looked younger! Charlie thought he looked about eleven, not thirteen.
"Miss Marie? I look younger somehow." Charlie turned to look at Marie.
"Oui! This is a younger look. The extra petticoat along with the hairstyle and makeup give the illusion of youth. They are just some of the feminine tricks you will learn. Now hurry and get to Ms. Jane's study! The sooner you get there the better!" Marie motioned towards the door.
Charlie stood, shook out his petticoats and headed out the door. He tried to walk so the petticoats wouldn't bunch. This slowed his pace quite a bit. There was also the problem of the stairs! With the extra petticoat, he couldn't see his feet, so he had to 'feel' his way down the stairs with a 'death grip' on the railing. Successfully negotiating the stairs and the hall, Charlie knocked on the study door.
"Come in!" Was the response. Charlie took a deep breath, put on a smile and opened the door.
"Ah Charles, you look lovely!" Jane Thompson told the be-skirted boy. Charlie had walked into the study, attempted a curtsey and then stood in the demure position Joan had shown him the night before. Jane rose from her desk and circled the boy looking at all the details. "A very nice first attempt, Charles. Marie has done a wonderful job of making you pretty. Now, this is how our inspections will work. I will write down the flaws in your appearance. I will then set a new time limit. You will return to your room for your next change, mindful of the constructive criticism I give you and return for your next review." Jane paused to walk back to her chair.
"You may sit." Jane watched as Charlie tried to sweep the skirt and petticoats and sit to avoid wrinkling them. "A very good try, Charles. The curtsey and the way you sweep your skirts are still a little rough but I am sure both will improve with practice. Your ability to walk in heels will also be part of your lessons. The makeup you have on is not applied properly over your right eye, the left one is acceptable. Your lipstick needs refreshing, I suspect you bite your lower lip when you are nervous. You will have to learn to control that habit." Jane went on for about two more minutes discovering flaws in his presentation.
"Let us set your next time limit, shall we? You arrived here ten minutes before the deadline so we can add two minutes to the next time. You had ten items that needed correction so we deduct one minute for every five items. So far you are even. You will not need another bath so we can deduct fifteen minutes from the required time. So, when we total it all up.....you have thirty-five minutes to complete your next change. It is now nine-fifty-five. I will expect your next knock prior to ten-thirty. Hand this to Marie, please, she will make the corrections I have listed. You may go!" Jane handed Charlie the list of 'faults'.
"Yes, Ms. Thompson.", came out of Charlie almost automatically. It actually surprised him.
"Charles?" Jane asked. Charlie looked startled when he looked back at Jane. "You need to hurry, you only have thirty-three minutes left!" Jane stated tapping her watch.
"Oh! I'm sorry...I ...I was just thinking....Umm....bye, Ms. Thompson." Charlie was shaken and stammering to himself all the way out the door and up the stairs.
The next change didn't go quite as well. The clothes were more age appropriate and only needed one petticoat, but the hairstyle and makeup took a little longer, especially since Marie insisted Charlie do more of it himself. He knocked on the study door six minutes late!
"Enter!" Came from inside the study. Charlie walked in carefully and took the required pose. The sigh that escaped Jane Thompson's lips could have been heard across the hall through the closed door! "You are six minutes late! You must try harder. No excuses! This exercise is designed to teach you many things, one of which is how to be on time!" Jane made a quick inspection, handed Charles the list and said, "You have thirty minutes to return. I would hurry, if I were you."
Charlie actually ran down the hall and up the stairs. He was breathing hard as he entered the bedroom, trying to undo the clasp and zipper on the dress as he walked. Marie was handed the note, nodded and went to get another set of clothes. This time a skirt and blouse combination. The lingerie and skirt were not a problem, the buttons on the blouse took a little figuring out, not only were they very tiny, but the blouse buttoned backwards from what Charlie was used to. Hair was easier, since it was swept back into a high ponytail and makeup was a bit more complicated to give a slightly older look. When Charlie checked the mirror he saw a sixteen or seventeen year old girl on her way to an office job somewhere. The lower one-inch heel allowed him to move a little quicker. He knocked on the study door only two minutes late.
"Closer, Charles, but still a little slow. I believe that I now know what your first school assignment will be, but we will discuss that after Friday." Jane smiled, stood and performed her inspection.
While Jane was writing, Charlie noticed a small speaker on Jane's desk that had piano music coming from it. 'Must be a walkie-talkie for listening to Joan.' he thought. 'She really seemed to come down hard on her this morning.' Just then, there was a noticeable mistake in the music.
Jane immediately picked up the device. "Joan? Please replay that passage ten times, you are still making the same mistake!" She said into the microphone. The response was quite a din! When Jane heard that, her eyes went ice cold. "I said to replay that section ten times young lady! You know I mean what I say!"
There was silence for a few seconds and then the piano began the piece again, with the same obvious mistake in it! Jane took a deep breath to calm herself, picked up the device and spoke clearly into it. "Ms. Carlson! I distinctly asked you to replay that passage correctly! Since you seem to have a problem with that , please move on to the piece from Chopin." She set the device back on her desk, made a note to herself and returned to look at Charles.
"This is a very good look for you. I think we shall use it in the future" Jane went on to tell Charles what needed to be 'touched up' a little to be perfect. In the middle of her talk she turned and looked at the listening device on her desk.
Charles followed her look and heard a very poor rendition of 'Chopsticks' coming from the little speaker. The look on Jane Thompson's face was permanently etched in Charlie's mind. She seemed to grow about six inches and the real 'Head Monstrous' came out in her look. She picked up the device one more time.
"Miss Carlson! I hear that you simply do not have your heart in performing the required exercises today. Please come into the hall and wait! I shall call for you shortly!" Jane placed the two-way device back on her desk. There was another audible din, followed by the slamming of the keyboard cover on the piano. Just as quickly her look softened when she addressed Charles. "Your next change is a bit more complicated so I will allow five extra minutes. You have thirty-five minutes from now. You may go!"
Startled for a moment, Charlie finally rose, curtseyed and said, "Yes, Ms. Thompson." When he left, he saw Joan sitting on the bench looking very dejected. He was going to say something when there was a voice behind him.
"Joan, come in please!" The voice of Jane Thompson was as stern as Charlie had ever heard. He gave Joan a worried look and scurried up the stairs to his next change. As he entered the bedroom, he was already unbuttoning the blouse and trying to get undressed as quickly as possible. He hung up the skirt and blouse, then went into the bathroom. There he finished undressing, placed the lingerie in the hamper and completely cleansed his face. Marie knocked and stuck in an arm to place a pair of black panties on the counter just inside the door.
"Just slip those on, we will do the rest out here." She stated as she closed the door.
Charlie finished cleaning his face and reached for the panties, when he picked them up he stopped short. They were a very tiny, very lacy thong style panty! Charlie looked at them for a few seconds, then cracked open the door. "Marie? Are you sure, these will fit? I mean, there isn't a lot of material there!" The question came out more like a whine.
Marie chuckled, "They will fit just fine, now hurry! We have a lot to do!"
Charlie looked at the panties one more time shaking his head. After slipping them on and a little judicious rearranging, he was just barely covered enough to be called 'decent'. He opened the door and left the safety of the bathroom.
As he entered the bedroom Marie was standing there holding an ominous looking garment. Charlie looked at her a little wary.
"This is a bustier! It will give you the proper support and shape for your dress. Now, turn around so we can get this on you." Marie motioned Charlie to turn around.
The bustier was wrapped around Charles and the front was hooked together. Marie then grabbed the laces in the back and started pulling them tight. Well, squeezing the life out of Charlie would be an overstatement, but it felt that tight!
"Does it have to be that tight, Marie? I can hardly breathe!" Charlie gasped.
"Be thankful it is only a bustier, Cherie! If it were a full corset you would have less room to breathe! Take small shallow breaths, it will take a moment for you to adjust to it." Marie responded.
While Charlie was 'adjusting' to the bustier, Marie gave him this little wisp of a garter belt. It was barely five ribbons and a clip! He managed to put it on and thread the straps through the thong. Now there was an experience! Trying to remain modest, while threading the straps properly through that thong!
Next came a pair of very sheer black stockings. By now the routine was getting old so he was able to slide them on and clip them quickly. A pair of black sandals with a three-inch heel completed his preparation before hair and makeup.
Marie had Charlie sit at the vanity, then came up behind him and said. "You need to be a bit more grown up for this next outfit. Let me slip these into the cups of the bustier." Marie reached around Charlie, lifted what 'breast' tissue he had and inserted these two cold lumps.
The surprised look on Charlie's face told Marie it was just the effect she was looking for. "So, Mon Petit, what do you think of being a little more grown up?"
"I... I... " Charlie stared in the mirror. "Marie!... I... I have...I have breasts! How?" Was the question along with a look of pure confusion.
"Not every girl is how should we say... 'enchanting'. So we have these little tricks to fill in where nature has left one wanting!" Was Marie's reply.
"But...but... It's amazing!" Was all Charlie could say as he felt 'his' breasts.
"You may admire yourself some other time Cherie, we must finish your hair and makeup and return you to Ms. Jane." Said Marie as she guided Charlie to sit at the vanity.
The makeup was a bit more dramatic, Charlie's eyes were blended from a mauve at the eyelash line to almost a white at his eyebrow. This served to really open up his eyes. A dark eyeliner and a liberal application of black mascara gave Charlie's eyes a more dramatic look. Marie made his blush a little more pronounced along with making his lips a deeper red.
Next she worked on his hair. She pulled it all up into a high ponytail, then slicked his bangs back and pinned them with bobbie pins so they would stay that way. Next she added some styling product and curled the ends of the ponytail various ways so it looked like a fountain spray from behind. Marie used a lot of hair spray to hold it all in place. The final touch was a silver tiara, placed and pinned to hide all the pins that held Charlie's bangs in place. The front part of the ponytail fell just behind it.
The image in the mirror held Charlie's attention. Marie tried calling his name but it didn't work. She finally had to touch his shoulder. "Cherie! Your dress." Was all she said.
The 'dress' was actually a floor length deep blue satin gown. Charlie stepped into it and Marie slid it up his body. The gown was strapless, so Marie took over and attached the sides of the gown to Charlie's bustier with little hooks. Then she reached back and zipped up the back.
The gown fit Charlie perfectly. Once again, Charlie was drawn to the mirror. It was so hard to believe that the girl in the mirror was him.
Marie broke the trance one final time. "A necklace and your wrap and you are ready!" She placed a silver heart shaped necklace on Charlie and then showed him how to wear a white crocheted shawl over his arms. The final touch was a small black purse with a long strap that Charlie placed over one shoulder.
"I look… beautiful, Marie! I would never in a million years..." Charlie just stopped in mid sentence, staring at the image in the mirror.
"Yes you do, Cherie. Now, on your way! Lift your skirt to get down the stairs, I will assist you." Marie said, as she guided Charlie out the door and towards the stairs. It took a lot longer to negotiate the steps. Trying to hold the skirt, look where you are placing your foot, trying to stand straight and shoes that were an inch higher than Charlie was used to. All of this combined made him very late for his next 'inspection'.
"Enter." The response was what Charlie was used to whenever he knocked on Jane Thompson's study door. He entered as carefully as he could and stood before the desk.
Jane looked up from her papers, a genuine smile crossed her lips. "You look lovely, Charles! That is definitely your color! However, you are seventeen minutes late! I did give you an extra five minutes, did I not?"
"Yes, Ms. Thompson. It's just much more difficult to walk down..." Charlie's excuse was cut off by the wave of Jane's hand.
"No excuses! I know that making yourself lovely takes time! One of the purposes of this exercise is to get you to do it quickly! A lady does not keep her escort waiting more than a few minutes, that is rude! So one of our goals is to get you ready quickly for whatever event is planned. Is this clear?" Jane's eyebrow did it's usual rise.
"Yes, Ms. Thompson." Seemed the only thing Charlie could say at the moment. There was a pause in the conversation and Charlie could hear the music coming from the monitor on Jane's desk. The music sounded dramatically different! It was still 'Chopsticks', but it sounded like it was being played on a small child's toy piano!
The piece was finished and Jane Thompson picked up the small communication device. "Very good 'Joanie'! Now I would like to hear that piece one more time followed by 'Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star', please." There was a soft 'Yes, Aunty Jane' from the device and the music started over again.
Jane returned her gaze to Charlie. "This will be your last change before lunch. Since you have been so late, I have written what I want you to wear for lunch. You have thirty minutes, do not be late! You may go."
Charlie stood, made a small curtsey and left the room. It was not in a hurried manner in which he returned to his room. Not that he wasn't trying to move quickly, but the dress just didn't allow it! Raising one's skirt and trying to find each step simply takes time!
Charlie entered the room and gave Marie the note, then turned around and asked Marie to unzip the gown. Once that was off and hung back in the closet, Charlie retreated to the bathroom for yet another 'strip and cleanse' of his lingerie and makeup.
"Wait, Cherie. Let me undo your hair, you will have to quickly shampoo and condition it for this outfit, leave it wet and in a turban." Marie noted as Charlie headed for the bathroom.
"I only have thirty minutes! I'm supposed to shower too?" Charlie squeaked.
"The faster you sit, the sooner you can clean your face and shower!" Was Marie's response.
Charlie let out a big sigh, but moved to the vanity and started removing the tiara. Marie watched as he placed it on the vanity and then removed the pins that held his hair in place. While he was doing that, Marie loosened the laces on the bustier. When he came to the ponytail he hesitated for a moment and finger-combed his bangs down over his forehead.
"Almost a shame to take it down, isn't it Marie? All the work you did and it only lasted what...twenty-five minutes?" Charlie looked at Marie and smiled.
"Yes! But the purpose of this exercise is to teach you many things. Only one of which is how much effort goes into being pretty! Do not tarry any longer, you are losing precious time!" Was her response.
"True!" Came Charlie's response as he stood and took off for the bathroom. He managed to remove most of the lingerie on the way there and cleansed his face in record time. The shower was very short, just enough time to remove the rubber band, shampoo and condition and get out! A quick wrap of a towel into a turban and there on the counter was another set of lingerie. He hadn't heard Marie enter to place it there this last time.
This was different. The bra and panties were cotton, not satin, nor very lacy. Both were in white, the first that color since this morning. Once dressed, Charlie was out the door.
"You are getting quicker, Cherie! You should be very close in time, your hair will take the longest." Marie said encouragingly.
She set about with a hair dryer and brush doing wondrous things to Charlie's hair. The rhythm of the brushing and the warm air combined in a hypnotic way to relax Charlie. Then she used a round brush like a curling iron, forming curls all over. Finally she brushed it all out made a low pigtail on each side and added a barrette to each pigtail.
"Now to get dressed and you are off!" Marie told him. She reached for a petticoat and Charlie stepped in, then a short blue dress, which buttoned up the back. A white apron was tied in a large bow. Charlie was handed white ankle sox with a wide lace ruffle around the top, which he put on and folded the top lace down as he had seen on other young girls. The final items were a pair of shiny ruby colored shoes, they looked like a 'Mary Jane' style shoe but had a two-inch heel. Charlie turned and looked in the mirror.
"Oh my!" he said as his hand went to his mouth. ‘I look like a blonde version of 'Dorothy' in 'The Wizard of Oz'. All I need is a basket and 'Toto'.
"Carry this in the crook of your right arm and hurry! You have two minutes to get to Jane's door." Marie handed Charlie a small basket with a little stuffed dog in it.
Charlie took the basket and headed out the door. He was in a hurry and really flew down the stairs. He pulled up short at the study door, took a deep breath and knocked.
"Enter!" Was the normal answer.
Charlie entered, curtseyed and waited to be asked to sit.
"I see you are ONLY a few seconds late! That IS some improvement! I believe that we shall relieve the boredom of all these changes by doing something different for the time we have before lunch." Was Jane's initial comment.
The 'different' was to be walking lessons! Charlie spent the next hour trying to make a complete circuit of the study with a dictionary perched on his head. After forty-five minutes Jane made a comment.
"Miss Hawkins! One would think you are not hungry! If you would like lunch then one complete circuit of the study must be accomplished, like so!"
Jane took the dictionary, placed on her own head and proceeded to complete the required route without a wriggle of the book. "You see, you need not move your shoulders, but allow your hips to sway instead. I am certain you have seen girls walk before, the goal is to teach you to do the same."
"Yes, ma'am." Charlie tried again, this time concentrating on keeping his shoulders still and swaying his hips. It was a slow walk but he made it all the way around without dropping the book!
"Very Good! Now, one more time while carrying your basket." Was Jane's command.
Charlie picked up the basket with the little dog in it and before he could stop himself asked, "Toto too?"
Jane gave a small smile, "Toto too!"
The absurdity of the exchange got to Charlie. He tried very hard to stifle a laugh, only to drop 'Mr. Webster' on the floor. That caused even more giggles and a few outright laughs to escape from Charlie's mouth.
"MISS Hawkins? Would you care to share what is so hilarious?" Jane asked.
Charlie tried very hard to gain control of himself. The giggles just kept coming, like on one of those TV Blooper shows. After what seemed forever, he was able to compose himself enough to talk.
"I am sorry Miss Jane, but the.. umm.. situation really is very funny. I mean we just did two lines from the movie and since I have arrived here I just don't see you as 'Glenda the Good Witch'." Came Charlie's reply.
"I see...", A small smile came to Jane's lips. "My function here is to teach you manners, politeness and other non-violent ways to deal with your emotions. To that end, I am very capable. Your opinion of me, most likely is not that of the 'Good Witch'. However, if you do not have a house to drop on me, as your shoes suggest you did to my apparent sibling, I suggest we return to the exercise at hand, so we may have lunch sometime this afternoon!"
Sobriety returned to Charlie very quickly. "Yes, Ms. Thompson." He proceeded to place the dictionary on his head, carry the basket and completed the required circuit of the study on the third try.
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlie gets a new name!
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Eleven
A New Name!
Charlie had washed up for lunch as directed and was standing behind his chair waiting for Joan and Ms. Thompson to arrive for lunch. 'I wonder how much trouble Joan is in?' He thought as he waited.
The delay was very short. The door opened and in walked Jane Thompson along with Joan, holding her hand and talking to her as if she were a young child. 'Joanie' was carrying a doll in her arm. She went and slid a high chair up to the table and placed the doll in it. Joan quietly went to stand by her chair. She wouldn't even look at Charlie.
"You may sit, girls." Was the invitation from Jane.
Charlie stared for a moment at the way Joan was dressed. She wore a candy pink dress with double layers of lace around the neck. Short puffy sleeves with the same lace treatment. The bodice was a smooth, shiny satin. The skirt lay almost horizontal from the froth of petticoats that were showing from underneath, and it was VERY short! When she placed her doll, 'Bernice', in the high chair, you could see all the ruffles on her panties. At least three rows of lace from where Charlie stood. 'She looks like a four-year old! Only not really....' Ruffled ankle socks and black patent 'Mary Jane's' completed the picture of a very little girl dressed for a party.
Lunch was an interesting time. Ms. Jane and Charlie had a simple lunch of a BLT club sandwich and lemonade. 'Joanie' on the other hand was presented with a cup of soup, Chicken and Stars; one half of a peanut butter sandwich, with the crust removed, and a plastic child's 'sippy cup' with milk.
As lunch progressed, Jane started to lecture. "Children! You both are fully aware that if you act like an adult in this household, you will be treated as an adult. Childish behavior such as being consistently tardy or complaining about the commands I give, when you have made a promise to follow them, only results in you being treated in the manner in which you act. Joan? Do we need to keep you as a four year old for the rest of the day, or have you learned to follow what I ask of you?"
Joan's reply was in her best 'little girl' voice. "Aunty Jane, I am sorry for the way I acted. I was rude in front of Charles and disrespectful of you and your orders. I made a promise to follow those orders and I did not. I am truly sorry." Joan placed her hands in her lap and stared at her soup.
"Very well!" She turned her attention to Charlie. "Charles, have you learned anything about being on time and how you need to do things quickly and efficiently?"
"umm....I...ah.. Yes ma'am." Came the stammered reply.
"Charles, when you have something to say, formulate it and then say it clearly and concisely. All those grunts and odd noises detract from the message you are trying to convey. Try again!" Was Jane's reply.
Charlie thought for a minute, then spoke. "I believe I learned that if I am to remain in your school that you expect me to obey your commands quickly and to the best of my ability."
"Just so! The two of you have learned some valuable lessons this morning. Since it is such a lovely day, when we are finished with lunch, the two of you shall help Marie clean up and then go change into a nice sundress. Joan would you please take Charles on a tour of the grounds this afternoon? While you are out, I would like your assessment of his knowledge of our local plants. It will help me formulate a lesson plan for the coming school year."
"Yes Aunty Jane." from Joan.
"Yes Ms. Thompson." from Charles.
Both were said at the same time. With that business completed, the rest of lunch was eaten. Charles and Joanie helped Marie cleanup from lunch and were dismissed to go change their clothes.
"Charles, if you will wait for me, I will help you out of that dress." Marie stated. "You are not so familiar with how to undo the buttons up the back yet, yes?"
"Thank you Marie. I was wondering how I was going to change." Was Charlie's reply.
"Tante Marie? I could unbutton Charles if he wouldn't mind unzipping me?" Joan offered.
"Is that alright Charles? The sundress simply slips over your head. It is very light and no slip is required with it. You may leave on your lingerie and makeup, just don't tell Miss Jane, n'est pas?" Was Marie's offer.
"I believe I can manage with Joan's help, Marie. Thank you for asking." Charlie responded.
The two students went upstairs to change. At the door to Charlie's room they stopped to help each other out of their current outfits.
"Gosh Charlie you got off pretty easy today! Only dressed as 'Dorothy', at least she was older than four! You must not have upset Aunt Jane very much this morning." Joan commented as she unbuttoned the back of Charlie's dress.
"Well, for all the good it did me, I think I really opened my big f***in’ mouth a little too much just before we ate." Charlie blushed.
"What happened? Something terrible? I hope not! Being put through this 'petticoat punishment' is bad enough!" Joan replied.
"Well...I ... I sort of referred to your Aunt as the 'Wicked Witch of the West' when I was trying to complete a circuit of the study with that damned dictionary on my head!" Came Charlie's reply.
Joan giggled at that and then leaned in to whisper to Charlie. "I can't say I disagree with you, but I should warn you, Aunt Jane is absolute death on profane language! That will get you into little girl clothes or worse quicker than anything else. Even calling her a 'Wicked Witch' will get you less punishment, since there is nothing profane about that!"
"Oh! I'll try to be more careful. Thanks for the warning." Charlie whispered back as he unzipped Joan's dress for her.
"See you in a few minutes! I'll meet you right here at the top of the stairs." Joan said as she headed for her own bedroom. "Don't forget to hang up all your clothes. Tante Marie is a sweetie but you don't want her to give you a lecture on the proper care of your clothing."
Charlie closed the door and started to change. Marie had left his next outfit laid out for him. There wasn't a new bra or panty there so Charlie knew he wasn't supposed to change them. However, there was a garter belt and stockings along with a pair of heeled sandals. Letting out a big sigh Charlie hung up the 'Dorothy' outfit took off the ruby slippers and realized he definitely wasn't in Kansas! The dress was a simple sleeveless sundress with a scoop neck and a lavender floral print. Charlie looked in the mirror one last time. He was still disturbed, by what it reflected back to his eyes. There stood a young teenaged girl! She was ready to go out for a walk, dressed as he had seen so many young ladies in southern California! While he was studying his reflection there was a knock on the door.
Startled, Charlie turned and said. "Come in!"
Joan entered wearing a very similar outfit to Charlie's only in a pale blue floral print. "You need to fix your hair and redo your lipstick." She stated.
"What?" Charlie looked in the mirror again. He still had the low pigtails and saw that indeed all of his lipstick was missing. "Oh!...Just....Just give me a minute.... I.. I ... I don't know what to do!" Charlie was searching around on the vanity for at least a brush.
"Let me help." Joan offered. "Tante Marie usually puts things away right away. She probably set up your vanity similar to mine, easier for her to remember where things are that way." Joan opened one drawer and there was a comb and brush set. She took the brush, removed the barrettes and the rubberbands and rebrushed Charlie's hair. Then she clipped the barrettes back into Charlie's hair just above each ear, 'to help keep his hair out of his eyes'. After putting the brush away she opened another drawer to find it full of cosmetics. "Pick the one Tante Marie used last and apply it."
Charlie opened four different tubes of lipstick before he found the one that looked right with what was left on his lips. He used a tissue to clean off the leftover lipstick and then reapplied a fresh coat to his lips. A close look to make sure all was right and then he blotted his lips as he had been taught that morning. "There! All set, I think."
"Not bad. Aunt Jane won't complain since you are new. If you stay, she will be more critical as you get better with the cosmetics." Joan stated as they left Charlie's room and headed down the stairs. They made a right turn and headed out into the gardens for their tour.
The tour was a wonderful thing, except for Joan's quizzing about all the plant life! Charlie had lived in southern California his whole life! All he knew were palm trees and desert plants. There were a few roses in people’s yards, but otherwise it was blooming cactus and the occasional redwood or sequoia tree that dotted the desert landscape. All these questions about the local plants were all new to Charlie, especially the Latin genus and specie stuff. Not only did he not know what the plant was, he had never bothered to learn the Latin names for any plant!
He finally told Joan he had no idea about the plants in this area of the country and even less about the classification system. They had never studied it in school and he didn't look it up on his own either.
"I'll just tell Aunt Jane exactly that. That way she will be able to tailor your studies to include the plants in the Southwestern United States!" Joan told Charlie.
"That might be cool! I'll probably be the only one who knows the Latin name for a palm tree!" Charlie replied with a laugh.
The tour continued with Joan pointing out the large meadows and pastures of the estate, along with the wooded areas and the various paths that could be used for walking, running or horseback riding. All with Aunt Jane's permission, of course.
"Horseback riding? The school has horses?" Charlie asked.
"Oh yes! Aunt Jane keeps her two favorites up near the house in a stable, the rest are quartered on the other side of the meadow. She has, I believe, ten or eleven more down there. Would you like to see them?" Joan asked.
"Sure! I like horses. We, I mean my family, usually go riding a couple of times during the hot part of the summer. Most of the trails are in the mountains, so it is a lot cooler up there." Charlie replied.
It took the two about twenty minutes to walk back to the stables from where they were on the grounds. When they entered the stable, there were 'Teddie' and 'Garters', Jane's two favorite horses. Charlie moved quickly to pet the nose of each and looked around for something to give them. He settled on a small amount of feed from a bucket hanging across from each stall. Each horse greedily ate the offered treat and let Charlie pet them to his heart's content.
"Do you think Ms. Thompson will let me ride them?" Charlie asked.
"You can ask. I think that riding them would be a reward for something you do well. I have never ridden them, I just never had the desire to try it." Joan replied.
"Hmmm-mm. A reward. I wonder what I will have to do to be able to ride them?" Charlie was thinking out loud.
"Just do your best at whatever Aunt Jane asks. There is a purpose to whatever she asks of you. Most of the time you will have no idea why she asks, but doing it is far better than defying her. You saw what happened to me this morning. You would think I should know better by now." Joan replied.
"I hope I never get her that mad at me." Charlie commented.
The conversation wound down after that and Charlie returned to petting the two horses. After a few more minutes Joan spoke.
"We need to finish the tour, otherwise Aunt Jane will come out looking for us. I, for one, have had enough of being dressed as a four-year-old for one day!" She said.
Charlie let out a sigh. "I guess you're right. But it is so nice to be here with the horses and away from your Aunt. Since I really don't want to see what I look like as a four-year-old girl, we had better go." With that comment, they left the stables.
Joan led Charlie around the stable toward a small garden area that was her favorite spot to sit and read. As they came into the sitting area, there was 'Old Tom' and his son, working on the garden.
Charlie had been looking at the flowers, trying to remember some of the names that Joan had told him and didn't see Tom at first. He was startled back to reality when Tom spoke.
"Good afternoon Miss Joan. It is a beautiful day to visit the garden. I've just planted a few more Mums so that things will be quite pretty until late fall." Tom said as he removed his hat and nodded to the two students.
"Hello, Tom! Yes it is a beautiful day. Oh how rude of me, this is a new student of Ms. Jane's. Let me introduce you." Joan said as she grabbed Charlie's arm and dragged him in front of Tom. "Tom, let me introduce Miss... Umm...Charlene Hawkins. Miss Hawkins, this is Tom, Ms. Thompson's gardener."
Joan whispered in Charlie's ear. "Say hello and curtsey sweetly!"
Charlie curtseyed, more out of reflex than by any plan and stammered out, "Hi...er...I mean hello Mr. Tom, pleased to meet you."
"Pleased to make your acquaintance Miss Charlene. Please just call me 'Tom'. I don't like getting too formal around here, I figure you girls get enough of that from Ms. Jane by attending her school." Tom replied with a smile.
"Umm... yes we do...Umm Joan, I need to go back to the house, excuse me." Charlie turned around and headed for the house as quickly as his heels would allow. He was trying very hard not to throw up his lunch. His stomach was rolling and he was fighting back tears at the same time. He flew through the kitchen door and ran up the stairs to his room. He made it into the bathroom just in time to lose half of lunch. Charlie was finally able to see through the tears from vomiting when Joan came into the bathroom.
"Are you alright? What happened out in the garden?" Joan asked, genuine concern in her voice.
"I... I was really shocked when we met Tom. Then you introduced me as...as... CHARLENE! I...I thought ...Oh my GOD, he's gonna know I'm not a girl. Then my stomach just turned into a big knot and I had to leave before I threw up all over you or him." was Charlie's reply. "Why the hell did you introduce me as a girl, named Charlene?"
"Well, D'UH! What was I supposed to say. 'Oh, hi Tom this is Charles, he's dressed like a girl because he was a bad boy!', now THAT would have gone over big!" Joan responded sarcastically.
"But...but... I'm a boy! Now, Tom thinks I'm a girl named Charlene!" Charlie moaned. The more he thought about it, the worse his stomach felt. "Oh GOD, I think I'm gonna puke again."
While Charlie lost another portion of lunch to the 'porcelain god' Jane Thompson entered the room. "I thought I heard an elephant come stomping through the house earlier, is everything alright in here?" She asked. One look on the floor told her all she needed to know. "Joan, explain what happened!"
Joan recounted the portion of the walk where they encountered Tom, how she had introduced Charlie as 'Charlene', then the mad dash back to the house and finding him in the bathroom vomiting.
"Very well! That does present a bit of a problem since now Tom knows you as Charlene. I think it is best if we all got used to calling you Charlene while you are dressed as a girl. That will eliminate any confusion should Tom or his son be around while you are here. I'll go fetch Marie, she always knows how to calm an upset stomach." Jane spoke as she turned to leave. "Joan, if you would watch Charlene until Marie gets here to take over, please." It was a command and not a request.
"Yes, Aunt Jane. Charlene will be fine until Tante Marie arrives." Joan replied with a quick curtsey.
Charlene sat on the floor exhausted. Physically from the vomiting and emotionally from someone thinking he was a girl named Charlene. Finally after a few minutes he looked at Joan. "Why me? Why do I always find myself in situations with no way out?" After that comment, Charlene let out a few soft sobs and tears started flowing from her eyes. Joan reached above Charlene's head and handed her a few tissues. After wiping the tears away and blowing her nose, she looked at Joan. "Thanks." was all she could manage before another sob and more tears started to flow.
"No problem. Do you think you can stand?" Joan asked.
While Charlene thought about that, Marie came bustling into the bathroom with a tray.
There was a cup of soup; some saltines and a glass of defizzed 7-UP, along with a cold compress. "Thank you Joan, I'll take care of Charlene. Ms. Jane would like you to report on Charlene's knowledge of plants while I take care of her and help her get cleaned up."
"Okay, Tante Marie. I'll see you later Charlene. 'Doctor' Tante Marie is the best at easing upset stomachs!" Joan stated as she turned to leave.
Joan left the bathroom and Charlene found herself alone with Marie.
"Miss Marie, I don't want to be a girl! I mean, I...(sob) I.. know that is what Ms. Jane says, but, but... (sob) I just think everyone is going to call me a 'sissy'! I don't know what I would do if that happened." Charlene told Marie in between sobs. When she was done talking more tears flowed down her cheeks as she stared at the floor
"Ah, Mon Petite. Has anyone laughed at you or called you a sissy? I should think not! I believe if we clean you up and redo your makeup, that when you look in the mirror you will see Charlene and not Charles. At the moment, Ms. Jane commands you are to be the young sweet Charlene. I, for one, do not see any Charles here, only Charlene. The better you become at being Charlene, the less chance anyone will know you are Charles under all the frills." Marie said as she helped Charlene up and gave her the 7-UP to sip. A few crackers and couple of more tissues and Charlene was feeling better.
"Thanks Marie, you are a great help. Well, I guess I should change into something else, I seem to have ruined this dress and I damaged these stockings also." Charlene stated while surveying her current state of dishevelment.
"First you need a bath! Do not argue! I know it will help to calm you and ease the pain from your body. Now start to strip out of those clothes, I will start the bath, Shoo!" Marie playfully swatted Charlene on the fanny.
That brought the first real smile to Charlene's face since the meeting with Tom in the garden. "Yes, Marie." Was her reply as she left to complete her task. Stripping to her lingerie, Charlene padded back into the bathroom.
"You will soak until the water turns cold. Then add more hot water and soak some more! I have added medicinal salts to the water to help you relax. Now into the tub young lady!" Marie pointed to the tub as she closed the bathroom door on her way out.
Charlene slipped into the tub and laid back to relax. It only took a few minutes and everything finally started to calm down. Her stomach relaxed, as did the knots in her shoulders. She noticed that she didn't want to cry anymore either! 'Must be those medicinal salts.' She thought as she lay in the water. 'Hmph! I've been here a little over one day and not only am I dressed as a girl, I NOW have a girl's name! Charlene! Where the hell did Joan come up with that? If that isn't bad enough I just finished sitting on the floor puking and crying like a little sissy! Charlie old boy, life can be a bitch sometimes! I just wish I knew what to do about all this.'
Those thoughts and many others, too numerous to list, continued to float through Charlene's head while she soaked away all her current troubles.
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. A surprise guest at Season's Manor.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Twelve
The First of Many Challenges!
R.O.T.C. Commander Brent Hayden looked at the envelope on his desk. "New orders! I wonder where to this time?" He thought out loud. Brent opened the envelope and looked over the orders inside. A smile slowly came to face. "Never in a million years would I have expected to go back there!"
"Where ya' goin', Brent? Hawaii?" His buddy, Jack Johnson, asked.
"No such luck!" Brent laughed. "I'm headed for Providence Rhode Island. Never thought I'd be going back to that part of the country again, that's all."
"Why? What's wrong with Providence?" His friend asked.
"Nothing! I spent a year in that area at an academy when I was younger, that's all. Being from the Midwest, I didn't think I'd ever go back there. It will be nice to visit the old school again, though. I wonder if it looks the same?" Brent mulled that thought over in his head. He had spent a year at the Thompson Academy when he was fourteen. It had really straightened him out. He now had a career in the military and a future. Life was looking very good for Mr. Brent Hayden after all the trouble he had managed to get into. "Says I have to be out ASAP! Seems the current commander underwent emergency gall bladder surgery!"
A couple of phone calls and all the travel arrangements were made. Commander Hayden loaded his luggage and headed for the military airport.
********
Jane Thompson looked at her senior student. "Tell me about the entire tour of the grounds. Something has happened and I need to know everything if I am to help Charlene! Start with when you went to change clothes." Jane Thompson's normally smooth brow furrowed with concern.
Joan recounted everything she could remember from leaving Marie after cleaning up breakfast, right through to when Jane entered the bathroom.
"Hmm. Very well. I believe we shall back off a little on Charlene for the afternoon. Give her a chance to settle down. You have enough to occupy you until dinner, Joan?" Jane asked, with full knowledge of the answer.
"Oh yes, Aunt Jane. I have plenty to finish up and do for the rest of the day." Joan replied.
"Very well. I shall see you at dinner." Jane dismissed her senior student with a smile.
After Joan left Jane set about rethinking her plan for Charlene. It appears that her current state would preclude anymore 'dress up' drills today. The possibility of a bit of quizzing on her educational background once Marie releases her from care, was the choice Jane made. Jane was making notes about what to cover when the phone rang.
"Jane Thompson." She said into the phone.
"Hello, Aunt Jane. This is Brent Hayden. How are you?" Commander Hayden said.
"Brianna? I mean ... Brent! Hello! It is so good to hear from you! I received the notice on your promotion to Commander. Very well done!" Jane said, pride evident in her voice.
"Thank you, Aunt Jane and for the gift too. I love it!" Brent said. He had received a large statue of an eagle with a nest of young ones. Jane's note had said; 'Now it is your turn to watch and guide young ones to greatness.' "I called because I have a temporary assignment in Providence! I thought I might get a chance to visit with you and Tante Marie!"
"That would be lovely! When are you arriving? Hmm, I currently have a new student. It depends on how soon you wish to visit." Jane explained.
"I'll be in Providence tonight. It will take me a few days to catch up everything in the office and then to meet the R.O.T.C. group at the college. This isn't a maneuvers weekend so I should have Sunday free?" Brent suggested.
"Yes. Sunday, Sunday... Yes, Charlene should be well-indoctrinated by then! How about you come for dinner at one. That will allow you a leisurely drive here and we can visit afterward! Oh, Brent, I expect you in dress uniform, you know!" Jane was back in 'Head Mistress' mode now.
"Nothing less for you Aunt Jane." Brent smiled into the phone.
"Just so! We shall expect you at one o'clock Sunday." Jane replied.
"It's a date! I'll see you then. Bye Aunt Jane, I love you!" Brent said his farewell.
"I love you very much Brent, good bye!" Jane replied with genuine warmth.
The click on the other end of the line told Jane that the conversation had ended. She hung up the phone and rose from her desk to find Marie.
Marie was just coming down the stairs when Jane found her. "Brent Hayden called. He will be arriving for lunch on Sunday at one o'clock. I thought you might like a little time to plan for the meal." Jane told her friend and confidant.
"Brianna? Jane, that is wonderful! We haven't seen her in, what? Nine years! Oh mon dieu! I have to find my notes! I will have to fix her favorites." Marie headed for the kitchen when Jane rested her hand on her shoulder. "Jane?" Marie questioned.
"Charlene?" Was all Jane said.
"Oh, yes, Charlene is currently resting. I set the alarm for one hour and told her not to move out of bed until the alarm went off. She has an outfit laid out and I told her to do her best with the makeup and then report to you." Marie told Jane. "She was very upset about vomiting like that. She kept saying that everyone would see her as a sissy for doing so. That seems to be a very strong underlying theme with this one." Marie continued. "The girl's name doesn't seem to bother her very much. I think your explanation of confusing Tom settled that quickly. She is still very fascinated by her reflection when completely made up!"
"Very well. Our first concern needs to be Charlene. I am just as excited about Brent's visit, Marie, but I truly have to watch out for my current students. Why don't you go see what our guest's favorite dishes were so long ago!" Jane encouraged Marie to get back to planning this Sunday's meal.
*****
Charlene lay in bed wondering just what had happened today. 'I started with breakfast. Then through that drill of useless clothes changing and inspections. Seeing Joan punished for disobeying Ms. Thompson. Then the walk of the grounds and meeting Tom. ... THAT'S when my stomach took off! When he spoke to us, it scared the pants, umm... panties, off me! I just knew he could see I was a boy under all those clothes.'
The thoughts continued, over and over through Charlene's mind. She must have been exhausted enough for a short nap though, because the alarm Marie had set woke her with a start.
"Must have been tired from all that stuff this morning." Charlene mumbled. She got up and saw the outfit she was to dress in. "At least it appears to be for someone my age!"
Charlene removed the rose colored nightgown and matching panties. She hung both carefully in the closet and set to work dressing.
"Maybe those changes of clothes weren't so useless after all." Charlene spoke as she hooked her bra and garter belt in place. After slipping on stockings and panties, she sat at the vanity to brush her hair and try her hand at makeup application.
The makeup seemed to take forever! Charlene would get part way through a step and have to remove it all and start over. No one had taught her how to repair mistakes, only that you always started from scratch. So her makeup took close to an hour to complete.
"Pretty good, for my first try! I wonder what Ms. Thompson will find wrong with it!" She said to herself in the mirror. A deep sigh and then she slipped into another sundress, this one in a pale yellow. Charlene slid on the neutral color-heeled sandals and she was ready to meet Jane Thompson for the rest of the afternoon. Charlene looked in the mirror one last time and stared at her reflection. "I guess 'Charlene' is a good name for someone that looks like this. In what Charlene would remember as her first feminine gesture, she shook her head and watched her hair settle gently back into place. "Looks like a shampoo commercial on TV! YES! YES-S!" Charlene laughed a very unladylike laugh.
Finally deciding that it was time to go, Charlene headed for Jane Thompson's study. The knock on the door answered by the normal "Enter!"
Jane looked up from the portfolio she was studying. "Charlene, are you feeling better?" was the first question asked.
"Yes, ma'am, Marie took care of me and made me take a nap. I feel much better now, thank you." Charlene replied while assuming the proper stance in front of Jane's desk.
"Very well. I think for the remainder of the afternoon, that we will assess your knowledge, along with what you have retained from your years in public school. If you would follow me." Jane stood and headed out of the study. "By the way, your make up needs to be a bit softer with that outfit, although not bad for your first attempt. Have Marie show you how to correct it before dinner."
"Yes, Ms. Thompson." That reply was almost automatic now from Charlene.
Jane led them into the conservatory. A grand room set with large windows, very heavy oak bookcases and large oak trim. She selected a topic at random and started asking Charlene questions about it. This verbal quizzing proceeded for an hour before she paused for a moment.
"We can accomplish more if you will follow another instruction while we complete this evaluation of your current knowledge." Jane handed Charlene a large volume of an encyclopedia. "You shall continue your walking practice while I ask questions. Make a circuit of the room while you listen to me and answer the questions asked of you."
Charlene looked at the book with doubt. It was larger than the dictionary and weighed a bit more too! Over the course of the next two hours Charlene was quizzed on geography, algebra, civics and geometry. It took her until the start of the geometry review to complete one circuit of the conservatory without dropping the book.
"Very good! I believe I can set up a course of study for you now." Jane stated while checking the large grandfather clock. "You have thirty minutes until dinner, I suggest you find Marie and ask her about your makeup. You will also have to change for dinner. You may go!" Jane motioned toward the door with her eyes. Charlene placed the book on a table, curtseyed and left the room.
While Jane placed the book back on the shelf, she was reviewing the afternoon session. 'Her knowledge is actually better than the school transcripts suggest. This is good, I shall be able to push her education more quickly than I anticipated. Charlene's makeup really was quite good for her first try and her walking has improved remarkably in a very short time. Marie is right about her fascination with her looks, every time she walked past a window she would check her reflection and drop the book from her head. The only time it didn't fall was when she concentrated on the walk and didn't look at her reflection!" Jane took a deep breath. 'Marie may be right! This one may just fall into my program easily for a change!' Jane chuckled a little and said out-loud. "Don't get too uppity Mrs. Jane Thompson-Phillips! You have had that thought before!"
*********
"Another complete change of clothing, just to go have dinner!" Charlene shook her head and proceeded to finish changing after Marie helped get her makeup 'just right'. The full slip and dress were fairly easy to get on after all the contortions of the day. A tea-length turquoise dress with matching lace trim looked very nice on Charlene. There was a turquoise pendant and matching clip-on earrings placed on the bed along with the outfit. Charlene had some difficulty with the necklace and managed to pinch her ear with one of the earrings. She checked her hair in the mirror, rechecked her makeup and headed for dinner with one minute to spare.
Walking into the dining room Charlene noticed everyone was 'dressed' for dinner. Joan was dressed very similar to Charlene and Jane, as always, was just a little nicer. 'Does she EVER have a bad day?' Charlene thought as she stood behind her chair. It was then she noticed the utensils on the table. There were multiple forks, knives, spoons, plates of various sizes, a bowl and a few things she didn't have a clue about. 'Oh Sh**!’ was all she had time to think of before being told to sit.
"Tonight we celebrate Charlene's successes!" Came the comment from Jane Thompson. "You did very well, so I decided a formal dinner to congratulate you would be in order." That comment brought out Jane's 'evil' grin.
Charlene sat there just looking over the table worried about all the mistakes she would make eating this meal. 'Successes? Hmmph! Some successes!'
"Charlene! When one is complimented on a successful action and given a wonderful dinner in appreciation, you should at least thank the hostess for arranging it for you." Jane chastised.
"Oh! Umm... Yes!... Umm... Thank you Ms. Thompson. I am not sure what successes you are talking about, but if you feel I have done well, I am truly happy for that." Charlene stammered.
"You are very welcome. Shall we begin?" Jane nodded to Marie and dinner began.
The dinner was a very strained affair for Charlene. She had never had to deal with so many items before. Each course of the meal had it's utensils that were proper to use. Charlene decided the best way to have this meal was to eat slowly and wait for Jane to pick up the appropriate utensil. This worked well, since Marie always served Jane first.
The majority of the meal was eaten correctly, with only the occasional admonishment to eat more slowly, cut the portion into smaller 'ladylike' bites or to spend more time chewing the food more completely in order to avoid indigestion. Charlene's stomach was in such turmoil by the end of the meal she passed on dessert.
"Charlene, are you not feeling well?" Jane asked as part of her on-going banter.
"My stomach must not be fully recovered from this afternoon. I didn't want to push it with dessert." Came Charlene's reply.
"Very well. That being the case, I wish to see you in my study after the dishes are cleaned up. As you are a part of this household now, I believe it is your turn to help Marie with the cleanup duties tonight." Jane stated as she placed her napkin, neatly folded, on the table.
After Jane and Joan left the dining room, Charlene helped Marie clear the table and rinse the dishes. Marie would not let her load the dishwasher. "Cherie, this is my area and even though you will get to know it well in your time here, there are some things I do not let any of the students do. One of them is to load this dishwasher! Now, put on the gloves, so you do not ruin your nails, and you may wash the glassware!" Came Marie's cheerful response to Charlene's attempt to place a dish in the dishwasher.
Washing the glassware was a larger task than it sounds. Especially after such a formal dinner! Even the unused glasses had to be washed, rinsed and dried. It amazed Charlene just how many glasses were used by only four people! The job was eventually completed, Marie thanked Charlene for her help then ushered her off to meet Jane in the study.
The gentleness of the 'Come in, please!' surprised Charlene when she knocked on Jane's study door. This was an unexpected response when she was only used to the curt 'Enter' of previous forays into Jane's lair. Slightly off guard, Charlene entered the study and assumed her position in front of the chair.
"You may sit." No sternness, no 'head monstrous', just a simple statement from Jane. She took a minute to look over a piece of paper, then spoke to Charlene. "Why, are you here?"
The silence that pervaded the room was deafening! Every tick of the clock, every creak that the house made was amplified in Charlene's mind. 'Why, am I here!' went through her mind, over and over.
Jane sat there watching her newest student. She could tell that the wheels were turning in her head. At times like this, patience was always the best way to handle a student. She also knew that Charlene had to make the first comment or the train of thought would be lost.
"I.. I... I believe I am here to learn how to be a better person. There has to be a different way to deal with people, other than beating them up or ridiculing them. I am still unsure what 'this' has to do with learning what I need to learn, but I gave you my word that I would try and I believe I have done so." Charlene stated with a wave over herself during the 'this' part of her statement.
Jane looked over the coifed and made up teen. After a moment of reflection she spoke. "I believe you are getting closer to knowing why you are here. I also see that you were trying to follow my orders, for the most part, today. You still need to learn about being on time for things and a way to control your stomach during stressful situations. Those are just two of the areas that we will work on while you are here. If you continue to give me your best efforts through dinner tomorrow, I believe we may be able to accomplish what we need to do." Jane said with a smile. Her demeanor changed slightly with her next comment. "Now! About this tardiness! You need to learn more about time. I am going to give you your first assignment. I expect to see how much research you accomplish by breakfast tomorrow. After looking over my notes from today, I see that the latest you arrived for your 'inspections' was seventeen minutes. So, I want a seventeen page report, in eight point type, no margin greater than six-tenths of an inch, on ‘Clocks, Time Keeping, and The Importance of Time in our Society.’ Joan will show you the student research and study area."
"Seventeen pages! Written? I...I... " Charlene didn't know what to say, the words just stopped coming out.
"I could make it longer, if you do not think that will be enough pages to express yourself." Jane offered.
Charlene shook herself and stood to leave. "Umm... No. I mean... I think I can complete the report in that amount of space. I had better find Joan."
Charlene was reaching for the door when Jane called her back. "Charlene? You have not asked to be excused. A lady must ALWAYS remember her manners!"
Charlene froze and came back to reality with a jolt. She turned toward Jane and asked quietly. "Sorry, I was off thinking about... Sorry! May I be excused Ms. Thompson?"
"Of course you may. Joan is probably in the student study finishing her latest project." Jane replied in full headmistress mode now.
"Thank you, Ms. Thompson." Charlene gave a small curtsey and left the study to locate Joan.
Charlene wandered through the house looking for Joan. After looking in all the rooms on the first floor, she decided the best bet was to see if Marie was still in the kitchen. She found Marie digging through a large book, looking at pages and laughing slightly at some of the things she read.
Marie saw Charlene and closed her personal 'Rogue's gallery'. It contained notes on all the favorite foods for every boy that had ever spent time at Season's House. "'Allo Cherie! You look a little lost!"
"I am Marie. I don't have a clue where the student study room is and I need to find Joan and I have this... this... SEVENTEEN page report to do and I ...I... I don't know what to do!" After that lo-o-ong statement, Charlene flopped onto a kitchen chair.
"Ack! Do not sit like that, you stand up and smooth your skirt properly, unless you would LIKE a lecture from Ms. Jane on the importance of keeping your clothes neat at all times!" Marie admonished Charlene.
Charlene jumped back up, smoothed her skirt and sat back down 'properly'.
"I told you earlier, you must be a proper young lady even when you are alone. Remember, part of my job is to make sure you remember that. Now, tell Marie what is really troubling you so." Marie pulled up a chair and sat.
"Well..." For the next fifteen minutes, Charlene told Marie about the fact she was terrible at doing reports. She told her when she was helping her through all the changes that day, she was fascinated that Marie could make her look like five different girls. She also told her she was bothered about the fact that she was getting used to the clothes so quickly, she thought she would hate all this 'girly' stuff. The scariest thing was, that just maybe, Ms. Thompson was right and Charlie would have to learn to be Charlene in order to learn how to behave.
"Ah! Ms. Thompson knows how to make one look at oneself with a very critical eye. It has already started with you and you have only been here one day! The report will just take practice. The same for the makeup and clothing, the more you do it, the better you become at doing it. The fact that you are already used to the feel of the clothes will make it easier for you to be Charlene. As for your last thought, that is something only you can know. You will know the truth both here and here!" Marie touched Charlene's head and then her heart during the last comment. "Now! Let us find Joan, or you will have nothing to show Ms. Jane in the morning!"
They found Joan in the student study busy on one of the computers. She was very intent on what she was typing and didn't hear them come in.
"Joan, Charlene needs to become familiar with the study area and what is available. She has an assignment from Ms. Jane and has to show her research by morning." Marie said, shaking the senior student from her concentrated effort.
"Sure Tante Marie! I'll give Charlene a quick tour and get her started." Joan smiled.
"I'll leave you two to take care of things. I'll be back to get Charlene at nine." Marie said as she closed the study door.
"Nine? What's at nine?" Charlene questioned.
"You still need help getting ready for bed. Tante Marie helped me for the first three or four days until I learned the routine that Aunt Jane requires of all her students." Came Joan's reply.
"Oh. Yea! I don't think I could remember to do all that stuff. I mean at home, all I did was brush my teeth and put on Pajamas." Charlene stated.
"You won’t get away with that here! I swear, she must have peep-holes or she monitors how much soap, moisturizer, cold cream and shampoo is used. She has to have a counter, or a date stamp or something on those rollers, because she just knows if you don't do all of your preparations before going to bed!" Joan said, shaking her head. "I spent two days mucking out the horse stalls dressed as a prairie woman from the early Eighteen-hundreds because I skipped the evening bath and only took a shower the next morning!"
"Wow! Isn't that a little harsh? I mean just for skipping a bath?" Charlene was shocked.
"I'll never forget to bathe every night from now on, I'll tell you that! Aunt Jane has a way of punishing you, so you learn your lesson so well, you will never, even think, about repeating it!" Joan replied knowingly. "She told me if I wanted to 'wallow around in filth' while sleeping, she would see to it that I had some real filth to wallow in. Do you know how much manure Garters and Teddie produce in one day! I know, first hand, actually, I know more about it than I care to know!"
"So-o-o all the rules have to be followed, all the time?" Charlene queried.
"That about sums it up! Aunt Jane is really strict. Sometimes you have no idea why you are being asked to do something, but she ALWAYS has a reason. Eventually you figure it out and she moves on to the next lesson." Joan stated shrugging her shoulders.
"Hmm... Well I guess you had better give me the tour of this place then, so I can start on this SEVENTEEN-page assignment! How am I EVER going to write that much about 'Time, Clocks and Their Use in Society', I'll never know." Charlene said shaking her head.
Joan let out a little laugh. "You won't have any problem filling that many pages on the topic. Mine was twenty-one pages and I probably could have written more. I was really pi..., upset with her when she gave me that assignment. I wasn't going to let her think I could have written more than she required."
"You had to do this too? Could you help me? I mean I don't want you write it or anything...", Charlene asked.
Joan was shaking her head back and forth. "I can show you the reference area, how to get on the Internet for research, and where the printer supplies and scratchpads are located. Otherwise I have been instructed to let you do your own research and papers. You will get the same speech, about 'Doing it for oneself is far better and improves your retention, rather than having it spoon fed to you by another'. Not that it wouldn't be easier if you did have some help but, Aunt Jane would just think up some sort of worse punishment for me, if I violated her rules. I spent enough time as a four-year-old today, I don't want to repeat that too soon!"
Charlene nodded her head knowingly. "You didn't look very happy at lunch."
"I wasn't, it is so.. so... humiliating, to be taken down to acting like a small child. I mean I'm fourteen, not four!" Joan pouted.
"I'm sorry it happened. I guess I should start my paper so I don't end up like that!" Charlene exclaimed.
"Good idea! I need to finish my latest project too." Joan replied.
The two students worked in silence for the most part. Charlene would only ask for help when she couldn't figure out how to use a program or when she needed a password for Internet access. She thought it was funny that her password was 'Charlene'. She was in the middle of doing research when Marie shook her shoulder.
"It is time to start your bed time preparations, Cherie! You need to shut things down now." Marie said gently.
"I.. I don't have anything printed out yet! I won’t have anything to show Ms. Thompson, tomorrow!" Charlene cried.
"Here... just put it on one of these disks. Place the disk on the table in the morning, Ms. Thompson will review it after breakfast." Joan stated, handing Charlene a 'zip' disk.
Charlene made a copy of everything she had found and what she had started to write and placed the disk in it's case. She shutdown the computer, covered it and followed Marie to her bedroom.
Tonight's regimen was a lot shorter than Charlene's first night at the academy. Charlene first removed her sundress and hung it up, then moved into the bathroom where Marie laid out the material for makeup removal. She took her bath, checking for stray hairs as instructed by Marie. Slipping on a pale yellow nightgown and matching panties, Charlene went to the vanity in her room where Marie just did a blow-drying of her hair and put it up in a ponytail for the night. When they were done it was only nine-forty-five!
"That didn't take very long, Marie! Did we forget anything?" Charlene asked.
"Not for tonight, Mon Petite. We did most of the hard work last night, now we will just check things every couple of days to make sure they stay that way. The only thing you may have to redo more often will be your nail polish. Depending on what outfits and activities you are performing the next day." Marie said checking Charlene's hands and toes. "Your nails will be alright for one more day, at least."
"So, what time is normal bed time here?" Charlene asked. Just then, there was a knock on her door. It couldn't be Ms. Thompson, the door didn't open right away! "Oh... Come in!"
Joan entered the bedroom carrying a stack of newspapers. "I brought these up for you to take a quick look through. These are tomorrow's papers, Aunt Jane will ask questions about the news stories and your opinion about them. Be sure you read a little about each article, so you know something about them for breakfast in the morning."
"Oui! She very much expects you to keep up with current events and what is happening in the world. If you do not give knowledgeable answers, I fear you will be writing a great number of reports!" Marie added.
"More to remember! God! What have I gotten into?" Charlene muttered.
"Probably the best place you could be. Although I doubt you would believe that at the moment." Replied Joan with a smile.
"Hmmph!" Was Charlene reply with a shake of her head.
"We will leave you to read and get some sleep! Do not stay up past ten-thirty or Ms. Jane will be knocking on your door." Marie told the confused Charlene. "The light shines under the door and into the hall. When she comes up to bed at that time, she will see the light and stop to check on you."
"Oh!... Umm.... Thanks Marie. Thank you Joan for the papers.... I guess this should be 'good night' then?" Charlene asked.
"Good night Cherie" Marie gave Charlene a kiss on her forehead.
"Good night." said Joan as she left for her own room.
Charlene heard the door close and then the lock click. "I guess that is pretty standard, locking the student into their room." Charlene sighed and then sat on her bed to look over the paper.
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. The first full day at Thompson Academy.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Thirteen
Clothes, clothes and more clothes!
"'Good morning! This is NPR's 'Morning Edition.'" Were the first words Charlene heard the next morning. As she sat up in bed, she just stared at the clock. It was seven in the morning. She heard the click of the lock on her door and Marie stepped brightly into the room.
"Bonjour, Charlene! Comment alle vous? It is a lovely day and you need to be up and about." Marie walked into the closet and looked through the items hanging there. "Ah yes! This will be just right for you to have breakfast. Do not just sit there, you silly girl, get up and into the bathroom. Scoot!"
Charlene jumped out of bed when Marie commanded her to. With a small sigh she headed for the bathroom. "Morning Marie." Was all she said.
Charlene checked for her non-existent beard, brushed her teeth and then took a shower. When she emerged from the shower there was a pink panty and bra set on the counter. "How does she do that? I never heard Marie come in , or the door open or close!"
Entering the bedroom, Charlene saw Marie placing a pair of shoes by the bed. "Very good, Cherie! You are getting quicker with your morning routine. I have laid out your first outfit, you should do your own makeup, fix your hair and be at the table by eight. If you get there early, come into the kitchen, I could use a little help." With that comment, Marie left Charlene to get dressed.
The outfit didn't look too difficult. Charlene started with the garter belt and white hose. She then sat to do her makeup. It went a lot faster than she expected and only had to fix her mistakes twice. Marie had shown her how to correct mistakes without starting over yesterday before dinner. 'That certainly makes this less trouble.' Charlene thought as she brushed her hair and added two barrettes to the sides. Back to the bed, she stepped into a petticoat and tied it at her waist. She took the dress and carefully slid it over her head. It was pink satin and matched her lingerie. A rather tight fitting bodice that gathered at the waist and then a flowing skirt that let just a hint of her white petticoat show below the hem. The back zipper gave her some trouble, but she managed finally to get it up. The only thing still causing trouble was trying to tie the sash behind her back. After trying to get it right four or five times she decided that maybe Joan could help. Charlene added the heart shaped necklace and little heart shaped clip-on earrings, ran a brush through her hair and headed for the door to ask Joan for help. She reached for the door and stopped, 'shoes' was her thought. She quickly went back to the bed, slid on the two-inch-heeled pink pumps and then went to knock on Joan's door.
"One moment!" Came the reply to Charlene's knock. A few seconds later she heard "Come in!" and opened the door.
Joan was still in her robe when Charlene entered. "Hi! I was wondering if you could help me with this bow?" Charlene asked. "I just can't seem to get it tied right!"
"Sure! Turn around." Joan proceeded to tie a proper bow in the middle of Charlene's back. "It just takes practice. You'll get the hang of it eventually."
"Thanks, I better leave so you can finish dressing." Charlene turned to leave. "Joan? Can I ask you something?"
"Sure! What's up?" Joan replied.
"Do you...I mean... Do you think I ...well.... Do I REALLY look like a girl?" Charlene asked with a worried look on her face.
Joan looked over Charlene for a moment with a critical eye, then spoke. "If I didn't know you before, I would only think of you as Charlene. You are a little tall to be dressed as a nine-year-old, but otherwise you are a pretty young lady. Some of your movements and mannerisms are still boyish, so they might give you away. As long as you just stand or sit you should be alright."
The wave of relief was visible on Charlene's face. "Thank you, Joan" Charlene stepped forward and gave Joan a hug. "You have no idea how good that makes me feel. I was afraid that what I saw in the mirror was just a fantasy and that I really looked like a boy in a dress. I better leave so you aren't late for breakfast. See you in a bit!" Charlene closed the door and headed downstairs to help Marie with breakfast.
Charlene's 'duties' for breakfast consisted of setting the table and delivering the juices to the table after Marie had them poured. When she came in with her own glass and Marie's, Jane was standing by her chair.
"Good morning Charlene. My! You look lovely this morning! Pink is definitely a good color for you!" Jane's comment caused the color in Charlene's cheeks to intensify. "Shall we dine?"
Charlene had a rough time through breakfast. Jane would ALWAYS ask her a question right after she had placed a fork of food into her mouth. The first time, she had just replied to the question. That brought on a tongue lashing of why a 'lady' would NEVER speak with her mouth full. It was proper to finish chewing and swallow before replying to the question. Charlene started doing better after that. She would simply finish what she had taken, swallow, pat her lips with the napkin and then answer the question Jane asked. It made breakfast a very long drawn out ordeal. She received another admonishment for taking too large a bite of food and therefore, waiting an unacceptable amount of time before replying to a question. The topics were local and national news items. Some, Charlene had read about the previous night, others were items she had heard on that 'Morning Edition' radio program her clock radio was tuned to. Eventually her two eggs, three strips of bacon and piece of wheat toast were consumed. When Charlene looked at the clock above Marie's head, she was surprised to see that it took forty-five minutes to eat her breakfast! Back home, she would have spent two, maybe three minutes inhaling it and been on her way. However, here, each meal was a production of it's own and each person played a part. Today, it seemed, was Charlene's day to be criticized for everything she did.
"Charlene, I need you in the study please." Jane said as she placed her napkin on the table and rose to leave.
Like a nervous puppy, Charlene followed Jane to her study. After being allowed to sit, Jane spoke to her.
"Today, things get a little tougher. Each day we shall build upon the knowledge that you garnered the day before. Since you already showered and dressed, we can accomplish more this morning. You are going to repeat the dressing exercise this morning. Marie will be there only to assist you if you find something impossible, otherwise you will be expected to do your own dressing, hair and makeup. When you present to me you will be expected to complete a circuit of the room with our good friend here." Jane smiled, pointing to the dictionary on the corner of her desk. "You will then return to your room for the next change. Is this clear?"
The very short, nervous "Yes ma'am.", from Charlene told Jane all she needed to know.
"You have thirty-five minutes to complete your first change, you may go." Jane returned her gaze to the papers on her desk.
Charlene curtseyed before heading for the door. She was just starting to open the door when Jane spoke again.
"Miss Hawkins! Are you forgetting something?" Jane asked tapping the dictionary with her finger.
"Oh!... I... I thought after... Never mind." Charlene blushed and took the dictionary. It took her three tries to complete the circuit of the study without dropping the book. When that was complete she placed the book on the desk and stood before Jane.
"You had better hurry, you only have twenty-seven minutes left!" Jane told her student.
The look of panic on Charlene's face brought a smile to Jane. 'Right where I want her! We should be able to get a lot accomplished today!', she thought as the door to the study closed.
The morning did not go well for Charlene. Racing through the house, she had burst into her bedroom, to find Marie sitting on her bed. All Marie did was hand her a piece of paper with the required outfit listed on it.
"Marie! What do I wear? Aren't you going to help me?" Charlene asked in a panic.
Marie looked at Charlene and motioned her to sit on the vanity stool. After Charlene was seated she said. "Today is to see how much you actually learned yesterday. If you have learned nothing, then Ms. Jane will be very upset, as will I. I do not believe that is the case. I think you have learned a lot from yesterday and will do just fine today. I will give you some verbal guides to get you started, n'est pas?"
Marie told Charlene to pick out clean lingerie and then head to the bathroom to change and remove her makeup. It took a moment, but Charlene realized that she had worn that outfit the previous day. She chose the same lingerie from the drawers and headed for the bathroom. After a quick makeup removal and change into the cream-colored lingerie, Charlene duplicated the outfit from the day before. The easy part was putting on the two white petticoats and the dress. Marie helped by showing Charlene how to zip up the back of her dress without help. The makeup took the longest. All Marie would do is tell Charlene if she needed more of something. Also how to try to correct a problem when she used too much. Finally, Charlene looked in the mirror, approved what she saw and headed for the door.
Charlene, knocked, entered and stood before Jane’s desk. Jane looked up briefly, handed another slip of paper to Charlene and tapped the dictionary. She then returned to her reading. The paper said ‘LATE! 6 minutes!! Walk and continue!’ Charlene took the book, completed the circuit on the second try, curtseyed and took off for her next change.
The process went like this throughout the entire morning. The latest Charlene made it for inspection was twenty-two minutes when she put on the formal and tried to complete her hair and makeup in an evening look. The hair took forever and that tiara! We won’t repeat what she told Marie here, there might be younger ears in the nearby room! She did note that she could now complete the required walk on the first try. This did give her a few more minutes to complete her changes.
After the formal, a quick shower and a repeat of her ‘Dorothy’ costume, then came the ‘little girl’ outfits. Each of these were frillier and shorter and required thicker petticoats. Each change made Charlene look younger and younger. The first was to repeat the outfit she had worn for breakfast. This time she did not get any help with the bow. The next outfit was in yellow, had matching panties with ruffles and ankle socks with ‘Mary Jane’s’. The petticoat made it stand out at a forty-five degree angle and Charlene had trouble finding the stairs on her way to Jane’s study.
The final outfit was even worse! It was a bright candy Pink satin with a scoop neck, puffy short sleeves and a ‘princess’ waist. After the two petticoats the skirt just about laid horizontal, like a tutu. The hem and edges all had two rows of white lace and the matching panties were of what Charlene later learned a ‘Rumba’ style, with rows and rows of white lace adorning her backside. Pink ankle socks with white lace cuffs and black ‘Mary Jane’s’ completed this outfit. Fortunately for Charlene, Marie was helping with her makeup.
"This makeup is the most difficult you must learn, Cherie!" Marie stated as she whisked another brush across Charlene's cheek. "You must make yourself look like you are four or five years old without letting the casual observer notice your makeup. All the colors and shading need to look like you were born with such perfect skin and a few freckles!" Marie took a final look at her handiwork. "Voila! A petite Miss Charlene!" Marie moved out of the way to let Charlene see the final product in the mirror.
The look on Charlene’s face was priceless. She looked in the mirror in shock more than anything else. There sat a ‘perfect’ little girl. All dressed for a party or a family gathering. Charlene thought she was looking at one of her cousins. The resemblance was so uncanny.
"I look like my cousin Lisa at the last Christmas party!" Marie how did you…" Charlene’s voice trailed off as Marie took her hand.
"You need to hurry, Cherie. You might just make this change on time if you do!" Marie coaxed Charlene to her feet. She handed her a pair of little white gloves and a small white purse. "There, it will please Ms. Jane."
"Thank you, Marie." Charlene said as she hurried for Jane’s study.
The trip to the study took a lot longer than you would think. First, Charlene had to figure out how to get down the steps! The skirt stuck out so far, she couldn’t see them and basically had to feel her way down the stairway. The next obstacle was how to keep the blasted petticoats from bunching up between her legs. These seemed to have a mind of their own and no amount of hip sway would keep them at bay. Finally, Charlene reached the study door and knocked. The standard reply, ‘Enter’, was given and she entered the study. She walked to the front of Jane’s desk, curtseyed, and stood in the required position.
Jane looked over her newest student. Rising from her chair she made a closer inspection of Charlene’s outfit. This was the first time this morning she had done more than just notice she was in the room and wave her off to ‘walk a circuit’ before her next change. Not that she hadn’t noticed all the flaws in each outfit, that was not her plan. Today was to push Charlene down to this tired, worn out child-like state and then inform her she was ‘accepted’ into the program at Thompson Academy. Jane walked over to the window and looked out at the flower garden outside. A couple of more minutes silence pervaded the room.
Charlene stood in front of Jane’s desk wondering what was wrong. She had gotten this change done quickly and according to the clock was only one minute late, which was her best time all morning! After waiting what seemed forever, she decided to ask a question. "Ms. Thompson? Is something wrong? Am I not dressed properly or is something wrong with my presentation?"
Jane turned from the window, ‘Now is the time to tell her.’ she thought. "Charlene, I was just trying to come to a decision. I believe that I have and you should be the first person to hear it since it is about whether you remain here or go back to the juvenile detention center in Indiana."
The look of concern on Charlene’s face turned to fear. After a few minutes Jane could see the girl was actually trembling with worry. She finally decided the time was right.
"I have watched you closely these past two days… As I told you before, if I see that you are trying, you may stay. I believe that you are truly trying and that you have been doing your best to follow my orders. Therefore, I have decided that I can work with you and that you will respond to my methods. You shall remain here for the time it takes for you to truly learn how to present yourself in society as a lovely young lady." Jane stated.
"Thank… As a young lady? But… I… only two days… I… " Charlene tried to formulate a protest but the shock was too great. She thought that after two days, all these frilly things would go away and she would return to being Charlie for the rest of her time in this place. Now, she was informed that she was to remain Charlene until she was ready to go home. How long was that, no one had told her, but she remembered it as almost one year. A look of dejection came over Charlene’s face.
"Do not thank me now for accepting you into the formal part of my program, Charlene. It will be most difficult, I have high standards and I expect you to meet them. There will be time for some relaxation, I understand you enjoy horses. We shall schedule riding lessons starting next week, I shall teach you myself. A young lady such as yourself, should learn to ride side-saddle, it is how would you say, much more refined and ladylike than riding astride. (pause) I believe Marie has lunch ready, shall we dine?" Jane headed for the door and motioned Charlene to follow.
***
Joan had spent the morning completing her report on ‘Post Renaissance Artists and Their Influence on Modern Perceptions of Art’ that Jane had last assigned to her. Of all the reports and essays she had done that topic was the most difficult so far. She looked over the six thousand-word report one final time and laid it in the basket for Jane to review. Looking at the clock she noted it was time for lunch and shutdown the computer. Upon her arrival in the dining room, Marie was busy moving Charlene’s chair away from the table.
"Tante Marie, is something wrong with Charlene? Won’t she be joining us for lunch?" Joan asked.
"Non, non, Mon Petite. There is nothing wrong with mademoiselle Charlene. She will just require that stool in the corner in order to sit for lunch today." Marie answered with a smile on her face.
"Let me help you. I’ll get the stool." Joan went and moved the stool into the position where the chair had been. "Lot’s of petticoats huh?" she shook her head knowingly.
"Oui! Our Charlene makes a very ‘grande petite fille’. Ms. Jane has told her she has been accepted into the Academy and will remain as Charlene for some time to come." Marie replied fussing over the table setting one last time.
"So, I should be prepared when Charlene walks in. I mean, she’s dressed like a four-year-old going to a party, correct?" Joan queried.
"Oh yes! Of course! Was it not the same for you? We always have a ‘little’ party when Ms. Jane finally accepts a new student! In Charlene’s case EVERYTHING is Pink!" Marie replied as she flitted out of the dining room to complete lunch.
Joan heard the approach of Jane and Charlene and assumed her position by her chair. When they entered the dining room, Jane was still congratulating Charlene on doing such a wonderful job of trying, that she had earned the right to start at the Academy!
Charlene entered and it took a lot of Jane’s ‘training’ to kick in for Joan not to burst out laughing. ‘My God! I think that dress is worse in Pink than it is in Yellow!’ The picture of a very tall four-year-old stopped across from Joan and looked confused by the stool. Joan caught Charlene’s eye and motioned to keep her petticoat out and to sit gently on the stool. Charlene nodded and when Jane said everyone should sit, Charlene fluffed out her petti’s and sat on the chair.
A look of shock crossed her face as she jumped back up.
"Is something wrong, Charlene?" Jane asked a mischievous smile on her face. She knew the chair would feel very cold to her newest student’s legs. The response was fairly standard among the new ones.
"No… Uh… Nothing wrong, just… didn’t want to wrinkle my petticoats." Charlene tried to cover by fluffing them once more before gritting her teeth and sitting on the cold leather surface.
Jane nodded her approval and Marie served lunch. It was a light, simple lunch consisting of a small salad, a half of a sandwich and a glass of milk. Marie had placed an overly large napkin at Charlene’s place since she knew about the dress she wore.
Charlene was trying to figure out how to eat her lunch. Due to the dress she was wearing, she was at least eighteen inches from the table and no way to move closer without wrinkling her dress. She finally decided that the safest way to eat Marie’s chicken salad was to open the sandwich and scoop out most of the meat with a fork before trying to hold the rest of the sandwich over the dress.
This worked well, but once again, Jane would ask questions about her research on clocks whenever she took a bite of her lunch. When lunch was finished Marie cleared the table and re-entered the room with a small cake. The cake had one candle on it and a small card that said ‘Welcome Charlene!’
Charlene looked at Marie with surprise. "For me? But… But why?"
"You are now an official student here, non? That calls for a celebration! Now blow out the candle, so we can eat the cake." Marie ordered.
Charlene looked surprised. ‘A cake, for me? It’s like a little kid birthday party or something!’
"Wait, wait! I have to get a camera! I want a picture of you at your first official meal as a student!" Marie bustled out of the room to find her camera. It took but a moment and she returned with a camera ready to take pictures. "One of you with the candle still lit. (Flash, click!) Okay! Now one with you and Joan. Joan walked around and crouched down by Charlene. Yes, perfect! Now, both of you say ‘Frommage’!
That brought out the giggles from the two girls. "Nobody ever asked me to say ‘Frommage’ before!" Charlene laughed. (Flash, Click)
"It is French for ‘cheese’. When Tante Marie gets excited she slips in a lot more French, so you will be learning parts of that language while you are here." Joan whispered to Charlene.
"Now! Make a wish and blow out your candle Charlene!" Marie coaxed.
Charlene blew out the candle while Marie snapped pictures as fast as her camera would allow. Finally, she cut the cake into four pieces under Marie’s watchful eye and camera lens. Marie allowed her to eat her cake without the flash of the camera in her eyes.
When all four were finished with their cake Jane spoke. "Charlene, since you are now an official student here, it is time for your first lesson." Jane turned over a piece of paper next to her place. "Over the last two days you have been tardy a total of one hundred eighteen minutes. That is just short of two hours! This is unacceptable! One should ALWAYS strive to be on time. That is part of the reason you are dressed as you are. The other is the little party Marie wanted to have for you just now. So! In order for you to have time to reflect on what it means to be on time, you will assume a role where time is of little importance. For the next two afternoons and evenings, you shall become a little girl. A girl, as young as you are dressed, is not bothered with such things as time! Joan will explain the rules for this ‘reminder’. If you will excuse me, I have business that requires my attention." Jane placed her napkin, perfectly refolded, on the table and left the dining room.
Charlene sat there stunned. "Become a little girl? How am I to do that? And what about Joan…. OH! NO! Now I’m the one being treated as a four-year-old!" Charlene’s body visibly drooped with that realization.
"You just realized what she meant, right?", Joan asked. "The first rule is that you have to listen and obey everyone dressed older than you. The second rule is that you must hold the older person’s hand whenever you are going somewhere in the house. So, we should begin your ‘reminder’ time. We need to go to your bedroom first. Come along Charlene." Joan held out her hand.
Charlene stood from the stool and looked at Joan’s hand. After a big sigh of resignation, she took the older student’s hand and followed her from the room.
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlene's first 'Punishment' at the hands of Ms. J. Thompson.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Fourteen
The First Days of ‘Little’ Charlene
The two students entered Charlene’s bedroom. Joan led Charlene to her vanity and had her sit facing the mirror. "There are a few things that need to be done here. We need to fix your hair and then redo your lipstick. I’m afraid the hairstyle Marie let you have is not acceptable for this punishment." Joan proceeded to show Charlene how to do her hair in high pigtails. She used two pink ribbons to hide the hair bands and to add to the childish appearance. She then had Charlene redo her pink ‘Cupid’s Bow’ lips. When that was completed, she led the new four-year-old over to her bed and the shelf of dolls that sat next to it. "You need to pick out your favorite dolly. Part of this is that you will carry your dolly everywhere for the time you are dressed like this. Tomorrow for lunch, remember your dolly as well or your time in this ‘reminder’ will most likely be extended."
Charlene looked over the shelf of dolls. She really hadn’t noticed what they looked like before now, she hadn’t spent much time alone in her bedroom to actually look over everything that was there. Joan sat quietly while Charlene looked over all her choices. "I never really had time to look at all these dolls before. I mean it was either dark or Marie was here getting me dressed. It has to be one of these two." Charlene held up two dolls about the size of a newborn baby. "I think I like the one with brown hair better. What do you think?" She asked holding the two dolls out for Joan’s inspection.
"It has to be YOUR favorite doll. I like them both. The brunette has a dress that is similar in color and style to the one you are wearing. It would be a good choice. Just be sure it is your favorite, Aunt Jane will ask you why it is your favorite doll and will expect an honest answer." Joan commented, "So what are you going to name her?"
Charlene placed the blonde-headed doll back on the shelf and looked at the one she was still holding. After a couple of moments thought she said, "Gretchen! Her name is Gretchen. She reminds me of a girl from my third grade class, so it will be easy to remember."
"Gretchen! A lovely name for a dolly." Jane’s voice came from the doorway. "I see you are teaching Charlene about the rules. I just stopped to inform you we are having a light tea at four o’clock. Do be sure our young Miss is on time."
"Yes, Aunt Jane." Came the reply from Joan. Jane turned and left the doorway, leaving the two girls alone again.
"Where did she come from? I mean I didn’t hear her come up the steps, did you?" Charlene asked Joan.
"Aunt Jane has a way of being where you least expect her. She ALWAYS manages to show up at the strangest times. That is one reason you need to be in character at all times. Dressed as you are, there are rules for your behavior and speech patterns. You have to follow them even when you think you are alone. As you can see Aunt Jane shows up at the most surprising times."
"No joke! She must have a transporter or something." Charlene said shaking her head.
"You would think so! But I haven’t seen the console around here." Joan giggled. "Time to show you the rest of what is required. Come along." Joan held out her hand. Charlene took Joan’s hand and followed her out of the bedroom.
They went downstairs, past the conservatory and the student study to a room Joan called the nursery. This was a nice large room with lots of windows showing the fields and pastures beyond Jane’s rose garden. It had a light and airy feeling when you walked into the room. The first thing Charlene noticed was all the furniture sized for someone very small. Like when she went to her brother’s kindergarten classroom on parent's conference day. There was only one adult sized chair in the room and it was an overstuffed armchair in one corner with a floor lamp next to it.
"This is the nursery. Today, you and I will be here until four o’clock. Part of that time I will be teaching you what is expected and the rest we will be doing exactly what is expected of you." Joan was instructing. "First lesson is you will always ask permission to do something. This includes going potty. If you don’t ask, I have to write down the infraction for Aunt Jane. If I don’t, I get to be your ‘playmate’ for the rest of your ‘reminder’ time. So please don’t get angry with me for writing down the things you do wrong, okay?"
Charlene nodded and asked. "I have to ask to go to the bathroom?"
"Yes, you do and you will refer to it as ‘the potty’! I will escort you to the door. It is assumed you are big enough to use the bathroom properly by yourself and not make a mess. You are only allowed to play games and do things a pre-school girl would do. We can play ‘Go Fish’, we can have a ‘Tea Party’, or I can read you a story from the selection of books by the chair. You currently are not dressed old enough to read on your own. There is also a collection of dolls and doll clothes in the cupboard, those are available to you also."
"So I have to act like a pre-schooler? That is so stupid!" Charlene asked.
"That may be, but it is the way Aunt Jane wants you to act in this situation. It is the proper way for you to act IF you had been a four-year-old girl. Your speech has to be that of a young child also. You may refer to me as ‘Aunty Joan’ for our time together. I need you to try to talk in your best ‘little girl’ voice the entire time we are here. Remember, Aunt Jane shows up at the strangest times…" Joan reminded Charlene.
"Little girl voice…Hmm…" Charlene tried to think how she could talk like a little girl. She finally decided that she could try to imitate the way her cousin, Lisa, talked. She was in first grade, hopefully that would be young enough for this…this ‘exercise’ in being a little girl. "How’s this sound Aunty Joan? Do I sound like a little girl?" Charlene squeaked a little on the last part of ‘little girl’.
Joan smiled. "Not bad. Just keep talking that way, it will eventually become more natural. That way you won’t mess up when Aunt Jane is around."
"So what now, Aunty Joan, I’m boring! " Charlene said with a sigh and plopped in one of the small chairs.
"Get up and straighten your petticoats! That will get you in trouble too!" Joan admonished. "I believe you meant you are bored…not boring. There are many things to do. We are going to tea with Aunt Jane at four, how about we have a ‘tea party’ so you learn how grown-ups have tea?"
Charlene thought about it for a moment. "How grown-ups have tea. Don’t you just drink it?"
Joan chuckled at that comment. "Just like a little girl! No my dear, there is a proper way one serves tea to guests. We shall have a tea party so you may play at something age appropriate and learn at the same time." Joan did her best imitation of Jane Thompson. "That way you can be just a little ahead of Aunt Jane, eh?"
"Oh! Okay!" Was the reply.
Joan directed Charlene in what to do and how to set up a small table for a Tea Party. They set the chairs and placed ‘Gretchen’ in one and Joan found another doll she named ‘Betty’ and placed her in another chair. They set out the tea service and napkins and then took their seats to begin.
"I’ll serve the tea so you can learn, then you can do the refills, okay?" Joan asked.
"Sure, that sounds like a …." Charlene remembered she was to use a ‘little girl’ voice. "Oh! That would be great Aunty Joan, I have never been to a tea party before." She put on a big smile.
"I was wondering if you would remember your voice. Very good, Charlene." Joan complimented Charlene.
Charlene smiled and the tea party began…
Joan stood and made introductions of everyone at the table and thanked them for coming to the party. She then proceeded to offer each guest tea, with their choice of cream, sugar or lemon. When all the guests had their tea, she offered each a plate of ‘scones’. When all was served, everyone started to eat her scones and drink the tea.
Charlene thought it was very silly, but knew she had to play along or get a comment written down by Joan. After being asked to refill everyone’s cup and being admonished by Joan for not doing it properly, she was becoming frustrated and her temper was getting short.
"Charlene! This is the third time I have had to correct you on how to serve tea! What is wrong with you?" Joan asked, exasperation in her voice.
Charlene didn’t even try to use her ‘little girl’ voice. "This is really stupid. I mean there isn’t ANYONE in the whole world that does things this F***ing stupid!"
"Where did you learn to talk like that, young lady? Profanity is NOT allowed in this house and you know it! Now, I have to write down that you swore and didn’t use the proper voice during the tea party." Joan picked up the pad and pen on the table.
"I don’t care what you write down, I just feel so…so… so ridiculous sitting here in this dress and playing like I was four-years-old!" Charlene snapped back. She then crossed her arms in front of her and put on a big pout.
Joan actually giggled and then caught herself. "Unfortunately, you look like a little girl with that pout!"
"It’s not funny! I am not a little girl. You can’t make me be one either, so there." Charlene stuck out her tongue at Joan. All that did was cause Joan to break her ‘serious’ look and laugh aloud. "Ms. Jane said you wouldn’t laugh at me, stop it right now!"
"It’s very hard not to laugh when you stick your tongue out like that! That’s not fair!" Joan replied.
"Is too fair!"
"Is not!"
"Is too!"
"Is not!"
"Is too"
"GIRLS! Just exactly what is going on in here?" Jane Thompson said from the door.
Charlene pointed a finger at Joan. "She laughed at me and I told her it wasn’t fair that she did!" Charlene nodded her head and refolded her arms.
"Joan, please explain." Jane raised an eyebrow expectantly.
Joan explained how Charlene had tired of the tea party. She then broke character to express her displeasure and when she stuck out her tongue, it was more than Joan could take and she did in fact let out a laugh.
"I see. Charlene, is there a problem with following my orders that you are to act and play as a young child for two afternoons and evenings?" Jane asked moving her gaze from Joan to Charlene.
Charlene unfolded her arms. "I don’t see the point. I was never a little girl, how would I know or even like what little girls do?"
"I see. Let me put it to you this way. It is true you never lived as a young girl, this ‘exercise’ is to give you a chance to do just that. You are to live as a young girl would. From the experiences gathered from your time in this exercise, you will be able to develop into a lovely young woman, much like Joan." Jane stated. "The purpose is to expose you to those things you have not been exposed to before."
Charlene took a deep sigh. "I still don’t see the point. I’m not a girl! I mean, both of you know that, so like I said, I don’t see the point!"
"Very well. Until we have our tea, you will continue to play, as it is, in this scenario. If you still do not ‘see’ the point, maybe we will have to try something else." Jane Thompson then turned and left the room.
Joan looked at Charlene, a sad smile came to her face. "I do hope you see the point of this before we have tea this afternoon. Otherwise, I have no idea what Aunt Jane will do. I just know it will probably be something that will drive her point home with a sledgehammer! Shall we do something else?"
Charlene decided the best course was to fall back into her ‘little girl’ character and see what happened. Joan’s warning of Jane Thompson’s ability to drive home a point with a sledgehammer really didn’t worry her. How difficult could she make life here? She already had her dressed as a little girl, what more could she do?
She decided they should finish the tea party then play ‘Go Fish’. "Aunty Joan? I want to finish the tea party and then play ‘Go Fish!" She said in her best ‘little girl’ voice.
"Good! Shall we apologize to our guests for the delay?" Joan asked.
So they did the apologies to both ‘Gretchen’ and ‘Betty’ and continued to have a good time discussing fashions, makeup and the day’s news events. When they were finished discussing all the topics, they cleaned up the party and played the card game. Joan won.
"It’s almost time for our tea with Aunt Jane, you had better change Gretchen’s diaper." Joan mentioned.
"What? Why would I need to change her diaper?" Charlene asked.
"When you have your favorite dolly with you, she is like having your own baby. You need to care for her, change her diaper, hug her and feed her. All those things your mommy would do for you when you were little. Think of it as practice for when you grow up and become a mommy!" Joan said.
"Oh! I didn’t know. I thought I just had to take her everywhere as part of this exercise." Charlene replied, forgetting her little girl voice. "Another thing! You know I’ll never be a mommy, so what’s the point?"
"You broke character! You have to learn to stay in the role you are in at the time. Correct your voice!" Joan admonished as she wrote down the infraction. "You have to change your doll’s diaper before we go for tea."
Charlene was surprised by Joan’s response. It took her a moment to recover and then to go back to ‘little girl’ mode. "Sorry Aunty Joan. I didn’t think Gretchen needed changing, thank you for telling me."
Joan showed Charlene how to set up the changing table. She guided her through the proper way to change a diaper and then to hold her baby and praise her for being such a ‘big girl’ during the changing process. They put everything away and left the nursery to have tea with Jane Thompson.
Jane was already in the Parlor when Joan and Charlene entered. Charlene had one hand holding on to Joan and the other carried ‘Gretchen’. They both curtseyed and took their seats next to the small tea service set on a cart.
"Ah, right on time, girls, very good!" Jane praised. "Charlene, would you please pour?"
Charlene turned white. "Me pour? I… I mean… Yes Miss Jane!" The last part back in ‘little girl’ voice. Charlene did exactly as they had during the tea party in the nursery. She asked each person how they would like their tea, then poured and added the appropriate amount of lemon, sugar or cream. When she handed Jane her tea you could see her hands were visibly shaking, some of the tea spilled into the saucer. She did just fine with Joan and Marie though.
When she sat back down, Jane had a puzzled look on her face. "Is something wrong Miss Jane?" Charlene asked.
"Yes dear, are you not feeling well? You did not make a cup for yourself." Jane replied.
"Oh! I forgot!" Charlene’s face turned red as she got back up and made a cup of tea for herself. She placed it on the side of the tray and then offered everyone some fresh sugar cookies that Marie had just taken from the oven. Once everyone was served and gingerly munching on their cookies, Charlene sat down with her tea and cookies. ‘Damn! I can’t even serve tea correctly! We just had that party too! I guess I’ll have to pay more attention next time.’
"Joan dear, how has the afternoon with our young lass been going?" Jane asked.
Joan handed Jane the pad she had been writing things upon. "So far not too badly, Aunt Jane. After you stopped in for a visit, Charlene started to get into the spirit of the games."
"I see. It appears there were only three infractions so far this afternoon, plus the one, just now. I should tell you, Charlene, that if you gather ten infractions during the course of this ‘exercise’, your time as a little girl shall be extended by one full day. That rule applies to each set of instructions I give you. That way the rule never changes, it is a constant." Jane stated in full ‘Headmistress’ mode.
"Yes, Miss Jane." Came the meek little girl reply from Charlene.
The rest of the time was spent discussing the news, fashions and what Marie was making for dinner. Charlene even managed to refill Jane’s tea and deliver it without spilling any on the saucer. She did however have to ask what she wanted with her tea.
Jane made a note that Charlene needed to be reminded of the importance of remembering what her guests had while serving them tea. However, since she had only had one tea party experience before this, it might be best to let things develop over the next few days. ‘I’ll remind Joan about this faux pas.’
Tea was finished and all the cups, saucers and plates returned to the tray. Jane excused the girls to return to the nursery until dinner was served. Once again Joan curtseyed, took Charlene’s hand and they left the Parlor to return to the nursery.
Charlene saw the bathroom as they passed and figured she should use it before going to the nursery. She pulled Joan to a stop in front of the door. Remembering her ‘little girl’ voice, she asked. "Aunty Joan, I need to go potty."
"Alright, I’ll wait right here for you." Joan let go of Charlene’s hand.
You would think that going to the bathroom would be a normal thing for someone fourteen years old. However, since Charlene had never worn so many petticoats and couldn’t even see where she was standing, let alone where to sit to use the potty. The process took a long time to complete. Then she had to reverse everything and rearrange all her petticoats, lay out the dress over them and then figured out how to wash her hands without dripping on the dress. When she finally emerged from the bathroom, she was exhausted! Just from going potty.
"Problems?" Joan asked.
"This dress! It’s next to impossible to rearrange it! I think it would be easier to just take it off!" Charlene replied.
"That would take longer! Believe me, I know!" Joan replied while taking Charlene’s hand and heading for the nursery.
The rest of the afternoon the girls spent playing with the dolls. Charlene had never played with them before so it was a learning experience. The strange part was that ‘Gretchen’ had similar outfits to all the ones that Charlene had changed in and out of over the last two days. Coincidence? Maybe! Charlene couldn’t be sure that somehow Jane Thompson knew she would pick that doll and made sure all the clothes matched!
Charlene remembered to feed, burp and change Gretchen just before they left for dinner. Feeling good about staying in character between tea and dinner, Charlene was actually skipping along next to Joan on their way to the dining room.
When they entered the dining room, Charlene looked around for a chair for Gretchen. The one Joan had used wasn’t there. She decided to play the part as far as she could and put on a great big exaggerated pout!
"Aunty Joan? I can’t find a chair for Gretchen! Where will she sit?" Charlene asked.
Joan looked around the room and nodded. She left the dining room and returned with a doll-sized chair for Gretchen. "This is located right off the hall in the closet. Whenever Marie doesn’t already have it in here for you, you will have to get it yourself."
"Thank you Aunty Joan. Gretchen thanks you too!" Charlene giggled.
Jane Thompson entered for dinner and bade the girls to sit. "So, girls, how is everyone?"
"Fine Aunt Jane" came from Joan.
"Okay, I guess." came from Charlene.
Jane raised an eyebrow. "Okay, you guess?"
Charlene knew the question was coming, after all, Jane Thompson didn’t like the common trivial answer, at least in the time Charlene had been in the house. "Well, Miss Jane, I was happy until we came into this room for dinner. When we got here I couldn’t find a chair for Gretchen, so I was sad. But, Aunty Joan fixed it! So now I’m kind of happy again!"
"Very well! Thank you Joan for correcting the problem. Shall we dine?" Jane returned to her normal self after that. The questions over dinner directed at Joan were items concerning news, fashion and school reports. When Charlene was asked a question it was about the color of her dress, her dolls and if she had fun playing in the nursery this afternoon. The strange part was that Charlene’s meal was already cut into bite sized pieces when it was served and she had a ‘sippy’ cup for her drink. It was obvious by the middle of the meal, Jane was going to enforce the ‘little girl’ status of Charlene.
‘Two can play this game.’ Charlene thought and decided she wasn’t going to eat her vegetables. This did not go unnoticed by the mistress of Season’s House.
"Charlene is there something wrong with the vegetables?" Jane inquired. "You haven’t touched them during the course of the meal."
"I don’t like them." came Charlene’s reply.
"You need to at try everything on your plate. Marie goes to a lot of trouble to choose and serve wonderful meals. It would be an insult to her if you didn’t eat some of everything on your plate." Jane replied.
"They’re yucky! ‘Cause they’re green." Charlene said.
"I see. Well! I guess I can only encourage you to eat your vegetables. I did promise you would not be harmed while you were here. I will repeat myself in that it would hurt Marie’s feelings if you didn’t at least try everything she made for dinner." Jane tried to be coaxing, realizing that Charlene was trying to ‘out play’ her.
Charlene used her unused fork and poked the pile of vegetables. She picked some up and looked at them, made a face and put them back on top of the pile. "I can’t! I’m very, very sorry Miss Marie but I can’t try those, ‘cause they’re still green!" she told Marie.
"Well Mon Petite, I am sorry too. You shall be missing out on something that is wonderful!" Marie stated as she cleared the plates from the table. Marie looked at Jane as she turned to leave for the kitchen. Jane gave her a small nod and smiled.
"Well, that was a wonderful meal. What do you girls have planned for this evening?" Jane asked folding her napkin.
"I thought Charlene and I could take a walk after dinner, then a game and finally I would read a story to her before she goes up for bed." Joan replied.
"Sounds wonderful, Joan. What do you think of the things Joan has planned for tonight, Charlene?" Jane turned to face Charlene.
"Oh! Umm… It sounds very nice! That is if Aunty Joan thinks it’s safe to go outside." Charlene replied in character. There was a touch of nervousness in her voice. The thought of Tom and his son seeing her dressed like a pre-schooler gave her second thoughts about the walk.
At this time, Marie entered the dining room with three desserts on a tray. She served a piece of chocolate cake to Jane, Joan and herself, then topped it off with a scoop of vanilla ice cream. Placing the tray on the side she seated herself and waited for Jane to start dessert.
Charlene sat there stunned. With surprise in her voice, she looked at Marie. "Don’t I get dessert?"
"You didn’t finish your dinner, young lady!" Came Jane’s curt reply. "Since you would not even try the food on your plate it must be assumed that you are sufficiently full and do not desire dessert!"
"But! But…but…" Charlene sputtered.
"But, nothing! If you do not eat your dinner, you will not get dessert!" Jane cut off Charlene’s response.
"Oh." Came the dejected reply. Charlene put on a big pout and then looked forlornly at Marie.
"That will not work with me, Cherie! I must agree with Miss Jane. You do not finish your dinner, there is no dessert for you." Marie told Charlene.
Charlene sat there watching everyone eat their dessert, she finally decided to ask if she could be excused. "May I be excused please?"
"No, you may not, until Joan is finished eating. Remember, you must be escorted everywhere while performing this learning experience. I will say, you have done well to stay in character for this meal, that makes me think you are learning something from all of this." Jane replied. "Well, that was delicious, Marie. If you will all excuse me, I have things to attend to." Jane rose to leave the room. "Oh, Charlene, it is your turn to help Marie clean up from dinner. You may break character for the time it takes to complete those duties." Jane stated and then left the dining room.
Charlene sat there stunned. ‘I am being treated just like I really was a pre-schooler!’ she thought.
While Charlene sat there pondering her situation, Marie and Joan finished their meals. "Charlene, Mon Petite, we need to clear the table so you can return to your lessons." Marie said softly.
Charlene startled back from her thoughts. "Oh! Okay, Marie. What would you like first?"
Charlene finished her cleanup of the dinner dishes with Marie and returned to the dining room to find Joan waiting for her. "All done?" Joan asked.
Charlene nodded her head. Joan reached out her hand and led Charlene back to the nursery. The rest of the evening Charlene seemed distracted while playing games or dolls. She really didn’t pay much attention to Joan when she was reading a bedtime story to her. Her thoughts were turned inward and she was going over all those things that led up to being here and being treated as a pre-school girl.
"…The End! Wasn’t that a nice story, Charlene?" Joan asked as she put away the book.
"Hmm? What? Oh! Yes it was very nice." Charlene wasn’t in character. She was still lost in her own thoughts about this entire situation.
"You haven’t been here all night, have you? You seem to be very far away from here, mentally." Joan observed.
"What? I do? I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to… (Clears throat.)…Sorry Aunty Joan, I was thinking about something else." Charlene returned to her ‘little girl’ voice.
"I noticed! It is now bedtime for you, young lady. Come along, we need to say goodnight before we go upstairs." Joan took Charlene’s hand and they went to say goodnight to Jane.
After curtseying and saying goodnight the two students headed upstairs to Charlene’s bedroom. They found Marie humming to herself while she set out a nightgown and Charlene’s first change of clothes for the morning.
"Hi Marie! I have brought Charlene up for bed. You can drop the little girl act now. Once you are up here for the night, you are allowed to be your correct age again." Joan told Charlene.
Charlene looked suspiciously at Joan. She turned her gaze to Marie and asked, "Is that right Miss Marie? I really don’t want to get into more trouble!"
Marie laughed. "Oui, Cherie! Now that you are here we convert you back to a teenager! Now, I have your bath running, get out of those clothes and hang them up or the water will be cold when you get into it!"
Charlene took off the outrageous little girl dress and hung it up. She then removed the petticoats and hung them. She went into the bathroom and finished stripping, then gladly sank into the foaming suds of the tub.
Marie entered a few minutes later and dropped a pair of panties on the counter. "Enough relaxing, we must get you done and ready for bed! Ms. Jane will be up at eight o’clock to insure that you are changed from a little girl back to a teenager, ready for bed. Now wash and check your legs for hairs." Marie exited the bathroom.
‘Hurry, hurry, hurry! All I DO is hurry! I wonder if I will EVER get some time to be alone and just relax?’ Charlene thought as she checked her legs and underarms. A fast wash, drain the tub, rinse, dry, slip on the pink panties and bra, then out to a waiting Marie. There was a matching pink, waltz-length, satin nightgown hanging on the hook outside the bathroom, Charlene knew to just slip it on and not complain.
Marie instructed Charlene on how to redo her nails, both feet and hands. The color this time was a very soft pink that went well with her nightgown. After her nails were dry, she was told to moisturize her face and she would be done.
As Charlene was finishing moisturizing her face, Jane walked into the room. "Ah! I see you are back to normal for the evening. Have you ‘seen’ any of the reasons you are doing this two day exercise yet?" she asked.
"Well, I’m not sure. Joan explained it as a ‘crash course’ in girlhood. I guess that would be a fair assessment. I’m just not sure what I am supposed to learn from doing it!" came Charlene’s reply.
"I see! Maybe things will become more clear to you in the coming days. Your history indicates that you learn quickly, I expect you will see the reasons for my lessons eventually." Jane looked at her watch. "It is only five after, good! You have an hour and fifty-five minutes to work on your report. The deadline for you to turn it in still stands." Jane turned and left the room.
"My report….OH! My report!" Charlene grabbed the pink robe, thanked Marie for her help and headed for the student study room. She entered to find Joan busily writing her own report. She went to her computer, logged on and started to review the research she had found.
The time passed quickly and in what seemed only minutes, Joan was shaking Charlene’s shoulder to tell her it was time for bed. She saved her work, logged off, shut down everything, and headed for her bedroom. The day must have been more tiring than she thought for she fell asleep as soon as her head hit the pillow.
******
Jane Thompson turned on the monitor in her bedroom. She had watched Charlene closely throughout the day and peeked in on the nursery a couple of times to see what was going on. Something about Charlene bothered her. ‘She is moving too fast. Thoughtfulness and long quiet periods are not usually something a new student expressed in their first week or two here. Best to turn on the light detectors…’ she flipped a few switches. If Charlene got up during the night and turned on a light, a flashing light and a buzzer would alert Jane.
*****
Charlene had a fitful night. Every time she fell asleep, she would dream of being a girl. She had a dream of being at a school dance and being crowned ‘Queen’. The dress was the one she wore the last two mornings. In another she was dressed as a ‘schoolgirl’ and was being teased and bullied by older boys. The last one she remembered was being a pre-schooler only she was dressed up for a party and everyone was laughing because she was wearing a diaper!
"That’s it!" Charlene threw off the covers and headed for the bathroom. She went in and splashed cold water on her face, trying to shake herself out of the dreams. "I think I could handle the dreams if I just didn’t wake up with an erection every time!" she said to herself in the mirror. "Charlie, old boy, I don’t know what you have gotten into but it is definitely affecting you. But, what to do about it?" Staring at the mirror only confirmed that he looked more like Charlene than Charlie, now. Even in the sweat soaked nightgown, he looked like a girl. That was the disturbing part. Even without makeup, all he could see was the girl Jane Thompson told him he would become. Charlene stared at the mirror for a long time, then splashed some more cold water and tried to return to bed.
*****
Jane woke to the buzzer. She saw the flashing light and jumped out of bed to view the happenings in Charlene’s room. "Everything looks alright so far." She reached for the volume control and turned it up all the way. "Have to wait and see."
Jane listened to the femininely clad boy talk to himself in the mirror. She had to chuckle a little when she realized he was having erotic dreams about his dressing as a girl. "Marie may be right! She is responding quickly to these first steps and the masquerade is having the desired effect already. We will just have to see how this weekend goes, she may be ready to venture out sooner than I planned!" Jane watched until Charlene turned off the light and returned to bed. When she heard a big sigh from the girl she turned down the volume and returned to her own bed. The rest of the night passed in peace.
*****
Charlene lay in bed watching the clock. It is amazing how slowly time passes when your mind is running at light-speed. She couldn’t fall back asleep and was actually afraid the dreams would return, if she did. The clock moved so-o-o slowly. It seemed to take forever to go from two forty-five to three-fifteen. With the adrenaline in her system finally used up, she must have drifted back to sleep the next thing Charlene knew the radio turned on.
A soft female voice announced. "This is NPR’s Weekend Edition…"
Charlene opened her eyes. When she went to get out of bed, something wasn’t right. Once she was up and in the bathroom, she noticed the large, wet, sticky area on the front of her nightgown and in her panties. "DAMN! I thought I had slept without the stupid dreams." Charlene had had ‘wet dreams’ before but she had always awakened from the intensity of the experience. This time it happened and she never woke. While sitting there trying to think what to do, Marie entered the bedroom.
"Charlene, I am here to assist you." Marie said with way too much cheer in her voice.
Charlene quickly closed the door and leaned against it. She would be very embarrassed if Marie knew this had happened.
Marie went to place a clean bra and panty set on the bathroom counter. When she tried the door, it wouldn’t open! "Cherie, are you alright? Why are you holding the door shut?"
"I.. I just… Marie, I don’t want you to see me like this! Just… just, I don’t know, but just leave me be for a few minutes… Please?" Charlene didn’t know what to do.
"Are you sick? Are you hurt? Open the door, Mon Petite, and let me help!" Marie pleaded through the closed door.
Marie thought for a moment. Then decided the only way to get Charlene’s attention was to use her ‘boy’ name. "CHARLES! Open the door! Please!"
Charlene startled at the sound of her real name. She automatically moved away from the door and allowed Marie to enter. She became very embarrassed and turned bright red when Marie started to check her over.
Marie was just making sure she was physically okay, when she saw the wet area of the nightgown. "Oh, Cherie! There is no reason to be upset! I know you are really a boy under all those frills. Many teenage boys have these, nocturnal emissions, while growing up. It is all part of the growing process! Now get out of those clothes and leave them on the sink, I will be back in to leave you clean lingerie and take care of the night dress!" Marie smiled as she started the shower and left the bathroom.
Charlene stood there confused. Marie had bustled in, checked to make sure she was okay, noticed the soaked area of the nightgown and then just passed it off as if it occurred to everyone! The main thing was, she didn’t laugh or make fun of Charlene. THAT is what made Charlene stand there and think for a moment. ‘If I had found someone in this predicament I would have teased them and held it over their head! Hmph! Being embarrassed was bad enough! Being laughed at or teased would have been worse!’
Charlene mulled things over in her mind for a little longer, then decided she had better get in the shower and get going. One thing she had learned, Ms. Jane Thompson was absolute death on being late! She didn’t want to do another report or worse for being late to breakfast.
The routine for the day was the same as the previous two. First breakfast with Jane asking questions about the news and other items of national interest, followed by more dressing and makeup practice.
The first two changes went faster with Charlene only showing up one or two minutes late. She was also getting better at making a circuit of the study with ‘Mr. Webster’ flattening her head.
The third change was a ‘school girl’ outfit. She wore a white blouse, short plaid skirt, white tights and ‘Mary Jane’ style shoes. Her makeup was light with the classic blue eyeshadow and pink lipstick. Her hair was pulled back into a high bouncy ponytail. When she entered Jane’s study she checked the ‘Minnie Mouse’ watch on her wrist, she was two minutes EARLY!! A quick walk around the study and she assumed the required position in front of Jane’s desk.
Jane had watched her during her time in the study. "Very good, Charlene! You not only made it here early, you completed the walk on the first try! As I said yesterday, I believe I can help you learn to be a better person. You learn very quickly!"
While Charlene curtseyed and said, ‘Thank You, Ms. Thompson’. The front door bell rang.
"Would you please answer that, Charlene? Marie is upstairs and I have papers to put away." Jane looked expectantly at Charlene. She smiled inwardly as she saw the girl pale.
Charlene went into ‘fight or flight’ mode when Jane asked her to answer the door. She stiffened up and decided she better answer the front door or something worse than two afternoons as a four-year-old would await her. "Yes, Ms. Thompson." Was her comment as she turned to see who was at the door? ‘I hope it’s just Tom asking her about something in the garden.’
Charlene’s hopes were dashed when she opened the door and there stood a nicely dressed lady carrying a baby. "May I help you?"
"Good morning! I am Melissa Hotchkiss and this is my daughter, Brandy! Jane Thompson asked us to come for brunch this morning. You are?" Melissa asked the stunned Charlene.
"Umm, I’m Charlene Hawkins, (curtsey), won’t you come in?" Charlene stepped back and let Melissa and Brandy in the house. She shut the door and turned to the unexpected guests, "I’ll ask Ms. Thompson where she would like to visit with you." Charlene walked to the study door and knocked.
"Charlene, I’m in here!" Jane’s voice came from behind the girl.
Charlene spun around and saw Jane seated ‘Oh so properly’, in the parlor. Momentarily stunned, she regained her composure and walked to the Parlor door. "Mrs. Hotchkiss and her daughter, Brandy are here."
"Show them in here please." Jane nodded toward the front door. After Charlene turned to invite the guests to join Jane, she smiled. ‘Perfect! Just a little off-balance. Just the way she needs to be at the moment. That school girl outfit is very appropriate too.’
Charlene escorted Melissa and her daughter into the parlor. She was thinking she should make some sort of introduction when Jane spoke.
"It was good of you to come Melissa! I see Brandy is growing very quickly! Have a seat, I’ll ring for Marie." Jane stood and offered a seat to her guest. She went to ring the bell for Marie and stopped. Looking at Charlene she said, "I temporarily forgot that Marie had been working with you this morning, Charlene. Would you please go upstairs and ask her to come down here? I would also like you to assist Marie, since I failed to give her adequate warning of Mrs. Hotchkiss’ arrival."
"Yes, Ms. Thompson." Charlene curtseyed and left to find Marie.
Charlene found Marie waiting for him in her bedroom. "Marie? Ms. Thompson asked me to help you because a Mrs. Hotchkiss and her daughter are here for a light brunch." ‘I think that’s right!’
"She brought Brandy! Wonderful, I’ll bet that little Petite Chou is growing like a weed! Come along, we’ll fix a quick tea and then I can put together a quick brunch for them." Marie shooed Charlene in front of her to the parlor. "Wait! I must see the Petite before I go to the kitchen, Nes Pas?" Marie whisked into the parlor.
Charlene waited in the hall. She could hear Marie cooing and praising the baby for growing so quickly. She sounded like a proud Aunt who hadn’t seen her niece in a long time. A few moments later, Marie hurried out of the room, "Come along, we have lots to do!" Charlene followed as quickly as she could behind Marie.
Once in the kitchen Marie took charge and efficiently put together a tray for tea. Charlene noticed it looked a lot like the tea party set in the nursery. When that was ready, she motioned to Charlene "Take this to the parlor, please. I have to get a light brunch together, when you are finished, please come back to help, Nes Pas?"
"Okay, Marie, be right back!" Charlene grabbed the tray and headed for the parlor.
Charlene walked carefully to the parlor and entered, watching to see where Brandy was located. Seeing she was still on her mother’s lap, she set the tray on the small table next to Jane. "Will there be anything else, Ms. Thompson?"
"Yes, Charlene, please pour." Jane stated and returned to her conversation with Melissa.
‘Please pour? Oh SH**! I mean shoot! I mean…I don’t know what I mean. Think, Charlene, just like the tea party you had yesterday. Just do it the same way Joan showed you…’ went through Charlene’s mind in half a second.
Charlene proceeded to ask Mrs. Hotchkiss her preference and prepared the cup. Melissa indicated she should place it on the table out of reach of Brandy. She then asked Ms. Thompson her preference and prepared her cup, handing it to her without spilling any this time. ‘I should have remembered what she took from yesterday!’ Charlene told herself. When she went to offer the plate of pastries that Marie had put together, Jane stopped her.
"Charlene, I’ll take care of the pastries, thank you for pouring the tea. Would you please take Brandy to the nursery until we come for her? I am afraid Melissa will never get to drink her tea with Brandy in her lap. You had best take the diaper bag with you" Jane raised an eyebrow as a challenge to Charlene.
"I’d be happy to do that for you, Mrs. Hotchkiss." Charlene pasted a smile on her face to cover the genuine fear inside. She picked up Brandy and the diaper bag. She received instructions from Melissa on where to find her bottle, diaper, wipes and a pacifier, if needed, and then left for the nursery.
"Let’s go see if we can find ‘Aunty Joan’ on our way, shall we?" Charlene automatically slipped into her ‘little girl’ voice to speak to Brandy. Charlene went to the kitchen to tell Marie of her new duties, then went to look for Joan.
They looked in the conservatory, library and student study area. Joan wasn’t there. A check of the rose garden and finally a trip up the steps to check her room, still no Joan!
"Well, I don’t know about you, Brandy, but I am getting tired of walking all over the house looking for Aunty Joan. I guess we should go to the nursery." All that got, was a gurgle and a little laugh out of Brandy.
Charlene took Brandy to the nursery; she was trying to figure out what to do with her when she started fussing a little. "What’s wrong? Let’s see in the bag." Charlene took out the bottle and held it up to Brandy. A smile and excited movements greeted her action. "Must be hungry. Let’s see if I can remember how to do this! I did feed my little brother a few times, you can’t be much different." Charlene talked to Brandy while she sat in the overstuffed chair and positioned her for feeding.
*****
"Melissa, I would like to thank you for coming over on such short notice! I believe, Brandy will be just the person to teach Charlene the value of her lessons." Jane told her guest.
"I am happy to bring her, she likes visiting here, always someone to fuss over her, whether it is you and Marie or one of the students, she is always happy when we leave here. I take it Darla is away?" Melissa responded.
"Yes, off visiting her brother, Kenneth, before returning to school in a few weeks. I am certain she will be upset, not being here to see Brandy. She did take a shine to that little one, didn’t she?" Jane responded smiling.
"Jane, after what Bill told me you did for him, well, I can only say that I am happy to help in any way I can." Melissa took Jane’s hand in hers.
"That was fourteen years ago, dear. He has made it on his own since then. Rising to be a very young plant manager at twenty-seven is no small accomplishment!" Jane replied.
"I know, when he was transferred to Providence he was so excited about being able to see you and Marie again, goodness, he babbled for days about how I would just love this place. Now that we have Brandy, he finds every excuse in the world to come down here and visit." Melissa replied.
Jane smiled a genuine happy smile. Bill and Melissa had been regular visitors for the past year. When he had been transferred here, he had told Melissa all about Jane’s school and the good she did. Nothing like living with a success story to color your activities in a positive light. "Shall we check in on Charlene? I am certain she has figured out by now she is alone with Brandy. I sent Joan out on an ecological survey near the lake, she should be gone for another hour. Let’s go into the study where we can observe, okay?"
"Sure! I think it is so neat that we can help teach a young person something positive!" Melissa replied and rose to follow Jane.
*****
Charlene finished feeding Brandy. She placed the bottle on the side and looked back at the baby nestled in her arm. "What do we do now, huh? Your full and being very good, maybe I could read you a story?" Charlene looked through the books in the rack next to the chair. She had just picked one to read when Brandy started getting fussy.
"What’s wrong? Oh! You can’t tell me, can you? Let’s see…" Charlene rearranged Brandy onto her knee and started bouncing her a little and singing ‘Pony Boy, Pony Boy…Won’t you be my Pony Boy.’ After that part she stopped and looked at Brandy. "Wait! You’re not a boy!" She restarted the song only replacing words, ‘Pony Girl…’ as the modification.
Brandy had started laughing at being bounced on Charlene’s knee. After a couple of minutes of that she got this funny look on her face, wrinkled up her nose and burped up all over her dress and the skirt of Charlene’s outfit. She smiled after that, feeling much better for having expelled the offending gas.
Charlene was shocked. She didn’t remember her brother throwing up all over her clothes. It smelled like sour milk. On the plus side, Brandy seemed happier, acting like this was something she did every day! "Oh sh.. shoot! How do I clean this up?" Charlene took Brandy over to the diaper bag. There was a package of wipes inside, she took one out and cleaned up Brandy, then a second to clean her skirt. She was surprised when it wiped up clean from the plaid material. "Well! That wasn’t too bad to clean up, was it?" she asked Brandy. All she got back was a gurgle.
Charlene decided the best thing to do was to read Brandy a story. The two went back to the large chair, sat and looked over the selections on the shelf again. Charlene chose the story ‘A Day In The Life Of Murphy’ to read to Brandy. Brandy didn’t complain so Charlene started to read…
*****
Jane and Melissa entered the study. Jane went to a shelving unit and opened a door, revealing a monitor, which she turned on. From a switch panel below, she selected ‘nursery’ and then the two ladies sat to watch what was happening.
They saw Charlene playing with Brandy, then watched her feed Brandy. When she started bouncing Brandy on her knee, Melissa spoke. "She should have ‘burped’ her first! She’s in for a surprise!"
"I thought this might happen dear, Charlene has been, shall we say, reluctant to play her part as a young girl during her ‘punishment’ for being tardy. Had she paid more attention and truly gotten into the spirit of the game, she would have known to ‘Burp’ the baby before continuing her play." Jane replied with a grin.
The pair watched as Brandy laughed and then ‘burped’ all over herself and Charlene. The look on Charlene’s face was perfect! The way she cleaned up everything garnered some points with Jane, since she did not come crying for help with this unforeseen situation. When they returned to the chair and Charlene started reading, they took a moment to sip some of their tea.
"Looks like she handled that fairly well! You said she really wasn’t into the spirit of the game?" Melissa asked.
"She does have a younger brother. I believe that would explain some of her ability. Her lack of knowing to burp the baby indicates she never actually took care of her brother as an infant, but some items did enter her realm of experience." Jane replied looking over Charlene’s folder.
"So-o.. the purpose of our visit today, is what?" Melissa asked.
Jane let out a small laugh. "The purpose of your visit is so Marie and I could see Brandy! The fact that I am trying to teach Charlene a lesson while you are here is secondary to that. I do not get to see my god-children often enough with so many scattered around the country, having Brandy here, reminds me of all of the others."
Marie came in with a tray of food and placed it next to Jane. "How is our Charlene doing with my Pauvre Petite?"
"Not as bad as I had feared, Marie. Although it is good, I told you what I planned. The extra ‘Scotchgard’ on her clothing proved a wise decision on your part." Jane replied with a smile.
"But, of course! I knew she was not enjoying her trip into little girl-dom. It was only natural that Brandy would make some sort of mess. La babe’ are like that, n’est pas?" Marie replied.
*****
Charlene was reading to Brandy and Brandy seemed to be enjoying the story about the dog named ‘Murphy-stop-that’. She was almost finished with the book when Brandy got quiet. Charlene stopped reading and looked at Brandy. Brandy seemed in a little discomfort, then started making little grunting noises and squirming around. This lasted a few minutes and then she returned to her happy self, laughing, gurgling and trying to grab Charlene’s hair. Charlene was just about to finish reading the story when this ‘aroma’ rose from Brandy.
"Oh Brandy! You just pooped your diaper, didn’t you! God, that smells bad." Charlene looked at the smiling little face. "How can you be so happy when you smell so bad!"
Charlene thought about taking Brandy back to her mother for the diaper change. She rose to do that and stopped before picking up the diaper bag. "If I take you back to your Mom for your diaper change, Ms. Thompson will probably make me change you in front of her and your Mom. Just to prove some point to me! I think I am better off changing you here where no one can see me do it. At least you won’t yell at me if I do something wrong!"
Charlene then set about trying to change Brandy’s diaper. She laid Brandy on the floor and set up the changing table, then placed what she thought were required items on the table from the diaper bag. Next she placed Brandy on the table, on her back, legs kicking and arms waving all over the place.
"Not too bad so far!" Charlene told Brandy. "Now, if you cooperate a little, maybe we can accomplish this!"
Anyone that has had small children knows that they are the least cooperative when you need them to be cooperative! Brandy was no exception! It seemed like changing a diaper was a game to her. She wriggled, squirmed, and made little shrieking noises while laughing and sticking her fist in her mouth. Charlene was having a difficult time keeping her skirt up and getting her panties and plastic pants down. Once that was finally accomplished, she undid the tabs on the disposable diaper.
*****
Jane, Melissa and Marie watched Charlene trying to change the diaper on Brandy. "So far, not too bad." Jane mused.
They watched Charlene open the diaper and try to figure out how to remove it and clean up Brandy at the same time. That’s when they saw Charlene gag from the smell of the diaper. They were small gags to start with, but every time she tried to remove the diaper, she would gag again.
"I should go help her." Melissa stated as she headed for the door.
"No! Melissa let me go! This is one of those things I think I need to drive home a little harder than you could." Jane rose and left the room headed for the nursery.
*****
Jane walked down the hall finalizing what to do when she entered the nursery. Just before reaching the door, she nodded to herself as the appropriate plan settled into her mind.
"Charlene? Brunch is served, we would like you to bring Brandy to the parlor for a light snack." Jane stated as she entered the nursery.
The scene that appeared before her was comical, in a sense, Jane had to stifle a laugh over how it looked to her. There was Brandy, on the changing table, kicking and waving her arms, while Charlene was desperately trying to grab both of her legs. The dirty diaper lay open on the table with Charlene gagging every few seconds from the odor. Charlene had a wipe in one hand and it looked like she could use two or three more hands in order to accomplish the diaper change on Brandy.
Jane walked towards Charlene and decided the best way to handle this was to ‘coach’ Charlene through the process. "Charlene! Breathe through your mouth, not your nose!"
Startled, Charlene turned her head to see Jane standing there. ‘When did SHE walk in!’ "Yes, Ms. Thompson." Came the automatic reply. Charlene started breathing through her mouth and found that the gagging eased up a lot. After a few seconds she looked back at Jane while still trying to hold on to a wriggling Brandy with one hand.
"Are you better now?" Jane asked.
"Yes, I am, thank you." Charlene replied.
"Now, take both of her legs and hold them with one hand… Now use the wipe to clean her up… Very good… Then put on the new diaper and put her back together." Jane instructed and watched Charlene complete each task. It took a few minutes longer than if Jane had done it herself, but that was not the point of this exercise. "Well done! Just like when you changed and took care of ‘Gretchen’ yesterday, wouldn’t you agree" Jane said with a raised eyebrow.
Charlene picked up Brandy, turned to face Jane Thompson and nodded. "Except for the smell." Charlene started placing things back into the diaper bag while Jane watched. She wasn’t quite finished when she stood up straight and looked at Jane. "You KNEW this would happen, didn’t you?" Charlene accused.
Jane smiled a knowing smile at Charlene. "When you are asked to care for a small child, would you not agree that knowing how to entertain, feed and change a diaper are most likely skills that one should know?"
"And what better way to learn them, than to experience them yourself." Charlene finished the thought.
"Just so! Now, Marie has a light brunch ready, if you would finish putting things into the diaper bag, we will meet you in the dining room, I believe Brandy will be more comfortable there." Jane left Charlene to tend to Brandy and the diaper bag.
The rest of the visit went smoothly. Melissa took charge of Brandy when Charlene returned to the dining room. The brunch was the closest thing to a ‘casual’ meal that Charlene had partaken in since arriving at this place. Somehow, Joan had magically reappeared from wherever she was and Marie spent most of her time fussing over Brandy. Jane Thompson, even took a turn at feeding Brandy her bottle, then ‘oh so perfectly’ placed a cloth on her shoulder and ‘burped’ the little girl.
Whatever else happened, Brandy had a smile for anyone that would hold her. When Melissa and Brandy were ready to leave, Brandy reached out to Charlene to hold her one more time. Charlene took her, gave her a hug and a kiss on the cheek. Brandy seemed satisfied with that, and wanted to return to her mother.
Marie helped Melissa carry out Brandy and some of her items. When all the good byes were done, Jane turned to the two girls. "Joan? Is the survey, I asked you to complete finished?"
"Yes, Aunt Jane. Ready to be written up in report form." Replied Joan.
"Charlene? You still have a report to finish, I believe?" Jane asked the newer student.
"Yes, Ms. Thompson. I have quite a lot to do yet." Charlene replied.
"Very well! Lunch will be a little late today. We have just had a light snack, I want both of you to go to the study and work on your reports. We will dine at one-thirty." Jane instructed, back in ‘headmistress’ mode.
Both girls acknowledged Jane and left for the student study room. On the way, Charlene asked Joan.
"Where were you all morning? I ended up with Brandy all by myself!" Charlene stated.
"I was out doing a botanical survey by the lake. You got to play with Brandy? Lucky girl! She is a really good baby." Joan replied.
"Yea! If you call throwing up on me and then just about losing my breakfast while changing her diaper a ‘good’ baby!" Charlene complained.
Joan laughed a little at the comment from Charlene. "Maybe you should be a little more involved and cheerful when you are made to be ‘little’ today. If I remember, some of those things that we did should have helped you get through taking care of Brandy."
"Ms. Thompson already drove THAT point home!" Charlene shook her head slowly. "She didn’t say it directly, I knew what she meant. If I would just DO as she instructs, things would go a lot easier on me. I guess this is one of those ‘sledgehammers’ you told me about."
"Pretty soft for a ‘sledgehammer’, but it did drive home her point!" Joan replied knowingly.
"YOU didn’t have to deal with Brandy’s diaper!" Charlene replied.
*****
The girls set about working on their assignments until twelve forty-five. Marie shaking her shoulder interrupted Charlene’s concentration. "Mon Petite! It is time for you to change clothes. We have just enough time to transform you before lunch."
Charlene let out a big sigh. "I have so-o-o much to do here! Okay, Marie, let me save and shutdown everything." Charlene saved her work, shutdown and covered the computer, waved to Joan and followed Marie upstairs to her room.
This afternoon’s outfit was similar to yesterday’s, only in White. The petticoats held the skirt almost horizontal with frills and lace everywhere you looked. Charlene was sure that the sash was twice as wide as the last dress and the bow seemed larger too! When she looked in the mirror, she was a vision of lace and satin. The two pigtails had long white ribbon bows on them that perfectly matched her dress. Her makeup was different also, more china-doll in appearance with bright rounded blush and perfect ‘cupid-bow’ lips in a candy red color. In truth, Charlene thought she looked a lot like an antique doll her mother had in a display case at home.
Lunch was a normal affair at Season’s House. Joan was quizzed on her study topics and the latest fashion trends, while Charlene was asked if she thought her dress was pretty, or if she felt ‘Gretchen’ was behaving. She was never asked about her studies or the day’s current events. Jane specifically treated Charlene as a pre-schooler at all times.
This second afternoon in the nursery went a little faster than the day before. Charlene decided to actually ‘be’ a little girl for the afternoon and see if Ms. Thompson was right about all she could learn from the ‘experience’.
Charlene made sure to feed, burp and change Gretchen three or four times. On one change, after a Tea Party, Charlene looked through all the doll clothes and found a dress that was identical to the white confection she currently wore. This only added confirmation to her thought that Jane Thompson was somehow ‘psychic’. Charlene now believed that Jane knew she would pick out Gretchen, and made sure the doll had matching outfits.
Dinner was a repeat of lunch. Charlene was once again quizzed on her dress and doll. How her day went, what games she played, that sort of thing.
Jane finally decided to ask a loaded question and see what Charlene’s response would be. "Charlene! I must ask one more question. Did you have fun, today?"
Charlene sat perfectly still for a moment. ‘Fun! Did I have fun today? Hmm…’ After what seemed an eternity to Jane Thompson, Charlene finally spoke. "Yes, I did, Miss Jane. Aunty Joan has played a lot of games with me and she told me I took really good care of Gretchen today! Just like I was a real mommy! I think all I have done today will help me when I grow up!"
"Very good! I see that you are finally into the sprit of this exercise. I also noticed you ate your vegetables tonight. I believe Marie has a wonderful dessert for us." Jane stated.
Marie brought out a cheesecake with raspberries on it. There was a piece for Charlene too. When dinner was completed, it was Joan’s turn to help with dishes. Charlene sat and waited while Joan helped Marie clear the table and dried the pots and pans. When finished, Joan came and took Charlene’s hand, commented on her being a ‘good girl’ and headed back to the nursery.
In a repeat of the previous night, Joan and Charlene played board games, card games and Joan read a bedtime story to Charlene just before taking her to her room at eight o’clock. Charlene let out a big sigh after Joan had let go of her hand in her room.
"What was that sigh about Cherie?" Marie asked.
"Hmm? Oh, I’m just glad my two days of being a pre-schooler are over, Marie. I mean today was better than yesterday, but I think I want to ‘grow up’ and do things for people my own age." Charlene replied.
"Now THAT, I understand!" Joan stated knowingly. "I’ll see you in the study room when you are finished changing, Charlene. See you later, Tante Marie!" Joan said as she rose and left the room.
"Marie smiled warmly at Charlene. "Mon Petite! You just may be learning something about completing your studies here with Miss Jane. When I first met you, I knew you were a quick learner! Now! The sooner you change, the sooner you can get to your studies! Nes Pas?"
Charlene smiled, then blushed a little at the compliment. "Okay Marie, would you mind untying the bow. It really is a lovely dress and I don’t want to damage it while undressing."
Between the two of them, they managed to get Charlene out of the white confection she had been wearing all afternoon and evening. There was an audible sigh of relief from the bathroom after the ‘china doll’ makeup was removed and Charlene could see her own face once again.
Back into a more ‘normal’ outfit for the rest of the evening, Charlene thanked Marie and headed for the study.
Once again, ten o’clock came quickly and Charlene shutdown everything and headed up to prepare for bed. 'Tonight had gone quickly! I may even make that deadline’, she thought as she headed out the door. ‘I have eleven pages written and more than enough material for the final six. I just need another couple of hours and it should be done!’ Charlene was so engrossed in trying to figure out how long it would take her to finish her report she walked right in to Joan.
"Hey! Watch where… Oh! Joan! I… I… I’m sorry! I didn’t realize…" Charlene stammered.
Joan regained her balance and smoothed her skirt. "It’s okay. I didn’t always watch where I was going when I was new here either. I just stopped to say goodnight!"
"Hmm.. Okay. Umm… Good night! … Joan." Charlene was rattled from bumping into Joan and then starting to yell at her for being in the way. ‘Before now, I would have yelled at her and then pushed her so she would have fallen over! Something’s different!’
Charlene entered her bedroom, completed her nightly ritual and presented herself to Marie for anything she may have missed.
"Very good Mon Petite! You learn quickly! I have brought a glass of warm milk to help you sleep. I thought I heard a cry from your room last night, no?" Marie handed Charlene the glass.
Surprise came to Charlene’s face. "You.. You heard me? How could you have heard me?"
Marie laughed a little. "My room is right above yours. I do not hear much, but I am a light sleeper and when you cried out from a night terror, it awakened me. I also know you went into the bathroom because I heard the ‘clunk’ of the water pipes when you turned them off! I have lived in this house many years, Cherie, I know all her sounds! Now, drink up, the warm milk will help you rest tonight!"
Charlene drank the milk. ‘Just like my grandmother would do after a nightmare.’ went through Charlene’s mind.
*****
Jane turned on the monitor and set the light detectors for the second night in a row. "Ever since Michael, I am more nervous about my boys. However, I do not believe I can be too careful when a young life is being rebuilt!" She watched Marie give Charlene a glass of milk. "Always the Mother Hen…" A warm smile crossed her face.
Jane finished her evening ritual, turned off the monitor and went to bed.
*****
"Whoa!" Charlene sat bolt upright in bed. Her breathing was fast and shallow, eyes wide open, fully dilated. She looked around the dimly lit room, realized where she was and took a deep breath, calming herself that it was only a nightmare. She went to get out of bed to wash her face and calm herself. While moving her legs, she noticed a cold sensation. "SH**! DA**! Not again!"
Going into the bathroom, she turned on the light. Checking the front of her nightgown and panties confirmed her fears, another ‘wet dream’. "DA** it! What is happening to me? Now I’m dreaming about being a mother and breast feeding ‘Brandy’ as my own child! Charlene looked in the mirror. "Charlie, you have to calm yourself!" he spoke to the feminine reflection in the bathroom mirror. "You don’t look like a ‘Charlie’ do you? Even this nightgown causes goose bumps! I think they really are trying to change me, but I don’t know what direction to go…"
Charlene washed her face again with cold water, letting some of it drip onto the bodice of her nightgown. She shook her head and dried her face, took a drink of water and proceeded to change out of her nightgown. She placed the items in the sink with some cold water to soak, then padded back into the bedroom to find another nightgown.
She found a yellow satin gown with matching panties, slipped it on and went back to bed. Sleep did not come quickly for the second night in a row to the crossdressed teen.
*****
Jane watched as Charlene studied her predicament and the sensuality of her situation. Jane smiled as she saw Charlene debating with herself about the validity of her dreams. "Another benefit to having a visit from Brandy and Melissa. You are so-o correct, Charlene! You no longer ‘look’ like a ‘Charles’. By Wednesday afternoon, all traces of Charles will vanish until you have learned what you need to learn!"
Jane saw that Charlene had found another nightgown. She reset the light detectors, turned off the monitor and went back to bed.
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Sunday arrives. A day of rest?
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Fifteen
Sunday, Sunday, Sunday!
The alarm woke Charlene. Still tuned to NPR, she reached over to try to find a different station. The tuner wouldn’t change! It was actually glued in place! She went to turn the volume down, that too was fixed in position. "Damn! The only thing I can do is turn it off!" Charlene said as she clicked off the radio and headed for the bathroom. The nightgown from the middle of the night was still in the sink. She was trying to squeeze out the garments when Marie walked in.
Charlene had a bright blush going when she saw Marie in the door with a curious look on her face. "It… It… (sigh) It happened again last night. I… I’m sorry, Marie. I tried to soak it in cold water. My Mom is always soaking things I stain in cold water, so I just thought…" Charlene’s voice kept getting softer with each word.
Marie sensed the tears were just about to come from the embarrassment and reached around Charlene to hold her close. "There, there, Cherie. You did the right thing! Cold water is exactly what is needed to keep the nightgown from staining. Dry your hands and come here." Marie handed Charlene a towel, waited for her to dry her hands and then held her while her newest charge cried into her shoulder.
After a few minutes, Charlene looked up at Marie. "Why? Why is this happening to me? I mean… Why am I having these dreams and why am I so emotional about it? What is happening to me, Marie?"
Marie used the towel to wipe the tears from Charlene’s cheeks. "For that answer you must look here." Marie laid her hand over Charlene’s heart. "If you find it too confusing, then I think you should ask Ms. Jane about it. She is your teacher and is very well schooled in the ways of people." Marie gave a knowing nod.
"Hmph! Ms. Thompson? You have to be kidding! There is no way she is interested in what I dream or why I have these inner problems. Her role is to torment me and make my life miserable until I give in to her! The last two nights make me think she may be winning! I’m not going down without a fight!" Charlene replied.
Marie held the teen close for a couple of more minutes. "Cherie, if you are late for breakfast, Ms. Jane will find something else unpleasant for you, no?"
Charlene looked at Marie and gave a sad laugh. "What ELSE could she do to me? I’m here living as a girl. I just spent two afternoons being treated as a pre-schooler. I’m having VERY embarrassing dreams AND I’m standing here crying on your shoulder about all of it!" That caused Charlene to start sobbing again.
Marie held the girl for a moment and then reached for another tissue. "Alright! It appears Ms. Jane’s methods are having an effect on you, yes? You say you are going to fight her, so far I do not think that plan has been working. Maybe you need to think about that while you get dressed. I have laid out your clothes, now take a quick shower and hurry, or you will be late for breakfast! I’ll be back in twenty minutes to help you finish your makeup." Marie kissed Charlene on the top of the head and closed the bathroom door as she left.
*****
Jane Thompson picked up the telephone by her bed. The number dialed was from memory and answered on the third ring.
"Ullo." Came the groggy greeting.
"Good morning husband of mine! Do you ALWAYS answer the telephone in such a manner?" Jane asked her new husband.
"Janey? Good morning! I mean … No I don’t always answer the phone…. What time is it, anyway?" Art Phillips was stumbling with his words as he fought to wake up and talk coherently to his wife.
Hearing Jane laugh through the phone brought a warm smile to Art’s face. One of those things he really loved about Jane was her laugh. Art let out a big sigh so Jane could hear it through the telephone line. "Goodness, I miss you!"
"I miss you too dear! And, it is seven forty in the morning to answer your question." Jane smiled at the thought of Art lying in bed looking flustered.
"Well, it is Sunday morning! I don’t have any classes so I just slept in for a change. You do not usually call in the morning, is something wrong with your new student?" Art quizzed his wife.
"Always thinking about me and my boys, eh?" Jane kidded. "Actually I could use another person’s viewpoint on her. Charlene is responding almost too quickly to my methods. There is still resentment and fire in her eyes when I command her to do unpleasant tasks, but there is something else happening that shouldn’t really be occurring until after this week. Is there any way for Diana to come for a short visit, say Wednesday night and part of Thursday?"
"Wednesday? Hmm… Isn’t that the day you take the new student to see Sandy, Carolyn and Betty?" Art asked.
"Yes, it is. The way Charlene is acting, I am not sure what will happen when that day out and about is over. I believe it is just a case of the jitters since Michael, but I would appreciate another opinion on what makes this one tick!" Jane replied honestly.
"Let me see what I can schedule. There’s only another three weeks to this semester, I might get a graduate student to teach a couple of classes. They are always looking to make points with their advisor!" Art replied with a laugh.
"So! You have the little darlings propitiating to you too? Here I thought you were the ‘Big Bad Graduate Advisor’ and instead I find out you enjoy having underlings groveling for your attention!" Jane replied with a hint of sarcasm.
"Jane dear, I just have to keep them in their place, until they complete their thesis!" Art came back in his most ‘catty’ Diana voice.
The two of them broke into giggles over that comment. When they composed themselves the rest of the conversation was the typical ‘I Love You’, conversation newlywed couples always have.
Jane looked at the clock by her bed. "Art dear, I must get off the phone, it would not do for ME to be late for breakfast! By my own rules, I would be forced to punish myself by doing the dishes. I do not think Charlene is ready to see that yet! She still needs me to be the ‘Bad Cop’ at this stage."
"You may be right. Since you have a long history in dealing with teens such as Charlene, I’ll defer to your experience." Art replied. "I’ll let you know tomorrow when I can get loose for a couple of days. I love you so much my dear lady!"
"I love you too Artemis!" Jane said with a smile.
*****
Charlene stood behind her chair waiting for Jane Thompson to arrive for breakfast. She was the perfect picture of a demure young lady on a Sunday morning. Her outfit was monochromatic in that the cream colored tights matched her cream-colored tea length skirt. Her blouse was cream colored with small tea roses on it and matching cream colored lace around the neckline. Even the bow in her hair matched the colors of her outfit. What amazed Charlene the most was that her lingerie was the same color as the outfit she had on. When she had checked herself in the mirror she thought she looked like she was ready to go to church! That thought had scared her enough that she had let out an audible gasp, which Marie had heard and asked what was wrong. Charlene had made up some excuse about being surprised at how nice she looked. With a nod from Marie they had left the bedroom and proceeded to the dining room for breakfast.
"Good morning everyone!" Jane said in a cheery voice that startled Charlene from her thoughts. "Shall we dine?"
Breakfast was a bit of a disaster for Charlene. Between the emotional upset and turning off the radio, she was ill prepared for Jane’s questions about current events. There hadn’t been time to look over the papers so even that was foreign to her this morning. The thoughts running through her head were jumbled about possibly leaving the house for church and what had been going through her head the past two nights. To say she was distracted would be an understatement.
Jane noticed the concentration and inward struggle in her newest student. What concerned her most was that this normally occurred after their first trip into town for a day of girlish pleasure. Jane had previously had only one or two boys over the years that did not fight her every step of the way. Recent events with Michael and Kenneth had made someone actually wanting to change a true rarity at Season’s House. As the meal finished Jane spoke to Charlene. "Charlene! You seem a little preoccupied this morning, is something amiss?"
Charlene startled visibly from her thoughts. "Umm… I… Umm.. No Ms. Thompson, everything is fine. I just didn’t sleep well and I didn’t get a chance to read the papers this morning…"
"I see… Perhaps a little time to read after breakfast would allow you to catch up on the news?" Jane queried with her eyebrow raised. "I could quiz you over the topics in say one hour?"
"I guess that would mean we won’t be going to church?" Charlene looked at Jane.
Jane considered the comment for a moment. "I had not planned on attending services today, but if you feel a need to do that, it can be arranged."
Charlene blanched visibly at the thought of going to church dressed as she was. "No… Umm… No ma’am. I just thought since it was Sunday and everyone was dressed so nicely today. I must be mistaken, don’t make any special arrangements for me, okay?"
"Very well! Normally when we have multiple students in residence it is difficult to find a service that everyone can agree on, therefore we dress appropriately for church, but you are expected to talk to God in your own way. I have had students with very different church affiliations, some of which are not found in our local area. If you need something special for your own devotional area, I’m sure Marie can assist you." Jane replied, letting Charlene breathe a sigh of relief.
"Thank you Ms. Thompson. I believe a walk in the gardens will be all the devotional area I’ll need today," replied Charlene, her heart rate slowing from warp factor three. It took most of the remaining meal for Charlene to stop shaking. It had scared her to think she would be going to church dressed as a girl.
"Very well! I believe a half-hour in the garden, followed by an hour to review the day’s current events… Hmm… It is now eight-thirty. Charlene, I expect you in the conservatory at ten o’clock sharp to review the news of the day. If you will excuse me." Jane Thompson patted her lips one last time and rose from the table, leaving a stunned Charlene sitting there with her mouth open.
Joan whispered across the table, "Charlene! Close your mouth, you’ll catch flies!"
Charlene closed her mouth and looked at Joan. "What?" Was all that came out of her mouth.
Joan giggled a little, "Close your mouth! Aunt Jane will lecture you on maintaining ‘poise and grace in the face of adversity’ if you don’t!" She tried hard to sound like Jane.
"Oh! I… Well… I just… Joan? How did I get into trouble this morning?" Charlene sat there very confused.
"It’s just Aunt Jane, pushing your buttons. You really have to look at the papers EVERY night and listen to the news reports EVERY morning, otherwise you get a private session on current events. You had better get started with your walk, would you like some company?" Joan replied
Charlene accepted the offer. It was Joan’s day to help Marie with the dishes. Charlene just helped clear the table to speed things along and soon the two girls were out in the garden enjoying the weather and reveling in nature. The walk didn’t seem long enough, but Charlene had that blasted appointment at ten with Jane, so they returned to the house so she could study the newspapers.
Charlene knocked on the conservatory door at one minute to ten. ‘Maybe a little early will help me here.’ She thought as she heard Jane’s ‘Enter!’
It took less than a minute for Charlene to realize why Jane had chosen the conservatory for her questioning. There sat the encyclopedia! Jane pointed to the book and said nothing. With an audible sigh, Charlene placed the book on her head and started walking her circuit of the conservatory. For the next forty-five minutes, Jane quizzed Charlene on the events of the past week!
At precisely ten-forty-five, Jane dismissed Charlene to go work on her report until dinner. Charlene curtseyed and left the room slowly, closing the door behind her. It was only after she was out of sight of Jane that she took out a deep breath and started limping.
"I know that toe is going to quit hurting one of these days!" Charlene mumbled to herself as she made her way to the student study room. "That book landed right on my big toe! God that hurt!"
Eventually, she made it to the study, said hi to Joan and resumed working on her report.
*****
The clock chimed one time. Charlene was startled, since the clock had never made a sound before.
"I know, it surprised me the first time it chimed too." Joan said as she shut down her computer. "It’s actually an alarm clock so Marie doesn’t have to come get us for dinner. Since we don’t hear it very often you notice it when it does chime. Marie asked that we help set the table. She was cooking something special and didn’t think she would have time to set the table and watch the meal."
"Oh! Okay. Guess I better shut this down. I’m almost done too, just another hour I think and THIS report will be done." Charlene replied as she saved her work and shutdown the computer.
Joan laughed a little. "Been there, done that! Many times in my time here! You might get it done later today, Aunt Jane is pretty laid back on Sundays."
The girls headed for the kitchen to see what Marie wanted them to do. The smells were marvelous! There was a large kettle of sauce bubbling on the stove, the smell of fresh baked bread coming from the double ovens along with the distinct sweetness of fresh baked peach pie cooling on the counter. The girl’s mouths watered just entering the kitchen, knowing Marie had spent so much time making this meal.
"Hi Tante Marie! What do you need us to do?" Joan asked.
"Ah, good! You are both here. After you wash your hands, I need the table set for five people. Use the special setting in the china cabinet, the ones with the gold edges. When that is complete, come back and help me here. Vite! Vite! We must hurry, dinner is at one-thirty!" Marie made shooing motions with her hands.
The girls went and washed up then started to set the table. Joan found another chair and reset all the places around the table while Charlene took out the good plates for dinner. Joan had to remind Charlene that ALL the plates, bowls, saucers and dessert plates had to be set on the table. When Marie sets out this china, it is a very formal dinner. Joan took out gold colored silverware and started setting them in their proper places. She handed two sets to Charlene.
"You may as well learn now! Aunt Jane will make sure you know a proper table set before you leave, trust me!" Jane told Charlene.
Joan went to get the water pitcher while Charlene finished placing the silverware on the table. She was just setting the last spoon in place when Jane walked into the room.
"Ah! Very good! I see you are learning the proper way to set a table. A skill that will serve you well in this house and beyond." Jane told Charlene. At that moment, the front doorbell rang.
"Charlene, would you please answer the door. I need to check with Marie for a moment.", Jane instructed as she headed for the kitchen.
Charlene looked at the table and heard the doorbell ring a second time. "Better get that, Jane will be pissed if I don’t." With that thought, Charlene headed for the front door.
Charlene opened the door and stood there shocked for a moment. There stood a man in a dress military uniform, smiling from ear to ear. After few seconds of staring, she asked, "May I help you?"
"Good afternoon, I’m Brent Hayden. I’m here for lunch with Jane Thompson?" Brent told Charlene.
"Oh! Umm.. Ah! Won’t you come in?" Charlene asked, still unsure if this person was a plant or someone Jane knew. She wasn’t sure, but this was the first male she had seen, other than Tom, since her arrival. She wasn’t sure that her ‘Charlene’ disguise was very good yet.
"Thank you, and you are?" Brent asked as he passed Charlene.
Charlene’s response never made it out of her mouth. There was a squeal of joy behind her. When she turned around Marie was running down the hallway, arms spread wide, shouting something in French! Close on her heels was Jane Thompson.
"Tante Marie!" came from this new person’s mouth as he swept past Charlene and grabbed Marie in a big hug. Marie showered kisses all over him and then stopped to catch her breath. It suddenly struck her that she might be making a spectacle of herself, so she disengaged herself and straightened her dress.
That gave Jane a chance to repeat the warm welcome and big hug. Though more reserved, it surprised Charlene that Jane Thompson could show such warm emotion for another person. She had always been so cool and calm with her, since her arrival.
"Brent, my goodness look at you! A Commander! I am so proud of you! Oh! Where are my manners, come in the parlor, please?" Jane said to the guest. "Have you met my current students yet?"
"I was just about to introduce myself to the young lady that answered the door when Tante Marie came running down the hall, so I guess I haven’t met them yet." Brent replied.
By this time, Joan had arrived and Jane did the introductions. "Commander Brent Hayden, this is Miss Joan Carlson, my senior student and Miss Charlene Hawkins our newest student. Girls, this is Commander Brent Hayden." She nodded at the girls and raised an eyebrow.
Joan knew the signal and performed a perfect curtsey. "Pleased to meet you Commander Hayden." She nudged Charlene with her hip as she curtseyed.
Startled, Charlene realized she was to do the same. When Joan finished Charlene repeated Joan’s curtsey and greeting.
Jane looked at the two girls. "Would the two of you go with Marie to the kitchen, please. I believe she would like to visit with our guest before dinner."
Joan grabbed Charlene, they both curtseyed and left the room to follow Marie to the kitchen. When they entered the kitchen, Marie started making the rounds of all the pots. Every pot was sniffed, stirred and either recovered or another spice added to the mixture, they all smelled wonderful.
"Ah, Mon Petites! I believe that you can finish in here. I have the timer set, all you need to do is stir the pots every few minutes and when the timer rings, turn off everything and come get me. I will serve the meal, this is a special day for me!" Marie gave each girl a hug and removed her cooking apron as she left the kitchen.
"Wow! He must be someone special!" I didn’t know Ms. Jane could be so nice!" Charlene said to Joan.
"Yes, I agree, but I’m glad Aunt Jane asked us to take over for Marie." Joan returned.
"Why do you say that? I mean here we have to work and make sure things don’t burn and listen for the timer…" Charlene stopped as Joan shook her head.
"In here we aren’t under Aunt Jane’s watchful eye! We don’t have to be on our best behavior until dinner is ready. Unless you LIKE Aunt Jane correcting everything you say or do…." Joan returned to stirring a pot of sauce.
"Oh! I mean that does make sense. Sometimes, I think she only picks on me. I never thought of helping in the kitchen as a way out of something else." Charlene replied, thankful she wasn’t in the room with Jane, Marie and their guest.
"Hmph! You’re probably used to either leaving the house or going to your room when company comes to visit. That won’t be tolerated here. You help to entertain the guest or help Marie in here. If I stay with the guest, Jane ALWAYS has me play something on the piano. I don’t know why, I’m not that good, but I think it’s her way of reminding me I need practice." Joan explained. "So, I’m always happy to stay away from guests when they visit."
*****
After the girls left Jane waited a moment to make sure they were in the kitchen. She turned to Brent and said. "Charlene has only been here since Wednesday, I’m sure you remember your first week here."
For the first time in years, Brent Hayden blushed. "It was worse than boot camp!" came the reply.
"That may be true, however, Charlene needs you to treat her as the girl she appears to be. I can tell you now, you were never in danger of being unmasked when you were here. I hold that position steadfast with all my students, so while you are here, she is what she appears and shall be treated accordingly, is that understood?" Jane’s eyebrow rose automatically.
"Aunt Jane, that look still brings on a tinge of fear! You would think I would be over that by now. Anyway, of course I will treat her as the girl she appears. With as much as you helped me turn my life around, I will do whatever you need me to do to help another of your students." Brent considered something for a moment, then spoke to Jane. "Aunt Jane, I was going to wait until after dinner to ask, but now might be a better time."
"Do not fidget Brent! Remember, think carefully about what you want to say and then just say it. You are no longer a student here, just a very welcome guest!" Jane replied with a warm smile.
"Okay! I am the temporary commander of the R.O.T.C. unit in Providence. I discovered that the team is putting a float in the Labor Day parade depicting the unsung heroes of history. They decided that wounded soldiers from each war along with a nurse from that same period would show how important the job of a nurse is to our armed forces." Brent stopped as Jane nodded her understanding.
"The only problem we have is we are two girls short for the nurses portion of the float. I was wondering…" Brent stopped when Jane let out a giggle.
"You would like Joan and Charlene to fill in for the missing girls, right?" Jane had a gleam in her eye.
"Umm… Yes, ma’am!" came the commanders automatic reply
"I believe that is a wonderful idea! Charlene will have about four weeks to perfect her image and Joan will be just fine. I believe we will break the news to the girls over dinner, yes?" Jane told her former student. "What periods of history will they be portraying?"
"We have two outfits, one is for Florence Nightingale and the other is for a WWII nurse. I’ll let you decide who should wear what outfit." Brent replied. "Thank you Aunt Jane." He leaned over and kissed her cheek.
With the question asked and answered, the conversation settled into catching up on what had happened in the nine years since Brent had been a student. After another fifteen minutes, Charlene entered the room.
Brent Hayden automatically rose when she arrived.
She gave a slight curtsey, then proceeded to Marie. "Ms. Marie? The timer has rung, Joan told me to come get you."
"Very good cherie! If you would stay here, in five minutes, please escort our guest to the dining room, yes?" Marie rose and left for the kitchen.
Charlene’s breath caught for a second. ‘Stay here! What do I do?’
Jane watched Charlene for a moment, then spoke. "Charlene, please have a seat. If you do not sit, Commander Hayden will remain standing!"
Charlene blushed from her nose to her toes. "Yes, Ms. Thompson.", she proceeded to sit in the chair Marie had recently vacated.
Charlene was very nervous, sitting there. Especially after what Joan had told her in the kitchen! She perched on the edge of the chair, hands folded in her lap, knees tightly held together. She even tried to put on a smile whenever, Commander Hayden looked at her.
"Miss Hawkins?" Brent asked. He saw the girl/boy jump from the sound of her name.
Charlene just about jumped out of her skin! She had been trying so hard to melt into the chair, or fade into the wallpaper, that when her name was called, she visibly jumped! "Yes? Mr. Hayden?" , came out in almost a squeak.
"How long have you been here at Ms. Thompson’s school?" Brent asked.
A deep breath without a sigh, Charlene replied as calm as she could make her voice. "Since last Wednesday. I have only been here a few days."
"I see! So, you are still getting used to the school and Ms. Thompson’s routine. Where are you from, if I might ask" Brent was only trying to relax the teen but it was only making her more nervous.
‘Deep breath, calm your stomach…’ Charlene tried to focus on the question. "Umm… Southern California, near L.A."
Brent was going to ask another question when Charlene looked at the clock across the room. "Oh! Excuse me, but Marie said that dinner should be ready now, if you will follow me to the dining room." Charlene stood, smoothed her skirt and hurried toward the door, hoping to get out of the room before she was asked another question.
"Charlene." Jane’s voice stopped the teen in her tracks. "Please go ahead and tell Marie we will be there in a moment, I need to talk to the Commander."
"Yes, Ms. Thompson." was the reply. Charlene hurried out of the room.
"Brent! You need to be a little more gentle with Charlene, there will be ample time later to interrogate her. She has a delicate stomach when she is scared and I’m afraid your questions may have activated it." Jane told her former student.
"I’m sorry Aunt Jane, it’s just that she looked like she was trying to shy away from us." Brent explained.
"She was! Think back to your first week here. Now, if a young male in a military uniform showed up for dinner, how would you have reacted?" Jane’s eyebrow raised with the question.
Brent thought for a minute. "You’re right! I would have done everything possible to become invisible! I’m sorry Aunt Jane, I really was only trying to put her at ease."
"I know. A better way for this is to start with Joan, she is much more comfortable around males and let Charlene see how Joan handles your questions, it is a ‘learn by example’ situation. She then has something to base her responses on, as long as you treat her as the girl she appears to be." Jane replied. "Now! We better hurry for dinner or Marie will have the two of us doing the dishes for being late!"
For Charlene, dinner went very smoothly. The conversation was mostly between Marie, Jane and this commander fellow. Jane didn’t do much correcting of Charlene’s manners during the meal, although she was trying very hard to make sure there was as little attention drawn to her as possible.
The main courses were finished and everyone was enjoying a piece of peach pie a' la mode when Jane addressed the girls. "Commander Hayden has a problem that requires our assistance. He has a float in the upcoming Labor Day parade and is short two girls to portray nurses on the float. I told him we would be happy to help in any way we could."
Charlene sat there with a confused look on her face. ‘How can we help?’ Was the thought she had, when she heard Joan sigh.
"Is something wrong, Joan?" Jane questioned.
"No, Aunt Jane. I had thought we would be watching the parade this year, but I think it is a wonderful idea to help the commander with his float. Umm…. Commander Hayden? The boys that will be there, they are all gentleman, are they not?" Joan redirected the conversation away from her obvious faux pas.
"The two young men that will be portraying wounded soldiers are perfect gentlemen. If they are not that way at all times, I want you to tell me! They will be running laps and doing pushups until their arms and legs fall off! The commander replied. "They both know that what you are doing is for the benefit of our unit, they will be on their best behavior."
"I’m certain they will Commander. If you could have the costumes sent here as soon as you get back, it will allow us some time to make certain they fit the girls properly." Jane said.
Charlene sighed, then hoped that Jane hadn’t seen her do it. ‘Wearing a nurse costume to be in a parade. I know she’s gonna make me do it, but God! I’ll have to talk to Joan about making sure…’ she was startled back from her thoughts by someone calling her name.
"Charlene, did you hear me?" Jane Thompson was looking directly at her.
"Umm… I… I didn’t hear what you said. I was… I was thinking about being in a parade. I’ve never been in one before and I’m not sure what to do." Was her reply.
"I see. All you need do is show up in the nursing outfit that is sent for you. I am sure the commander will give you very clear instructions. Now, I was saying, I believe Marie could use some help with cleanup, so that she may visit with our guest also. When that is done, you may either come visit in the parlor or return to the study and work on your report, it is due tomorrow, yes?" Jane was back in control of the house.
"Yes ma’am. It is very close to being completed. I would like to finish it this afternoon, thank you." Charlene tried to be as polite as she could figure out to be.
"Very well. Girls, we will have tea at four. Charlene will serve. If you will excuse me and Commander Hayden." Jane placed her napkin on the table, then rose when Commander Hayden assisted with her chair. The two of them left the room and headed for the parlor.
*****
Jane and Brent Hayden entered the parlor. "Have a seat Brent." Jane pointed to the couch.
"Is there a problem Aunt Jane?" The former student queried.
"Not really. It is just that the last time you were here, you were a student. I do not know how you will act around the current students and I can not take a chance of you letting on that you know what is happening here. It is better that we interact with the girls in a more formal setting right now. If you want to visit again during your stay here, Charlene will be more confidant in the masquerade and you can interact more freely with them. Until you learn the rules for being a former student, I will have to tightly control the situation." Jane explained.
Brent shook his head a couple of times. "I think I understand, Aunt Jane. A slip of the tongue and it ruins everything you try to do. Have you always controlled the situations so tightly?" Brent asked.
Jane let a small laugh. "I ALWAYS control the situation my students are in. You may have felt vulnerable. You may have felt the possibility of exposure as a ‘boy in a dress’. Let me assure you there was and still is very little chance of any student being unmasked to someone who does not already know what happens here. It is part of why my method works. The fear of being discovered and labeled a sissy is usually more than most adolescent males can handle. Therefore they try very hard to make the masquerade as complete as possible. You did it too! You essentially became your vision of a very feminine girl so that no one would even suggest you were male. Am I not correct, Brianna?"
Brent jumped when he heard his former femme name. "You remembered? I figured with all the boys…"
Jane motioned Brent to follow her. She led him into her study and bade him to sit on the love seat by the window.
"This room is identical to when I was here…" Brent said as he looked around the room. "THAT chair is the most God-awful, uncomfortable thing I ever sat in! The wooden benches in boot camp were softer!" He exclaimed pointing to ‘The Chair’ that sat on the student side of Jane’s desk.
Jane laughed a little. "It is not supposed to be comfortable, that is not it’s purpose. But I wanted to show you this." She handed Brent her photo gallery of past students.
Brent smiled as he looked at the picture of Brianna. "I guess I didn’t look too bad that way. Aunt Jane, you have everything I have sent you over the last nine years in here too!" There were announcements of high school and college graduations along with his announcement that he was joining the military. There was also a piece out of ‘Stars and Stripes’ about his advancement to Commander. Brent looked at Jane with wonder on his face. "Why?"
Jane took the book back and replaced it in her desk drawer. She smiled at Brent and said "I told you when you left here, you were now one of my boys! All the children that have attended this school, have endeared themselves to me in some way, even those I have not been able to help hold a place in my heart. That book is like a mother’s scrapbook for me. It chronicles what each child has done from their time here onward."
The silence that pervaded the room was thick enough to cut. Finally Brent rose and walked over to Jane and gave her a big hug. "I truly do love you Aunt Jane." He whispered in her ear.
"As I do you." Was Jane’s reply as she hugged Brent tightly.
*****
Marie had insisted on supervising the cleaning and putting away of her finest china. Even with a brand new dishwasher, she insisted that every dish and utensil be washed and dried by hand. The process took longer, but Marie was in such a good mood that the girls didn’t mind the extra work. It was fascinating to hear Marie sing as she helped to put away the dishes and replace all the silverware to it’s proper place.
When all was completed and Marie was happy with what the girls had done she gave each one a hug and a kiss on the cheek for helping. She then hung her apron and sang on her way out of the kitchen and on toward the parlor.
The two teens looked at each other for a moment. Finally, Charlene said, "Marie seems to be in a good mood!"
"Ya’ think? I have been here for five months and I have never seen her so happy! This commander must be someone very special to her." was Joan’s reply.
The two teens hung up their aprons and headed for the student study.
*****
"Done! Finally! And EXACTLY seventeen pages too!" The smile on Charlene’s face showed pride in this accomplishment.
"Very good! Now just place it in the folder and put it in this tray for Aunt Jane to review." Joan replied pointing to a basket by the door. "We should go and get everything ready for tea, it is almost three-thirty."
The two agreed it would be best to do that and keep Jane and Marie happy for as long as possible today. They shut down everything and headed for the kitchen to assemble an appropriate tea for four o’clock.
The two girls arrived in the kitchen and set about preparing a tea. Now Charlene had served tea but had no idea how to actually prepare one for guests. "Umm… Joan? What do we do?" she asked.
"Well, you have served tea, all we do is set up the tray with everything on it! I’ll show you where Marie keeps everything." Came the reply.
It took about twenty minutes to boil the water, arrange the cookies and small pastries on trays and to set out the cups and saucers on the serving cart. Joan looked it over and placed the creamer and sugar bowl on the tray. "Get a lemon from the refrigerator and slice it into wedges." Joan told Charlene.
Charlene retrieved the lemon and tried very hard to cut little wedges out of the lemon when Joan walked up to her. "Could I show you an easier way to do that?" She asked Charlene.
"I hope so! I didn’t think this could be difficult but I might be wrong." Charlene replied, handing the knife to Joan.
Joan sliced the lemon in half and then deftly cut small wedges from the center outward. It took her less than a minute to complete both lemons. "It just takes practice. You’ll get the hang of it soon."
Joan insisted they clean up the kitchen so Marie wouldn’t be mad at them. When that was complete, it was time for tea.
"Since you are to serve, let me get down the hall and enter the parlor before you wheel the tray down for tea. That way I can be seated when you arrive and it will be easier for you to serve." Joan instructed Charlene.
"O..K… I need to do this alone?" There was a lot of uncertainty in Charlene’s voice.
"Easy! Just like in the play room!" Joan smiled and left for the parlor.
"Hmph! Easy for you to say!" Charlene replied as Joan walked away. ‘How the hell do I get myself into these things?’ Charlene finally shook herself back to reality, took a deep breath and pushed the cart towards the parlor.
"Ah! Tea has arrived!" Jane stated as Charlene entered with the serving cart. "Charlene, please serve."
"Yes, Ms. Thompson." Charlene was surprised that the response was almost automatic.
The serving of tea went much better this time for Charlene. She filled the cups a little lower and didn’t have any problem with spills. She finished serving everyone and then remembered to make her own tea.
The conversation was light and centered on the two students. Commander Hayden mercifully only asked Charlene basic questions. Being she was the new student and had not been at the school long. Joan was quizzed a bit more and Charlene noted she let out a small sigh when Jane suggested she play a piece on the piano as entertainment for their guest.
‘I am so glad I don’t know how to play an instrument!’ Charlene thought as Joan kept her smile and played a sweet piano piece for everyone.
There was polite applause and a general round a compliments on her ability on the piano. When she returned to her seat Jane stated. "I am certain Charlene will be just as accomplished in a few months time."
It took a moment but Charlene finally realized what Jane had said and looked at her with shock on her face. All she saw was Jane’s small smile and raised eyebrow, challenging her to say something to the contrary.
"I believe that learning to play music helps to round out a young lady’s outlook and helps her become a more open individual. That is why I allow all my students to learn to play, at least some piano." Jane continued to explain her thoughts on ‘allowing’ the young ladies she taught to bring culture into their lives through music and the arts.
When everyone had their fill of tea and sweets, Joan and Charlene cleared the dishes and returned to the kitchen with the cart. Marie followed a few seconds behind them.
"Mon Petites! You both did very well in there. Charlene, you served tea much better this time! I am certain Ms. Jane is pleased. Joan, you play the piano, plus parfait! I could listen to you for hours." Marie was just flowing with compliments for the two students while they cleaned up the dishes from tea.
When that was done Marie shooed the girls out of the kitchen and told them that they had free time until dinner at seven.
*****
After the girls and Marie had left the parlor, Brent looked at his former teacher and mentor.
"You know Aunt Jane, I remember sitting in this room and being absolutely terrified when you had me serve tea for guests." Brent confided.
"You were supposed to be terrified, Dear. There would be no point to the exercise if you weren’t!" Jane replied. "Charlene is only here a few days and has actually made great strides toward being able to be reshaped into a good, decent person. There is basically a very good person inside all of us, I believe and my method tries to bring that out as quickly as possible."
Brent chuckled a little. "Well you certainly managed it with me and my big sister! I haven’t had so much as a parking ticket since I left here. I haven’t talked to ‘Winnie’, or rather Bill, in about a year. Have you heard from him lately?"
"William is doing quite well. I received a wedding announcement in the mail just few days ago. He mentioned that you would be receiving one also. Have you not received it yet?" Jane queried.
"Must be in the mail that is forwarded weekly from my last duty point! Probably get it Monday or Tuesday." Brent replied with a smile. "I knew he would marry Jennifer, I just knew it!"
The conversation between the former student and the Mistress of Season’s House continued for another hour. Eventually, it was time for Brent to leave.
"I’ll have those nurse’s uniforms delivered this week, Aunt Jane. I expect you will find some appropriate lingerie for the outfits?" Brent’s smile was as wide as his face.
"Never fear Commander! My girls will be completely believable in their roles as nurses for your float! Now scoot before it gets too dark and you are forced to stay here. I believe we can find a nightdress for you somewhere in the house…" Jane said with a smile.
A look of shock crossed Commander Hayden’s face and then he smiled. "Not this time Aunt Jane. I’m certain I can drive back to Providence in the dark." With that he gave Jane and Marie big hugs and kisses, then climbed into his car and waved as he drove away from the mansion.
*****
"Free Time! This is the first ‘free time’ I’ve had since I got here! Joan? What do you do with free time?" Charlene asked as the two students carefully walked past the parlor, hoping to avoid detection by Jane Thompson.
Joan laughed a little. "It’s not really free time. I guess you could go for a walk outside, or go lay in your room. You could work on your studies, or do your nails. Let me see your hands! Just as I thought! Your nail polish needs to be redone. Aunt Jane is being kind by not commenting on it. Probably because you are still new. Let’s go to your room and do your nails, it will help to keep Aunt Jane off your back, if there is one less thing for her to notice."
The two students went up the stairs away from Jane Thompson and the scrutiny that entailed. They spent the next hour redoing their nails and basically talking to each other about where they lived before coming to Jane’s school.
A walk around the gardens and a little time spent looking over her report one last time and it was time for dinner.
After washing up, redoing makeup and changing into a different Sunday dress, Charlene made her way to the dining room for dinner.
The respite from Jane was welcome, but all came back into focus when Jane continued correcting Charlene at the table for little mistakes. This was really starting to irritate Charlene.
‘I AM trying the best I know how!!!’ Maybe that little bit of ‘free time’ was just her way to get me to let my guard down…. Hmm…’ Charlene fumed to herself, after being told to take smaller bites for the third time. Unconsciously, she let out a big sigh.
"Charlene, is something the matter?" Jane asked.
‘If looks could kill…’, thought Charlene. After thinking a moment, Charlene decided to let it out. "Yea! No matter how hard I try, it isn’t good enough for you! You complain about my behavior, my dress, makeup, walk, use of a fork, the size I cut my food into, the way I eat it and the way I cleanup afterward. I have no idea what you think of my report, but I’m sure you won’t like it either! I don’t know why I’m trying so hard. I don’t seem to be getting anywhere or doing anything to your liking!"
Jane stopped eating and placed her fork down. She considered what Charlene said for a moment and then replied. "I can see where you might think that. You are still new to this school and are not used to my teaching methods yet. I do not tell my students ‘why’ I do what I do, that is for you to learn on your own. Let it suffice that in order for me to accomplish what needs to be done, you need to learn proper manners and etiquette at all times. As I told you, you will behave as a young woman for the time you are here. As such, you need to learn the manners and habits of a young woman in order to gain any benefit from my training. I am afraid, you will have to tolerate my correcting you, until you do well enough to not need further correction. Does that make sense to you?"
"How much longer will that be?" Charlene asked.
"That, depends on YOU!" Was Jane’s reply. "I believe Marie has a wonderful dessert for us tonight, Charlene, would you please help Marie serve?"
"Yes, ma’am." Charlene let out a sigh, stood and went to help Marie in the kitchen.
"Oh, yes! Charlene? ‘Yea’ is not a ladylike expression. Please try to find a more appropriate way to express yourself from now on." Jane told Charlene as she headed for the kitchen to help Marie.
The only reply was an audible sigh…
As usual, the dessert was great and Charlene helped Marie cleanup afterwards. This part of the schooling wasn’t too bad. At least Charlene liked Marie and didn’t mind helping her in the kitchen.
Jane usually let the students relax on Sunday evenings and this Sunday was no exception. Charlene was surprised that she was not required to be somewhere or do any ‘training’ for the evening hours. She did take a walk around the grounds and visit the horses, then decided to look over her report one last time. Finally after dark she looked over the newspaper and decided to get ready for bed. Charlene was just about to head into the bathroom for her bath when there was a knock on the door.
The door didn’t immediately open, so Charlene figured it must be Joan. "Come in!"
Joan entered the room and carrying a tray. "I thought, if you wanted, we would redo our hands and feet so Aunt Jane will have one less thing to reprimand you about tomorrow."
"Tomorrow? Didn't we just redo our polish like four hours ago?" Charlene asked.
"We just redid your fingernails so you would be presentable for tea. We should redo your toenails and fingernails unless you really like 'Candy Pink' for your nail color. I thought you might like something a little more 'age appropriate'. Sunday evening is like your only time off here. Tomorrow morning she will continue whatever program she has devised for you. I am certain it will require a few outfit changes and inspections, at least this way your nail polish will look good and there will be one less thing for her to complain about!" Joan replied with a knowing smile.
"Why are you doing this? I mean, why are you trying to help me? I didn’t even know you before I came here." Charlene asked her new friend.
"Why? Because I have already been through it! I know what Aunt Jane is going to look for in the inspection part and I was told about it enough times that I don’t let it happen anymore. Let’s just say I was never a ‘Big Sister’ to anyone and this way I can sort of feel like one by teaching you all the things you need to know while you are here." Was Joan’s reply.
"Big sister, huh? Humph! I was always the ‘Big Brother’ at home. I taught my little brother whatever I could. I guess that is similar to what you are trying to do… " Charlene thought for a minute. "Ok, sis! What do we do first!" A genuine smile came to her face. Probably the first real heartfelt smile since her arrival at Season’s House.
The two new friends chatted about home and school and things they would rather be doing than being at the academy, while they removed filed and redid their toes and fingers in a soft red for the following day. When they were through, Joan collected everything back onto her tray and said goodnight on her way out the door. Charlene looked at her toes and hands, shook her head, let out another big sigh and headed off to the bathroom for her bath.
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Another day, in the life of Charlene!
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Sixteen
"More Lessons to Learn!"
‘Good morning! This NPR’s Morning edition!’ woke Charlene from her dreams. "Damn thing!" She cursed as she looked at the offending clock radio. She was just about to hit the off button when she remembered that Jane Thompson would be quizzing her over breakfast about some of the stories. "She’ll probably ask me how many Koala Lampurans it takes to carry a sick boa constrictor to the vet!" She mumbled as she got out of bed.
Heading for the bathroom to take care of her morning ritual, Charlene stopped at the door and looked back into the bedroom. "No nightmares last night! Thank goodness for that!" She then turned and closed the bathroom door to use the potty.
While she was in the shower checking her legs for stray hairs she heard Marie’s cheery voice. "Good Morning Cherie! I’ll just leave your fresh lingerie on the counter."
"Another day, another bunch of F****** frills!" Charlene muttered to herself. She finished her shower, dried and dressed in the bra and panties Marie had left for her and walked out into the bedroom to get dressed. Marie was no where to be found. There was an outfit on the bed with a note laid out on it.
The note read,
‘Cherie!
Today you are to dress yourself, do your own makeup and hair and be at breakfast by eight o’clock. I know you can do this!
Marie’
Charlene looked at the outfit and again at the note, ‘I’ve worn this outfit before. It was rather simple hair and makeup.’ With a big sigh and a scratch of her head, she started to dress.
It was a simple ‘school girl’ type outfit. A white blouse, a blue and white plaid skirt, white tights and black ‘Mary Jane’ style shoes. Not too hard to put on! Charlene pulled her hair back into a ponytail, trying to do as good a job as Marie had done, that took three tries and it still didn’t look quite right. Finally satisfied, she moved on to the makeup. Foundation, blue eyeshadow, a little blush, mascara and a soft pink lipstick. She put on a pair of gold hoop clip-on earrings, a gold necklace and watch then looked at the clock.
"Three minutes to get to breakfast! Take that Jane Thompson!" Charlene headed out of her room and down the stairs.
When Charlene entered the dining room Jane, Joan and Marie were all standing behind their chairs waiting for her to arrive. Marie peeked at the clock and gave her a big smile.
Jane Thompson took a quick look at her watch, smiled at Charlene and said, "Good, shall we dine?"
Everyone sat to one of Marie’s wonderful breakfasts. The banter was all from Jane Thompson this morning. She asked the normal questions about the events in the paper and newsworthy items heard on the radio that morning. Charlene was surprised when Jane asked if she knew how many natives of a Koala Lampuran village it had taken to carry their sick boa constrictor to the veterinarian at the national zoo. She also asked why it was such an important thing to do.
"I believe it took seven men from the village to do that. It seems that they keep the boa constrictor as a sacred animal, although many believe that the health of the village is because the boa eats the rodents in the area and thereby limits any potential disease outbreaks." Charlene replied in her best Jane Thompson voice.
"Just so! Very good Charlene. When we finish here, I will see you in my study, we need to continue your education and I would like to discuss my plans for you." Jane replied in schoolmistress mode.
The rest of the meal was eaten, as always, with more questions and answers. It was Joan’s turn to help with the dishes, so when Charlene was finished, she followed Jane to her study.
Charlene stood in front of the desk awaiting the ok to sit.
"This meeting will be brief! Today we will see what you have learned since you have arrived.
I have a prepared list of clothing changes for you, I expect you to go through them as you have each day, but you will have no help from Marie or Joan. You will report here as quickly as possible for evaluation, complete a circuit of the study with the book and then continue on to the next outfit on the list. All outfits must be completed before we have lunch. Do you have any questions?" Jane asked as she handed Charlene the list from her desk.
Charlene looked over the list, stifled a sigh and replied, "No ma’am".
"Your time begins now." Jane said while looking at her watch.
Charlene looked up startled, since she had been lost thinking about ‘How in the hell am I going to do this!’, when Jane told her she could go. Gathering her thoughts, she grabbed the dictionary, did a circuit of the room and left for her first change of the morning.
"I should have a very frustrated, rather irritated, young man on my hands by lunch today." Jane thought to herself, as she noted the time on her pad. "We will see what he has learned about self control…"
*****
Charlene headed for her room with the paper in her hand. As she entered her bedroom, she rechecked the first outfit she was to wear. "No sense in wasting time, I could end up with another Fu***** report to write! I have worn this outfit every morning since I got here! How do they clean this stuff every day?" she wondered as she looked over the list of clothes.
The routine was standard now. First, strip completely, then cream colored bra, panties and garter belt. Next the cream colored stockings and two white petticoats. Then do hair and makeup. The makeup took the most time. Charlene remembered that this was to be a younger look. It took a long time to get the colors and shading as close to what she could remember Marie had done in the past. Finally she put on the Cream dress with all the lace and argued with the back zipper until it was all the way up. Matching shoes and purse and she was ready to see Jane.
The swish of the petticoats were pretty common to Charlene now, so she had no problem getting to Jane’s office. She knocked and waited.
"Enter!" Was all that was heard through the door.
When Charlene entered, Jane barely looked up from her reading, waved at the dictionary and held out a paper for Charlene. This was a little confusing to Charlene, there was no inspection for this outfit.
Charlene took the paper, lifted the dictionary, made her round of the office in two tries and left. All was done while Jane seemed occupied with something else.
The next change was the same skirt and blouse as the last two days, with only one petticoat. The hair and makeup were going a little faster for Charlene now so she was only a couple of minutes late.
Once again, Jane barely looked up and handed Charlene another slip of paper. This one said ‘Late!!’ at the top of it, along with the next outfit listed.
Another race up the stairs and another change into a daytime office look, this time Charlene made it back to the study in time! Again, Jane just waved the slip of paper and pointed to the dictionary.
The next outfit was the formal, prom outfit. This one took Charlene longer due to the complex hairdo, with no assistance from Marie. Charlene wasn’t certain she could ever get used to thong panties, but they were ‘required’ for this outfit. Even with holding the skirt higher than she knew Jane would allow, she was still way late for her inspection.
Charlene entered the study, expecting to be waved at and ignored but instead, Jane stood and walked around the desk to look at Charlene.
"Very lovely, Charlene! Yes, very lovely. I believe you are starting to get the hang of this. I note that your tardiness is less than half of what it was the last time we did this exercise. That is improvement in time management. You still need to practice your hair and makeup skills, but that too will come along as you progress in the program. I want you to go into the kitchen and prepare a tea. I will page Marie and let her know to help you in the kitchen. Please serve in the parlor. You may go!" Jane walked back around her chair and sat back down.
Charlene just stood there in shock. ‘First, it’s hurry, hurry, hurry. Then she acts like I’m her fu***** servant! Just what does she want out of me?’
"Charlene, I said you may go!" Jane repeated.
"Wha…? Oh! Yes ma’am." Charlene curtseyed and headed for the door.
"Charlene? Aren’t you forgetting something?" Jane asked tapping the dictionary.
"Damn! I mean… Sorry! I mean… Oh … I don’t know what I mean." Charlene stuttered as she grabbed the book and made her walk around the study.
Jane watched her complete the circuit. She couldn’t let that slip of tongue go, she had to push just a little bit more. "Miss Hawkins! I will remind you that such language shall not be tolerated while you are here. It is uncouth and not very becoming for a young lady of breeding and class to use profanities at any time. While you are attending my school, you will control your tongue. Do I make myself clear?"
The anger flashed in Charlie’s eyes for a split second, only to be tamped down quickly by sheer inner strength. "Yes Ms. Thompson, perfectly clear, will that be all?"
"We will discuss your reprimand over tea. You may go." Jane replied in full head mistress mode.
Charlene held her lips tightly together while she curtseyed and left the study. All the way down the hall she mumbled to herself. ‘Blasted bi***! On my fu***** case all the time, GOD! I’d like to haul off and… No! Charlie that would be EXACTLY what she would want so she could send you off to jail for a few years for assault. Bide your time, one of these days that old coot is gonna screw up and then…’ Charlene hit the kitchen door with the heel of her hand and it flew open with a bang.
When Marie came into the dining room she could hear the slamming of her kitchen cabinets through the closed door. She quickened her pace a little and then slowed to enter the kitchen softly. "Charlene! Is there a problem with the cabinet hinges? I believe they were oiled just a month or so ago, no?"
Charlene was just about to slam another door when Marie spoke. She froze in place and then turned beet red. She shut the cabinet gently and turned to look at Marie, cheeks still glowing. Standing there silently for a few seconds, Charlene decided there was something very interesting on the floor a few feet in front of her.
"I take it from the noise in here you are upset about something?" Marie finally asked.
A big sigh was the first response, then Charlene finally decided to look at Marie. "I… well… I… (sigh) I’m just so damn… Umm… Darn… upset at Ms. Thompson right now, I could spit! She has me doing this stupid dressing game and then she doesn’t even look at me when I show up, she just hands me a piece of paper and ignores me. Then when I get down there late from doing this formal getup, she treats me like I’m her slave or something and should do her bidding in making tea and serving it for everyone! I’m NOT a SLAVE! I’m … I’m… I’m really, really pissed, is what I am!" Replied Charlene in a rush of words and emotion.
"I see. So you decided to take it out on my cabinets? I think there should be a better way to control your anger at Ms. Jane." Marie replied in a mildly sarcastic tone.
Charlene’s cheeks flushed red again and the floor became interesting to look at. "I’m sorry Marie. I didn’t mean to damage anything, I just wasn’t… wasn’t thinking clearly, I guess…" Charlene’s voice trailed off to nothing.
Marie opened a couple of cabinets, removing the items necessary for a proper tea. Charlene had gotten most of the items out, but Marie always liked to be certain the tea was perfect, at least while training a student. "It does not appear you have done any damage. But in the future I expect you to treat my kitchen with a little more respect!" Marie waggled a finger at Charlene. "Now! Let us get this proper tea ready so you are not in trouble for being tardy to tea time!"
"Thanks Marie." Charlene said as she smiled at Marie and started to arrange the tea trolley the way she had seen Joan do before.
Charlene told Marie she could finish setting things up and that she should head for the parlor. Ms. Thompson had asked Charlene to serve everyone tea and figured Marie was included.
About three minutes after Marie left, Charlene headed for the parlor trying to remember how to have a tea party! The only thing going through her head was ‘A-a-a-a-a VERY happy un-birthday to you! …And You! A-a-a-a Very happy un-birthday to you! …And You!’ Over and over like a singing Christmas toy that never stops. Whatever it was, by the time she arrived at the parlor door she had a smile on her face, most likely from thinking about the tea party that Alice had had.
As she rolled the cart to a stop in the parlor, Jane spoke. "You appear to be happy this morning, Charlene. It is good to see a smile on your pretty face. So much better than a scowl or a frown, don’t you think?" It was a rhetorical question as Jane looked to Joan and Marie for support of her observation.
"I agree Aunt Jane. Charlene looks genuinely happy today." Joan replied.
"Just a silly thought, I was remembering something I saw with my little brother, that’s all." Charlene replied, trying to change the subject before she broke into giggles. "Shall I pour, Ms. Thompson?"
"Yes please. " Jane continued some inane lecture about gentility and refinement. Charlene tuned her out as she went about pouring a ‘proper’ tea. She remembered to ask if they wanted sugar and almost lost her composure when asking ‘One lump? Or two?’ She managed to get through the entire tea without breaking up laughing and even remembered what everyone had when she asked ‘More tea?’ The hardest part was when Jane asked for only a half of a cup. Charlene could just imagine cutting one of the cups in half like in the Disney movie. That almost made her laugh out loud. She had learned from her ‘Dorothy’ incident that it would not be wise to do that sort of thing again.
When the tea was finished Charlene placed everything back on the tray and headed for the kitchen. As soon as she got through the door, she broke into a giggle-fit.
Marie entered less than a minute behind and found Charlene trying very hard to keep from laughing out loud. "What is so very funny mon petite?"
"Oh Marie, it was so hard to get through tea without laughing today! I constantly had visions of the Mad Hatter’s tea party in ‘Alice in Wonderland’" it was then that Charlene started laughing so much she had trouble talking for a few minutes. I kept hearing them singing ‘A-a-a-a very happy un-birthday to you! And you!’ all through the time I was in the parlor. It was so difficult to pour the tea and not break out laughing. I hope Ms. Thompson doesn’t find out, I’d probably be in big trouble!" Charlene realized and covered her mouth. Just as quickly she realized it was a rather girlish gesture and quickly put her arm down at her side. "Umm-m-m… I’ll just clean up here and put the dirty dishes in the dishwasher." as she got busy trying not to think about how much of an effect all this petticoat punishment was having on her.
Marie caught the move but said nothing. When Charlene had finished putting everything away she spoke. "Sit down Cherie, we need to talk for a moment." Marie motioned to a kitchen stool. After Charlene settled, she continued. "You need to learn to relax a little and enjoy your time here. There is nothing wrong with a little laughter, even if you think it is silly. I believe Ms. Jane and Joan would have enjoyed the fact you had that tune running through your head during tea. It would have better explained your smiling at odd moments during Ms. Jane’s talk. Now I think she may be confused as to why you reacted the way you did. We shall see."
Charlene looked a little worried for a moment. "You don’t think she’ll make me dress up as a four year old again do you?" she asked.
Marie giggled a little, "No, Cherie. She would not punish you for thinking something like that, but I am certain she will watch you a little closer for a while to see if that smile was just a personal thought or something more mischievous! I will let her know that it was just a silly thought that ran through your head. That will calm her fears and might make things a little easier on you." Marie patted Charlene on the hand and smiled.
"Umm… thanks Marie. I better help you finish cleaning up here, I’m sure Ms. Thompson will want me back for more clothes changing before lunch." Charlene replied and started to clear the cart of the used items from tea.
It didn’t take them long to clean up from tea and Marie told Charlene she should leave and return to Ms. Thompson for her next assignment. That was another of those long walks down the hallway, Charlene was just wondering what silly thing she would have to do next to keep this crazy lady happy… "Now I’m even thinking of myself as a ‘she’! Good Grief, Charlie Brown!"
"Enter!" Was Jane’s reply to the knock on her door. She was expecting Charlene so there was no surprise when she came in and stood before the desk. "Much better at serving tea today, Charlene, you may get the hang of doing it properly yet. I am certain you will receive more practice during your stay here. Now for your next change of clothes, you will need assistance since it is something new. Marie has gone upstairs to prepare for your arrival. You may go!" Jane returned to the papers on her desk.
Charlene thought for a moment then went to the shelf behind Jane, took the dictionary and made her customary circuit of the study. She placed the book back on the shelf. While quietly leaving the study, Jane spoke.
"Very good, Charlene. You are learning some of the rules." Jane nodded toward the shelf. "I will see you when Marie is satisfied you are ready."
Charlene nodded and closed the study door. ‘I wonder what that was all about?’ she thought as she headed up the stairs toward her bedroom.
Her wondering did not last long. When she entered her bedroom, there was Marie fussing all around the vanity, making sure everything was in it’s proper place. "Marie?" she asked.
"Oh, Cherie. It is good you arrived so quickly! We have just enough time before lunch to make you absolutely beautiful! Now quickly, undress and take a shower. You will need to wash your hair, with the hairpiece in place, it has to be wet to style correctly. Now shoo!" Marie made a shooing motion at Charlene and herded her towards the bathroom door. "Your fresh lingerie is already on the counter and make certain you use the dusting powder liberally before you come back into the bedroom."
Charlene headed into the bathroom to do as Marie instructed. Fifteen minutes later she walked out of the bathroom smelling of lavender with a towel sort of wrapped in a turban around her wet hair. Her lingerie consisted of a pair of white satin bikini cut panties.
"Over here, we need to get you into your clothes first." Marie motioned toward a bar that was fixed to the sides of the closet. "We will place this around you and then you will hold onto the bar while I lace it up!" Marie showed Charlene a satin lined corset with a lot of boning.
"Marie! What IS that thing?" Charlene asked, looking at the contraption full of satin, lace, garters and various strings.
"This? It is just a corset! It will give you a very girlish figure and is necessary in order for you to fit into your dress. Now come along we have very little time for delay!" Marie replied walking over to Charlene and starting to wrap the garment around her. "Hold this up so I can do up the hooks." Marie proceeded to hook the front of the corset together with what seemed to be a hundred little metal hooks. When she was finished, she laced a cover over the hooks and tied it off with a bow.
"Over to the lacing bar, now reach up and hold onto the bar while I tighten up the rear laces." Marie instructed Charlene.
Charlene reached up and held on to the bar suspended in her closet door. "Like this?" she asked.
"That is fine, now let me tighten the laces for the first time." Marie responded and proceeded to snug the laces of the corset from the top to the bottom. When she was through, she tied a bow and took a breath. "Lower your arms and walk around… How does that feel?"
"Not bad, tight. I can’t get a real deep breath and it’s going to be tough to bend over!" Charlene replied, testing the strength of the corset with a deep breath.
"Back to the bar Cherie! We have to tighten it again." Marie instructed.
"Again? Marie…" Charlene gasped.
"Shush little one! We have to bring the edges of the corset together. It is only another inch or so, it will not be so bad!" Marie replied with a smile. "First we insert these…" Marie inserted two silicone breast enhancers in the bottom of the corset bra cups. Then she tugged whatever loose flesh she could toward the middle of Charlene’s chest and voila! Instant cleavage! "Now we are ready to retighten those laces!"
Charlene wasn’t too sure if it would be bad or not but went back over to the bar and held on while Marie retightened the laces two more times. "Marie! I can’t brea..oomph!" was all she got out as Marie gave one last tug on the laces before tying them off in a knot.
"Breathe very shallow and a little faster than normal, Cherie. You will adjust to the corset in a couple of minutes. Step over here to the vanity and we will have you sit while you get used to your corset! You have a wonderful shape now, this dress will be tres magnifique on you!" Marie was beaming over the fact that she got the sides of the corset to meet.
Charlene was moving carefully over to the vanity stool and discovered that he couldn’t just flop down on the stool as she had before. It took some planning and then having to lower yourself carefully on to the stool in an upright posture, almost like sitting at attention.
While Charlene was getting used to the corset, Marie started rolling a pair of stockings and sliding them up Charlene’s legs. She explained that once in a corset, a lady will require a lot of help to even dress herself.
"Marie? (breathe) Why am I… (breathe) in a corset?" (breathe) Charlene found it difficult to talk and breathe while in this new contraption.
"So your dress will fit you properly, of course!" Marie replied, as if it was the most logical reason in the world. "Now stand and hook your stockings to the garters."
Charlene stood and worked for almost three minutes trying to get the stockings hooked tightly as Marie had taught her. When she completed that task, she was out of breath and had to sit back down.
"Not so easy, being a proper lady, eh Mon Petite? You rest and I will start on your hair." Marie stated as she pulled out a box of curlers.
"Oh no! More torture!" Charlene moaned half joking.
"But of course! It takes a lot of work and a little suffering to be beautiful!" was Marie’s reply.
Marie proceeded to gel and roll Charlene’s hair into a mass of curls. By the time she finished, Charlene’s breathing had returned to an almost normal tempo. "Now we let the curls set while we do your makeup and get you dressed."
Marie started with what she called a ‘stage’ makeup base, it was used on the face, neck and upper body down to the top of the corset. It gave a very pale look to Charlene’s tanned body. She then changed to a different cover-up for her arms and the backs of her hands. When she was done with this, she applied a translucent powder all over the makeup to ‘set’ it.
Starting with her eyes, she applied a dusty rose to the lids and proceeded to lighten the shadow to an almost white by the time she got to Charlene’s brows. This effectively opened her eyes into a more innocent look. Brown eyeliner and a light application of mascara completed the eyes. Marie brushed and trimmed Charlene’s eyebrows, then used a medium brown pencil to even the color of her brows and extend her brow to the outside of her eye crease. She also added a little upward flair at the corner of each eye, giving the illusion of a more oval shaped eye.
A matching dusty rose blush and lipstick finished off the look. When Charlene looked in the mirror, she was stunned. She looked like a completely different person, skin coloring was changed and the makeup gave her a very innocent yet slightly older look, like she was sixteen instead of fourteen.
"You like?" Marie asked.
Charlene took a deep breath and let it out slowly. "I… I look so different. Like it’s someone else sitting here."
"That is the whole point! You are Charlene! And now we shall finish dressing you and do your hair." Marie replied with a smile. Come! We will hurry, so that we are not late for lunch."
Marie went to the closet and took out a beautiful rose colored, strapless sheath dress. She had Charlene step into the dress and it slid easily up her now corseted body. Before zipping the dress she reached for two little hooks that were sewn into the side seams of the dress and hooked them into a couple of eyes on Charlene’s corset, under her arms. Marie then zipped the dress up and hooked the top above the zipper.
"Voila! Plus parfait!" Marie exclaimed. "Ah! Shoes!" She went back to the closet and pulled out a matching pair of three-inch heeled sandals stooped down to strap them to Charlene’s feet. "There, you are. Stand and walk around the room for me."
Charlene rose, with difficulty, and proceeded to carefully walk around the bedroom. She had worn heels this high before, but these were almost like there was nothing attached to her feet. After completing a circuit of the room, she tried to back up to the vanity stool but kept catching her shoe on the hem of the dress.
"You will have to lift your hem to back up to a chair, Cherie. The dress has a small train to it and is a forward only dress. Like so…" Marie told Charlene as she showed her how to sweep the tail of the dress up and to the side so she could see where she was backing up.
It took Charlene a few minutes to manage holding the skirt, breathing and trying to locate the vanity stool without passing out from lack of breath. She managed to sit down again and it took a minute for her to regain her breath.
"Marie? Does the corset have to be this tight? I can hardly breathe!" Charlene asked.
"Oui, mon petite. You must be that size to fit into the dress. You will get used to the corset shortly. Now, let us finish your hair so we can show Ms. Jane how lovely you are." Marie replied while starting to remove all the curlers from Charlene’s hair.
Marie became a whirlwind of activity using a brush, a comb and bobbie pins to arrange the mass of curls into a very elegant up-do. The curls cascaded down from the crown of Charlene’s head and there were two small curls that were left loose and hung in front of her ears. Marie handed her two, chandelier type clip —on earrings and a matching teardrop necklace which Charlene put on as she had been taught. A final touch of hairspray and a little spray of ‘Angels’ perfume and Marie felt she was finished.
A big smile crossed Marie’s face as she stood back to look at her creation. "Cherie, you are very beautiful!"
Charlene looked in the mirror. Staring back at her was a very pretty girl. It didn’t look at all like she expected. Gone was any trace of ‘Charlie’, instead there sat a pretty young lady of approximately sixteen, sitting very properly on a vanity stool. "I look like I’m ready for a prom or something." Charlene stated.
"A prom, or a night out for a concert, or an opera perhaps?" Marie replied. "Do you not like?"
"Oh, no Marie, I just look so-o much different, there isn’t any of me in the mirror anymore!" Charlene replied.
"No, Cherie. You are still there, what I have done is just makeup and clothes, what you see is just a façade for the world to look at." Marie replied. "Now! It is time for you to see Ms. Jane. I must get to the kitchen and help Joan finish preparing lunch."
Charlene stood there staring at the image in the mirror. When she moved the imaged moved, she knew it was her reflection but the image was so-o-o dramatically different it shook her inside. After a few minutes of looking, Charlene started shaking and finally had trouble getting her breath. She sat on the vanity stool for a minute to calm herself. "God, Charlie, this has to be the fu***ng worst situation you have ever gotten yourself into. Look at this, you’re shaking and if you don’t get control soon, you’ll start crying. I just can’t let that bi*** win, not ever!" Charlene’s eyes turned a little harder as her resolve to not give in to Jane Thompson returned to the surface. "Well, if she wants a prom queen… I’ll give her a prom queen!" With that last comment, Charlene checked her makeup, to be certain she hadn’t messed it up and then started for the bedroom door to make her way to Jane’s study.
Jane Thompson turned off the security monitor in her study and closed the cabinet door that hid it from view. ‘I always hate having to watch my students during these first few days, but I really need to know what is going on in their heads so I know when to push and when to back off. I believe Ms. Hawkins is ready for a little more pushing.’
The trip to the study took Charlene a full five minutes. Navigating the steps in a corset and a long gown, was a new experience. The addition of three-inch heels slowed her even more. Having gotten to the hallway, Charlene stopped for a minute to catch her breath, then proceeded toward Jane’s study.
"Enter!" The familiar command echoed in Charlene’s ears as she opened the door and took her position in front of Jane Thompson’s desk.
"Ah! Ms. Hawkins. You look absolutely stunning in that outfit. That corset gives you a very nice figure and that dress is a very good color for you." Jane could see the blush in Charlene’s cheeks even through the stage makeup. After a moment of silence Jane spoke. "Aren’t you going to respond to my compliment?"
"Oh! Umm… Thank you Ms. Thompson." A startled Charlene replied.
"That’s better. A girl as pretty as you had best get used to compliments. You shall receive many over your time here." Jane told the cross-dressed teen. "Yes, you are very pretty and will draw a fair amount of attention from both males and females about your appearance."
Charlene’s heart started thumping like a sledgehammer. ‘MALES? What males?’ she thought as the adrenaline pumped through her. She was in ‘fight or flight’ mode now, wondering how quickly she could move in this outfit.
Jane saw the widening of Charlene’s eyes and pressed on. "Yes, a little corset training and some work on your poise and deportment and you will have every teenage male within fifty miles bowing and scraping at your feet. Won’t that be something to see?" Jane let her last comment sink in and saw the scared look turn to fear. It was time to back off a little.
"But that is for the future, right now we need to teach you how to move in that lovely outfit you have on. I have the dictionary right here for you, I know how hard it is to bend to get it off the shelf in a corset. We will work on the ‘ladylike’ way to do that at a later time. Right now, please…" Jane pointed to the book on the corner of her desk. Jane had seen the panic on her student’s face when she mentioned dealing with ‘boys’. She simply stopped and waited to see if she would have to remind her student to take slower more controlled breaths. When she saw the panic subside, she just waited to see how long it would take Charlene to realize what she wanted done.
Charlene’s mind had been racing with all types of thoughts. ‘She expects me to deal with boys! Dressed like this? Oh my GOD! What… what… (pant, pant) wait, remember short shallow breaths, that’s it slow down, calm yourself. She’s just trying to get to you, Charlie, you know that. Just let it slide off, now what was she saying…" Charlene saw Jane pointing to the dictionary on the table. She may not have heard the comment but she knew what was expected.
The trip around the study didn’t take very long to accomplish. Charlene completed it on the third try. The corset changed her balance and restricted her movement enough that after a little trial and error she did the circuit with a smile on her face. ‘That will show her. She probably figured we would be here forever!’ Charlene told herself. She took the book off her head and placed it back on Jane’s desk.
"Very good! It is now time for lunch, if you would freshen up, I will meet you in the dining room." Jane nodded toward the study door.
"Yes, Ms. Thompson." Charlene attempted a curtsey in the tight clothes and exited as quickly as she could.
Charlene let out a big sigh after the door closed. Well, as big a sigh as she could manage in a corset, anyway. She proceeded to go to the downstairs powder room, wash her hands and check her makeup. It was a good thing Marie had packed her small purse, a little powder and lipstick and she was ready for lunch.
Everyone was waiting at the table when Charlene entered. She quietly took her place by her chair and waited for Jane to yell at her for being late.
"Shall we dine?" was all she said. No jabbing comment, no sarcasm, just ‘Shall we dine?’ This confused Charlene for a moment, between her confusion and the restriction of the corset and dress, she was the last one to sit.
Marie brought out plates of food already prepared for each person. Charlene noticed that hers was less than half of what Joan, Jane and Marie had on their plates. Just as she was getting depressed over not only being in a corset, but now looking like she would starve, Jane spoke.
"Charlene. You have probably noticed you have a much smaller portion of food than the rest of us." After a nod from Charlene, Jane continued. "You are going to be on a different schedule for meals this afternoon. Due to your wearing a corset, you will find that you can no longer eat large quantities of food at one meal. Therefore, you will be eating a small meal every few hours. You will have sufficient nourishment throughout the day, it will just be spread out over more frequent and smaller meals. I will caution you to not over eat at any one meal, as you will be very uncomfortable for quite some time afterwards."
"Oh! I was wondering why my portion was smaller. I thought you might be punishing me for something." Charlene replied.
"Oh no dear! Perish the thought! I told you when you arrived, no physical harm would come to you. I consider withholding food or drink to be a cruel and unnecessary thing to do. There are many other ways to let you know you have done something incorrect." Jane replied.
With that comment, the meal started. Jane talked about feminine behavior and what young girls did when she was a young girl. Every second or third sentence she would instruct Charlene to take smaller bites and to chew longer, so that she would not finish her meal before everyone else.
Eventually everyone had their fill and Charlene was surprised to see that there was still food on her plate. She tried to eat one more bite but after swallowing it, found it to be a mistake. "I guess you really can’t eat much in this corset!" She said in a low voice.
Jane didn’t hear all of the comment, but she heard enough. "Yes, the corset will do two things. It will help to teach you correct posture and it will help to shrink the amount that you eat at any one time. Joan discovered those two things when she first started wearing one, didn’t you?"
"Yes Aunt Jane. It became a habit to sit properly and to eat in smaller portions. The latter has definitely helped my figure." Came Joan’s reply.
"Just so! You have learned so much in your time here, Joan. I am certain Charlene will learn just as much! Now, this afternoon, I believe, you have piano practice, Joan?" A ‘yes ma’am’ was the reply. "Good! Then I shall have time to instruct Charlene on some of the finer points of being a proper young lady. Charlene, meet me in the study when you are finished here." Jane wiped her mouth with the napkin and left the dining room.
"Proper fu****g lady indeed! I can’t breathe in this da** corset! How am I going to survive her ‘exercises’!" Charlene grumbled to Joan.
"Best watch your language, Charlene! You know Aunt Jane can appear at the most unlikely times!" Joan stated. "I don’t think you will be doing anything too strenuous this afternoon. At least I didn’t when she had Marie tie me into one of those!"
"Hmph!" was Charlene’s reply. (sigh) "Well, I guess I shouldn’t sit here too much longer. Probably better to show up before she expects me! I couldn’t eat anything else in this corset anyway."
Charlene rose and placed her napkin on the table. After finding her center of gravity she started carefully toward the door. Just before leaving, she looked at Joan, who was still seated at the table and smiling.
"What?" she asked. Wondering what the smile was all about.
"Oh, nothing. I was looking at you getting up from the table and remembered how awkward I felt the first couple of times I had to wear a corset. It’s easy now, but different when you first wear one." Joan replied.
"Oh! Well, I hope I don’t have to wear this thing too often! I’ll see you later." Charlene said as she restarted toward the doorway out of the dining room.
*****
"Enter" Charlene was used to that one word phrase now and proceeded carefully into Jane’s study. Not being sure what type of ‘exercises’ she had planned, she could only let devices of torture pass through her mind. She proceeded to her usual spot and found it much easier to assume the proper position with the corset keeping her rigid.
"Please sit." Came from Jane as she motioned to the chair. "This afternoon you are not going to be changing clothes but will be learning a few of the ‘feminine arts’ as I like to call them. When wearing a corset one cannot do much physical activity so we must construct more genteel and demure ways of teaching you things you will need to know."
Charlene sat on the edge of the chair with a blank look on her face. ‘This lady could be a politician! I have no idea what she is talking about other than I won’t be running up and down steps changing clothes all afternoon!’ There was a long silence while Charlene tried to figure out what Jane had said. She realized Jane must want an answer! "Yes ma’am." Came the only safe thing she could think of.
"Very well! Follow me, Charlene." Jane rose from her chair as if she too wore a corset and lead the way to the parlor. After showing Charlene where she wished her to sit, she produced some material and thread, along with an embroidery hoop and a set of instructions. "This is a counted cross-stitch pattern. It derives it’s name from doing just that, counting the crossed stitches. This one is simple and I expect you to have it nearly completed by afternoon tea. You will have to take a short break for a snack, as I told you, you will be eating smaller meals but more often while you are in a corset. Any questions thus far?"
"I don’t know anything about cross-stitch, Ms. Thompson." Charlene replied.
"I did not think so, I will show you the basics and then I am certain you will be able to catch on from there. If you have a question, Marie or myself will be able to assist you." Jane replied, getting into full instructor mode. The next ten minutes were spent showing Charlene how to thread a needle and how to properly stretch the pattern in the hoop to hold it tight. Then after a few stitches were done properly, Jane showed her how to tie off the thread so it wouldn’t come undone. After Jane was satisfied, she left Charlene to work on her project.
Charlene had worked on her cross-stitch about fifteen minutes, when Joan entered the room.
"Hi! Would you mind if I practice the piano?" Joan asked.
Charlene looked up from her work, a bit startled. "Umm.. No. That’s fine, I’m just doing this project as my afternoon assignment. A little music would be nice."
"Don’t say that until you hear me play!" replied Joan with a laugh.
"Oh no! You played so well on Sunday. How could you think that?" Charlene asked.
"That was a piece I’ve practiced for three months, I should be able to play it. I was taking piano before I came here, so I had an advantage over the last student. But Aunt Jane figured out I was sandbagging after only a couple of lessons and has challenged me with a lot tougher music since. You may not like the quality of my practice on this new piece." Joan explained.
"I’m certain it will be fine. I need to get back to this, it’s harder than it looks." Charlene replied.
The next hour was spent with Charlene trying to complete her cross-stitching while being distracted by Joan’s playing of a new piece on the piano. At the end of the hour of practice, Marie bustled into the parlor with a tray and a small sandwich and drink for Charlene. While Charlene munched on the sandwich, Marie looked over the project in the embroidery hoop.
"This is your first how you say, handy-craft, no? The stitches need to be a little tighter. See here how the thread lifts away from the fabric? Try to stop every six or seven stitches and retighten your material, it will make getting the stitches tight easier. It is very good for your first try at needlework!" Marie handed back the hoop after showing Charlene an easy way to tighten it.
Charlene finished her sandwich and about half of her drink. "I can’t drink any more Marie, unless you want to loosen this corset?"
Marie smiled. "Not until after dinner, Cherie. Your corset training is for a reason, just like everything else that you do here. Ms. Jane says you stay in the corset until after dinner, I will not change her rule."
Charlene let out as big a sigh as her corseted chest would allow. "Then I guess I should return to my needlework. Ms. Thompson wants me to finish this by tea time."
"You should take a short break and powder your nose Cherie. It will be much easier if I assist you in the large powder room down here." Marie stated as she rose and pointed toward the side door.
"Alright, Marie. I was wondering how I was going to use the bathroom. I guess you were right when you said a lady needed help with everything when they wore a corset." Charlene rose, with difficulty, and headed toward the large downstairs bathroom.
Talk about a problem! Charlene ended up having Marie help her remove the formal gown in order to use the rest room. Marie rechecked the laces on the corset, just to make sure they were tight enough. Then Charlene had to redress in the slip and formal before returning to the parlor to work on the cross-stitch project Jane had assigned her. With a sigh and a minute of rest to catch her breath, Charlene returned to the needlework at hand. ‘I wonder if women ever got anything done wearing one of these da** things!’
The afternoon seemed to go by very quickly. The needlework kept Charlene’s attention well enough that she was startled when Marie entered with a cart for afternoon tea. As Marie set out the cups and arranged the light snack, Jane and Joan entered the room.
"Ah! I see you are still hard at work on your sewing project. May I see it, please?" Jane asked.
Charlene was surprised at the gentle and almost caring tone of Jane’s voice. It took her back for a second. She finally caught herself and handed the hoop to Jane saying, "I believe I will have the project completed by dinner. I hope that will be soon enough." Charlene then put on the sweetest smile she could manage.
Jane noticed the slight delay and the false smile that accompanied her comment but decided it was better to have Charlene faking a pleasant attitude than to have to reprimand her for unladylike behavior. "That will be fine. I see you are doing very well with this pattern, the stitches are nice and tight and the colors are simply wonderful. If you finish by dinner we will have to frame it and hang it in your room!"
Charlene took back the offered needlework and looked at what it was saying in cross-stitched letters.
"The Golden Rule! Do Unto Others As You Would Have Them Do Unto You!"
She hadn’t really looked at what the saying was on the material, She was just doing the stitches in the order the instructions told her. She had finished all the text and was finishing some flowers and borders when tea arrived. Charlene had been concentrating on keeping the material and her stitches tight so Jane would have one less thing to complain about that she had not taken the time to read what she had been creating. She sat there thinking for a minute about this saying. It was the first time that Charlie had thought about all the things that he had done to get him into his current situation as Charlene.
(sigh) "Maybe having this on the wall will make me think before I do something stupid." Charlene muttered as she continued her work on the needlework.
When Marie brought her a small snack at four thirty, she had just completed the last stitch and was holding up the finished product to get an overall look at it.
"All done, Cherie?" Marie asked as she brought in a small snack.
"Just finished Marie, what do you think?" Charlene turned the cloth around to show Marie.
"Let me look at it while you eat. Now let me see…" Marie handed a small plate to Charlene and took the cloth from her. A minute later she spoke. "This is very good for your first time. Are you certain you have not done this before?"
"Never, Marie. This is the first time I have ever done anything with a needle and thread." Came the reply.
"Do you need to show this to Ms. Jane?" Marie asked.
"Probably. She said we could frame it and hang it in my room when it was finished. Do you really think it is good enough?" Charlene looked at Marie, expecting some type of criticism.
Marie noted in Charlene’s voice the hesitancy of past failures, she had seen it so many times over her years with Jane. She looked over the piece one more time and said, "I should think it would hang proudly, not only in your room, but in your parlor at home, once you are able to return there."
A genuine smile came to Charlene’s face, it was one of pride. ‘Marie thinks I did well!’ she thought. "Then I should take this to Ms. Thompson for her inspection. I hope she likes it as much as you do, Marie. It would make this day a little better and make this corset more bearable!" Charlene giggled a little and then headed for the parlor door and Jane’s study.
The knock on the door surprised Jane, she hadn’t asked anyone to come to her, so she wondered what was wrong. "Enter!" The door opened and Charlene entered carrying her needlework project. "Yes Charlene? Something I can help you with?" Jane asked.
"The project is complete, Ms. Thompson. I figured you would want to inspect it when I was through. I hope it meets your standards." Charlene stated as she handed the fabric across the desk. Figuring to make a few points with this tyrant of a woman, she then went and picked up the dictionary and made a walking circuit of the study.
"Very good for your first attempt! Shall we frame it?" Jane asked.
"Yes ma’am, please." Charlene replied.
"Collect your things from the parlor and meet me in the student study. This is best done there. You may go!" Jane replied.
Charlene left Jane’s study and returned to the parlor. She collected everything related to the cross-stitch project and then headed toward the student study. When she arrived, Jane was already there, setting up a few items on a corner worktable. For the next thirty minutes Charlene drilled holes, nailed a frame together, and then was shown how to properly stretch her finished project onto the frame. Once that was completed, the framed project was placed in the provided outer frame, along with a hangar and the project was now complete.
"If you will take this to your room and hang it, I need to talk to Marie. Will you need any help putting the nail in the wall?" Jane asked.
"No Ms. Thompson, I think I can do that myself." Charlene said.
"Very well! Charlene, you have until dinner as free time." Jane said as she left the student study.
‘Free time? I wonder what free time is?’ Charlene wondered as she watched Jane exit the room. "Well, whatever it is, I better clean up in here, otherwise I’ll never get out of this corset!" she muttered to herself. After putting the tools away and throwing out the scraps from the project, Charlene headed for her room to hang her completed project. She did remember to take a hammer and nail with her.
The hardest part of the trip was climbing the stairs! Not only was the dress restrictive and the corset kept her from getting decent breath, but she also had her hands full with the picture frame, hammer and nail. This caused her to stop at the top of the steps to catch her breath. While she was standing there, Joan came out of her room.
"Hi! How’s it going today with Aunt Jane?" Joan asked as she shut her room door.
Charlene held up one hand for a moment. "Just… catching… my breath…!" Replied Charlene. Anther moment and she continued. "I finished the cross-stitch project and Ms. Thompson helped me frame it." She handed the finished frame to Joan. "Now I have to hang it in my room and then I have ‘free time’ until dinner. Whatever free time is around here…"
"Very nice! Are you sure you never did this before? This is like so-o much better than my first one!" Joan complimented Charlene. "Can I help you hang it?"
"Umm-m… Sure! Come on in." Charlene opened her room door and led Joan in.
Hanging the picture took longer than Charlene could have ever imagined. After trying it in ten different locations, she and Joan decided the best place for it was above her headboard, where it replaced a nondescript landscape picture. All this took over an hour and they both heard the knock on the door and turned at the same time.
Marie entered after knocking. She looked at the two students and then saw where Charlene had decided to hang her completed picture. "It looks very nice there Charlene! Where is the picture that was hanging there?"
"Right here Marie. We can’t find a place for it to hang. It doesn’t look good anywhere else. What do I do with this picture?" Charlene asked, showing Marie the framed landscape.
"Just set it over here by the door. I’ll take it and put it in storage until you finish your time here and then return it to that spot." Marie replied, pointing to a small table by the door. "I came to help you change for dinner, Charlene and I was going to ask you if you knew where Joan was, but I see she is here!"
"What’s up, Tante Marie?" Joan asked, rather more perky than Charlene felt after hours in a corset.
"I was going to ask you to make a tossed salad and watch the pots on the stove. If the timer rings, please take the roast out of the oven and place the rolls in, set the timer for eighteen minutes and I should be back by then. Si vous Plait?" Marie asked.
"Sure! I get the easy job tonight anyway! It’s Charlene’s turn to help clean up! Bye!" Joan popped up off the bed and headed for the kitchen to take over for Marie.
Marie looked at Charlene for a moment, cocked her head as if surveying a work of art and then let out a sigh.
"Marie? Is something wrong?" Charlene asked. The look on Marie’s face made her think the French woman she was starting to think of as an aunt was somehow unhappy.
"Moi? No, no, Cherie! I was just looking at you and was a little saddened that we have to take you out of your corset and dress you for the rest of the evening. It does such wondrous things for your figure. You are really a very pretty young lady!" Came Marie’s reply.
Charlene swore she could see her toes blushing through the hose on her feet! She felt very warm after receiving such a compliment from Marie. "Umm… So… So, where do we start?"
After Marie had helped Charlene out of her dress and loosened the laces on the corset, Charlene took a very deep breath for the first time in what seemed ages! Marie told her to go take a quick shower and she would leave lingerie in the bathroom for her and an outfit on the hanger by her closet. Charlene was to shower, dress and be down for dinner in forty-five minutes.
"Back to the hurry, hurry, hurry part of the day! I guess ‘Free time’ is over!" Charlene mumbled as she wriggled out of the corset and panties and hopped into the welcome relief of a warm shower.
The lingerie was a simple white bra and a ‘Monday’ day-of-the-week panty. When Charlene entered the bedroom, there was hose and a garter belt on the bed and a Black tea length skirt hanging on the hook. A pastel peach short sleeved sweater was on the vanity with a note on top. Marie reminded Charlene to do simple makeup for dinner and not be late!
Another sigh and Charlene started to get dressed. Everything went a lot faster now since she had been practicing for the last few days under Marie’s watchful eye. Even the makeup was done quickly and Charlene made it to dinner with a couple minutes to spare.
You would have thought that after an entire afternoon in a corset, Charlene would be very hungry. Charlene thought so too! However, as she started to eat, she noticed that she became full very quickly. Marie was the first to say something.
"Do not worry Cherie, it is from the corset! Your stomach will not want much in it for a few more hours. I will make certain there is a snack for you later." She told a startled Charlene.
"Thank you Marie, I wasn’t sure why I wasn’t hungry." Charlene replied.
This short discussion prompted Jane into an impromptu dissertation on corsets and their value in both posture and figure training for young ladies of fine breeding. After fifteen minutes of listening to the history of corsets, Charlene was sure she now knew more about them than she would ever need to know!
The rest of the meal was the normal discussion of the day’s events and the upcoming visit of someone named Diana on Wednesday.
"Charlene, I expect you to be on your best behavior while Diana is here, she is a very dear friend." Jane told her newest student. ‘If only she knew how dear!’ was Jane’s personal thought of having Art/ Diana home again.
Charlene sat and waited for everyone to finish dinner, as she knew Jane would not excuse her early. She was expected to participate in the conversations even if she was not eating. Finally everyone was finished with dinner and Charlene rose to help Marie do dishes.
"The rest of the evening I believe you two have studies to work on. I shall leave you to that. Marie, I will be in my room, I need to make final arrangements for Diana’s arrival." Jane said as she patted her lips and excused herself and her two charges from the dinner table.
It was Charlene’s turn to help with dishes, when that was done she went to the student study and started on her next assignment. ‘The Flora and Fauna of Southwestern United States’ was the title of her next project. Working on the wildlife and plants in the Southwestern US, made Charlene think of home. She spent most of the evening being reminded of what she was missing by being in this academy in New England and not at home with her family.
"Charlene. There is enough time to shower and review the papers before bed. You should put away your project for the night." Joan rested a hand on Charlene’s shoulder and brought her back out of her daydreams.
"Oh! Okay! Sorry, I was just thinking…" came Charlene’s reply.
"I understand, come on!" Joan motioned for the door.
Charlene put away the books and straightened her study area. She had already learned that if she left everything the way she found it, Jane Thompson tended to leave her alone!
Charlene spent the rest of the night thinking about home. All her actions were on automatic as she readied for bed and looked through the paper. When Marie tucked her in and turned out the lights, she laid there for a long time just staring at the ceiling and letting a thousand thoughts run through her mind. It was a long night with very little sleep for Charlene.
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Diana arrives to observe Charlene.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Seventeen
"A Homecoming"
Tuesday dawned bright and cloudless. Charlene had slept very little last night, running everything over in her mind about the series of events that got her placed at Thompson Academy. When the radio turned on, she got up and headed for the bathroom to get a start on her day. Her own thinking had her believing that if she did exactly as Ms. Thompson wanted, maybe she would relent and send her home by the end of the week. Now that was something to look forward to!
Charlene finished her shower and noticed no lingerie in the bathroom. This was unusual, since Marie had always dropped a set in the bathroom before. After drying off and powdering as she had been taught, Charlene grabbed the robe on the back of the door and secured it before venturing back into her bedroom.
The bedroom was empty! Nothing hung on the closet, nothing laid out, no note from Marie, just empty. "This must be another test! Probably to see if I can dress myself without help." Charlene said to herself. "I can do this and make Ms. Thompson so happy she’ll let me go home soon!"
So Charlene set out to get ready for breakfast. ‘Tuesday’ panties and a soft white bra. Garter belt and tan hose. Stop to do makeup and brush hair, remember to keep it simple! Then a white blouse with ruffles down the front and a simple khaki colored skirt. A pair of low-heeled shoes, re-brush of hair and a little cologne. Charlene checked the mirror one more time and looked at the clock, fifteen minutes before breakfast! "I’ll get there early so I won’t be the last one there this morning. Maybe Marie needs some help…"
Charlene headed down to the kitchen to see if Marie needed any help. "Morning Marie!" Charlene said as cheery as she could.
Marie looked up and surveyed her newest charge. "Good morning Cherie! You look nice this morning." She checked the clock above the sink. "Early also! This is good!"
Charlene smiled, she really did like this lady a lot. "Thanks Marie, I thought I would see if I could help you this morning. I finished dressing a little early today."
"Tres bien, Mon petite. You can take some of the trays out and make certain the table is set correctly, I believe I still have to place napkins for everyone." Marie replied and pointed to the tray of fresh muffins.
Charlene took the tray and went to the dining room. Looking over the table, she noted everything was perfect! The napkins were just fine, so she went back to see if there was anything else to do.
At two minutes to eight, Marie shooed Charlene to her place to be seated. "I will leave the rest here so it stays hot for everyone! Now go before Ms. Thompson arrives!"
Charlene and Joan were standing by their chairs when Jane Thompson entered for breakfast. "Good morning to both of you! A beautiful start to this wonderful day! Shall we dine?" With that statement, Jane sat and breakfast went on as if nothing unusual had happened that morning.
After a few minutes, Charlene wondered why nothing had been said about her outfit or makeup or anything else. She was mulling it over in her head for a few minutes when she heard her name.
"Charlene! You seem pre-occupied this morning, is something bothering you?" Jane asked.
"Umm-m. No ma’am, I was just thinking… I’m sorry, did you ask a question?" Charlene tried to smile and look as pleasant as possible. She had to play this game to the best of her ability if she was to get out of here soon.
Jane went on to talk about how it was impolite to not pay attention when people are discussing things and how it would be considered rude to some of the people she knew. This line of lecture went on for the next few minutes and Charlene tried real hard to not tune her out, as she normally would have before this morning.
‘If I am to get out of here soon, I have to play this to the max. I am going to have to look like I am enjoying all these frills and things. Then when she lets me go home, I can ditch all this feminine crap and get back to being Charlie!’ Charlene thought as Jane droned on about some other topic that used the words ‘genteel’ and ‘deportment’. Words that Charlene was getting very tired of hearing, over and over again!
Eventually the torture of breakfast was over and Charlene followed Jane to her study. She figured it would be a repeat of yesterday, with more clothing and makeup changes, but today the routine was different.
"Let us retire to the conservatory. It will give us more reference material for your lessons this morning." Jane stated, as she grabbed a folder off her desk. "Please freshen up and meet me there, we will be there for a while." Jane stated as she left the office and headed for the conservatory.
‘Okay-y-y-y… This is different. Freshen up… I guess that means go to the bathroom and re-apply lipstick. Better hurry! I have to look like I’m enjoying this’. Charlene thought as she headed for her bedroom to complete the tasks.
After completing her freshening up, Charlene thought to grab a small purse and place lipstick, mascara and tissues into it before heading to the conservatory. "Maybe I can try to look like I’m trying. Carrying a purse couldn’t hurt." Charlene mumbled to herself.
When Charlene entered the room, Jane noted the purse, the fresh lipstick and the plastic smile on Charlene’s face. ‘Trying to convince me she is enjoying this! Well it will make Diana’s arrival and our all day excursion tomorrow a little easier if she continues this charade!’ went through Jane’s mind as Charlene placed her purse on a table.
The next two hours were dedicated to the flora and fauna of the southwestern US. There was a display at one end of the room. It contained potted versions of the plants that Charlene grew up with! (Where did she get those from?) Charlene had to categorize all of them by genus and species, make small tags and attach them to the pots. Jane then took her on a tour of the gardens and demonstrated the plants of New England. She illustrated how different plants served the same function in the local ecosystem as those in the southwest. Jane also emphasized how important it was to not introduce a foreign species into a local ecosystem since it had no controls to limit it’s growth, the examples she used were dandelions and kudzu. Both of which have grown proficiently here in the US.
"It is now ten-forty-five, Charlene. You have done very well today, I believe this may help you with your current report. All this running around outside has made me feel a bit sticky. I believe we both have just enough time to change before tea." Jane stated. She then swept out of the room without waiting for a reply from Charlene.
"Change for tea… Change for this… Change for that… Well, at least I didn’t spend ALL morning doing nothing but changing clothes!" Charlene mumbled to herself as she headed for her room to shower and change.
Charlene found Marie in her bedroom humming a tune and placing clothes in her closet. "Hi Marie, I have been told I have just enough time to change before tea, any idea on what I should wear?" Charlene asked as she unbuttoned her blouse.
"You hop in the shower and I will take care of it!" Marie replied with a smile.
Charlene finished undressing in the bathroom and took a quick shower, when she emerged there was only a pair of rose colored satin bikini panties on the counter. "Uh oh! I wonder what Marie has in mind… I hope it isn’t that d*** corset again!"
Charlene walked out into her bedroom trying hard to keep a smile on her face. When she saw what Marie had in her hands, her face dropped. ‘SH**!’ was the only mental image that came to her.
The corset Marie was holding was even more elaborate than the one Charlene wore yesterday. It was a rose pink with little rose buds embroidered all over and lots of lace insets and panels. It took a moment and then Charlene put a smile on her face and looked at the smiling Marie.
"So we are to make me absolutely beautiful again today?" Charlene asked with a smile.
"But of course, Cherie! A girl as lovely as you should be pampered all the time! Ms Jane saw how lovely you looked yesterday and felt you should be allowed to be just as beautiful today! I thought a little bit fancier lingerie might make you feel a little more special!" Marie replied.
"And I have to wear the corset so the dress will fit?" Charlene queried.
"Mai Oui! It is the only way your lovely dress will fit you. Now let’s get started, so we are not late for tea!" Marie pointed to the lacing bar she had installed in the closet doorway.
‘I wish I weren’t allowed to be absolutely beautiful today!’ Charlene thought as Marie wrapped the corset around her and hooked the front together.
A couple of ‘Oomph’s’ and ten minutes later, Charlene was corseted to Marie’s satisfaction. First makeup, then hair and finally the dress. A more lacey version of what Charlene had worn the day before. This outfit needed three-inch heels to keep the skirt off the floor and Marie made certain the heeled sandals were strapped on properly. The dress was in a creamy-rose color with cream colored lace on every edge. It was a little lower cut than the dress was yesterday, but Marie’s use of the silicone ‘helpers’ in the corset, gave the image of a young woman in full bloom.
Marie handed Charlene a small clutch that contained tissues and lipstick. With that, she pronounced Charlene "Tres Magnifique!"
It was a long slow journey down to the parlor for tea. This skirt did not lend itself to being lifted very high and because of that, Charlene’s shoes were hidden from view half of the time. This caused her to go down the stairs at a much slower pace than she was used to. She also took the time to carefully place each foot on the step so she wouldn’t fall. She arrived in the parlor just ahead of Joan with the tea trolley.
"Ah, Charlene! Marie is correct! You are more lovely today than you were yesterday!" Jane said as Charlene tried to sit. "That dress is much more form fitting and it does a wonderful job of bringing out the true woman in you. You look very nice! Joan, would you please pour." Jane never missed a beat and Joan started to pour tea for everyone.
Charlene found she could only sit on the very front edge of a chair. This newest corset was a little longer than the one she wore yesterday and it limited how far her waist would bend. This meant she couldn’t slide back in the chair and allow herself to sink down into the cushion. It just hurt too much to do that. The corset also kept her back ramrod straight, so as she perched on the edge of the chair she had to maintain perfect posture, with the aid of the corset, of course!
Tea proceeded as usual and when everyone was finished and Joan had cleared the room, Jane decided it was time for Charlene’s first piano lesson. "Charlene, you should ‘freshen up’ before we start, I’ll meet you back here in ten minutes." Jane said as she excused herself from the parlor.
Ten minutes was barely enough time to try to use the powder room and refresh makeup when constrained by a garment such as a corset. After fussing and complaining to Marie about what a pain all this was, Charlene was finally back to being beautiful and made her way back for her first piano lesson.
Flustered from trying to hurry and out of breath from the grip of the corset, Charlene had to sit on the piano stool for a few minutes to catch her breath
"Charlene! Are you ready to begin?" Jane asked a smile on her face.
"Yes ma’am! Just a little winded from trying to hurry back from the bathroom." Charlene said and then tried to get a deep breath.
"Breath shallower and quicker. Taking a deep breath will only tire you more. Now, let us see what you know of music, shall we?" Jane replied going once more into ‘teacher’ mode.
The first hour was spent demonstrating Charlene’s lack of musicality. Jane knew she had a long way to go and by the end of that hour she had Charlene doing scale drills with both hands.
"You will continue these drills for the next thirty minutes! I have set a timer and I have set up the monitor so I can hear your practice from my study." Jane pointed to the ‘baby monitor’ on the table. "I expect to hear a steady stream of musical notes for the next half hour." With that comment, Jane left the room.
Charlene tried to sigh. "This corset MUST be tighter than the one yesterday… I could at least do a little sigh in that one!" She then returned her attention to the drills on the music sheets in front of her.
*****
Jane went about her review of her students progress. A ritual that took up at least a half hour every morning. Today she was looking over Joan’s latest report and checking on notes from herself, Marie and a letter from ‘The Style Shoppe’. All seemed to be going along well for Joan. "The only thing is she hasn’t embraced her femininity completely yet. There has been marked progress since Charlene arrived yet she is not where she needs to be in order to return her to her home. I shall have to think about that…" She placed another note into Joan’s folder and filed it away.
Looking at Charlene’s progress was different. "This one has decided propitiation is the way to go! Give me whatever I want and I will relent and let her return home! I don’t get this with every student, but when I do, I have to tread lightly for a couple of days, otherwise the result has proven explosive! I think making her think Marie and Joan are her only friends, will help to break this charade so I can get to the task of correcting her ingrained behaviors!" Jane mused over the folder for a couple more minutes before making a notation and filing it away.
*****
Charlene was engrossed in getting a minor chord scale drill right with her left hand when the timer rang. This marked the end of her required practice time. In a way, she was disappointed. She had just started to get the hang of the finger movements with her left hand. She decided a few more minutes practice wouldn’t hurt and it might even score a few points with Ms. Thompson.
Jane heard the timer through the monitor and then heard the pause. She was surprised to hear Charlene start the last drill again. After listening for a minute, she headed for the parlor.
Charlene was finally getting the finger movements down smoothly when Jane walked into the room.
"Your required practice time is over. Is there a reason you are still practicing?" Jane asked.
"Umm… well… I was just starting to get the fingering right with my left hand. I figured a few more minutes and I could get it to go a lot smoother. I’m still pretty slow, but the finger motions are better." Charlene replied.
Jane had Charlene demonstrate her scales for her. "Yes! You have made significant progress today. We will set aside some time Thursday to resume your lessons. You may also practice during your free time."
"Yes, Ms. Thompson." Was Charlene’s automatic reply. "What’s next?"
Marie entered the room before Jane could reply. "Lunch will be in fifteen minutes. I came to assist Ms. Charlene in freshening up before we eat."
"Very well. I shall see all of you then." Jane rose and left the room.
Again, the trip to the powder room was a tiring experience! Charlene figured she was getting worn out just dressing and undressing all the time. But eventually all was in order and Marie and Charlene arrived for lunch.
This lunch was similar to Charlene’s first ‘Lunch from hell’. Jane was all over her for every little mistake and every non-ladylike thing she did. Charlene was finally so frustrated she put down her fork and stopped eating what little there was on her plate.
Jane noticed immediately. "Is something wrong with your meal, Charlene?"
"No Ms. Thompson. I’m just not hungry." Charlene replied as her stomach chose that moment to let out an audible groan.
"That I do not believe. I know a corset subdues one’s appetite, but not by that amount. What is the problem?" Jane persisted, knowing full well what the problem was.
"(sigh) Well, if you must know. All through this meal, you have done nothing but correct me! Every bite, every swallow! I can’t even pick up the fork correctly today! I have just lost my appetite from all that." Charlene was shaking, she had been trying so hard to give this …this …woman, what she wanted so he could get done with her program and go home! Now it just seemed he had doomed himself to being here forever by ticking off the warden!
"Just so! I am constantly correcting you! You did not have the advantage of growing up a refined young lady! I have a very dear friend coming to visit and I fully expect you to be the perfect young lady while she is here! Diana is a very close friend. However, she does not know your secret and I am certain you would not want her to know who you really are. Therefore, I am doing all that I know how to do in order to perfect your image of a refined demure young woman before her expected arrival!" Jane paused a moment. "Do you have a problem with that?"
Charlene sat there a moment. Stunned that she had been told she was being corrected on purpose. Then it dawned on her. They were having a guest! Another woman was coming. Someone Jane knew very well and someone who would be able to tell that Charlene wasn’t a real girl if she messed up. She turned pale and started to hyperventilate.
Marie saw it and moved to steady Charlene before she fell out of the chair. "Breathe slower Cherie! It will pass. Joan, go to the kitchen and get a small paper bag please?" Marie asked.
Joan returned with the paper bag and Marie had Charlene breathe slowly in and out of the bag until her shaking stopped and her color returned.
"Diana.. I mean Ms. Di.. I mean this guest will see me? Oh God! She’ll know! There is no way I can fool her. Oh god, Oh god!" Charlene started to turn pale again and Marie stuck the bag back in front of her to breathe in and out of again.
"Charlene!" Jane said rather forcefully. "You did just fine when Commander Hayden was here last Sunday, did you not?" Charlene nodded. "What makes you think it will be any different than that? You are much better at being Charlene now than you were last Sunday, are you not?" Jane waited for some response from Charlene.
"That was only for a few minutes. Are you certain I can pull this off?" Charlene asked pointing to her outfit.
Jane let out a genuine giggle. Such was not heard often during the initial week or so of a new student’s tenure. "Charlene, if I did not know who you were under that outfit, I would not believe it myself! As long as you follow everything you have learned since arriving here, you will do fine! Ms. Phillips knows I have a new student and that she is here to learn how to be a lady. My previous experience as a headmistress for a girl’s finishing school offers you that cover. As long as you truly try to be a lady while Diana is here, I am certain she will take you for what you appear to be."
"Okay." Charlene said at a barely audible level.
Satisfied that her charge was somewhat calmed down, Jane returned to her conversation as if Charlene had never had any problem what-so-ever.
Eventually, Charlene decided to eat a little more and when it didn’t cause any type of reaction, she finished her lunch. When lunch ended, Charlene followed Jane to the conservatory.
Her afternoon was spent studying the plants and animals of the southwestern USA again along with taking notes for the report that she still had to finish. Every couple of hours, Marie would bustle in and make her take a short break and eat something. Just before tea, Marie told Charlene to put things away so she could freshen up for tea.
Another time consuming trip to the powder room and Charlene was on her way to the parlor. As she approached, she heard two people talking. One of the voices was Jane’s but the other she didn’t recognize.
Every step toward the parlor made Charlene a little more nervous. When she reached the door, she had to stop and try to calm herself. It took her a couple of minutes and then she decided there was no choice since Jane would just come find her and make her come into the parlor anyway.
Charlene entered the room and saw Jane talking with another lady. Joan was already there and sitting primly in a chair. There was an empty chair next to it and Charlene headed for it. She was just about to sit, when a stern look from Jane stopped her cold. Not knowing what to do, she just stood there, frozen to the spot.
"Excuse me Diana, let me introduce my newest student. Ms. Diana Phillips, this is Miss Charlene Hawkins. Miss Hawkins, Ms. Diana Phillips." Jane made the introductions.
Diana rose and extended her hand. Charlene not certain what to do went over and shook her hand like a boy would. Jane frowned, but Diana smiled. "Pleased to meet you Charlene. Why don’t you go sit." Diana motioned to the chair. "Jane dear. I see you still have a little bit of work to do with this one!"
Jane took a deep breath and let out a sigh. "Yes. Charlene was quite the tomboy when she arrived here. I believe she has made a lot of progress in the short time she has been here. The rest will come with time, I am certain."
"I am certain if anyone can make her a lady you can. She has the carriage and poise down quite well already. It would be nice to see her in another month or two." Diana replied.
‘Another month or two? I certainly hope I’m not here in another month let alone, two!’ Charlene thought as she sat on the edge of the chair.
Marie entered with the tea trolley and Charlene was relieved that all she had to do was sit there, be quiet and just sip tea. It was the most enjoyable tea she had been to since arriving at Jane’s.
Tea ended and Jane dismissed the girls to go back to their respective studies until six. At that time, they were to change for dinner. It would be a casual affair since Diana did not want to be too formal after her trip.
Marie came for Charlene at five-thirty. When the corset was removed Charlene took a deep breath and almost passed out! Marie caught her and helped her to sit down.
"No, no, Cherie! You must continue to breathe shallow until your body gets used to not having the corset on! Too deep a breath will cause you to swoon. Your breathing will gradually deepen on it’s own!" Now sit for a moment and get your breath back." Marie stayed right next to Charlene to make certain she didn’t faint and fall off the stool. A few minutes later, Charlene was ready for her shower.
"Umm… Thank you Marie. I didn’t know and it… It just felt good to get that corset off!" Charlene said, still blushing from the thought of almost fainting.
"It’s okay, little one. These things you will learn while you are here. Now! Into the shower! Here is your clean lingerie. Take them with you while I lay out an appropriate outfit for you. Remember to be a little heavier on your makeup, it is evening." Marie told Charlene as she headed for the shower.
*****
After tea had ended and the two students were dismissed, Jane took Diana up to her bedroom to get settled. She chatted all the way about her trip and the weather and all sorts of inane little things. This helped keep up the illusion of them being old friends. Neither student knew that Diana was really Jane’s husband, Art.
Jane entered the guestroom where Diana would unpack and change. As soon as Diana closed the door, she spoke in Art’s voice. "You know, Janey, it’s hard to stay in character while following your sexy bum up the stairs."
Jane turned around and gave Art a mock look of shock. "I didn’t think you noticed!" The smile on her face said it all as the two embraced and fell onto the bed in a passionate embrace.
*****
Charlene finished dressing. It was a simple outfit, similar to the one, Joan had worn when Charlene had first met her. A cream colored dress with lace trim that fell to tea length. A full skirt with a matching belt that gave Charlene the look of a feminine figure, tan hose and light beige, heeled sandals. Charlene went a little heavier with her makeup, since Marie had told her to and then headed down the steps to see if Marie needed any help.
Arriving in the dining room, Charlene was surprised to see Jane and Diana laughing. It was a genuine laugh, not one of those contrived laughs Charlene had heard over her past few days here. This was genuine and so was the affection that showed between Diana and Jane. There was a lot of touching as they both talked and then more laughter.
"Ah, Charlene! You look lovely tonight." Diana said, as Charlene came within earshot of the conversation "Why don’t you sit and talk with me. You hardly said a word during tea." Diana motioned toward the chairs around the table. "I believe Joan is helping Marie, we have a few minutes before dinner is ready."
Charlene’s breath caught audibly. A look to Jane for help only received a nod in the direction of her normal seat. Taking a deep breath to calm herself and then trying to remember everything she had learned about walking and sitting like a girl, Charlene made her way to her seat and looked at Diana.
"First, I know you are new here, so I will dispense with all the trivial things like what you have learned and why your parents sent you here. It is obvious, from knowing Jane that you are here to learn to be a lady and that Jane has been working very hard with you so far. You are a very pretty girl and I completely understand why you should want to lose your tomboyish ways. So, tell me, where did you live before coming here?" Diana asked, noting the blush that happened when she mentioned Charlene was pretty.
"Umm… Oh! I lived in the LA area." Was Charlene’s short reply.
And so, the evening meal proceeded, Joan joined the group and Marie served all amid the conversation between Diana and Charlene. Most of Diana’s questions were designed to get long explanations, while Charlene’s answers were always very short and simple. Jane only interjected a couple of times to remind Charlene to finish her mouthful of food before responding and to take smaller bites so that she wouldn’t have to chew so long before answering a question. Needless to say, it was a very nerve wracking and trying experience for Charlene. Finally, Diana asked a question that surprised Charlene.
"All evening I have been trying to engage you in conversation, yet I only get short succinct answers to my queries. Charlene, are you afraid of me for some reason?" Diana asked.
Charlene stropped eating in mid chew. She turned slightly pale and then felt the heat of her blush as she tried to form an answer. Finally, after what seemed like forever she finished chewing and answered. "I don’t think I’m afraid of you, I am just always being corrected at dinner for unladylike behavior. I was trying to be polite and answer your questions and not get yelled at in the process."
"I see. Jane, any ideas?" Diana asked.
"Other than the few times Charlene took too large a bite to effectively respond to your questions in a timely manner, I saw nothing wrong with her behavior tonight." Jane responded.
"So, you can relax, Charlene. Jane doesn’t seem to find any major flaws with your behavior tonight." Diana smiled.
"Umm… Yes ma’am." Was Charlene’s reply. She blushed again from embarrassment.
"Now! I believe you two have studies to do until bedtime. If you will excuse Ms. Phillips and myself, we are going to retire upstairs and catch up on old times." Jane announced when everyone had finished dessert. "I leave both of you in Marie’s capable hands for the evening."
Jane patted her lips, placed the napkin perfectly on the table and left the dining room.
"I guess that means I will not see you girls until tomorrow! I bid you goodnight now instead of later." Diana, mimicked Jane perfectly and left to follow Jane upstairs. She looked back and smiled at the girls just before she left the room.
Joan let out a chuckle after both of the ladies had left the room. Charlene looked at her then began to laugh to herself also. Joan did her own mimic of Jane and Diana and that allowed the dam to burst and Charlene just started laughing very hard. After a couple of minutes they both settled down, gave each other knowing glances and helped Marie clear the table and clean up after dinner.
Charlene spent the rest of the evening working on her report. She seemed to make a million trips between the student study area and the conservatory in order to look at some detail on the plants that Jane had there. All that walking back and forth did two things. First, it allowed her to become much more proficient at walking in heels. Second, it finally made her feet hurt! As if on cue, Marie entered the study and told the girls it was time for bed. Charlene was happy the day was over! It had been fun to start learning the piano, but very nerve wracking to meet Diana Phillips. She was glad the day was complete and that she could head for a bath and sleep. Charlene was still looking forward to getting Jane to let her go home by the end of this week!
*****
The door closed behind Diana as she entered the couple’s private bedroom. This was in a separate section of the upstairs that no one but Jane, Art, Darryl and Marie knew about. It was a small efficiency apartment, sometimes called a ‘Mother-in-law’s apartment’. It was nicely decorated and comfortable. Nothing like the stuffy formality of ‘Thompson Academy’. Jane had soundproofing put into the walls that mated to the rest of the house. This allowed Jane and Art to say and do whatever they felt, even when students were present.
"It is good to be back home with you again! Even if I am here in a semi-professional capacity." Art said to Jane as he removed his wig and placed it on a foam head.
"We have the evening alone! At least that is what I planned." Jane gave Art a mischievous smile. "Provided there are no problems tonight, I expect my husband to spend the evening with me! I’ll just sit over here and wait for him to show up!" Jane sat in a large wing back chair and looked at a copy of Vogue.
Art got the hint. He proceeded to remove all traces of Diana as quickly as he could.
*****
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. Charlene's first trip away from the academy. How long will she be at Thompson Academy?
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Eighteen
"The First Trip to Town"
"Oh my God, No!" Charlene yelled as she bolted out of bed. It was still dark and she was very confused. Another dream, only this time she was sitting at a very proper dinner, enjoying everyone’s company and making small talk when someone noticed she was only wearing a corset and a pair of panties! The exclamation came when she looked down and realized she was only partially dressed. That was enough to wake her.
She headed for the bathroom to wash her face and try to calm herself. "At least it’s not another of those ‘wet dream’ things!" She felt a shudder thinking about her last couple of nights. "No, the one who noticed my mistake was Diana in this dream! I must be dreaming about whatever stressed me out during the day. Well, that isn’t too bad, as long as I’m not having an orgasm from it!"
Charlene washed her face and rinsed her mouth with mouthwash. Not because of any bad taste, just something to do while she calmed herself and tried to think about returning to sleep. When that was completed, she turned off the light and returned to bed. Sleep was slow to return, but after a half-hour of staring at the clock, she finally dozed off.
*****
At two forty six AM the warning buzzer sounded and the security monitor jumped to life in Jane’s bedroom. Jane flung the sheets and jumped from the bed to see what was happening. Art watched as his newlywed wife, fussed over the volume and brightness controls to try to see what was happening with her student.
"Anything major?" Art asked as he propped his head up on one arm. "Another wet dream?"
"No. No… I don’t think so, she isn’t changing clothes or rinsing anything out. She is shaking and rinsing her mouth with mouthwash. It was most likely a nightmare of some sort." Jane watched her newest student until she turned out the light. The darkness covered any further activity so Jane reset the alarm and reset the monitor to standby. She then returned to bed and snuggled into Art’s shoulder.
"My methods are starting to get to her. I just hope Sandy and Carolyn do not upset everything I accomplished so far. I’ll call before we leave in the morning. Are you coming along for the day?" Jane looked at Art waiting for an answer.
"No, my love, Diana is going to rest all day and await your return. After all, I am here to see how Charlene fares after the hell of tomorrow!" Art smiled at his wife. "Now back to sleep, I have to leave at six AM so I can become beautiful for breakfast! I would hate to think of your punishment if ‘Diana’ were late for breakfast!" Art ducked the playful swing from Jane and the two of them giggled until they fell asleep.
*****
‘Click’ "Good morning! Today is Wednesday and this is Morning Edition!" These were the first words to invade Charlene’s consciousness. Other than the day of the week, it seemed to start the same everyday!
"How can anyone be in that good of a mood at this time EVERY day?" Charlene mumbled as she got out of bed and headed for the bathroom. As Charlene completed her morning duties, she wondered what this day would bring. She realized that Diana was still here so that would mean fewer clothing changes, but you never know, with Jane Thompson. She could have Marie as acting drill sergeant all morning. That wouldn’t be too bad since Charlene thought of Marie as a kindly aunt. Or, she could be given the day to study and complete her reports. That would be the most logical way to keep Joan and Charlene out of the way so Jane and Diana could visit. That made the most sense to Charlene as she finished her shower. As she stepped out of the shower, she noticed a bra and panty set sitting in it’s normal place. That meant Marie was in the bedroom this morning.
"Morning Marie" Charlene stated as she exited the bathroom.
"Bon jour to you Charlene!" Marie said in an overly cheery voice. "Ms. Thompson was very specific in what outfit she wanted you to wear this morning. Otherwise, I believe you do very well at getting yourself ready in the morning. I have left everything you need out, including the cosmetics I would use on you. You may change them if you think something would look better. See you for breakfast!" Marie pointed to things as she headed out the bedroom door.
The outfit was similar to one Charlene had worn the first few days of the clothes changing drill. A pale rose blouse with a matching tea length skirt. Under the skirt was one petticoat. The lingerie she put on in the bathroom were a rose colored satin. On the bed she found a matching garter belt and suntan shaded hose. The ensemble was finished with matching two-inch heeled sandals.
"Must be some silly thing about Ms. Phillips being here…" Charlene muttered to herself. She proceeded to get ready for the coming day.
After donning her clothes, checking her hair and makeup one last time, Charlene did a last twirl to make certain her petticoat wasn’t bunched. Seeing all was in order, she headed out the door toward breakfast.
Breakfast turned out to be a less strained affair than supper the night before. Jane actually looked more relaxed in some strange underlying way. It was like she was trying hard not to smile but couldn’t keep the good mood from floating to the surface. Charlene wrote it off as something to be wary of. She never liked when her school principal smiled like that. It usually was the calm before the storm.
"Children! It is now eight-thirty-five. We need to leave in six minutes! You both have nine o’clock appointments! Be ready, I’ll be at the front door with the car." Jane and Diana rose and left the room.
After the two ladies left, Charlene just looked at Joan with a shocked expression on her face. She finally thought to ask a question. "Six minutes for what? She doesn’t expect me to go away from here dressed like this?"
"You’re dressed just fine, go refresh your lipstick, grab a purse and be back here quick! When Aunt Jane says be ready, we have to be ready!" Joan replied heading for the stairs.
"But… But… But, I CAN":T go out dressed like this, what will people think?" Charlene gasped, trying to keep up with Joan.
"If you just act normal, no one will see anything but a girl! If you act all scared and weird, then people will look at you and call the men in the white coats because they will think there is a crazy girl walking around town! Now we have to hurry or Aunt Jane will be in a very bad mood the rest of the day." Joan explained as she hurried toward her room door.
Charlene hurried her lipstick application, grabbed a purse, shoved in lipstick, a compact and some tissues and headed back out the door. She saw Joan coming out of her room at the same time.
"I was coming to tell you to remember a purse. I’m glad you remembered it yourself. It makes you look more like a girl if you have all the right things with you. We better hurry, I hear the car." Joan hurried Charlene towards the steps and down they went.
Charlene had no time to think about what was happening, the next thing she knew, she was getting into the back of the same car she arrived in a week ago.
"Ms. Thompson?" Charlene asked, getting more timid as the safety of the academy disappeared behind them.
"Yes Charlene?" Came Jane’s reply. She was fully aware what the question would be and by the scared expression on Charlene’s face, she knew she had her off balance again.
"Umm… Sorry… Umm… where are we… Umm… going?" Charlene asked when she could find her voice.
"Oh! We are on our way to the ‘Marisha Chalet’. That will be our first stop of the day. I am certain you will find it quite interesting." Jane replied.
Charlene nodded her head too afraid to ask anything else. She just sank down a little more in the seat to try to hide from view.
Jane noted that Charlene was getting shorter, the farther she drove. She waited a little bit and as she pulled up to a stop light next to a commuter bus, she said. "Charlene, are you all right? You seem to be shrinking back there, please sit up straight so I can see you in the mirror."
Charlene almost jumped up hard enough to hit her head on the roof of the car. Then she looked out the window and saw the bus. There was a gentleman in the bus window, looking at her, when she made eye contact, he smiled and nodded. At that point, Charlene turned very pale and sat very still for the rest of the trip, only looking out the front window of the car.
Getting out of the car in the parking lot of their first stop was one of the hardest things Charlene had ever done. It took every ounce of will power to open the door and exit the car gracefully. Charlene tried very hard to put a smile on her face and headed after Jane and Joan toward the front door.
Charlene noticed the distinct odors associated with a beauty salon. He had been going to a salon, at a local mall, for a haircut for a few years now. There wasn’t anything really different about this one, other than being dressed as a girl and not knowing what was going to happen next.
"Charlene! This is Sandra, she will be taking care of you today. Behave for her as you would for me! I expect a glowing report when I return." Jane looked Charlene directly in the eyes, daring her to say something not in character.
"Yes, Ms. Thompson. Hello, it is a pleasure to meet you, Ms. Sandra." Charlene squeaked out in a very nervous yet quiet voice. After a stern look from Jane, she remembered to curtsey.
"Hi! Charlene, right? Well come on back with me and we’ll get started. Don’t worry Jane, she’ll be just fine! See you later! Oh! Hi Joan, I think Carolyn is almost ready for you." Sandy waved at the two ladies. She grabbed Charlene by the hand and led her back to the farthest chair away from the door. "By the way, call me Sandy. Sandra is what my mother calls me when I’m in trouble! Have a seat and we’ll get started." Sandy headed back to ask Jane a question.
Charlene, sat in the chair as ladylike as she could. When she looked toward the front of the shop, Jane was chatting with Sandy and they were looking back at her. Sandy finally shook her head, grabbed a couple of books off a table and headed back toward Charlene. When she arrived she laid the books in Charlene’s lap and proceeded to secure a shiny pink cape around her neck. "You might want to look through those and pick a style that you would like. Jane said you should pick one appropriate for living at the academy, whatever that means." Sandy laughed a little to herself as she settled in and started to look over her charge’s tresses.
Charlene tried to look through the books, but every page held a more curly style than the one before. She laughed to herself, ‘there isn’t any way I have enough hair for any of these styles’.
Sandy was looking over her shoulder and every time she did something, she made sure she rubbed her breast or her hip against Charlene. It took a few minutes, but Sandy finally noticed the little shortness of breath that all of Jane’s charges get when her antics were starting to arouse them. ‘It’s show time!’ She thought as she turned to pick up a brush and start on Charlene’s hair.
Charlene had been buried in the books trying to hide inside them, but not daring to look anywhere else. ‘This lady keeps rubbing her tits against me! Thank goodness I’m sitting and have that petticoat on!’ Charlene thought to herself. She felt Sandy start to brush her hair.
"What have we here? A hair piece? Charlene, why do you…" Sandy’s voice trailed off for a minute while she started removing the fall from the back of Charlene’s head.
Charlene sat petrified. ‘Oh god! She knows!’ Was the only thought to go through her mind.
"Hmm… Let’s see. Not really looking at hairstyles, very scared when coming in here, a fall on your head. You’re not really a girl are you?" Sandy whispered while looking directly into Charlene’s eyes. She could see the panic enter when she made that statement.
Charlene felt the panic rise in her. She didn’t know what to do, This lady KNEW! ‘Oh my God! Oh, my God!’ was running through her head.
Sandy grabbed the girl’s arm to steady her. "Don’t go fainting on me yet! We need to have a little talk!" Sandy turned the chair around so that Charlene faced her instead of the mirror.
"So, you’re a boy, being put through Jane’s program." Sandy stopped while Charlene tried to catch her breath. "Well, my little sissy-boy, we are going to have some fun today! You are going to act like the sweetest girl! Everything I suggest for you, you are going to gush about and beg Jane to let you do it! If you don’t I’m going to lift up that pretty skirt of yours and show everyone in the store what a little sissy you are. Nod yes if you understand me." Sandy said with an evil grin.
Charlene was visibly shaking from what she had heard Sandy say. She had no idea what would happen next. She knew she had to put on the best performance of her life if she was to get out of here with no one else finding out she was a boy in skirts. She looked at Sandy and reluctantly nodded her acceptance of Sandy’s terms.
"Good, let’s get started, shall we?" Sandy smiled sweetly and turned Charlene back to face the mirror before returning to remove the fall from Charlene’s head.
Charlene’s mind was racing a mile a minute. None of the thoughts were coherent, they were just flying through her mind. She was shaken from her panic by Sandy’s voice.
"Found anything you like yet? I think we should look together for a minute, won’t that be fun?" Sandy smiled and gave Charlene a look that dared her to challenge that idea.
Charlene choked and finally found her ability to breathe again. She looked back at the book and decided she was beaten so she might as well play along. "That would be nice. I never know what to choose when I look at all these styles. Is there one that would look nice and not be too hard to duplicate?"
"Hmm… Well, Ms. Thompson wants something a little classy for today. I guess you have a few more places to go after we are finished here." Sandy replied, happy to see that Charlene had given in to her demands. "I think something like this would look lovely on you and it wouldn’t take more than fifteen or twenty minutes to redo in the morning." The hairdo was curly and had little tendrils that hung down in front of the ears. It was held back by a headband and was just a mass of curls that cascaded down to the middle of the shoulder blades.
"But, I don’t have that much hair!" Charlene looked at Sandy stating the obvious.
"Not a problem! Shall we begin?" Sandy said with huge smile. Sandy escorted Charlene to an area of sinks across the shop. "This is Michelle, she’s going to shampoo your hair. Charlene managed to get gum in her hair from her little brother. After they cut it out, it almost makes her look like a boy! I need her hair clean so I can add extensions until it grows out." Sandy laughed and looked at the shocked expression on Charlene’s face when she said her hair made her look like a boy.
"Hi! Sit over here and I’ll get you shampooed and ready for Sandy to work her magic! Gum! God, that is the worst! I know all you can do is cut it out. I’ll bet you had pretty hair before that happened…" Michelle continued to chatter on about gum, hair, what happened to some other people and goodness knows what else. Charlene was just glad she didn’t have to say much, just lay back and let this girl wash her hair.
The hair washing was the most relaxing part of the day so far! It always caused Charlene to almost fall asleep when the stylist at home did it. As always, the relaxation ended all too quickly.
"There! All done, let’s get you back to Sandy’s chair and I’ll leave you two alone." Michelle was smiling as she led Charlene back to a salon chair.
Sandy approached Charlene with a big smile on her face. "All clean? Let’s start with these extensions. They’ll give you long enough hair so we can turn you into a real ‘boy magnet’!"
Charlene’s breath caught when Sandy mentioned ‘boy magnet’. That was the last thing she wanted. She decided to chance a question. "Sandy? Will the style be easy to duplicate? I mean, there are times that Ms. Thompson doesn’t give me much time to change before we are busy doing something."
"Don’t fret over that sissy-boy! You will be cute as a button and you will know how to keep it up when I get through. Now smile and look like you are happy to be here!" Sandy replied.
Charlene got very quiet. Inside was a raging storm of emotions she had never felt before. She was angry at Sandy for treating her so bad and calling her a ‘sissy’. She was scared out of her mind, that someone would hear Sandy and discover she really was a boy in skirts. Then she was really upset because she had been enjoying the attention from Michelle when she had her hair washed. It was quite a range of faces that flickered across her face as Sandy started to separate her hair into sections.
The work of adding the extensions progressed slowly and a few times Sandy pulled Charlene’s hair hard enough for her to let out a little yelp.
"What’s the matter Charlene, not strong enough to handle a little hair tug?" Sandy asked. "Remember, you should be happy and smiling because of the beautiful hair you are getting today!"
"Most of the time it’s okay, but every once in a while you pull my hair pretty hard and it hurts! It has happened enough times that it is hard to keep a smile on my face." Was Charlene’s reply.
"Sometimes you have to suffer a little to be beautiful, sweets!" Sandy gave an extra tug to show her who was the boss.
It seemed to take forever for Sandy to finish attaching all the extensions. When she was finished she moved Charlene to a dryer chair and turned it on. "The glue that fuses the extensions is set by heat. You get to sit here and read magazines for a while. Here are a couple of good ones, just for you!" She handed Charlene a copy of ‘Vogue’ and ‘Seventeen’. "It should keep you busy looking at all the clothes, makeup and hairstyles for a while."
Charlene looked at the magazines and did her best to choke down her real emotions. She then pasted a smile on her face and said, "Thank you Sandy. I haven’t read either of these issues yet!"
Sandy leaned over and whispered in Charlene’s ear "You learn pretty fast! I think we will get along just fine, my little sissy-boy!" She then left Charlene to sit under the dryer.
Charlene’ cheeks turned red. This time it wasn’t from embarrassment but from anger. She had tried very hard to follow this Sandy’s rules and here she was still taunting her on a regular basis. Charlene bit her lower lip and glared at the retreating stylist for a minute. Then decided that compliance was the best course of action at the moment and went about looking through the magazines half-heartedly.
It seemed like forever before Sandy came back for Charlene. She led Charlene back to her station and there set the books of hairstyles on her lap again. "Now! Let’s see if we can pick out a style that will look absolutely stunning on you, shall we?"
"Okay." Was the only word that came out of Charlene’s mouth.
The two of them looked through the book three or four times, narrowing down the choices with each pass. Finally, Sandy steered them back to the style she had pointed out originally and declared it to be the one that would look best on Charlene.
Charlene, looked at the picture for a moment and then at Sandy. She finally decided she had to say something. "Sandy, if you had decided this was the hairstyle I would look best with, why did we have to look through all the other ones?"
"For fun! I told you we were going to have some fun! Other girls just love to look through the books and decide whether a style would look good on them or not. You do want to be like all the other girls, don’t you?" Sandy asked.
"I guess so. I mean, yes, I do!" Charlene realized her mistake as soon as she said it.
"You guess? You mean you don’t know for sure? Well, then I am just going to have to turn you into a real girly-girl! That way you won’t have a choice!" Sandy smiled and turned toward a cabinet next to her station.
It took about five minutes and then Sandy came back with a bottle and some long strands of cotton. She placed the cotton around Charlene’s head and then proceeded to wet down all of Charlene’s hair with whatever was in the bottle. After all the contents emptied onto her hair, Sandy placed a plastic cap over the top and set a timer. She then handed Charlene the same ‘Seventeen’ and told her to enjoy.
Charlene finally was reading an article on how to choose the correct hairstyle for your face when Sandy came over to her.
"Times up! Let’s get you rinsed so we can get on to the fun part!" Sandy smiled and led Charlene back to the sinks one more time. The warm water felt good as Charlene tried to relax and let some of the tension leave her body. Once again that part of this ordeal was over way too soon.
Charlene found herself back in the salon chair, this time Sandy started by sectioning her hair and wrapping it around a lot of rollers. All were wound fairly tight, but since Charlene had been trying to look like she was enjoying her salon experience, Sandy was being a little more gentle. After what seemed like eternity, Sandy added another very smelly solution to the rollers, placed a plastic cap over her head again and announced that part done.
Charlene figured it was back to the dryer and having to read ‘Seventeen’ again but Sandy motioned another girl over to her station. Charlene’s heart skipped a few beats but after a short conversation, the two ladies turned to Charlene. "Charlene, this is Tina, we were just discussing your nails. I thought acrylics about ¾ inch past your tips would be fine, she said a little less than ½ inch would be more practical, what do you think?" Sandy became quiet and just smiled at Charlene.
Charlene sat there and looked at Tina, then Sandy and finally at her own nails. Knowing full well that Sandy could expose her anytime she wanted, Charlene tried to be a little tactful. "I don’t really know. I mean, like, I want them to be feminine, but if they are too long won’t they like, get in the way of everything I have to do? I mean, I have to like, use a computer at the Academy and if my nails are too long won’t they like, cause like problems?" Charlene tried to sound like some of the girls she knew from the valley back home.
Tina answered first. "Yes they will, and it is really hard to get zippers up or jewelry clasped. I told Sandy that what she asked for was way too long, but Sandy always likes to go a little over the top! Have you ever had false nails before? (pause) No? Then we definitely want to go with the shorter ones! Sandy, you just leave… Charlene is it? Yes, just leave Charlene in my hands and her hands will be beautiful! I’ll go get my stuff, be right back!" Tina turned and almost ran across the shop to get her cart.
Sandy was a little miffed that Charlene didn’t just gush about wanting long elegant nails attached. She decided to whisper to her, while Tina was away. "I thought I told you to gush over everything I suggested, today, sissy-boy! What happened?"
"I… I tried to sound like I wanted long nails, but Tina just seemed to take over the decision of what length to make them! I’m… I’m sorry,
Sandy, I’ll try harder from now on. Should I ask her to make my nails longer?" Charlene looked at Sandy for an answer.
Sandy studied the scared teen’s face and then shook her head. "No! Tina is right, if you have never had acrylics before, the shorter length will be better. We’ll add length for one of the more formal occasions I’m certain Jane will have you attend in the future."
Charlene shook her head ‘ok’ and then it dawned on her what Sandy had said. "Formal… In… The future?" she managed to squeak out, just before Tina arrived with her cart of supplies. Sandy just smiled at Charlene and walked away.
Tina set up her work area and decided to do the pedicure first. "You’ll have to remove your pantyhose, follow me!" She led Charlene to a small changing room. "I’ll be right here waiting for you."
Charlene stepped inside, closed the door and unclipped her stockings. She carefully removed them and when finished, didn’t know what to do with the hose. Sticking her head out the door, she asked Tina, "What do I do with these?"
Tina took a look at the hose, "Wow! Stockings! I don’t see girls wearing them often! Do you have a hot date tonight, or is it just something Ms. Thompson has you do?
Panic hit Charlene. She audibly caught her breath. Tina noticed the look right away. Charlene finally gathered her wits and replied. "Umm… It’s a Ms. Thompson thing. I haven’t worn pantyhose since I arrived at the academy. It’s always stockings and a garter belt." Charlene’s cheeks flushed bright red.
"It’s okay! I mean, like I know she runs a finishing school, so I guess stockings do make you feel a little more sexy and they are classy! Just roll them up and put them in the pocket of your smock, they’ll be fine!" Tina replied and led Charlene back into the salon.
The pedicure was nice, although Charlene could have done without the red polish. Tina seemed to think it was the best color for the outfit and when she was done with Charlene’s hands, she would look lovely.
The application of the acrylic nails was a pain, literally! As Tina roughed up Charlene’s nail surface, there were times it actually hurt. Tina was very apologetic and was a lot more careful after the first few times. Eventually she finished and Charlene had ten perfect toes and ten beautiful nails. The soft red complimented Charlene’s skin tone perfectly. For a moment, Charlene even thought they were pretty.
"There! All set and you will still be able to type with a little practice!" Tina smiled at Charlene as she put away her tools. "Doing things like buttons and zippers will take a little trial and error, but you’ll get the hang of it fast enough. I have to go do a fill on Joan, see you later!" Tina waved and pushed her cart over to the chair Joan sat in.
Charlene spent a few seconds admiring her new nails, ‘They really do make my hands look like a girl’s!’ Charlene thought as she admired Tina’s handiwork.
"I knew you liked all this sissy-stuff, sissy-boy! Sitting there admiring your nails, just like the prissy girl you are!" Sandy whispered in Charlene’s ear.
Charlene stiffened and almost jumped straight out of the salon chair. It took her a second to calm down and then glare at Sandy. Rather than bite at Sandy and be subjected to possible exposure as a boy in a dress, Charlene decided to play the game. "Sandy you scared me! I hope I didn’t ruin the wonderful job Tina did on my nails." Charlene waved her hand in front of her face and looked at each nail closely. Turning back to Sandy, she smiled and said, "Aren’t they lovely?" She stuck both hands out as she had seen some of the girls in California do.
"Yes, they are! It’s time to finish your hair, so Carol can do your makeup for you." Sandy started removing all the rollers she had placed in Charlene’s hair. When she was done, she took her back to the sink, rinsed her head, added another chemical and rinsed it out too. Finally she toweled off Charlene’s hair and returned her to her station.
Charlene took a quick peek in a mirror as she walked past, she thought she looked like a drowned rat! ‘Hopefully I don’t look too bad when this lady is done with me!’ she thought as she sat back in the chair.
Sandy fussed, dried, picked and scrunched Charlene’s hair for the next five minutes. She surveyed her handiwork for a minute then took a small pair of scissors and did a little trimming of the bangs. Finally, she pronounced Charlene done.
"So-o-o… what do you think?" Sandy asked as she turned Charlene to face the mirror.
Charlene was expecting the worst! A head just full of juvenile curls, like this ‘Shirley Temple’ person her mom used to talk about. She looked in front of her and thought the girl in the next chair had the exact hairstyle she had asked Sandy for, then realization dawned on Charlene. It wasn’t another girl, it was her!
Only it wasn’t! The person in the mirror was a very bright blonde! The hair framed her face and softened her look. There was no doubt in your mind that when you looked at this person she was a girl!
"Th… Tha… that’s me?" Charlene pointed to the image in the mirror, and the image pointed back at her. She suddenly pulled her hands up and covered her mouth as she gasped audibly.
"Yep! You turned out okay. After I get a few sessions with you, there will be no doubt you’re a girl! Now, just quit getting gum in your hair and you’ll be all set!" Sandy smiled and Michelle giggled over the ‘gum’ comment. "Now, let me see if Caro is ready for you." Sandy looked over toward the chair Joan was sitting in.
Sandy waved at the lady and she nodded her head, so I was escorted toward Joan. I have to admit, I thought Joan was good looking before we came to this place, but now she was absolutely beautiful! Her hair and makeup were just perfect! She was enough to make the boy in me think very unladylike thoughts!
"Oh my goodness, you look beautiful!" came out of Charlene’s mouth before she could stop herself.
Joan looked up, smiled and said "Thank you Charlene, Carolyn is the absolute best makeup artist in the area, I’m certain you will be just as beautiful when she is done with you!"
Charlene had been staring at Joan for a minute while this Carolyn person did a few finishing touches to her hair. Sandy whispering in her ear jolted her from her admiring stare. "Just think sissy-boy! You’ll be just as beautiful in a little while! Doesn’t that make you just gush with excitement?"
That startled Charlene enough to make her gasp a little. Then all the nervousness returned. ‘Did Carolyn know he was a boy? Did Sandy tell anyone about him? God! How do I act when I’m in this chair?’
"Okay, Charlene! Ready for you!" Carolyn smiled and motioned to the now empty chair.
"Where did Joan go?" Charlene asked as she sat in the chair.
"Just behind you! You were busy looking at something when we were done, so I told her not to bother you, just go over and have her nails filled." Carolyn talked as she placed a cape over Charlene’s clothes.
"Oh…" was Charlene’s only reply as she noticed Joan talking with Tina, as she had her nails redone.
"First we are going to remove what makeup you have on. It looks like you have been taking lessons from Marie, is that true?" Carolyn asked.
Charlene was surprised. This lady just seemed to act like this was something she did for everyone that walked into the shop. "Umm…. Yea… Umm… Marie taught me how to do my makeup. I… I really hadn’t learned much about it before…"
"Ah… Mom wouldn’t let you play with makeup yet!" Carolyn nodded her head in a knowing way. "That’s okay! We’ll have you looking fabulous in no time! Now! Pay attention, I’m going to show you a few tricks, that even Marie doesn’t know!"
"First we start with face care! You have to remove makeup properly and then cleanse your face and moisturize it, otherwise you will get acne." Carolyn went into ‘instructor mode’.
It seemed like an awful lot to remember. Cleanse with this, then use an astrin… astringent… yes, that was it, then a toner and finally a moisturizer. All this and Carolyn hadn’t even started on makeup yet! Charlene finally had to ask a question. "Carolyn? Is all this stuff really needed?"
Caro stopped and looked at Charlene. "Not for a ‘tomboy’. All you do is wash your face and go! But, if you are at Ms. Thompson’s finishing school then yes, all this is necessary for you to look your absolute best all the time! Oh! Please call me Caro. No one around here calls me Carolyn. That’s only when I’m in trouble!" Caro smiled at Charlene and then returned to business.
"We are now ready to start your makeup. Pay close attention, I know Ms. Thompson will probably have you try to duplicate what I teach you today, okay?" Caro asked.
Charlene nodded her head and tried to sit up straighter and pay attention. Still believing that if she did everything Jane Thompson asked of her, she could get back to being Charlie and go home!
Caro took her time, matching foundation shades to Charlene’s skin, then showed her how to properly dab it on and set it. She did one side of Charlene’s face and then had Charlene do the same thing to the other side. This went on through, foundation, concealer, eyeshadow, blush and lipstick.
Charlene tried hard to please this lady, knowing that she would probably report back to Jane before they left. If nothing else, she wanted her to say she was a willing student.
"Voila! To quote Marie! You are more beautiful than before!" Caro stated as she turned Charlene to face the large mirror behind her workstation.
Charlene had seen her hairstyle so that didn’t surprise her. What shook her more was the perfection of her makeup! Her skin was flawless, the color subtle, yet it made her softer and her eyes sparkled!
Charlene looked hard at the reflection in the mirror. As hard as she looked there was no sign of ‘Charlie’, just Charlene.
Caro allowed the shock to subside on Charlene’s face when she had first seen herself in the mirror. ‘This one came out very well! No doubt she is anything but all girl! Well, on to the next phase.’ She thought before talking to Charlene.
"Charlene! I’m going to talk to Ms. Thompson a moment. Be right back." Caro said as she headed toward Jane Thompson.
Charlene just nodded her head while looking in the mirror for some indication that Charles was still there. There just wasn’t any! She must have been enthralled by her reflection since she didn’t notice Jane and Caro return to where she was seated.
"Charlene? My you look absolutely lovely! Carolyn, my dear, you and Sandra have outdone yourselves with this girl! How can we ever thank you for bringing out such inner beauty?" Jane exclaimed in her well-rehearsed manner.
Caro was beaming as usual and replied "Well, Jane, I was wondering if Charlene would mind being my model for my cosmetology class this morning? I can show the girls all the tricks to make themselves as lovely as Charlene. Plus! It will give Charlene a chance to meet some other girls her own age. Won’t that be great, Charlene?" Caro asked with a smile.
If it weren’t for the makeup on Charlene’s face, the casual observer would have seen all color drain from her cheeks. As it was, Caro and Jane noticed the look of fear creep into her eyes.
"How long is this class, Carolyn?" Jane asked, checking her watch.
"It’s just an hour. Are you on a tight time schedule today? I could plan on using Charlene another time?" Caro offered. The pleading look on Charlene’s face was almost too comical for Jane to keep a straight face. But years of doing this very thing to many a young man kicked in and Jane replied without missing a beat. "No, That will be fine. We do have another appointment, but it isn’t until after lunch. I was just going to do a little window shopping with the girls until then to educate them in the correct style of clothing for a young lady of their position in society. However, I believe that your class and the additional instruction in makeup is something Charlene needs more of at this time. Charlene, you may stay and assist Ms. Beale with her class." Jane said as if it was granting Charlene’s secret wish. "I’ll return in an hour. Would it be alright for Joan to attend the class also?"
"Well, Joan doesn’t really need this class, it’s about the basics and she is pretty good with her makeup." Caro replied. "But, Charlene may be a little more comfortable with her here. Oh! That’s why you want her here, how silly of me. Of course she can stay! I’ll just use her to help some of the other girls when they are having problems. See you later Jane!"
With that the conversation was over and Jane headed toward the exit. Charlene just sat in the chair not knowing what to do next. She had just had a shock of what she looked like after being transformed and now she was to be the model for a makeup class with a bunch of girls her age!
‘At least Joan is here. I’ll know her at this class anyway. God! How did I get into this mess? Well, I guess it could be worse, Jane could have taken me window shopping! When mom went window shopping, she always stopped at two or three stores and tried on clothes… Oh God! She wouldn’t make me… Oh God! She probably would!" Charlene started visibly shaking when she thought about having to try on clothes that she, Jane and Joan saw while ‘window shopping’.
While Charlene sat there thinking horror stories about walking past stores with Jane, the girls for the cosmetics class started to arrive.
The amount of chatter from the group of girls gathering for the makeup class soon brought Charlene back from her waking nightmare about shopping. Upon seeing the growing group of girls, she finally realized just what Caro had volunteered her to do!
"Girls! Quiet down now so we can get started! Young ladies!" Caro finally got their attention, they settled down and looked her direction. "We are going to do this in the back room where we always meet. I have a guest model today, so all of you will get a chance to see and answer questions." Caro walked over to Charlene. "This is Charlene. She is a new student at The Thompson Academy and has just had her colors and foundation matched today. We are going to see what a difference the correct makeup can do for you. Come along Charlene." Caro then led the procession of girls into the back of the store.
Charlene was scared out of her mind! Here she was in the middle of a pack of teenage girls. Every teen male’s dream! Only she was dressed as a teen girl! A rather ‘high class’ teen girl, but none the less, a teen girl. This only made Charlene seem more shy and reserved. She figured the best thing to do was be quiet and look as embarrassed as she felt. When she entered the back area, Caro pointed to a stool in front of the classroom area.
Charlene tried to be as prim as she could muster while trying to sit comfortably on the stool. Caro went through all her welcomes and introductions. Then she turned to Charlene.
"Alright girls! Here is Charlene! I have just finished her makeup, I want to know what you honestly think of it." Caro asked the class.
There was a bit of silence and finally someone said "Her complexion looks flawless! How did you do that? Another voice asked how she had made her eyes sparkle. And so the ice was broken and the questions started flowing. After taking more questions than she could remember, Caro decided to start answering the girl’s queries.
"First, we will remove the makeup from one side of Charlene’s face." Caro noted the look of horror on Charlene’s face. "Don’t worry Charlene, we will have you returned to your stunning self before the end of class." Caro then proceeded to use some makeup remover and cold crá¨me to demonstrate the proper way to remove makeup. After Charlene’s face was clean, Caro asked the class "What do you think is her best feature?"
There was a lot of whispering and pointing from the girls, all of which had Charlene squirming in her chair for fear that they saw through her masquerade.
Joan was the first to respond. "She has a cute nose." There was a lot of nodding from the other girls along with some more pointing and nods of agreement.
"I agree. Anything else? I see a lot of you looking but no one saying anything I can hear!" Caro prodded the other girls.
"Charlene has very pretty eyes! They look large even with her makeup removed." A tall athletically built girl said from the back row.
"Very good Mindy! I like her eyes too, although her nose is great, Joan. The eyes are something we can use makeup to greatly enhance. A nose can be done in a few simple steps! We’ll start with the nose and I’ll show you." Caro stated and then reached onto her makeup cart for some foundation.
In a few moments and with the use of two different colored foundations, Caro made Charlene’s nose appear larger. Then a quick removal and she made her nose look smaller. Charlene thought it made quite a change in her appearance.
"So which looked better on Charlene?" Caro asked. Everyone agreed that making your nose look smaller would be the better way to go.
Caro then proceeded to show them how to improve their eyes. She only did one side on Charlene for demonstration purposes, when she was done, she told Charlene she would have to match what she had done.
Matching the three colors of shadow, liner and the white powder highlights took Charlene about three times as long as it took Caro to do. Finally, with the help of one of the girls named Michelle, she finally got it so it looked like the eye Caro had done. Charlene actually felt a bit of pride in her accomplishment. She returned the coaching favor for Michelle and even called Caro over to help when they were both stuck on how to finish making Michelle’s eyes sparkle.
By the time the makeup class was over, Charlene was chatting with a couple of the girls like they were old friends. This surprised Caro. When she asked Joan about it, Joan had no answer. Joan figured Charlene would have been just as scared and quiet as she had been at her first makeup class all those months ago.
The hour was up and Jane returned from her small excursion to ‘The Style Shoppe’. She had left to confer with Brenda Franson about Charlene and to make certain appropriate juvenile styles of clothing were available for her to try on. She was very pleased. So far the day had been going as planned and Charlene seemed to be learning what it was like to be on the receiving end of some of the bullying she had dealt out over the years. Jane knew there was still a lot of anger inside her and that she wasn’t letting it show yet. That just meant a rather large explosion when the time came. It would be mostly bluster, but Jane would still be ready for it when it came. As she walked into the salon, she did not immediately see Charlene. Joan was with Caro and the gaggle of girls from the cosmetics class were still milling around trying different things they had learned on each other. Needless to say, she was a little confused!
"Carolyn? Where is Charlene? I expected her to be ready to go by now! I don’t see her." Jane said as she walked up to Joan and Caro.
"She’s right there, Jane! A regular little social butterfly if you ask me! You sure she’s new to all this? Caro responded pointing out Charlene in the middle of the group, demonstrating how to put on eyeliner for another girl.
Jane stood and watched for a moment. In all her years of training boys to be civil, refined young ladies, she had never had one become involved in any of the classes she arranged. Unless she had forced the situation, of course… This was something she would have to file away and watch carefully with Ms. Hawkins. Something had happened while she was here. Just what was to be determined later. Maybe Diana would have a little insight tonight.
Jane walked over to Charlene. "Charlene! We have an appointment in forty-five minutes. Are you ready to leave?"
Charlene stopped in mid sentence when she heard Jane’s voice. She turned to see her standing there with that smile on her face that she didn’t trust. She replied "Yes, Ms. Thompson, I am ready to leave." She started looking for her purse.
"Charlene! Where are your manners? I should think you would introduce me to your new friends. That would be the appropriate thing to do!" Jane stated. She could see all the girls Charlene had been talking to were just as embarrassed as she was.
"Of course, Ms. Thompson, I’m sorry, I was rather… Umm… pre-occupied when you arrived. Ms. Jane Thompson, I would like you to meet Michelle and Janet. They were my partners for different portions of the makeup class. Michelle, Janet, this is Ms. Jane Thompson, of Thompson Academy." Charlene did a short curtsey and stepped back a half step.
"A pleasure to meet both of you. I hope to see you again when Charlene comes in for styling and makeup lessons. We really must be going. Come along Charlene." Jane finished with the pleasantries turned and headed for the door where Joan was waiting for her arrival.
Charlene looked at both Michelle and Janet, rolled her eyes, shook her head and followed Jane toward the door. The two girls had to use every ounce of self-control not to laugh as Charlene left the salon. After Charlene was gone, they decided that maybe wanting to attend Jane Thompson’s finishing school was not as high on their list as they once thought.
The trip back to the car was made in silence, which was fine with Charlene. She had many things to mull over in her mind. The one that bothered her most was how everyone in the makeup class had accepted her so easily as another teenage girl. This bothered her male self-image the most. After all, Charlie was all boy! Rough and tumble always getting into trouble one way or another. Charlene, was all soft and easy and always seemed to be prim and proper even when she didn’t want to. That was the confusing part. Was it the clothes? Was there something about dressing as a girl that just naturally made one more quiet and reflective? Charlie didn’t know but it seemed Charlene was going to find out, if Jane Thompson had anything to say about it!
Jane was thoughtful as she drove toward their lunch destination. She had previously had recalcitrant boys that took to skirts easily, mostly she could see through the ruse that they tried to portray and she had a few ways to make certain that Charlene was not like that. She thought about it quickly and decided that the afternoon at ‘the Style Shoppe’ would tell her more about what was going on in her latest charges’ head.
Charlene sat quietly and looked out the window. She saw they were pulling into a Country Club. ‘No surprise there! This lady probably OWNS the place!’ went through her mind as Jane pulled to a stop at the entrance to the dining area.
Two valets quickly came around the car and opened the doors for Jane, Charlene and Joan. This took Charlene off guard and the valet noticed it. "Sorry to have surprised you, I hope you enjoy your meal!" The young man had a hard time taking his eyes off Charlene’s legs.
Jane noticed his stare. "Jonathon! Ms. Hawkins is my newest student. I should inform you she is only fourteen!" She gave the young man a look that warned him to act nice ‘or else’.
"Sorry Ms. Thompson! I was just noticing how lovely Ms. Hawkins is. Not that you or Ms. Carlson aren’t as lovely…" Jonathon’s face was beet red and he was losing his cool composure, being found out like that.
Jane let out a little laugh. "Dear Jonathon! I will tell you a little secret. When you find yourself digging a deep hole that you do not wish to be in. The first thing you have to do is stop digging! To let you know, we will only be here for lunch!" Jane handed the stunned boy a five-dollar bill and headed for the club entrance.
Joan was giggling over the encounter while Charlene was pale and terrified. Charlene had never had anyone, let alone a boy pay attention to whatever she did. No one ever paid attention to her at all! The experience put Charlene back on her guard. Joan noticed and whispered in her ear. "Sandy and Caro did a great job on you! You have no idea how pretty you are, so take the attention you just got as part of this experience because you will get a lot more if Jane decides to keep you for a while."
Charlene just looked at Joan in shock! The expression was one of a fish out of water. Charlene’s mouth opened and closed a few times, but nothing came out! The Doorman, who wished the two of them a lovely meal, brought the two girls back to reality.
Charlene was now scared silly once more. Here she was in a country club, about to sit for lunch with all manner of people and she was just ogled by the valet outside. To say that she was unnerved would be an understatement. She was always darting glances around to see if anyone was pointing or laughing at her.
Joan finally noticed and whispered to her "Take a deep breath! Everything you learned at the house is exactly what you do here! You look more like a girl now than I do, so take a deep breath and act the part! Just do everything you would do back at the house and you will be fine."
Charlene looked at Joan, nodded her head and took a deep breath. It did help a little, then she decided to concentrate on doing everything properly at the table.
Jane watched as Joan took the lead in trying to calm Charlene’s fears. ‘I knew she was ready to be a big sister! So much compassion in that one. I definitely did not see that side of her when she first arrived.’
After everyone had been seated by the Maitre’di, Jane said to the girls "We have time for a light lunch. Please order appropriately." She then looked over her menu.
Charlene thought about a light lunch. She had been nervous enough at the salon that she hadn’t thought about eating. Now in this place she wasn’t sure just what a lite lunch consisted of. After a short look at the menu, she decided the fruit plate and a glass of diet soda would probably be approved by Jane.
Every few minutes, someone coming over to the table to talk to Jane interrupted Charlene’s thoughts. This led to a round of introductions, the politeness that Joan displayed was mimicked by Charlene. This seemed to please Jane as she complimented Charlene’s appearance and made certain everyone knew she was her newest student. Some of the names sounded like ones Charlene had learned in American history. Rockefeller, Chase, Morgan, and Steinbrenner were a few of the ones she remembered. They were all well off and had others with them that seemed to do their bidding.
Eventually lunch was served and Charlene made sure she cut the pieces small and chewed until her mouth hurt. She was not about to be reprimanded in such a nice place. During all of this, Jane questioned Joan and her about the fashions for the rest of the summer and coming fall seasons. This topic seemed to hold a great deal of interest for Jane today. Normally she was more interested in world events so this was a bit of a change. Jane was just talking about the return of knee high boots as a fashion for fall when an older lady came gushing up to the table.
"Jane, dah-h-hling! How good to see you again." The lady spoke.
This surprised Charlene. It was a good thing she was taking small bites and small sips of her drink, otherwise, passing food through your nose was most likely a faux pas, Jane would notice immediately!
Jane calmly finished her bite and turned to the new arrival. "Edith! I didn’t know you frequented this club for lunch. How are you?" Jane greeted her long time friend.
"Just having lunch with a group of ladies from the cotillion committee for the town Labor Day celebration." She noticed Joan sitting next to Jane. "Joan dear, how nice to see you again. Are your studies going well?"
"Hello, Mrs. White. It is very nice to see you again too. Yes, they are going quite well. Ms. Thompson is a very good teacher. I am progressing through my studies at a very good rate." Joan replied.
"That is so good to hear. I would think your piano training is getting quite good! I may be able to talk Jane into letting you give a recital at the Labor Day celebration. Maybe as part of our cotillion?" Edith looked to Jane. Without giving her a chance to reply, she continued. "Who is this lovely creature? You must be a new student of Jane’s." Edith said, looking directly at Charlene.
Jane, always slightly annoyed at Edith’s high brow antics answered. "Edith White, may I introduce you to Miss Charlene Hawkins, Miss Hawkins, this is Mrs. Edith White." Jane nodded toward Charlene in some sort of cryptic signal.
Charlene saw Jane’s nod and the threatening look that accompanied it. She stood and offered a limp hand to Mrs. White. "Pleased to meet you, Mrs. White." As a final thought, she dipped a small curtsey.
The smiles on Jane and Edith’s faces told Charlene she had done the right thing.
"Jane! Are you certain she is new? Such a charming a young gu-url! You simply must allow her to be part of my cotillion. With Charlene and Joan there, every eligible boy from miles around will want to attend!" Edith White was almost giddy with the prospect of Joan and Charlene being in her cotillion.
Joan smiled politely but Charlene started to panic. If she didn’t have makeup on, Jane, Joan and Edith would have seen her face visibly pale! Charlene felt her stomach flip as she thought about this cotillion thing and the fact that there would be ‘boys’ there. They would think he was a girl! ‘Oh god!’ was all she could think before Jane responded.
"Edith! What a lovely thought! I am so sorry to have to turn down your offer this time though. The R.O.T.C. commander, Mr. Brent Hayden, recently contacted me. He is short two girls for his float honoring our service men and women in the Labor Day Parade. I already promised him the girls would help by being on the float and attending their display afterward. I truly am sorry, I think both girls would have enjoyed the cotillion." Jane apologized to Edith.
Edith looked a little downhearted. Normally Jane jumps at a chance to have her girls attend one of her cotillions. After thinking over what the girls were doing for the parade and the current state of the armed forces, she decided this was a very good thing. "In that case, I accept your decision to not participate in the cotillion. I think it is very patriotic of the girls to be a part of something that honors our armed forces. However, I do expect to see them both at the Oktoberfest dance. You will ensure that they are in appropriate outfits, like the last girls?"
Jane thought for a moment. She remembered the period correct costumes she had made her boys wear. They both looked like that actress… Sandra Bullock in ‘Miss Congeniality’. After thinking for a moment, she replied. "I’ll mark it on the calendar. I believe Marie has those outfits in storage. I’ll ask her to check for sizes and such when we arrive home."
"Marvelous!" Edith replied, very pleased to have Jane and her girls at one of her functions. "I’ll just leave you all to your lunch. It was nice to see you again dear. Ta-ta girls!" With a wave of her hand, Edith White went off in search of someone else to talk into coming to her ‘High Society’ functions.
Jane took out her personal planner and made a few notes, when done, she looked at the two students. "Well girls. It looks like your social calendar is filling rapidly! I dare say, we shall all be very busy over the next few months." Jane noted the look of resignation on Joan’s face and the fear in Charlene’s eyes. Her message had conveyed it’s meaning to both students. Joan now knew she wouldn’t be leaving soon and Charlene was worried about being found out in a social situation. ‘Not bad for only having to make one comment!’ Jane thought as she sipped her iced tea.
The rest of lunch was eaten in relative silence. Jane did this so that each girl could come to grips with their own situation. When she felt the timing was right, Jane spoke. "Girls, please finish, we have to leave or we will be late for our next appointment." After that comment Jane wiped her mouth and folded the napkin on the table. Charlene knew this was the signal that lunch was over.
As the trio headed for the exit, Jane remarked "Girls! Now would be a good time to powder our noses we have a lot of things to accomplish this afternoon." Jane walked directly to the ladies’ powder room door and entered.
Charlene stopped short and was run into by Joan. "Oomph!… Ummm… sorry." Charlene mumbled after making sure Joan was okay.
"What’s wrong?" Joan asked. She had been out with Jane enough that using the ladies’ room was no big deal anymore.
Charlene whispered "I can’t go in there!"
"Why not? Just go in, enter a stall, do what you do at the house and leave! Just make sure you stop and wash your hands and reapply you lipstick, otherwise Jane will have a fit!" Joan whispered back to Charlene.
"You sure? I mean, well I guess… well the way I’m dressed… Oh! I don’t know what I mean anymore!" Charlene was upset and confused as she finally decided she should just go into the rest room and do as Joan suggested.
Jane listened in the restroom as the click of two sets of heels indicated her students had finally entered the sanctuary of the lady's powder room. ‘I see Joan did her job to get Charlene to enter without having to call me. I’ll have to compliment her tonight.’ thought Jane as she finished her business and went to wash her hands, touch up her makeup and wait for the two students.
Joan automatically went through the same motions as Jane did. Charlene was still a little scared and hesitant about what she should be doing after leaving her stall. She watched Joan and tried to copy everything she did, aware that Jane was standing there watching her. After she had completed everything and all was back in her purse, she looked at Jane.
Jane just nodded her head and pushed the door open as she led the way out of the clubhouse and back out to her car. The car was sitting there idling by the entrance as they exited the restaurant. Jonathon was right there to hold open the doors for Jane and Charlene. A different valet took care of the door for Joan. In a very short time, all three were settled and Jane was headed off to their next stop.
It was only a ten-minute drive to ‘The Style Shoppe’. When Charlene saw the window display, she knew that was where they were going to stop next. She had just started to calm down after the trip to the bathroom. At least her stomach had kept lunch down! However, just looking at all the frills, lace and petticoats in the display window caused Charlene’s stomach to lurch. She could just imagine how many dresses she would have to try on.
"Come along girls! We are just on time for our afternoon appointment!" Jane waved toward the entrance of the store.
Charlene wasn’t sure what to expect, but she knew it probably was not going to a pleasant afternoon. She trailed behind Jane and Joan as they approached the store.
The tinkling of the front door bell brought Brenda Franson’s attention to the trio entering her store. She knew Jane was coming and immediately started to size up the new student, Charlene. ‘Very nice! She will look very nice in most of the outfits Jane likes for her first visit.’ Betty thought as the small group threaded it’s way toward her position in the store.
"Jane! Joan! How nice to see you again! Who is this lovely young lady with you today?" Brenda embraced Jane and gave a little ‘air kiss’.
"Hi Brenda, it is nice to see you again too! This young lady is Miss Charlene Hawkins. Miss Hawkins, I would like you to meet Ms. Brenda Franson. She is the owner of this fine shop and a very good friend!"
Charlene stepped forward, did a little curtsey and replied softly "A pleasure to meet you." Charlene extended her hand in a limp fashion as she had seen Joan do earlier.
Brenda was impressed. Taking Charlene’s hand she replied. "I see Jane has been teaching you a lot! Joan was here just a couple of weeks ago, so I know you haven’t been at the academy long. You have learned quickly my dear. Let’s step over here, I believe we have some lovely summer dresses that will flatter your figure and make all the boys stare at you all summer long!" Brenda continued to hold Charlene’s hand and guided her over toward a rack of frilly dresses.
There were those words again! ‘boys staring at you all summer long.’ That was the third or fourth time today, Charlene had heard that phrase and it still caused her to jump. She didn’t want boys to stare at her! She wanted to do the staring! However, this lady didn’t seem to know Charlene was anything other than a young student at Jane’s academy so Charlene figured she had best go along and try not to give herself away.
Brenda noticed Charlene looking at the rack of dresses as they approached. Letting her worry for a few seconds she finally intoned "I see you like our new summer dresses! They are gorgeous, but Jane called and gave me a rundown of your coloring and sizes! I had Sally go around and pick a few outfits ahead of time so you wouldn’t be overwhelmed by all the choices. Jane did say you were a bit of a ‘tomboy’ before coming to her school so I thought a girl nearer your age would choose things more appropriate!" Brenda smiled at Charlene as she led her past the rack of dresses and into a fitting area.
The first area they passed through was just a row of cubicles, exactly as you would find at any clothing store. They went past six or seven doors and then went through an archway at the end of the hall. Once inside Charlene could see that this was a private showing area.
It heralded a return to an earlier age, something to Charlene that was ancient, like the nineteen-sixties! The walls were off-white with a small, elevated stage at one end. There were four banks of mirrors set about the stage at angles so that a viewer could see all sides of the dress when you stood in the middle of the stage. Two small settees covered in off-white watered silk thread were positioned so that the mother, aunt, whoever, could be comfortable while their darling daughter tried on a myriad of dresses and frills. The valances, behind the mirrors, were draped in a diaphanous fabric, lending elegance to the otherwise dated room décor. A small curtain hung in front of the stage with a bank of lights partially hidden from view. There was a panel of switches next to the stage that appeared to control all the lighting, so one could see how the dress looked in daylight or evening light.
Charlene noted that Brenda Franson was leading her over to a rack of clothes set by the back wall of the stage. Next to the rack was a linen covered table with many piles of lingerie in an assortment of styles and colors. As they approached this area, Charlene had the sickening feeling she was going to be changing clothes a lot this afternoon.
Charlene’s fears were not only well founded, but she was given the added stressor of having a very pretty salesgirl named Sally assist her in changing clothes.
"Hi! I’m Sally! You must be Ms. Thompson’s new student. I’ve helped a couple of her newer students, including Joan with her first fitting. Just relax! It will be a lot of fun! Think of it as a game of ‘dress-up’." Sally was perky if nothing else. Her smile and enthusiasm were infectious and Charlene had to smile and take a deep breath.
"I must admit, I’ve never seen this many frills on clothes before. What in the world do you do with all of this?" Charlene asked Sally.
"It’s easy, once you get the hang of it. It took me a couple of weeks working here before I figured out how some of the clothes were to be worn. From your look you were probably a tomboy before Ms. Thompson got hold of you!" Sally said, appraising Charlene.
"You could say that." Charlene blushed through her makeup.
"I thought so! It seems Ms. Thompson gets a lot of tomboys. She does a great job of turning them into ‘proper’ young ladies!" Sally let out a giggle. "I hope you don’t have to wear all this stuff when you go home!"
That comment made Charlene snort! ‘Not likely!’ she thought.
"I don’t think my mother goes for this much frill on a regular basis," she told Sally after regaining her composure.
Sally smiled at her response. "Let’s get started, otherwise Ms. Franson will be in here wondering what happened to you!" With that comment, Sally walked over to the dress rack and looked at a list hanging next to it. She checked the list, then walked over to the rack and selected two hangers.
The hangers were covered with a garment cover so Charlene had no idea what the first outfit would be. As Sally headed for the pile of lingerie, Charlene decided she should step into the cubicle and start to undress. "No sense making this go any slower than I have to! God! Jane is probably timing me!" Charlene muttered under her breath. That last thought about Jane timing her brought out another snort.
"What’s so funny?" Sally asked as she followed Charlene into the cubicle.
"Oh! Well, nothing really. I mean well, Jane, I mean Ms. Thompson has been timing my ability to change clothes quickly for the past week and I figured she was probably doing it now!" Charlene replied.
"That’s weird! How fast are you supposed to be able to change?" Sally asked.
"For casual and makeup touchup, about thirty minutes. More formal I think she was happy with an hour, but I had help with that." Charlene replied.
Sally looked really surprised. "You mean she actually sets a stop watch and sees how long it takes? Goodness, It takes me an hour just to get out of the bathroom in the morning!"
Both people giggled at the remark. Then Sally got down to the business of trying on clothes. She slid the covers off the first outfit of the day. It was a rose colored, tea length dress with a lot of eggshell colored lace all around the neck, arms and hem. There was an embroidered detail of roses on the bodice using a matching colored thread so the bodice was monochromatic except for the lace trim. There was a thin eggshell colored belt, which hung loosely around the waist, and the flair of the skirt told Charlene there would be a petticoat or two under the skirt when she was dressed.
"The other garment bag holds the two petticoats that go under the skirt." Sally told Charlene. "Here is appropriate lingerie and stockings for this outfit. I’ll just step out. Call when you are changed and I’ll help you with the petti’s and the dress." Sally then left the cubicle.
Charlene took a deep breath and let out a long sigh. "Here we go again!" she muttered to herself. She proceeded to change into the new lingerie. When she was done she took the first petticoat and stepped into it. After she tied it off, she called Sally. "All set, Sally!"
Sally entered the room and was surprised to see that Charlene already had on one of the petticoats. Normally the girls that came into the shop tried to delay getting dressed in this much frou-frou as long as possible. "I see you are in a hurry to get dressed. Hot date tonight?" She giggled at the shocked look on Charlene’s face. "We’ll just slip this second petti and your dress on, then we can see about makeup."
The second petticoat slipped over Charlene’s head and slid into place. Sally did some fluffing and rearranging of things to be sure it hung correctly. She held up the dress for Charlene to slip under. All the practice at the academy had prepared Charlene for how to get in and out of garments like this, so she knew what to do without coaching from Sally.
The dress lay over the petticoats just right, with just a hint of the tulle edge showing. The bodice was close enough to Charlene’s size that it hugged her upper body and emphasized her imitation curves. After Sally demonstrated the proper way to hang the loose belt off her hip, Charlene turned to look in the mirror.
It was still a shock when she looked in the mirror. There stood a very pretty young girl in a very nice dress. The style was a little young for her apparent age otherwise there wasn’t anything unusual about the image in the mirror. That was the most disturbing part. The fact that Charlene was all one could see, no sign of ‘Charlie’ anywhere.
"Are you okay?" Sally asked.
Charlene took in a quick breath. "Umm… Yea. I’m… I’m fine. I was just thinking." Charlene looked a little more critically into the mirror, examining her makeup. "I think the makeup I have looks right for this outfit. What do you think?" She tried to save the situation and set Sally back to being her helper.
"I agree. I think those colors will go just fine with most of these outfits, we may have to change lipstick once or twice, otherwise, your makeup looks great! Did you do it?" Sally responded, back in sales mode.
"Partially. Our first stop was at "Marisha Chalet". I had my hair, nails and makeup done before we came here. I guess the makeup was correct for me." Charlene replied with a shrug.
"Oh! Carolyn did your makeup?" Sally asked. After Charlene nodded, she continued. "No wonder you look so good! She did my makeup for prom. She also did it when I was a bridesmaid last year. I never look that good when I do my own makeup!"
Charlene didn’t know what to say, so she just nodded her head like she understood what Sally was talking about.
"Well, you look ready for your first cat-walk! Just walk out to the end of the stage and stop. Ms. Franson will instruct you from there. See you in a few minutes!" Sally pointed toward the stage and then hurried off to do whatever her next job was for this day of changing clothes.
Charlene slipped on the matching heeled sandals and fastened the ankle straps. A deep breath and she was ready to leave the changing room.
It couldn’t have been more than fifteen or twenty feet from the changing area to the stage area, but it seems like a five-mile walk when you dread what you know is coming next.
As Charlene stopped to get her breath, the lights dimmed and the stage lights turned on. A light bit of piano music started playing and Charlene thought that Joan had been talked into giving an impromptu recital. That would be typical Jane! She was trying to figure out whether to walk out onto the stage or wait when she heard Ms. Franson’s voice behind her.
"Charlene? Now! All you have to do is walk out there to the end of the stage and stop. Ms. Thompson will ask you to turn one way or the other and then she will have you spin around in a circle. After that, she will ask you to try on the next outfit. Sally is putting that together now so it will be in the changing room when you finish. Ready?" Brenda Franson asked Charlene.
Charlene took a deep breath to calm herself and nodded. "I can do this. It’s only Jane and Joan out there. This isn’t any different than showing up for a clothing inspection at the house." Charlene muttered to herself. With that as her final straw to grasp onto, Charlene headed onto the stage to show her first outfit.
Charlene walked to the edge of the stage and stopped. After a few seconds, she assumed the stance that Jane preferred her students use when in her office. ‘Stand straight, feet and knees together, hands clasped behind your back, look straight forward and smile!’ Jane’s voice droned through Charlene’s mind as she stood there waiting for instructions.
"Very pretty!" came Jane’s voice from beyond the glare of the lights. "Turn to the right please, Charlene. (Pause) Now turn to the left please. (Pause) Face the back of the stage please. (Longer pause) Please turn back toward me. (Pause) Yes! Very pretty! That is very flattering on you. You may change into the next outfit."
Charlene hurried back to the changing room to find Sally waiting. "I’ll help you out of the dress and petticoats. You can change your lingerie while I hang all of the clothes."
Charlene slid out of the dress while Sally lifted it over her head. The same procedure followed for the top petticoat. While Sally was organizing those two items, Charlene untied and stepped out of the final petticoat.
"Call when you need help! Oh! The box contains a couple of silicone breast forms. Ms. Fransen thought you might need them for the next outfit." Sally pointed to a box next to the black bustier on the table.
Charlene nodded and Sally left with both arms full of frills. Looking at the lingerie, Charlene decided she better hurry before Sally or someone else came in to ‘help’ her change her lingerie. So far, everyone was treating her like she was a girl and this was the most natural thing in the world. ‘No sense in screwing up this deception.’ Charlene thought as she removed her garter belt and hose.
The new lingerie were things Jane had Charlene in and out of a few times, so she knew how to put on most of it. The only problem was with the bustier. It had twenty small hooks up the back and Charlene’s hands just didn’t seem to turn the correct way to get them all hooked. The ‘Breast Enhancers’ as the box said were shaped to cradle what little Charlene could actually pull forward as Marie had done in a similar situation. This pushed her chest flesh up and toward the middle giving the illusion of ‘C’ cup breasts and quite a bit of cleavage! The box claimed to increase a girl’s bust by two cup sizes. Charlene thought they looked huge! Everything was in place, black bustier, black garter belt, black hose and black ‘Boy Cut’ panties when Sally knocked on the door.
"Ready? I have to show you a few things about this dress." She said as she opened the door before Charlene could answer. "I see you had a little trouble with the bustier. Let me help." Sally redid the bottom four hooks and then checked the box for the breast forms. "Turn around, let’s see." She said as she urged Charlene to turn around. "Looks very nice! That much cleavage will definitely get the boys attention!" Sally giggled. After seeing the shocked look on Charlene’s face she decided to get back to business. "This dress is strapless. So you need a decent bustline to hold it up. That is where the breast forms come in. As a little added insurance we install hooks and eyes under the arm of the dress and on the bustier. That way you can just hook the dress onto the bustier and it won’t slip down. It’s more important with this dress since it is satin. Even though it is lined, it will still slip down without the hooks." Sally explained as she showed Charlene the little hooks on the inside of the dress and the eyes on her bustier.
"Just step into the dress and I’ll show you how it works." Sally handed the dress to Charlene.
The dress was dark blue satin. Floor length with a small train out the back. Strapless, it rode just above the cups of the bustier, leaving enough cleavage to draw unwanted attention to Charlene. Before zipping up the back, Sally showed Charlene how the two hooks just dropped into the eyes and held the dress up. With the dress hooked to the bustier, it actually sat an inch higher than Charlene thought it would and covered a bit more of her new found cleavage. Sally produced a pair of black three-inch heeled sandals and helped Charlene put them on, since she was in the dress and trying to figure out what to do with all the skirt material. Once complete, Charlene looked in the dressing room mirror.
Charlene had lost count of how many times she had been surprised by the image in the mirror today. ‘What was this? Number ten or number twelve?’ She thought as she stared at the image in the mirror.
"Pretty awesome, huh?" Sally said after letting view her image for a few moments.
Charlene shook her head back to reality. "Yes. Sometimes I look in the mirror and the me I know just isn’t there! Like now it sort of shocks me and scares me a little."
"Scares you? Why would it scare you? It’s just a game of ‘dress up’." Sally replied.
"Umm… well, I’ve never done this much ‘dress up’ until I arrived at Ms. Thompson’s. It’s all so new and different." Charlene replied, hoping her answer would satisfy Sally’s questions.
"Oh! I’ll bet you were a ‘tomboy’ then. Ms. Thompson does seem to get those once in awhile. But every one I’ve seen ends up just as girly as Joan in a month or so. Don’t worry, your jeans will still be there when you get home!" Sally said with a smile.
Charlene laughed with Sally over her jean comment. Then realized it had only been a few days since she was last in jeans.
Charlene walked to the stage and saw Joan heading off toward another changing room. Joan waved and smiled, then hurried into her area to change clothes. "Guess this clothing thing is something Jane does to everyone!" Charlene muttered to herself as she approached the edge of the stage.
Another round of turning and then a little walking back and forth and Jane dismissed Charlene to change again.
The next three hours were a whirlwind of clothing changes. Charlene had to model everything from lacy party dresses a six-year old would love to formal gowns appropriate for prom or the theater. Each had it’s own matching bra, panty and garter belt. Jane ‘Hmm’d’ and ‘Ahhh’d’ at the various outfits instructing Charlene to turn, walk, sit, twirl, all so she could see the outfit from various angles.
After showing a proper British schoolgirl uniform to Jane, Charlene returned to the changing area to find the clothes she had put on that morning on the hanger along with her original set of lingerie.
After a deep sigh of relief, Charlene changed back into the outfit she had started the day. Remembering to check her makeup and hair before leaving the changing room, she felt like another of Jane’s tests had been passed. She made it through this ordeal without anyone in the shop finding out she was really a boy under all the frills and makeup. This thought made Charlene smile as she left the changing area. She waved goodbye to Sally when she saw her gathering the last of the clothes and covering them on their hangers.
"We are over here Charlene!" Jane said from the checkout area of the store.
Charlene walked over toward Jane and Joan. She could just make out that Jane was leaving instructions for the delivery of whatever she purchased to the academy.
"Thank you so much Brenda and I’ll expect the packages delivered by five o’clock!" Jane said to Brenda Franson.
"No problem Jane. It was good to see you again. Nice to see you again too, Joan and a pleasure to meet you Charlene. I am certain you will learn a lot from Ms. Thompson. See you next time!" Brenda said her good byes and turned to go arrange for delivery of whatever Jane had bought.
Charlene didn’t give it much thought. She figured there wasn’t any mention of buying any clothes for her. She knew she had a closet full of girl clothing in her room and she was certain that she could convince Jane to allow her to return to being male after Diana left. Charlene decided that this entire afternoon was just Jane’s way of going through the clothes changing drill one more time.
Jane’s voice broke Charlene from her thoughts of freedom. "Joan, Charlene, we must hurry, Marie will have dinner ready and I do not wish to be late!" Jane headed for the car at a brisk walk.
As Jane was heading toward the car, something in a store window caught her eye. She made an abrupt change in direction and headed into another lady's boutique. This one was called ‘Simply You’.
The ‘ding-dong’ of the door chime announced their entrance and it didn’t take long for a lady about Jane’s age to greet them.
"Hello, welcome to Simply You’! How can I help you ladies today?" The lady asked.
"I’m Jane Thompson and this is Miss Joan Carlson and Miss Charlene Hawkins. I saw a summer weight coat in the window as we passed by. Is it appropriate for rainy days?"
"Yes, it is. It is a lightweight coat, they use a water repellant built into the thread so it never needs to be re-treated. My name is Betty Hanson and I am the owner of this store. It is nice to meet all of you." Betty had escorted the three of them to the rack of coats while she talked.
"We need two of them, one for each of the girls. Joan came to my school last winter and only has heavy coats. Charlene is in the middle of a wardrobe realignment and this will fill out her trousseau very nicely." Jane stated.
The next twenty minutes were spent trying on coats. Joan ended up with an off-white one while Charlene seemed destined to be in shades of rose or pink. Jane finally decided the pale pink one was her color and then a matching purse had to found to go with it! After an extensive search through the purses, a suitable one was found and they were checking out, for the third time that day.
"Thank you ladies and please stop back again." Betty said as she handed the credit card receipt to Jane.
"You seem to have quality clothing here, we most definitely will be back. Come along girls we are late."
The ride back to the academy seemed to take a lot less time than going into town had that morning. What Charlene didn’t know was that Jane always takes the more scenic route into town on a student’s first trip. It seems to soften her charges up a little more by letting them fret over their situation a little longer. In some cases it had even led to the break-through that Jane needed for them to embrace their feminine side and act completely female from that day forward. Those were far and few between, but one can only hope that the technique had served her well with Ms. Hawkins.
Arriving back at the mansion, Charlene let out a sigh of relief. Jane heard it and thought that it was a good sign. After the episode with Michael and his attempted suicide, Jane was much more careful in her observation of new students. The addition of the microphone and security camera in the bedroom had been particularly hard for her to do. She hated having to violate her student’s privacy like that but her fear of a repeat of Michael finally made the decision for her. Setting the camera to only go on when set from her study or her bedroom had been her rationalization that her students would have privacy as long as there were no problems.
Jane handed her coat to Marie on her way in the door, gave Diana a hug and then the two of them disappeared into Jane’s study, closing the door behind them. Joan headed up the steps to put away her coat and freshen up for dinner.
"Ah Cherie!" Marie said. "You look tres magnifique! You are very beautiful! Now, hurry upstairs and freshen up for dinner. It will be on the table in seventeen minutes!" Marie finished hanging Jane’s coat in the front closet and hurried back to the kitchen.
"SIGH……" A very loud audible sigh escaped Charlene’s throat. Gone all day and now back to the ‘hurry for this’ and ‘hurry for that’ routine of this… this…. Academy place! A second sigh as loud as the first escaped past Charlene’s lips as she headed for her bedroom to wash her hands and redo her lipstick for dinner.
*****
Jane and Diana entered the office after a brief moment of pleasantries in the hall. Jane had Diana close the door while she hurriedly opened the cabinet doors where she kept the security monitor.
"Pleasant day today, dear?" Diana asked in order to get Jane’s attention.
Jane was preoccupied trying to get the monitor turned on and adjusting the volume on the control console. She had forgotten Diana was even in the room. When Diana spoke, she jerked up with a start.
"Actually Charlene did quite well! She was scared about going to town, which is appropriate. Then Sandy did her marvelous job of ‘discovering’ her secret. That kept her off balance and very meek for most of the morning. Caro did a superb job on her makeup, it would never enter your mind that she was anything other than she appears. The fashion show was more like she was on auto-pilot, she went through the motions but I could see there was no joy in it for her, yet. She has not figured out that most of what she tried on will be delivered here in a few minutes. I believe she thinks this was some sort of torture exercise devised by me!" Jane responded to Diana’s query.
Art/ Diana let out a laugh. "Who said it wasn’t some sort of torture exercise?"
Jane gave Diana a dirty look, but Diana just kept laughing. Jane turned her attention back to the monitor to see Charlene’s reaction to the day’s events.
*****
Charlene walked into her bedroom, kicked off her heels and headed for the bathroom to relieve herself and ‘freshen up’ for dinner. "God, it feels good to walk flat-footed again." She continued on to the bathroom. Less than ten minutes later, Charlene emerged from the bathroom, slipped her heels back on and headed for the door. As she approached the door, there was a knock followed by Marie’s voice.
"Cherie, are you decent?" Marie asked.
"Come in Marie." Charlene responded.
The door opened and Marie entered followed by two rather large young men carrying a large box and an armload of garment bags. The look on Charlene’s face was priceless. Marie just wished she had her camera.
"Place the box on the bed and hang the bags on the bar by the closet." Marie instructed the men.
After they were finished one looked at Charlene, "Thank you for shopping at ‘The Style Shoppe’, I hope you enjoy your new wardrobe. Bye Marie, Bye Miss." He tipped his hat and motioned to his partner to leave. They left and shut the door behind them.
Charlene stood there looking from the garment bags to the box on the bed, to Marie and back again. All the time her mouth was moving like a fish out of water but no sounds were coming out.
Marie moved over to the closet door and then spoke to Charlene. "I took the liberty of removing most of the clothes from here. I knew you would need the room for your new wardrobe. There is also plenty of room in your dresser and in the vanity for your lingerie and cosmetics. I have informed Ms. Thompson that dinner will not be ready for another hour, I was not certain when you would be back, so I just put everything in the oven when you arrived home. Now you have plenty of time to put all your lovely things away properly before dinner!"
Charlene was staring at Marie like she had gone mad. "My… My new wardrobe?" she squeaked out.
"Yes, Cherie, all those lovely outfits you tried on today? They are all here including the lingerie. If you like I’ll be back in few minutes to help you hang up everything, I would like to see what you bought today! I must check on dinner before I come back, why don’t you start putting your new lingerie away while I am gone?" Marie touched Charlene on the shoulder as if to nudge her toward the large pink box on her bed. When Charlene finally started to move towards it, Marie left the room and headed for Jane’s study.
*****
Jane and Diana watched the arrival of Charlene’s new wardrobe on the security monitor. Charlene didn’t seem depressed, just very surprised when the two men delivered all the clothes.
"Didn’t you tell her you were buying a new wardrobe?" Diana asked.
"I told her what I tell every new student! We have appointments so you have to hurry up. Most of the time when you go shopping, I would think that most males assume you buy something. I imagine Charlene figured this was just one more of my little tortures before I relented and let her back into ‘boys’ clothing." Jane replied.
"Well, she definitely didn’t expect all those clothes, that’s for sure" commented Diana.
"I noticed. This is still a game of dress-up to her. We will have to find some other way to tear down her brutish bravado." Jane said thoughtfully.
Marie entered the room to see Charlene sitting on the edge of the bed not certain if she should touch the box on her bed or not. One would think it would bite her if she touched it!
*****
Charlene sat on the edge of the box looking at it for a few moments. "What am I going to do? If all this is for me there is no way Ms. Thompson is going to let me go back to being Charlie any time soon." She said as she looked at the large pink box. "I wonder if all the lingerie is in there. What a silly question, of course it is! You know Jane Thompson wouldn’t do things half way. If anything, there are extra pieces of lingerie in there!"
Charlene sat for another couple of minutes mulling her situation over in her head. She finally decided she better start to put things away before Marie came back to help her. She knew Marie would ‘oohh and aahh’ over each delicate piece before folding it carefully and placing it in it’s appropriate drawer.
Charlene finally stood and opened the box. Every piece of lingerie was carefully wrapped in pink tissue paper. Another deep sigh and Charlene picked up the first wrapped piece to see what it was.
After unwrapping four or five items, she knew every piece of lingerie she had tried on was in the box. It was devastating! She had figured today was just a show to put her through her paces and keep her scared. She had been very nervous except for that Sandy woman, who really did scare her. Now it seemed as if Charlene was here to stay for a very long time! That caused Charlene to shed a few tears. This time they weren’t tears of frustration or ‘crocodile’ tears. These were tears of regret. Regret for all the things she had done that sent her to this place in the first place.
"How could I have been so stupid! Why did I have to fight at school? Why did I have to steal when I was visiting my Aunt and Uncle? Why was I a bully all those years…" Charlene wailed as she sat down on her vanity stool and cried. She cried for a good five minutes and finally looked in the vanity mirror, there sat a girl with streaked makeup. It was easy to see she had been crying. The black streaks down her cheeks gave it away. The redness of her eyes showed deep, deep sorrow. If Charlie saw a girl in that state, he would have asked what could possibly have happened that was so-o-o terrible. The only problem was Charlene knew what was so terrible. Charlie! Charlie was the one that got her into this mess. Charlie was the one that caused all the trouble, all the stealing and all the years of being a bully. Charlie did it all. Charlene grew very angry at herself and finally out of frustration and not being able to blame anyone else, she threw the pink thong in her hand at the mirror. Then she broke down into another round of tears.
*****
"I believe that is my cue to return to Charlene’s room." Marie said as she headed for the door. "Dinner will be a little delayed, I have set the oven to keep it warm, it will be fine." With that last comment Marie closed the door and headed for Charlene’s bedroom.
A long deep sigh came from Diana’s direction. "What?" Jane asked with her eyebrow raised.
"Janey my love, if you only realized how effective your technique for shattering the male ego was! Charlene is not in jeopardy of killing herself. I know you have seen that too. This is not a repeat of Michael!" Diana said. The nodding of Jane’s head showed she had heard him. Diana continued. "What you have done is make him or her realize that this is not a game. There is no other choice now, but to bow to whatever you demand. I believe you are seeing the first true remorse that Charlie has ever felt for the things he has done."
"Charlene! We must remember to always use her name, not his. I believe you are correct, this child is right where she should be in the grand scheme of things. Today is designed to break down any leftover male bravado and make her realize there is only one way out of skirts and that is through me. I believe this trip accomplished that very well." Jane said to Diana.
"I’ll stay tonight and share the watch with you. I know how you fret over your young ones." Diana said in Art’s voice.
Jane looked up from the monitor. A small smile crossed her lips. "If only it were so easy for Charlene to change her orientation to life!" She returned to watch the crying figure on the monitor.
*****
Marie entered the bedroom singing to herself. You wouldn’t think she had a care in the world as she closed the door and turned to look at the despondent Charlene.
Marie was always the mother hen or the friendly aunt to the boys that arrived here. This one would be no different. Marie’s smile changed to an expression of concern as she hurried toward Charlene.
Charlene had heard the door open and close between her sobs. She looked up just in time to see Marie’s smile change. This made her sob again, knowing that Marie was on her way to comfort her.
"Cherie! What is the problem? Are you alright?" Marie sat on the bed next to Charlene. She wrapped an arm around Charlene’s shoulder and sang a soft French lullaby into Charlene’s ear. This caused the floodgates to open and Charlene started hiccup-sobbing all over again.
After a few minutes, Charlene’s crying settled down and she sat up from her position, snuggled into Marie’s arm. Marie handed her a tissue, which Charlene used to wipe away some tears and blow her nose. Then she looked at Marie with the expression of a lost puppy on her face.
"Tell me what is causing such a sorrowful look on your face little one. I can not believe anything can be so terrible as to cause you such pain. You should unburden it to me and I know you will feel better. I promise!" Marie said to Charlene after she had dried her eyes a second time.
Charlene looked like she would cry again after Marie spoke but decided she probably could tell someone what was on her mind. In a flood of emotion, Charlene told Marie about always being the small one in school. She was always picked on by the other children and getting into all kinds of fights. How becoming the school bully and terrorizing all the other kids helped her seek revenge on weaker children. She told about visiting her relatives and being caught stealing. Charlene finally told Marie about how maybe Ms. Thompson was right. Maybe Charlie was such a bad person that the only way to save her soul and make a decent life was to get rid of him and only let Charlene emerge as the controlling factor in her life. All of this came out in a rush of words and when it all ended, Charlene started crying again and buried her head into Marie’s shoulder.
Marie stroked Charlene’s shoulder and held her for a few moments. After the crying started to subside once more she handed Charlene another tissue and waited for her to compose herself.
"You need to talk to Ms. Thompson after dinner. Her area of specialty is psychology and she is very good at helping young people find out who they really are. Right now, when you look in the mirror you only see Charlene. That is how it is supposed to be to comply with Ms. Thompson’s demands. I assure you that as Ms. Thompson promised, it will not always be so. She has never broken a promise yet that I am aware of and I have worked for her for many years!" Marie told Charlene while she helped her wipe away her tears.
"Okay." Came out of Charlene in such a small voice that even Marie barely heard it.
"Now! We need to put away all your lovely things and we need to hurry! Otherwise dinner will be ruined!" Marie stood up and dragged Charlene with her. The two of them managed to put away all the lingerie and as Charlene surmised, Marie had to ‘ooh and ah’ over each piece before tenderly folding it and placing it in it’s appropriate drawer.
The hanging bags went a little faster as Marie only had Charlene hold up four or five of the outfits to show her how they would look. In less than fifteen minutes Charlene’s complete new wardrobe had been put away.
"Cherie. You have about fifteen more minutes until we eat! I would suggest you try to repair your makeup. Crying has totally ruined your face!" Marie said as she headed for the door.
"Thank you, Marie. I’ll be down as soon as I can fix this mess!" Charlene replied with a small smile. She watched Marie leave and then turned toward the vanity with all her new cosmetics. Looking in the mirror, she mumbled "This could take a little time!"
After completing her makeup repair, Charlene hurried downstairs for dinner. She arrived at the bottom of the steps just as Jane and Diana were leaving Jane’s study.
"Good evening Ms. Phillips, Ms. Thompson. Are you headed for the dining room?" Charlene asked in as polite a voice as she could muster.
"Good evening Charlene. You look lovely this evening." Diana replied
The trio continued to the dining room where Joan was waiting for their arrival. After everyone was seated, Marie served her usual fantastic dinner.
Dinner became a review of the day for the benefit of Diana and Marie. Charlene was quizzed over her choice of hairstyle and the fact that she had extensions added and then the blonde hair color, which brought out the blue of her eyes so well. This line of questioning kept a rosy glow on Charlene’s cheeks since she wasn’t used to getting such compliments. Charlene was also asked about the clothes that appeared after they arrived home. Joan had similar questions but Charlene received the lion’s share of inquiries.
Jane remained fairly quiet during dinner. Diana asked all the questions and Jane only added commentary on which outfit looked particularly good on either of the girls and how Charlene’s new hair length and color was absolutely perfect for her facial shape and skin tone.
Charlene was just starting to eat a wonderful fruit and chocolate parfait when Diana asked. "Charlene. You don’t seem particularly happy with today’s outing. I would think a young girl, such as yourself, would be bubbling over at the prospect of a complete makeover and wardrobe."
Charlene stopped mid bite, carefully finished what was in her mouth and then replied. "I wasn’t prepared for all the changes that happened today. Adding the extensions and the change in hair color was… a surprise! The complete new wardrobe was totally unexpected. My closet was rather full this morning and I didn’t expect to buy much of anything to add to it."
Jane nodded her approval. Diana continued to probe.
"Your salon visit was a surprise? I would have thought Jane would have instructed you on the proper presentation for a young lady. A salon visit to create ‘A New You’ so to speak, would be very appropriate!"
Charlene blushed a little at the remark of her becoming a ‘proper’ young lady. All things considered, it seemed Diana had no idea Charlene wasn’t really a Charlene. She thought how to reply and stay in character.
"Ms. Thompson has worked very hard at getting me to understand the finer points of becoming a woman. I guess I just didn’t think I was ready for such a drastic makeover in both my hair and wardrobe. But I must be ready or I am sure Ms. Thompson would not have taken me on this day long trip." Charlene replied.
Jane spoke for the first time during this conversation between Diana and Charlene. "You did very well today. I only noticed one or two mistakes in you behaviors. They were minor, however we will work on them over your time here so that they do not recur. Marie! I must compliment you on making such a wonderful meal when we were not here at our appointed time. One of the other things we will work on is making certain we are on time from now on."
Jane wiped her mouth, set down her napkin and rose to leave. She turned to Charlene and Joan. "The rest of the evening is yours to do as you see fit. Ms. Phillips and I will be visiting for the evening and will retire at nine-thirty. She is leaving tomorrow and I am certain she will need some sleep before the morning. If you need anything, just find Marie." Jane turned and headed out the dining room door.
Before she exited, Diana spoke. "Jane, dear? I would like to see what this new wardrobe looks like that you bought for Charlene. I don’t believe she needs to put on a fashion show, although that would be very nice. I just would like her to show me what the outfits look like. Maybe hold them in front of her so I can get an idea of what they look like on her. It won’t take long, I’ll meet you in the parlor when we are through. Is that alright with you, Charlene?"
Charlene looked at Joan for help. She gave Charlene a little nod and took a quick look at Jane. Charlene looked at Jane, who also nodded her head. There seemed little choice. Charlene would put on a fashion show for Ms. Phillips.
"That would be fine, as long as I am not stopping you from visiting with Ms. Thompson." Charlene replied hoping Diana would take the easy way and decide to visit with Jane instead.
"Wonderful! I haven’t had a chance to look over a completely new wardrobe in a long time. It will be fun, you’ll see!" Diana said with the biggest grin on her face. She rose to follow Jane out the door. "Oh! Who’s turn is it to help Marie tonight?"
"Mine." Joan stated. "Charlene helped last night and we were in a hurry this morning so it’s my turn to help Marie."
"Oh good! I’ll just ‘powder my nose’ and meet you at the top of the stairway, Charlene. Have a good evening, Joan. See you in a minute Charlene!" Diana smiled and waved as she left the dining room.
Charlene let out a deep sigh and visibly slumped in her chair after Diana left the room.
"What are you thinking, Charlene?" Joan asked from across the table.
"More clothing changes! Why couldn’t she just go talk to Jane for the evening and leave me alone?" Charlene let out another sigh and shook her head.
"It might not be too bad. Want me to come with? I might be enough of a distraction that she won’t ask you to try anything on!" Joan said with a smile. Inside, Joan knew exactly what Charlene was going through. On her first trip to town, Diana Phillips wasn’t there but Darla insisted that the two of them parade around like fashion models for Marie. That was almost worse than trying the clothes on in the first place! Marie oooed and aahhed about how lovely the items looked on her. It was very embarrassing.
"That would be nice. If she does insist I try on some of the clothes, I’ll need some help with a couple of the dresses. My arms just don’t twist that way!" Charlene replied as she rose from the table and started clearing her place. Having to show Ms. Phillips her new wardrobe had taken away her appetite.
Charlene placed her dishes in the kitchen and then headed for her room. She knew Diana wouldn’t take too long to powder her nose and she didn’t want her just standing around in the hallway waiting. Charlene couldn’t imagine what type of punishment Jane would think up if she found out she had kept Diana waiting. As Charlene neared the top of the stairs, she heard Diana’s voice behind her.
"Ah! I see you are already on your way to your room! That is wonderful! I can’t wait to see what lovely things you picked out today!" Diana exclaimed as she made her way up the stairs. She ushered Charlene into her room and sat on her vanity stool. "I’ll just sit here. Now show me every piece of clothing you bought today! I want to see it all!" Diana smiled and the enthusiasm in her voice made Charlene feel she was genuinely interested in the clothes and not in trying to embarrass her.
The next hour was spent carefully taking each piece of clothing out and showing it to Diana. Sometime during the showing of the lingerie, Joan entered the room and took a seat on Charlene’s bed. Charlene had smiled at her when she noticed she was there.
Diana praised each item as more beautiful and feminine than the previous one. Charlene thought it was a little overkill, but the lingerie was very nice and all made of silk, satin and lace. Not a cotton panty to be found! Showing the outfits was actually a little easier. All Diana wanted was for Charlene to hold up the dress or top and skirt in front of her so Diana could get an idea of how they would look.
This made Charlene happy since she didn’t have to change clothes every five minutes. Eventually she ran out of clothing that had been purchased that day. When she told Diana that was the last outfit, she seemed disappointed.
"That was such fun! I should have come along today, but my schedule has been so hectic, I thought the rest would do me some good. I use this place as a get-away from my everyday life. Jane has such nice taste and she is always instructing young girls, such as yourselves, in the finer things in life. It is like a vacation from the hustle and bustle of the real world to visit for a few days." Diana let out a sigh. "I’ll be leaving after breakfast tomorrow so I’d better get back to Jane or she’ll think you kidnapped me! Charlene, thank you for such an enjoyable time! I always enjoy the company of younger women. It is so invigorating! Joan, it was nice of you to come and offer moral support for your friend. I’ll see both of you in the morning. Good night!" With that comment Diana got up and left Charlene’s room, closing the door behind her.
Joan and Charlene looked at each other. Joan started to smile and finally started to giggle. Charlene looked at her new friend and started to giggle too.
"I don’t think she knows I’m a boy!" Charlene told Joan.
That comment made Joan laugh out loud. If only Joan could tell Charlene what she found so funny about that comment!
*****
"Janie, I don’t think you have to worry about this one being another Michael! I don’t believe he is a Caitlyn either! So tonight we should be able to enjoy ourselves before I leave to go back and teach young people to be good psychotherapists!" Art said to Jane as he removed his wig and placed it on it’s wig form.
"I’ll agree that at the moment Charlene does appear to be coming along nicely. She has followed the plan almost perfectly! I think after Michael, Kenneth and Caitlyn I am just being overly cautious at this stage of the game. I know my technique works! It has helped many boys and a few girls become proud well respected people in our society!" Jane replied with emphasis. She walked over to the vanity where Diana was disappearing and Art was returning. "You need to hurry up, dear! I really do want my husband here… all night long" she whispered the last three words in Art’s ear.
*****
"Some evening to myself!" Charlene muttered under her breath as she scanned the late edition of the newspaper. "Spend all day in a salon, then act as a human ‘Barbie’ doll and all evening making nice to some lady friend of Jane’s!" Charlene let out a big sigh. "I’ll never get that assignment done on time! Jane will probably make me rewrite that term paper on time again just for torture!" Charlene giggled a little at that thought. She thought of all the kids she knew at home that would die if they had to write that length of a term paper. After reading a few of the main articles and couple of the business section articles, Charlene took the paper over to Joan’s room and knocked on her door.
"Just a moment!" Joan said from behind the door. It took Joan about three minutes before she opened the door, she had just showered and had on a robe and her hair in a turban.
"You washed your hair? I was told not to wash mine for at least two days!" Charlene exclaimed when she saw the turban on Joan’s head.
"That’s because you had a perm done today! I just had a trim and set. I won’t get a perm for another three or four weeks. What’s up?" Joan asked.
"Oh! I… I brought the paper over for you. Some evening to ourselves, huh?" Charlene asked Joan.
"Yea! I sort of figured it would go like that. When I got my new wardrobe, Darla Ann was here and she wanted to put on a complete fashion show for Marie! I was so sick of changing clothes after that day." Joan shook her head.
"You went through this too? What happened to all your clothes? I mean the ones you brought with." Charlene asked, surprised that a girl as pretty and well dressed as Joan wouldn’t have this type of wardrobe at home.
"Umm… Well… I was a bit of a tomboy when I showed up here. You know, jeans and tee-shirts kind of stuff. The first day, Marie took all my clothes and packed them away. I was told that when I learned to be a perfect young lady, they would be returned to me." Joan replied, not certain how much to tell Charlene.
"They did the same to me! Only I was told I had to wear only girl’s clothes in order to stay." Charlene paused in thought for a moment. "Maybe she did that to you as sort of a force you to learn to be a lady thing. You know, like ‘No pants until you learn to be a lady!’ like a carrot dangling in front of a donkey. That would make sense." Charlene replied.
"Well, I didn’t like it any more than you did! I mean I did bring my own clothes. But since I’ve been here I’ve gotten used to all this super feminine stuff and it isn’t so bad!" Joan replied with a smile. "If she’d just give us a little more time than the bare minimum to get ready for things, it would be a lot easier."
Charlene nodded her head along with her friend. The two of them commiserating about the injustice of Jane’s teaching techniques.
"I’d better go take a shower or Marie will be up here insisting I shower with her in the room! Goodnight Joan." Charlene said as she turned to head back to her own room.
"Goodnight, Charlene. I’ll see you at breakfast!" Joan replied and then shut her bedroom door.
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Synopsis:
Another BigCloset TopShelf story. The aftermath of Charlene's first trip away from the Thompson Academy!
Story:
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
Chapter Nineteen
"The Remolding Begins..."
There stood Charlene. She was on the stage at ‘The Style Shoppe’ and she could hear muffled laughter. She reached up to shield her eyes from the glare and saw Brenda Franson and Sally giggling like school girls. Joan had a look of shock on her face that she covered with one gloved hand. Diana and Marie were there, talking to each other about how ‘adorable’ everything was and in the middle of them sat Jane. Jane was shaking her head and ‘tsk-tsking’ at Charlene.
Charlene became confused until she looked down and discovered she was standing on the stage in only a bra, panties, garter belt, stockings and heels.
A quick intake of breath and Charlene sat straight up in bed. ‘Another of those damn… uh… darn nightmares!’ she thought. The worst part was the lingerie and the heels all matched in color! Charlene shook her head to clear the cobwebs.
"Well, at least by waking up the nightmare is over." Charlene mumbled to herself as she turned over and tried to go back to sleep. After fifteen minutes of staring at the clock, she finally dozed off.
*****
‘Thursday started dark and dreary’
‘Here I sit sighing and weary!’
Not exactly Edgar Allen Poe, but Charlene knew the words on her computer screen reflected her current feelings. She decided it would be best to highlight and delete that passage in case Jane were to stumble on to it and make some big production about her ability to write poetry.
This Thursday was like any other Thursday, except that Charlene was still in skirts and it really was a cloudy, rainy day. The morning had started out normal for Charlene, alarm, shower, dress, makeup and down to breakfast by eight o’clock. Breakfast was normal with Jane asking her usual questions about current events and fashion along with Ms. Phillips asking a few questions about Wednesday’s outing that seemed to have been forgotten overnight. At the end of the meal, Jane asked both girls to help Marie clean up and then they would have the morning to study. That was where Charlene was now, looking at her computer screen and writing a little fractured Poe!
The assignment was to write poetry. Charlene figured this was not what Jane was looking for, so she started over trying to think of a cheery topic on a dreary day.
Two hours later she had written four poems and was working on a haiku. She was just putting the finishing touches on the haiku and getting ready to print it out for Jane when Marie entered the study room.
"Charlene, Ms. Thompson wishes you to serve tea for her and Ms. Phillips. I believe Ms. Phillips is leaving after tea and Jane wants you to have more practice at serving." Marie smiled and waited for Charlene to respond.
"Ok, Marie! I’ll shut down everything here and be along in a minute." Charlene replied with a sigh. ‘Another test session. I’ll have to break out that plastic smile and try to be proper.’
Joan had shut down her computer and was waiting for Charlene when they both headed for the kitchen.
"I’ll help you set up the serving cart. It will go quicker and that way both of us can make sure it’s right. I don’t think you want another lecture from Jane on how to serve a proper tea!" Joan answered the look on Charlene’s face when they had both entered the kitchen.
"You’re right! I don’t think I could take another hour and a half of ‘proper serving techniques for a lady’s tea’. Charlene replied in her best British snob voice. She even remembered to look down her nose at Joan, which caused Joan to giggle.
"You could always talk to Edith White that way!" Joan stated and then broke into full laughter.
As the two laughing students made their way through the kitchen, Marie smiled. It was good to see Charlene laughing after her first trip into town yesterday. Marie felt that this student would turn out just fine when Jane was through remolding her into a proper young person.
Joan and Charlene made quick work of setting up the serving cart for the morning tea. When Joan left to ‘powder her nose’, Marie came over and gave the serving cart her seal of approval. It wasn’t that Marie really needed to, Joan had done it enough times that she knew the tray would be correct, she just liked to make sure that Charlene knew, she was still the boss of the kitchen! "Ah, Cherie! It looks good! Now, go serve the tea just as you have before and all will be fine!" She nodded toward the door and smiled.
Charlene stopped in the hall next to a mirror and checked her hair and makeup. ‘No sense getting in trouble for ‘improper grooming’’ she thought as she quickly redid her lipstick. That little touch completed, she continued down the hall to the parlor, where she heard Jane and Diana talking.
"I have truly enjoyed my short time here, Jane". Diana said. "Your students are as lovely and well mannered as always. I will make certain I do not stay away as long this next time, dear!"
"Thank you Diana. I have been training young ladies for a long time! I really enjoy seeing their faces light up when they realize they can be strong yet feminine. It makes all this worth my time and effort" Jane replied. "Ah, Charlene! I see it must be tea time! Would you do the honors please?" Jane actually gave Charlene a genuine smile. No hidden meaning behind the smile, just a request of her student.
Charlene was slightly surprised at the cheery tone of Jane’s request. She was so used to the underlying tone of ‘you better do it!’ that the lack of the threat startled her for a moment. After a short pause to compose herself, she replied. "Umm, I’d be happy to serve tea, Ms. Thompson."
Charlene thought for a moment and then asked Diana what she would like in her tea. That started the serving as Charlene served, Diana, Jane, Joan, Marie and finally herself. As the conversation progressed, Charlene was brought into it by Diana.
"Charlene, I know that you are the newest student here at Ms. Thompson’s. How have you found your stay here so far?" Diana asked.
Charlene thought for a moment, decided that being vague was the best choice and answered. "It hasn’t been exactly as I thought it would be. Ms. Thompson is a very strict and demanding teacher. I do believe I have learned a lot in my short stay here." ‘Hopefully, that will keep Jane happy.’ thought Charlene.
Diana and Jane laughed a little at Charlene’s response. "I am fully aware of just how demanding Jane can be. I do so hope that what you learn during your stay here will keep you in good stead for the rest of your life." Diana replied.
"I’m certain it will, Ms. Phillips. I believe Ms. Thompson will make certain that I never forget my lessons." Charlene replied with a smile.
Jane nodded to Charlene with a smile on her face. "Quite so, Charlene. My job is to make certain you never return to your former ways. When you leave here, you will be a well educated, very refined young person, ready to achieve goals in life. I do that for each and every one of my students that I decide should stay for the course of study I offer." Jane replied. "Now, it is time to bid our guest farewell. Diana, it was lovely to have you here again. I do hope your next visit is sooner."
That was Charlene and Joan’s que to leave the two women alone for their farewells. Joan helped Charlene reload the tea cart and then they left the parlor to return to their studies and to return the tea cart to the kitchen.
Before leaving the parlor, Joan whispered to Charlene, "We need to stay just long enough to say good bye to Ms. Phillips."
Charlene nodded and stopped at the parlor door with the serving cart, she and Joan took up the pose that Jane had required of them and waited patiently for the two ladies to notice them.
Jane and Diana broke their embrace and looked at the two students standing by the parlor entrance. "It was lovely to see you again Joan, and a pleasure to meet you Charlene. I look forward to seeing your progress on my next visit." Diana said to the two girls.
"Good bye, Ms. Phillips. It was so nice to see you again. Have a pleasant and safe trip home." Joan stated.
"Bye Ms. Phillips. It was nice to meet you." Charlene replied.
Joan then nudged Charlene and they both curtseyed. They turned and left the parlor with Charlene taking the serving cart back to the kitchen.
Once the two girls were out of earshot, Diana spoke to Jane. "I don’t think you have to worry about Charlene, Jane. I think your methods are working just fine on her."
"I think you are right."
Charlene had helped clean up from tea and was back in the study starting the third re-write of her ‘Clock’ essay when Jane entered the room. "Charlene! This afternoon we shall be going around the grounds and seeing what you have learned about the local flora. Please change before lunch so that we may commence our study right away. Joan, how far along are you on your studies?"
"Yes Ms. Thompson" came from Charlene.
"I am two-thirds of the way through the biology course and a little over half-way through the english literature course, Aunt Jane." Joan replied. "I should be able to finish this chapter in the biology course in a couple of more hours. The next chapter in english is on Shakespeare and it looks like it will take a week or so to complete. There is a lot of reading involved."
Jane nodded her approval. "I would like you to complete the biology section and then stop for the day. Marie has a few things I think you need to review. You can start the chapter on Mr. Shakespeare tomorrow. Now, if you will excuse me, lunch will be served in fifteen minutes!" Jane turned and hurried from the room.
Charlene looked at Joan with a sense of confusion. "I guess things are back to normal." she stated as she shut down her computer and prepared to go change clothes before lunch.
Changing clothes in fifteen minutes and trying to make it look like you were ready for a school lesson, without LOOKING like you were getting ready for a school lesson, was something Charlene was still trying to learn. She thought she had done a good job this time. A sleeveless summer weight sweater with a long flowing floral print skirt. She also changed to suntan hose and modest two-inch chunky heels. Charlene figured the outfit would make walking in the yard easier. She had pulled her extensions back into a pony-tail and tied it off with a matching ribbon. Looking over her makeup, it was appropriate for the outfit, so she just touched up her lipstick and headed for lunch.
On her way to the dining room, she passed a hall mirror and stopped to check herself one last time. "I have got to stop doing that! It’s as if I am actually becoming Charlene!" she mumbled to herself as she stopped primping and headed toward the dining room.
"Shall we dine?" Jane asked as she hurried into the dining room right at noon. As soon as they were seated, she looked at Charlene. "Your choice of outfit for this afternoon is quite appropriate. I believe some of what I am trying to teach you has started to take effect."
Charlene was stunned by the comment. She sat there a moment letting it sink in and mulling over what Jane had said. Had she really changed so much in such a short time? Was this… this ‘petticoat punishment’ as Jane had called it starting to affect who she was? All this and more ran through Charlene’s head in just a matter of seconds. She finally realized no one had said a word since Jane’s comment. Charlene then decided it must have been a compliment and since things had been going a little better the past few days, she felt she better reply. "Thank you Ms. Thompson. I am trying to learn the lessons you are teaching me. I hope I am doing an adequate job." Charlene saw a smile come to Jane’s face and felt she had chosen to do the right thing to make life bearable for a little longer. Charlene gave a little smile back and then proceeded to eat her lunch.
The afternoon flew by for Charlene. Jane actually made the subject of Biology a very interesting thing to learn. By afternoon tea Charlene had learned about the native flora and fauna of New England, and how they related to the plants in southern California. Charlene gained quite a bit of respect for the teaching ability of Jane Thompson during that afternoon field trip. She was definitely a fountain of knowledge on the subject and had a way of imparting that knowledge to her student in a very simple and understandable format. Charlene decided that if all her previous teachers had been this good, her grades would have been a lot better!
Marie served afternoon tea and Charlene was told to change for dinner, since she had been outside and a lady should be ‘fresh’ at all times. Afterwards she should start on her Biology assignments that Jane would have waiting for her in the student study. She was to work on that until dinner.
Charlene had just finished a quick shower and was drying off when she stopped and looked in the mirror. ‘Why does this change in appearance make any difference who I am or what I do in my life?’ she questioned herself. ‘I mean, some people are still going to be dorks even if I’m not! Maybe that’s what Ms. Thompson is trying to show me by all this!’ Charlene examined her blonde hair and hairless skin. If it weren’t for her male appendage, she would have believed there was a fairly attractive teenage girl standing there. ‘Heck! I’d date me! Now there is a scary thought!’ Charlene let out a little laugh and finished her duties in the bathroom. Knowing that she should be ‘fresh’ for dinner, she chose one of the fancier dresses they had bought the day before. All the matching lingerie was there, just as she knew it would be and when she was done, she looked better than when she had tried the outfit on at ‘The Style Shoppe’. Probably because she was in a better mood now than the day before, but she couldn’t be sure of that.
Dinner was a repeat of every dinner since Charlene’s arrival, only there wasn’t near the amount of correcting of table manners anymore. Charlene held up her end of the conversations, even the ones on current summer styles and the upcoming fall previews. She was glad Sandy and Carolyn had forced her to read Cosmo and Allure during her salon trip. She had seen the current and future styles in those magazines. This was more information to put away for future reference.
This was the second evening that Jane decided the girls could have ‘free’ time after dinner. It was Charlene’s turn to help Marie with cleanup so she set about clearing the table after Jane had left. She was still mulling over her earlier thoughts about what difference the clothing she wore made in who she was that she didn’t hear Marie.
"Charlene? Charlene? Mon Cherie!" Marie finally said loud enough to get Charlene’s attention.
Charlene looked up at Marie, startled for a moment. Then replied "What Marie?"
"I was going to tell you that you were excused from finishing the cleanup. I could finish the rest by myself, but you appear lost in thought. Anything you want to talk about?" Marie asked.
"I… I… Well…" Charlene stammered. Stopping for a moment and looking at Marie she tried to formulate what was going through her mind. Finally, she decided she better say something. "Marie… I was just … I was just thinking, what difference does it make what clothing I am wearing as to who I am. I know I am still Charlie under all these frills but I don’t feel like a ‘Charlie’ wearing what I have on now. I think I really feel like a girl named Charlene. I find I react differently to things, I don’t have the same thoughts, I can’t even find the old Charlie in here anywhere. Marie, it scares me that I have lost the only me I ever knew!" That last statement caused tears to flow from Charlene’s eyes.
Ever the concerned caretaker of Jane’s students, Marie went and embraced the crying teen. Just standing there and letting Charlene cry for a few moments was just what was needed. After a few minutes, the crying started to run out and Charlene started to pull away from Marie and wipe the tears from her cheeks.
"Now I look like a raccoon! Jane will be upset and yell at me some more." Charlene tried to wipe the mascara streaks from her cheeks.
Marie stopped her from using her sleeve and handed her a finger towel unused from dinner. "Ms. Thompson may not yell at you for ruining your make up while crying, but I most certainly will scold you for getting mascara all over the sleeves of your new dress!" Marie gently chastised Charlene.
The comment brought a smile to Charlene’s face. Then her face turned to a forced smile and the tears started again. "Oh Marie!" she cried as she buried her head into Marie one more time. After a couple more minutes the tears subsided again and Charlene looked at Marie. "Do you… Umm… Do you think I’ll ever find ‘me’ again?" She looked at Marie as if she expected some great proclamation.
Marie pushed the crying teen to arm’s length and studied her for a moment. "I think you will find who you really are if you have the courage to complete this program. I have seen Ms. Thompson put together programs for many young people and they are always very confident in who they are and what they want out of life when she graduates them back to their families." Marie replied.
"But… All this!" Charlene motioned at her dress. "I feel so lost in here. I have no idea who I am and that frightens me Marie!" The teen started to cry again.
"There, there cherie. Ms. Thompson has helped many more young people than you will ever know. Sometimes her methods are a little… how you say… Unusual, yes? But she has this ability to see where a person’s problem is even when they cannot see it themselves. Give her method a chance, Charlene. I promise that you will be a much better ‘Charlie’ when you learn what you need to learn." Marie hugged Charlene and then shooed her off to fix her makeup and go about her evening of reflection. Having waited until she heard someone going up the stairs, Marie grabbed her polishing cloth and polish and headed for Jane’s study. The old ‘Ms. Jane’s office needs attention’ ploy was sure to cover her going into the study so soon after comforting a student.
***
"Charlie is doing very well, Mrs. Hawkins. (pause) Actually he is a very bright student and learns things very quickly, I think boredom may have been part of his problem. (pause) No, no he hasn’t been a problem at all. We keep our new students rather busy learning all the new skills needed to be successful here. I don’t believe he has really had time to be angry. I assure you, I will watch for that. He is not the first student I have had with anger management issues, Mrs. Hawkins. (pause) Yes, yes, I understand. The change? About as I expected. Some resistance until given a choice of here or juvenile detention. He does make a lovely girl. Her name? I can’t tell you that. I promise all my students complete confidentiality as part of our initial agreement. If you want to know what name we used while he was here ,you will have to find out on your own when he comes home. Please try to stop worrying, I know as a mother it is difficult, I worry about my own child all the time too. Charles is in good hands and is getting used to the program quite quickly. I have high hopes for him, Mrs. Hawkins. I will call every Thursday for the next few weeks to ease your fears, after that we will asses his progress and see how often we need to keep you apprised of his progress. (pause) Have a pleasant evening. Good bye." Jane hung up the phone as Marie came through the door.
Marie put down her rag and sat on the couch farthest from the door. This was the signal that the conversation should be kept low and away from curious ears. After Jane took a seat next to Marie she began. "Jane, Charlene spent the past forty minutes crying over losing her identity as Charlie. She is at a rather important juncture that most students do not get to this early in the program. I felt it necessary to let you know that I think she is moving a little too fast." Marie sat quietly waiting for Jane to respond.
Many thoughts ran through Jane’s head in that few moments between listening to Marie and formulating her answer. "Tears have always been a good sign, Marie, we know that. It means that we have broken through all that macho- bravado garbage and that they are clearing the slate so that we can rewrite it into something more acceptable to society. I agree that this is a little too soon in the program for these types of revelations to be happening. I think we will back off a little to give Charlene a chance to think. I will concentrate on her academics tomorrow and Saturday, then Sunday will be our regular easy day for both students and we shall return to Charlene’s deportment, dressing and makeup lessons on Monday. Do you think that will give her time to come to a few decisions?"
"Jane. We have done this many times over the years and you know how dear every one of these boys become to me. I am here because they trust me, just as we planned them to. As we agreed long ago, I am the safety net that is there to catch them when they stumble and fall as they all eventually do. I am also your eyes and ears for when they are not following the program as we know they should. We will do what you think best! I have never known you to be wrong once you know what is happening. Eventually all the boys know that you have their best interest at heart even when you put on that ‘Head Monstrous’ face and become the strict disciplinarian. I believe that letting her think is probably the best for now. Will you tell her in the morning then?" Marie answered.
"I think we shall let her ponder through the night. Tomorrow morning will be soon enough for her to make a quick clothing change for a little field trip to learn some more about ecology, physiology and biology. I will watch her closely, Marie!" Jane smiled at her friend and co-re-educator. Jane knew that without Marie she would never be able to do the work that she did, she needed someone there to encourage and to comfort the boys, while she maintained the disciplinarian role.
*****
The click of the alarm clock woke Charlene from her sleep. It had been a restless night and she felt just as tired now as she had when she had finally turned the light out at one in the morning.
The scenes of her life and how she had handled previous situations had caused her to stare at the walls for what seemed an eternity. She had made a few decisions before going to sleep. First, she now knew that Charlie was not a very nice person. Second, She definitely needed to change in order to become a nice person. Third, maybe actually becoming the sweet charming debutante that Jane Thompson seemed to envision, would give her a chance to recreate Charlie in a nicer role. The last item had calmed her fears of losing herself and she had decided that maybe the old Charlie needed to become lost. When she decided to try as hard as she could to follow Ms. Thompson’s plan, she fell into a fitful sleep.
Now the new day was upon her. Trying to live up to her decision, she hurried out of bed and hopped in the shower. Making herself think she was going to have a very good day. She decided nothing Jane said or did would bother her. She would look at each coming day as a learning experience. Each day there would be something new to learn so that when she left here, the new Charlie would be a person people wanted to be around. And so it was that a very cheerful Charlene buzzed into the kitchen ten minutes early that morning to help Marie prepare breakfast.
Marie looked at the cheery smile on Charlene’s face and knew what had happened overnight. She had seen that expression many times before, just not this early in the program.
"You seem much better this morning, Charlene! Have you decided anything about yourself?" Marie asked this same question many times in the past of many different boys. She had found the blunt approach was the best. As a ‘Kindly Aunt’ she was able to solicit answers that Jane could never get from her students.
"Yes Marie, I have! It took a long time last night. I looked at what Charlie was and I looked at whether I would like Charlie as a friend. I decided I didn’t much like him! So, I also decided that maybe Ms. Thompson was right. Please don’t tell her I said that! I don’t think she would ever let me live that thought down! But maybe by actually becoming the Charlene that Ms. Thompson envisions I can learn to remake Charlie into a much better person. Maybe even someone I would like to have as a friend. You know, like you or Joan!" Charlene replied. She placed the toast she had buttered on a serving cart.
"Well, I cannot believe that Charlie was all bad. I have seen Ms, Thompson work with many young people and when they leave the academy they are well educated and well liked by the people they meet. I am certain that you and Joan will be too if you follow through as you say and complete Ms. Thompson’s training program. Let’s get this out to the table, I believe I heard Ms. Thompson enter the dining room." Marie replied with a smile. It always did her heart good to see a young man’s brain start to work and think in terms of something other than crime or violence as the answer to all their problems. Yes, she decided, this one will do well in her program and will graduate a fine young man! With a gentle touch of Charlene’s shoulder they left the kitchen and entered the dining room for breakfast.
Charlene had all the answers that Jane expected at the breakfast table. She was able to converse on current events, fashion and the new makeup colors coming out in the next few weeks. To Jane she even sounded enthused about trying some of the new colors if she got the chance.
Breakfast ended and it was Joan’s turn to help Marie cleanup. As they were clearing the table, Jane spoke. "Joan, when you are through helping Marie, please continue your studies today. I also want you to put in two hours of piano practice. You are doing very well and I think you will have the correct feeling by the time you finish." Joan acknowledged Jane and left the room with a tray of dishes. "Charlene! I want you to change into something more appropriate for being outside today, your choice, but we will be out and doing a lot of walking this morning. Be on the rear patio in ten minutes."
"Yes Ms. Thompson" was Charlene’s reply as she excused herself from the table and headed upstairs to find something more suitable for a day outdoors.
The weather forecast had been for ‘sunny skies with a high in the mid eighties’. Charlene looked in her closet and found a yellow sundress with small flowers embroidered on the skirt. It was very light weight and Charlene knew she would have to change from the skin out since her bra would show through the thin material. "I said nothing would bother me and this is just the first of many tests today. I can do this!" With a small sigh, she stripped and found the matching yellow set of lingerie and redressed herself. She even found a low-heeled pair of sandals in the same yellow as the dress. A quick check of her makeup and she raced out of her room. When she arrived at the top of the stairs, she slowed to a more ‘Jane appropriate’ speed and descended the stairs as smoothly as she knew how. Just as she suspected, Jane came out of her study at the time Charlene was halfway down the stairs. ‘If I would have raced down the steps I’d be in deep trouble now.’ Charlene thought as she smiled at Jane and headed for the patio.
"I’m glad to see you are being more punctual, Charlene." Jane said as she ushered her student out the door. "A good choice of outfit for today too, I might add."
Charlene had to think for a minute. A bit of sarcasm mixed with a bit of praise. Typical, but different from the constant harping and correcting that she had been going through since her arrival.
The morning was a blur of activity. Jane led Charlene around for a fast review of the flora and fauna of New England and then headed down a path toward a small pond. Well actually Charlene thought it was a small pond until they emerged from the wooded area to this large expanse of water. She let out a small audible "Oh!" that Jane caught immediately
"The lake is ‘The Lake of the Four Seasons’. It is a two hundred forty five acre lake that is fed by two small streams. It eventually leads to the Atlantic Ocean some seventy miles east of us. I keep it stocked with lake trout which is a favorite sport fish in this part of New England. There are also a variety of pan fish and bottom feeders in order to keep it ecologically correct. To answer your unasked question, it is a completely private lake. It can only be used with my permission." Jane told Charlene.
"It’s beautiful! I didn’t know we were so close to such a wonderful fishing spot. Lake trout? I have only fished for trout in the mountain streams back home, are these similar?" Charlene asked.
"Yes, they are, and that will make a very good introduction to your biology and ecology studies for today." Jane replied. "If you progress well in your studies, I think a little time for fishing may be arranged."
"Do you think so? I haven’t been fishing in a long time, but I really liked going with my Dad." Charlene replied.
"Remember Charlene, if you do well in your studies there are rewards. I do not just discipline, but you must show me that you have earned your reward." Jane replied.
The morning was spent going over how a lake’s ecosystem needs to be balanced in order for it to remain healthy and provide a habitat for all the creatures that live there and depend on it for their survival. When Jane finally looked at her watch, she hurried Charlene back to the house for lunch. A clothing change was required so that Charlene would be ‘fresh’ for the noon time meal.
Another change of clothes after lunch to continue the outdoor lessons. This time the study was of Jane’s two secondary loves of her life. ‘Stars and Garters’ and ‘Teddie’ were the two horses Jane loved to ride. She spent the better part of the afternoon demonstrating proper grooming on Garters, then having Charlene repeat on Teddie. By tea time both horses had been thoroughly groomed until they shone. Charlene was tired but very happy at having spent the afternoon with the horses, even if they were a lot of work.
"Ms. Thompson, is this the only time they get cared for? I mean have they not been brushed since I arrived here?" Charlene asked.
"My goodness no, Charlene. I have a groomsman who comes in daily to care for the horses. I have a small herd on the far side of the lake we were observing this morning. His job is to care for all of them. Today, I asked him not to groom the two in the barn so I could teach you the proper way to care for a horse. They are the gentlest of all and very good at letting a neophyte, such as yourself, brush them without a fuss. I told you when you arrived, I would not let you be injured intentionally while you are in my care. That is why those two horses were chosen for this learning experience." Jane replied as they entered the house. "I believe a shower and fresh clothing is in order, since we most likely smell like horses. Tea will be in twenty minutes. See you in the parlor." Jane quickly climbed the stairs and disappeared into her room at the far end of the hall.
‘Another change of clothes! GOD!!! Well, at least I get to pick the outfits so far today.’ Charlene thought as she entered her room. Charlene heard a noise and noticed Marie coming out of her closet.
"Hi Marie! What ‘cha doin’? Charlene asked.
Startled for a moment Marie jumped and then turned to see Charlene standing there smiling at her. "Oh Cherie, you gave me a start! I was just hanging your clean clothes back in your closet. Oh my! I can smell the horses from here. Hurry into the bathroom and strip, I’ll get you an outfit and leave your fresh lingerie in the bathroom. Hurry, tea is in fifteen minutes."
"Ok Marie, thanks for helping. I’ll make it a quick shower." Charlene smiled and headed for the bathroom.
Things worked just like the first day of clothes changing. Charlene got out of the shower and lying on the counter top were her fresh lingerie. After donning her bra and panty, she left the bathroom to see that Marie had chosen an outfit. It was the cream colored dress that needed two petticoats to hang right. With a sigh Charlene thought, ‘I was doing so well at avoiding those too! Well, if Marie put them out there is a reason AND today has really gone so well, I just can’t get mad at her.’ Charlene dressed, redid her hair and makeup and left her room with two minutes to spare. That gave her just enough time to walk into the parlor and sit before Joan came in with the tea cart.
Tea was a subdued affair, compared to the first few that Charlene had tried to serve. Jane quizzed Joan about her studies and whether she had practiced the piano. Marie had commented that Joan’s piano practice was becoming more of a concert, with sweet music filling the house. Joan blushed a lot and thanked Marie for the compliment. Jane nodded her approval and mentioned it may be time for Joan to take lessons outside the house since as a music teacher she could only teach her so much.
Then Jane turned her attention to Charlene. "You have done a lot of learning today. I would like two papers from you by tomorrow at lunch. One of the papers on the ecosystem of the lake. Another on the proper grooming of horses. Their length will be up to you, just be certain you cover as much as you can remember, Charlene. This will help determine how well you comprehend your studies. I believe that will keep you busy until lunch tomorrow. Joan, I need to see you in my study so we can plan your next set of studies. Ladies, shall we go about our business?" Jane rose and headed for her study.
Charlene was sitting there thinking about what she was going to write in the two papers when Joan came up to her. "Are you finished with your tea? I need to get things cleaned up so I can meet with Aunt Jane."
"Oh! Sure Joan. Umm… wait, I’m still thinking how to write those papers, why don’t you let me cleanup from tea and you can spend a little more time seeing what Ms. Thompson wants. I don’t mind and sometimes bouncing ideas off Marie helps me think clearer." Charlene smiled at the girl she was coming to think of as her ‘big sister’.
"Oh, thank you so much Charlene! I’m kind of nervous about going for piano lessons, I love playing and Aunt Jane is a great teacher, but she must have some reason to want me to take lessons somewhere else! I’ll see you later!" Joan waved as she headed out the door of the parlor and knocked on Jane’s study door.
Charlene felt good about what she had just done for Joan. She stopped just before entering the kitchen and realized she had never offered to do a job for anyone before. This was just so different from anything in her life experience that she had to think about it for awhile. With a shake of her head, she continued into the kitchen with a load of dishes.
After a quick explanation to Marie of why she was helping clean up instead of Joan, the tea cleanup was completed and Charlene was on her way to the student study. The balance of the afternoon and evening flew by for Charlene. By the time she needed to stop and get ready for bed, she had written the paper on proper grooming methods for the horses. She hadn’t even thought about the paper on the lake ecology until a note popped up in her message box. A reminder from Jane about both papers due by lunch tomorrow. Charlene marked the note as ‘unread’ so she would be reminded of it in the morning, shut down her computer and headed for her bedroom. She still had another shower and reading the paper to do before she could go to sleep.
Charlene had finished her shower and was finishing setting her hair when there came a knock on her door. Since it didn’t immediately open she knew it was Joan. "Come in!" she called out and Joan came into the room with the newspapers Charlene needed to read before bed.
"Here you go Charlene, a few articles that I am sure Aunt Jane will ask about. Like the fashion show disaster in Paris and the drop in the stock market because of jittery oil production in the middle east. You know her!" Joan let out a big sigh and sat on the edge of Charlene’s bed.
"So-o-o-o?" Charlene asked.
"So-o what?" Joan looked confused.
"So, where are you taking your piano lessons? You were so excited I figured you’d be walking on air by now!" Charlene replied.
"Oh! That So-o-o." Joan started to giggle. "I will be taking lessons once a week on Tuesday afternoon for two hours with a Miss Krouse in town. It seems she is a retired concert pianist and Aunt Jane recorded one of my practice sessions and played it for her. She was impressed enough that she called to ask if I could be her student! That is just so cool!" Joan’s smile was from ear to ear.
Charlene was so impressed she walked over and gave Joan a big hug. "I’m so happy for you!"
"So, how was your day with Aunt Jane?" Joan asked.
"Far more interesting than I thought it would be." Replied Charlene. "She is a very good teacher! I was surprised by how much she knows. She also has a very understandable way of presenting material that I think I learned more today in one afternoon than I learned in a whole year at my old school."
Joan laughed at Charlene’s comment. "Aunt Jane is an excellent teacher. I finished eighth grade and freshman year of high school in the time I have been here. When I go home, I’ll be one or two years ahead of everyone else! Aunt Jane thought that was part of my problem. I learn very quickly and was always bored in school, so I got into trouble for something to do."
"I know what you mean, the school work was always so easy, I just never saw the point of the homework, since I knew how to do the work. Maybe I’ll get ahead while I’m here too!" Charlene replied.
Joan stood to leave the room. "I wouldn’t be surprised. Aunt Jane really does know how to teach and she pushes the information at you as rapidly as you can take it in. I heard her tell you to write two papers for her, so I know she is pushing you the way she pushed me at the beginning. Just do your best. That’s all she has ever asked of me!" Joan said goodnight and left Charlene to read the papers and get ready for bed.
‘Do your best!’ Charlene pondered that thought, trying to figure out where she had heard it before. It took a while and finally it came to her when she was reading the paper. Cub Scouts! That was something she had learned when she was seven or eight years old as a new Cub Scout. "Hmph…" Charlene looked at her image in the mirror. "I hardly look like a Cub Scout!" She laughed a little more to herself, then finished the paper and went to sleep.
***
Charlene awoke with a smile on her face and something furry against her cheek. She had been dreaming about the horses and had just nuzzled ‘Teddie’ to congratulate her for being such a good horse, when the alarm rang. Opening her eyes she came face-to-face with the small Teddie Bear, Marie always placed on her bed. "Good morning! Glad it was you in bed and not Teddie!" Charlene placed the Teddie Bear on her nightstand and headed for the bathroom. She was coming out of the bathroom when she realized she didn’t have a nightmare last night! Her mood had been good from waking up dreaming about the horses, but now it improved even more realizing she didn’t have a nightmare. She found herself humming as she got dressed and almost missed the local weather report before picking a sun dress for the day. She even put a petticoat under the skirt, since she knew she would be in the student study until lunch.
The morning moved quickly for Charlene. She worked on her paper on the local lake ecology until tea time, it was her day to serve and her mood was so good that Jane’s corrections to her serving couldn’t dent her cheerfulness. This was noted by Marie and Jane, they watched this student float around the room, serving tea and pastries as if it were the most natural thing in the world. She even hummed as she cleaned up and gave Marie a hug before returning to the student study to finish her report.
Ten minutes before lunch, Charlene hit the print button and watched her report emerge from the printer. She placed it in the basket for Jane and shutdown her computer and headed for her room to change for lunch. "No sense screwing things up today!" She thought as she changed into another sundress. This time she left the petticoat off, in case Jane had something planned for the afternoon.
"After lunch we shall continue your music studies, Charlene. A lady should at least know the basics of playing the piano." Jane started out the lunch time conversation.
This comment caused Charlene to raise her eyebrows, but remembered to keep her mouth shut just in time. "That would be wonderful Ms. Thompson." Charlene replied.
"I believe you were doing scales with both hands last time. A little more practice and you may get to enjoy playing as much as Joan does!" Jane replied with a smile.
Charlene looked at Joan but all she saw was the blush in Joan’s cheeks. ‘What in the world is Jane thinking? Me, playing the piano as well as Joan? I'd have to be here for years to get anywhere near that good!’ Charlene thought.
The afternoon actually went very quickly for Charlene. In what seemed like minutes, Marie was wheeling the cart into the parlor for afternoon tea. Charlene couldn’t believe the time had gone so fast. She was finally getting all the scale drills down smoothly AND with the correct fingering!
Tea was a very cheery time for Charlene, she was proud of what she could now do and Jane's praise made her even happier.
The time between tea and dinner was another story…
Exasperated after an hour of trying to play ‘Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star’ Charlene slammed her hands down on the piano keys in a frustrated din. The dissonance of the random keys being pressed signaled Jane that there was a problem. Jane walked into the parlor to see Charlene muttering to herself and waving her hands around in frustration.
"Is there a problem, Charlene?" Jane queried.
Charlene continued to mutter and wave her hands, she was so upset by not being able to play such a simple tune, that she didn’t hear Jane when she entered the room.
"Damn! I should be able to play this…this… STUPID song! Why the hell can’t I get it right!" Charlene muttered to herself and banged out another discourse of odd sounding chords.
Jane placing her hand on Charlene’s shoulder brought her attention to the fact she was no longer alone. Before she could stop herself, she muttered, "Damn! I’m in trouble now!"
"Only for your foul language. You do remember I told you I would not tolerate such talk from any student of mine. That is especially true in the case of a young lady. It is very inappropriate and very immature, Charlene. We will talk about your penalty for the language later. What seems to be the problem with the piano?" Jane asked.
The redness finally started to fade from Charlene’s cheeks as she realized Jane was only upset with her ‘un-lady-like use of words’. She took a deep breath, composed her thoughts and replied. "Sorry, Ms. Thompson, but it is just so frustrating to sit here for over an hour and not be able to play ‘Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star’ all the way through without stumbling a million times!"
Jane let out a small laugh. "Learning to play an instrument is hard work, Charlene. If it were easy, there would be no point in having lessons and practice time! I have been listening to you through the monitor, as I told you I would and you have made very good progress for only playing for one hour and eleven minutes. The smoothness of playing will come with time. It appears that not only will you be learning to read music and play the piano, but you will also be learning patience!"
Charlene let out a sigh and nodded her head in agreement. "I think you may be right, Ms. Thompson."
"Of course I am! Now! You have forty-nine more minutes of practice and I expect to hear proper chords being played on this piano! When you have finished it will be time to freshen up for dinner. I’ll see you at dinner, Charlene." Jane stated and left the room.
Charlene looked over the music for a few minutes, imitating the finger positions over the keys. After playing the ‘Air Piano’ a couple times through, she went back to actually tapping the keys, knowing her forty-nine minutes would not have started until she actually made some sort of music.
A chime sounded through the small monitor on the table next to the piano. Jane’s voice came over the intercom, "Practice time is over, Charlene, please change for the evening." The monitor remained silent after that.
"Practice is finally over! Well, at least it now sounds somewhat like a song! Hopefully it will get better tomorrow." Charlene muttered to herself as she put her music away and headed for her room. As she reached the top of the steps she heard Marie humming to herself in her room. This brought a smile to her face, knowing Marie was happy.
"Hi Mar…" Charlene stopped in mid word. There was Marie setting out the frilliest ‘little girl’ dress Charlene had ever seen. Her shoulders visibly dropped as she realized that her outburst during piano practice had brought about this turn of events.
Marie looked up to see Charlene’s demeanor change. "Do not look so sad Mon Cherie! You make an adorable little girl! Whatever you did or said this afternoon is what caused this, so just remember to act the part and all will be well! Now, hurry and take a quick shower, we have to get you ready for dinner!"
"Oh Marie, when will I ever learn to keep my mouth shut!" Charlene sighed. Looking at the ensemble on the bed, she knew delay would only cause more reprimands about ‘time’ so fearing another report about clocks, Charlene hurried into the bathroom.
Charlene looked in the mirror before heading down for dinner. She shook her head at the ridiculous sight she saw. There in front of her sat one very tall six-year-old girl ready for a party. Everything was pink and trimmed in lace. Even her panties had five rows of ruffles! Marie had called them ‘Rumba’ panties. The skirt of the dress flared out at forty-five degrees and she was wearing matching pink ankle socks and pink ‘Mary Jane’ style shoes. Even breathing caused her dress to rustle. This was way-y-y more frilly than the last ‘little girl’ dress she had worn. The makeup was light but the blush was prominent and very circular. Marie made sure that Charlene had done her own makeup with guidance. This was under the guise that she may have to do it herself some day.
Going down the steps and into the dining room, took all the courage Charlene could muster. She was more afraid what Joan would say than anything Jane could do or say to her. Other than a quick look from Joan and a silently mouthed 'sorry', there was nothing said upon entry to the dining room. Once again there was a flat stool without a back at Charlene's place so that she could easily fluff out her skirt and keep from crushing the petticoats.
Jane floated into the room about the time Charlene stopped behind the stool. "Good evening girls! I do hope everyone has a had a good day so far!" She then looked at Charlene. "You fully know why you are dressed as you are. I expect you to act age appropriate until bedtime. If you comply and do so successfully, we shall return you to more age appropriate clothing at that time. If not, then your time will be extended. Shall we dine?" Jane sat and expected the girls to do the same.
Charlene swore Jane had Marie store the stool in the freezer! The sharp intake of breath from the shock was very loud to Charlene's ears.
Charlene wasn't certain she liked eating off a plastic plate with the pictures of Elmo and Big Bird on it, especially when all her food had been cut up very small before Marie had served her dinner. The tiny utensils were a bit much, but Charlene sat there and ate in an exaggerated proper manner. She remembered one of her younger cousins doing this when she was all dressed up for a party and didn't want to get in trouble. After Charlene had finished most of her meal she asked. "May I be excused please? I'm very full and have eaten all I want."
"Charlene, it is impolite to leave the table before everyone else is finished." Jane replied. "What do you have planned for this evening?"
Charlene let out a sigh. "I was going to read a little, but after sitting here I thought I might play with my dolls instead."
"That sounds like a wonderful idea! If you are good and do not disturb Joan, I'm certain someone will read a story to you later this evening, before bed. How does that sound?" Jane replied.
"That would be wonderful, Miss Thompson. I think I would like that!" Charlene tried to sound enthused, but it just wasn't in her tonight.
Charlene sat through the rest of the meal only talking when asked a question. When Marie brought out dessert, Charlene politely refused it stating she needed to watch her figure or her dress would never fit the next time she wanted to wear it. That brought a smile to Marie's face, but she removed the dessert and returned it to the kitchen.
The balance of the evening, Charlene tried her best to remain the prim and prissy six-year-old that Jane's punishment required. She asked Joan if she could use the 'potty' and about seven-thirty asked Miss Marie to read her a bed time story. Marie naturally chose 'Le Petit Prince' and made certain Charlene could recite all the parts in French properly.
Jane entered the room at eight and said. "Charlene! Have you had time to consider your language usage?"
"Yes Ms. Thompson. I will try very hard from now on to keep my language appropriate for a young lady." Charlene said, knowing it was what Jane wanted to hear.
Jane looked at her charge trying to gauge the sincerity of her response. "Very well! You may return to more age appropriate clothing after your bath. Oh, Charlene! You have been warned, so the next time the penalty shall increase in both time and severity. Goodnight everyone, I shall see you all at breakfast." With that last comment, Jane disappeared from the room.
Charlene let out a sigh. "Glad that's over!"
"Next time, I have no idea what Aunt Jane will do, but I can assure you it will be much worse than this." Joan replied as she helped clean up the room.
"You're probably right. I'll have to watch my language much more closely." Charlene said as she headed for her bedroom to undress from the ultra-frilly juvenile outfit.
"Oh, I don't know, you make an absolutely adorable little girl, Charlene. You have even gotten the mannerisms and speech patterns to an acceptable level." stated Marie with a smile.
"Marie! All this! You like me in this?" Charlene said surprised by Marie's comment.
"I must admit, it is nice to have a little one around once in awhile. How else could I get to teach you any French?" Marie waved as she turned toward the kitchen. "Goodnight girls! Joan, you may have to help unbutton, Charlene, there are many small buttons on the back of that dress and I do not believe she can get them all by herself. After all, we do not want the dress damaged, in case we need it again!"
"No problem Tante Marie, I'll take care of it. Good-night!" Joan replied.
"Good-night, Marie" Charlene echoed as they headed up the stairs.
After Joan had unbuttoned the back of Charlene's dress, she prepared to leave. "Night Charlene, if you need me for anything else, just knock on my door."
"Joan? Umm… before you leave. Was Ms. Thompson serious about finding something worse than 'THIS' if I screw up and swear again?" Charlene asked, gesturing at the frilly confection that hung loose off her shoulders.
"I really don't know! After I had to wear something equally as embarrassing, I decided not to ever let her hear me swear again. I didn't want to take a chance on what she could dream up." Joan responded.
Charlene nodded her head in agreement and then said. "Thanks, I just thought I'd ask. You're right though, my imagination is probably worse than what she could think up, but at this point I'm not so sure."
Joan nodded in agreement, as she shut the door on her way out.
Notes:
Want to comment but don't want to open an account?
Anyone can log in as Guest Reader -- password topshelf to leave a comment.
Tales of the Season : Charlene's Story
By
Lisa Elizabeth
This is a work of fiction! It is set in the 'Season's of Change' universe started by Joel Lawrence, continued by Tigger and influenced by Ellen Hayes original version of 'Tucky Season'. All characters are fictional! I would like to thank Ellen for allowing me to write about Charlene and not yelling at me for plagiarizing small amounts of text where needed!! Thanks to Tigger for finishing the original story line and continuing the story universe. And I would like to thank Brandy DeWinter for writing Jesse's story. That gave me more insight into the mind of a Thompson Academy student. A big thank you to my wife for helping me with editing. A final thank you to all the other people that have done so much to make this possible. Their numbers are too numerous to list.
Chapter Twenty
Learning a different way…
Charlene sat up in bed and took a deep gasping breath. Her heart was pounding and she was wide-eyed again. "This has got to stop!" she muttered as she got out of bed and headed for the bathroom. She sat on the toilet thinking about the dream that woke her up. She was in the dress from last night with her hair in ringlets and carrying a giant lollypop. The worst part was she was on a ship or a stage that looked like a ship and she was singing… "On the goo-o-o-d ship Lollypop!" and she was dancing, just like that girl actress her Mom loved so much… Shirley something… Well, she sang, danced and performed just like in the movie. When the song ended, she received a lot of applause. Looking out into the audience while giving her final curtsey was what had shocked her. There sat her Mom, Dad, brother, Aunt, Uncle, cousins, Marie, Joan, Diana, Carol, Sandy, Ms. Franson, Judge Ruth and standing in the middle of them was Jane Thompson. Bringing her family into the dream was what scared Charlene. How could she ever live if her Mom, Dad and brother ever saw her dressed like that! Now that would be a worse thing to have happen!
Charlene shuddered at the thought a second time. Decided that Ms. Thompson couldn't possibly be that mean to fly her family out here to embarrass her, so she took a drink of water and went back to bed.
Jane reset the security alarm on Charlene's room monitor and returned to bed after watching her recover from another nightmare.
*****
The next few weeks turned into a routine for Charlene. Monday morning was 'Etiquette and Deportment'. Either Marie or Jane Thompson would help Charlene learn about clothing, makeup, hairstyling, hair removal, posture, walking in high heels or some other item that seemed important to Jane. The afternoon was for self-study, research and report writing. Tuesday mornings were lectures or demonstrations by Jane for the academic subjects or Marie for the Home Economics portions of Charlene's studies. Tuesday afternoon was divided between piano practice and an artistic time where Charlene was encouraged to express herself in watercolor or clay. Wednesday was out of the house. Morning was at 'Marisha Chalet' with Sandy, then on to Carol's cosmetics class to finish the morning. A light lunch at the Country Club and then the afternoon at 'The Style Shoppe' where Charlene could never figure out why she needed to try on so many dresses and why Jane kept buying four or five every week! Thursday was education and piano practice. Friday was more Home Economics and always some lady came for morning tea. Charlene finally figured out that since she was the 'junior student', she was the one that would always serve that tea. Saturday was a day out with Jane and Joan. Usually a museum or gallery, something educational. Sunday was a day of rest. Pretty much a day to do as the girls felt. Charlene usually ended up part of each Sunday brushing the horses in the barn. Her afternoons were spent reading or catching up on schoolwork.
On this Tuesday, Charlene dressed appropriately for her school lessons. All white cotton lingerie, beige stockings, a white blouse, red plaid pleated skirt and 'Mary Jane's' with a one inch heel. Her makeup was light and young making her look like a girl her own age and her hair was pulled back into a high ponytail with a multi-colored ribbon tied in a bow at the base of it. Looking in the mirror, Charlene felt ready for school that day.
Arriving for breakfast with minutes to spare, Charlene stood behind her chair and waited for Joan and Jane to arrive. Joan came in through the kitchen door having helped Marie with breakfast and took her place. Jane arrived less than one minute later and with a cheery 'good morning!' took her place and the meal started.
After the standard drill on the current news events, including fashion and theatrical, Jane settled down to tell Joan and Charlene what they were doing that day. "Girls, we have a change in our schedules today. Joan, your piano lesson has changed to this morning and may remain that way, if things work out, so we will be leaving fifteen minutes after breakfast. Charlene, you will need to change after we finish. You will be accompanying me while Joan is at her lesson. Dress a bit casual." Jane received the 'Yes, Ms. Thompson' from Charlene and returned to her breakfast and her normal banter.
Breakfast ended and Charlene headed upstairs to change as quickly as possible. She was getting better at completing her changes in the time given but trying to look like it was easy was still a problem for Charlene. She made a quick check of her closet, grabbed a sundress and one petticoat and changed as quickly as she could. Fortunately, the sundress was white with a delicate print so the white lingerie would be appropriate. This cut down on the amount of time it took for Charlene to change. Charlene removed the ribbons and used a couple of barrettes to hold her hair, re-applied her lipstick and she headed for the hall to wait for Joan and Jane. For the first time since she had arrived at Thompson Academy, Charlene was the first one to arrive at the front door.
She had just fluffed her skirt and perched on the bench when she heard Jane and Joan coming down the steps. She quickly stood, shook her petticoat and smiled as Jane turned the corner toward the front door.
"Very good! We are all present, let us leave so we are not late!" Jane said as she headed out the front door, Joan and Charlene in tow.
The drive was a pleasant one with Jane. She asked Charlene and Joan questions about the local plants and animals they saw along the way. She also gave them a history of the area, from early colonization right up to current public works projects and charitable functions in the area. In no time, the forty-minute drive ended as Jane pulled into a driveway.
"Ms. Krouse is expecting you this morning, Joan. Either Charlene and I will be here, or Marie, depending on how things go this morning." Jane told Joan as she unbuckled her seatbelt.
"Thank you Aunt Jane, I'll just keep playing until, Ms. Krouse tells me to stop!" Joan smiled as she opened the car door. "Oh! Bye Charlene! See you later!" Joan closed the car door.
Jane waited until Joan was inside the house before she put the car in gear and headed off for the next destination.
Charlene had learned not to ask where they were headed. She was certain Jane Thompson had something different in mind for her this morning. She only hoped it didn't include changing clothes fifty times before lunch!
Twenty minutes after dropping off Joan, Jane pulled into the parking lot of 'Madame Krutzkov's School of Dance'. "Come along Charlene." Was all she said.
A somewhat wary Charlene got out of the car and followed Jane into the building.
"May I help you?" a young looking lady asked as they heard the door chime when it was closed.
Charlene decided she must be in her thirties, since she was older than he was but younger
than Jane or Marie.
"Hi Yvonne, how are you?" Jane replied as if she were her oldest friend in the world.
"Jane! Good to see you! It has been awhile! What can I do to help you today?" Came Yvonne's reply.
"I'd like to introduce you to my newest student. Miss Charlene Hawkins. Miss Hawkins, this is Madame Yvonne Krutzkov. She danced for years with the Moscow and New York Ballet Companies." Jane said while motioning Charlene forward.
Yvonne let out a laugh. "Three years with each before I became pregnant and got married! Now? I try to teach young ones grace in movement through ballet. I am pleased to meet you Charlene. I take it you are interested in ballet?"
Charlene paled and her heart raced. Before she could stop herself she said, "I am?"
"Yes Charlene you are. I believe that all those years of being a tomboy have prevented you from learning to move as a lady should. I feel that ballet lessons are just the thing to teach you the fluid movements a lady should possess." Jane replied to Charlene's question.
"Tomboy huh? That won't be too hard to correct! Five to seven years of ballet and you will be the epitome of grace and fluid movement!" Madame Krutzkov said with a smile.
"Five to seven… Years?" squeaked Charlene.
"Now Yvonne! Don't panic the girl so. Charlene isn't interested in becoming a prima ballerina such as you or Caitlyn. She just needs to become more fluid. I believe you would say she needs to learn a 'dancer's grace'." Jane said noticing the visible relaxation in Charlene.
"That all? Oh then three to four months of basic ballet training will fix all that is wrong with her movements. I really need you to bring me another wonderful student such as Caitlyn. She is doing so well. I've been invited to one of her performances in New York! I'm so excited to go and see her perform." Replied Yvonne.
"Yes, I've received the same invitation. If things go like I seem to think, we may see you at Caitlin's performance." Jane replied.
"Now! Down to business! I have a beginner's class this morning. It starts in twenty minutes. If you like, we have the tights, leotard and slippers available so Charlene could start today with everyone else?" Yvonne offered.
"That would be ideal, don't you think Charlene?" Jane asked rhetorically.
Charlene looked at Jane and then at Madame Krutzkov not knowing what to say. It appeared they were both waiting for her to say something so she decided to try and be shy about it. "I've never done any dancing, are you sure I'll be able to do this?"
Yvonne let out a short laugh. "Do not worry about that Charlene, most of the girls in this class have never danced either. You will fit in just fine."
Jane had already decided that Charlene would join the Tuesday morning ballet class. She handed Yvonne a check for the tuition and then proceeded to tell Charlene to accompany Madame Krutzkov to be fitted for her first lesson.
Yvonne led the way into another room and looked at the tag on Charlene's sundress. "Ah… A medium should fit you just fine. What size shoes do you wear?" she asked.
"An eight." Replied Charlene.
"Alright! Here we go everything you will need. The changing room is to the left, I'll go tell Ms. Thompson you are getting ready, just come back to the entrance when you are ready. You'll have to hurry, the other students will be here in less than fifteen minutes." Yvonne said pointing to a door on the far side of the class area.
Charlene hurried to the changing room. She was used to hurrying from being at Thompson Academy for so many weeks, but now changing quickly was paramount in her mind. "What if one of the girls walks in while I'm changing? Oh god! I have got to hurry!" Charlene mumbled to herself as she quickly stripped out of her outfit and into the tights and leotard. "Thank goodness Marie had me using a 'dancer's gaff' for the past two weeks!" Charlene paused a second. "Marie knew! Ms. Thompson must have told her she planned on me taking ballet! Why else would I have needed a gaff!" The realization hit Charlene hard. Like one of those sledgehammer things, Jane Thompson did to get your attention. "I'll have to ask Marie about that when we get home."
Charlene had just finished tying her ballet slippers when the first student entered the changing room.
"Hi! I'm Amanda," A girl about Charlene's age said as she put down her gym bag.
"Umm. Oh. Hi! I'm Charlene. Nice to meet you." Charlene replied.
"You starting lessons today?" Amanda asked.
"Yes, I am." Charlene replied.
"Me too! Mom says I need to learn to move like a 'lady', Blahh! I'd rather be out playing baseball!" Amanda replied.
Charlene let out a single laugh. "Me too! Ms. Thompson is my teacher and she thinks I am too much of a tomboy too!" Charlene laughed again at the thought that her 'cover' was the same as another girl in this class.
Amanda let out a small giggle. "We both seem to be in the same boat! Glad I'm not alone."
"Charlene looked at the clock on the wall. " I need to get back to the office, Madame Krutzkov and Ms. Thompson wanted to check the fit of my tights and leotard. I'll see you in class!" Charlene smiled as she left the room and headed back to the office.
Charlene entered the front office where Jane and Ms. Krutzkov were chatting. Both looked at her at the same time.
"The outfit looks fine, Charlene." Ms. Krutzkov said. "Why don't you head into the studio and I'll be in to start class in a couple of minutes. We seem to have a few stragglers coming in yet."
Charlene nodded and headed through the door marked 'Dance Studio'. When she entered the room there were eight girls in the room all dressed exactly like Charlene. Powder blue leotard, white tights and pink ballet slippers. Everyone's hair was up in a ponytail, except Charlene's. Looking around the room, Charlene saw Amanda and headed over to be near her.
"Hi again. I got the ok from my teacher, so I guess I'll be in this class." Charlene said as she approached Amanda.
"All right class" Yvonne Krutzkov said as she clapped her hands to get everyone's attention. "This is a BEGINNERS Ballet class. Has anyone in here taken ballet before?" No hands raised so she continued. "We will always start our class with a little warm up period and then go on to learn the basics of positions and movements. You may find the first two classes a little boring as we go slow for everyone to get the positions right. Then things will pick up as we start to put together dance routines, so just be patient! You will all be ballerinas in no time! Shall we begin, Ladies?"
Charlene worked hard to do all the stretches and then all the positions required in the one hour class. She knew she had a workout when the class ended. Yvonne encouraged everyone to practice at least three times this week so they could move on to more complex positions next class.
Ms. Thompson called Charlene as everyone headed for the changing area. "Just slip your sundress and shoes on, we have to hurry to get Joan from her practice." After a quick 'Yes, Ms. Thompson' Jane headed for the entry to await Charlene.
Charlene walked into the changing area and saw the girls in various states of undress. This was a teenage boy's dream come true! Only Charlene had to pretend she was a girl and that half-naked girls were totally normal! This caused a bit of a fright as she felt herself stiffen inside her gaff. She hurriedly got to her locker and slipped on her sundress and the one petticoat. This offered her a little more safety and would explain why her skirt fluffed out. She changed her shoes, then stuffed everything into her new ballet bag and headed out the door.
"Bye Charlene!" Amanda called and waved as she stood there in just her bra and panties.
Charlene's eyes went wide for a second, she composed herself and gave a little wave and said "Bye Amanda, see you next time!" She left the room quickly; hoping that no one noticed the blush that she was certain could be seen through her makeup.
The first few minutes of the ride back to Ms. Krouse' house was done in silence. Then
Jane spoke. "You did very well Charlene, I think ballet will help you learn to be much more graceful in your movements. We will be on a tight time schedule after class in order to pick up Joan from her lesson, so I would suggest you just wear a wrap skirt over your leotard and tights."
"A wrap skirt? I don't think I have a wrap skirt, Ms. Thompson." Charlene replied, realizing her mistake as soon as the words left her mouth.
"Oh, never fear, we will take care of that after we pickup Joan." Jane replied with a smile on her face that told Charlene she had stepped right into another round of clothes changing!
Charlene was quiet the rest of the drive back to Joan's piano lesson. Joan came out the door and hurried toward the car as Jane pulled into the driveway.
"Hi Aunt Jane! Hi Charlene! So, what did you two do while I practiced?" Joan asked, genuinely interested.
"Charlene has signed up for ballet lessons for the next three to four months. Madame Krutzkov believes it will only take that long for her to learn graceful movements." Jane told Joan.
"Cool! Don't worry Charlene, I took ballet for three months in order to learn to be more graceful too! Maybe I can help you with some of the positions until you learn them." Joan replied with a big smile.
Jane watched Joan out of the corner of her eye while she drove. Something was different, maybe just some excitement over a good lesson. Jane knew there was the state music competition coming up and that Joan would be competing against students older than she. Jane also knew that Joan was better than last year's senior high school champion on the piano. No, that wasn't it. Jane would watch Joan closely for the next few days, it is possible that whatever is happening during the music lessons has allowed Joan to truly accept her femininity, only time would tell.
It seemed only a few minutes to Charlene and Jane pulled into the parking lot in front of 'The Style Shop'. Charlene made an inward groan; at least she hoped it was only inward and not audible! With a deep sigh, she opened the door ready for hours of trying on 'wrap skirts'! As they walked across the parking lot, Charlene finally looked up and noticed they were headed for 'Simply You' instead.
Jane walked into the store followed by her students. A mother duck would not have been prouder of the way they stayed in line. She headed directly toward Betty Hanson.
"Good afternoon ladies! What may I help you with today?" Betty Hanson asked.
"Hello, I'm Jane Thompson, you may remember that we bought three coats a few weeks ago?" Jane replied.
"Oh yes Ms. Thompson, I do remember. Is there a problem with the coats?" Ms. Hanson asked.
"Oh no! The coats are just fine. We need a few wrap skirts for my two students. Charlene has started ballet and will need it to go over her leotard and tights for travel to and from lessons. Joan has offered to help Charlene practice during the week and will need one for walking around the house."
"Hmm… I see… I think I have just what you need over here. Follow me please." Betty Hanson headed for a corner of the store. "Which school of ballet is she to study?"
"Madame Krutzkov's" Came Jane's reply.
"The different teachers like different styles of skirts for the students. Here is the style Madame Krutzkov prefers her girls wear. I have them in two colors that look very good with the required blue and white outfit. I have a matching blue or off-white. I also have complete leotard, tights and skirt outfits in other colors for practice at home. I believe this pale pink would look wonderful on her." Ms. Hanson held up a leotard and skirt for Jane to look at.
Jane noted that all the leotards and skirts were 'Danskin', a very reputable company for dancewear. "Charlene, I think you should try on the pink outfit and then this red leotard with black tights and the red and white skirt. Those two outfits should do for practice at the house. We'll also pick up a second set of blue and white for your lessons, in case laundry is delayed for some reason."
Charlene tried hard to not sigh. 'More clothing changes!', she thought as she followed Ms. Hanson toward the changing area.
Charlene modeled the pink skirt and leotard first. Jane nodded her approval. She changed into the black tights, red leotard and the red and white skirt next. Looking in the mirror, Charlene felt it looked a lot nicer than the pink. When she left the changing room to show Jane, she felt it was the nicer of the two outfits.
"Charlene! That outfit is perfect for you!" Betty Hanson stated, as Charlene did her walk and twirl that Jane expected.
"I must agree" Jane replied. "The pink gives you a soft winsome look, perfect for a budding ballerina. This outfit shows power. As if you are the best dancer on the stage and you know it! I think we will take both and the second uniform for the lessons. Joan, did you find anything you would like to try on?"
"I only have the two blue and white outfits from when I took lessons, will they be alright for practicing with Charlene?" Joan asked.
"Joan dear, is there an outfit you have your eye on?" Jane asked a second time.
"Yes Aunt Jane, there is." Joan replied and headed off to show Jane her choice. What she looked at was a duplicate of the two-thousand-six United States Olympic leotard. Along with a red, white and blue skirt and white tights.
"Interesting. Go try the outfit on, let's see what it looks like on you." Jane told Joan.
A genuine smile came to Joan's face as she scurried off to the dressing room Charlene was just vacating.
"I'll be right out Charlene, you have got to see this outfit!" Joan yelled as she hurried into the changing room.
Charlene was stunned for a moment by Joan's hurried exuberance over trying on more clothes. She was just so very tired of changing clothes all the time; she couldn't understand Joan's excitement. "Must be a girl thing." Charlene muttered under her breath as she left the changing rooms and returned to Jane.
"Charlene, I think we will take all three outfits. That will give you some variety and a few choices for your practice times." Jane told Charlene as she arrived.
"Yes, Ms. Thompson." Came the automatic reply from Charlene.
A few moments later, Joan came gliding out of the changing area looking every inch as good as any of the United States female gymnasts. Charlene thought her smile might have been just a little bit wider than any of the gymnasts.
"What do you think Aunt Jane? Isn't it just perfect?" Joan asked. She stopped and did a pirouette, right in front of Jane and Charlene.
"Very nice Joan, and I see you remember some of your lessons. Go change, we will take that outfit also." Jane replied. 'Definitely there has been a change in Joan. She has let go of the final macho trappings and has truly embraced her femininity. I shall inform Marie and we will take the next step. She may be going home by thanksgiving!' Needless to say, Ms. Jane Thompson-Phillips was now in a very good mood.
"Thank you, Aunt Jane." Said Joan as she gave Jane a hug and then hurried off to change back into her normal clothes.
Betty Hanson totaled up the purchases while discussing fashion with Jane Thompson. "We also carry a line of performing dresses for recitals. Along with current fashions for the young ladies. If there is anything else you need, please just give me a call and I'll see what we can find."
Jane nodded her head as she signed the credit card slip. "As I told you before, I like what I see here, I am certain that as I gain different students, we will be coming in to get them outfitted for various items." Jane thought for a moment. "Is it possible for you to get period correct lingerie in case we are asked to participate in some re-enactment?"
"Yes it is! Do you know Ms. Edith White? Jane nodded and Charlene inwardly groaned. She has started recommending our store for her pageants and debutante balls. I am able to get whatever a young lady needs with a little advance notice. I have a custom clothing house that can make just about anything you need with a couple of weeks notice." Betty responded. "They also carry a few standard sizes that could work if you are in a hurry or are short on time."
"I shall keep that in mind. The girls have a couple of things coming up that may require a fitting or two." Jane smiled and extended her hand. "We must be on our way, girls, please take your new outfits and let's head back to the house. I'm certain Marie thinks we have become quite lost!" She gave a gentle handshake to Betty Hanson and turned to leave the store.
The ride back to Season's House was a pleasant one for both Charlene and Joan. Jane just chatted about how beautiful the day was and how wonderful the New England area was for renewing oneself. Jane's mood was vastly improved over the drive in this morning, noting how Joan had finally accepted herself and now the final steps of returning her to her family could begin.
Marie noted the excitement in Jane's voice right away. You do not work closely with someone as long as Marie had and not notice when things change. She did however, have both girls go change into their new ballet practice outfits so she could see a little of what Charlene had learned and what Joan remembered.
Joan came back looking exactly like an Olympic Gymnast. Charlene wore her black tights, red leotard with the red and white skirt. Both girls wore pink ballet slippers. Charlene and Joan then did a series of plea's and demonstrated first through third positions for Marie's enjoyment. Joan broke into an impromptu thirty-second routine that she remembered from her recital. When she finished with a graceful deep curtsey, Marie and Charlene applauded.
"You are so graceful. I don't think I could ever do that." Said Charlene as they headed for their rooms to change, again, before lunch.
"It's just practice. By the time you have been taking lessons for three months or so, you will be able to do the same things!" Joan replied as she headed through her room door. "See you in a few minutes."
Charlene entered her room and again had to change clothes. "Even when I'm not being tested on changing clothes, I'm changing clothes!" With a small sigh, she changed out of the dance outfit and into a simple sundress, adding a petticoat just to insure that Jane stayed in a good mood. Adding heels and checking her makeup she went down to see if Marie needed help with lunch.
With ballet added to the Tuesday morning routine, the afternoon changed from Piano practice and art to Piano practice and lecture/ study time. An hour before lunch was set aside on Wednesday, Friday and Saturday for ballet practice. Charlene swore, she needed a 'day planner' just to figure out where she was supposed to be.
It took a couple of weeks but eventually everyone settled into the new routine and things seemed to calm down at Thompson Academy.
One Tuesday, after returning from ballet and piano lessons, Marie greeted them at the front door with a big smile. "Your costumes for the Labor Day Parade have arrived! After you shower I'll have an outfit in each of your rooms, put them on and then come down so I can see what has to be altered to fit you."
"Okay, Tante Marie" said Joan.
"Okay, Marie." came from Charlene.
Twenty minutes later Charlene walked downstairs in a 'Florence Nightingale' outfit. A large black skirt, white blouse, a large white apron and a white hat with a small red cross on it. She had to put on four-inch heels to keep the skirt from dragging on the floor. When she entered Marie's sewing room, Joan was already there with Marie fussing around pinning and marking where to alter her World War II Army Nurse uniform.
"This will never do! Such terrible workmanship! The seamstress had no pride in her work!" Marie stated as she went around Joan pinning and marking away. "I should just start over! It would be much simpler!"
Another ten minutes of fussing and Marie was finished. "You can go change, Cherie. Just be careful not to stick yourself with a pin. I believe the lingerie was all white cotton, and very plain, I'll tell Ms. Thompson, she will have to arrange for you to be fitted for that. The silk stockings and garter belt are things you already have, so it will be easy to make you look authentic."
"Thanks Tante Marie! I'll be back as soon as I can, Charlene looks like you may need help to get her out of that outfit when you are through." Joan smiled on her way out the door.
Charlene looked confused, why would she need help to take off her outfit after the fitting?
"Okay Cherie, Let us see what we have to work with, no?" Marie approached Charlene, tape measure and pins in hand.
After a few minutes of looking over the outfit, Marie shook her head and let out a sigh. "This will never do. The skirt and blouse are all wrong in proportion; we have to fix things before we can proceed. Up to your room, Charlene, we have things to do vite! Vite!" Marie shooed Charlene out of the sewing room and towards her bedroom.
Charlene scurried up the steps and into her room with Marie following behind. Once inside the room, Marie had Charlene strip to her lingerie. The first thing Charlene noticed was Marie bringing a corset out of the wardrobe.
"Not another corset, Marie!" Charlene pleaded.
"But of course, Cherie! If you are going to be Florence Nightingale then you must dress the part! A lady of that period would feel absolutely naked without a proper corset! Now turn around and grab the lacing bar, we have a lot of work to do!" Marie smiled at Charlene and pointed toward the bar. Marie quickly hooked the corset around Charlene and had her laced down in no time. She tied off the laces after only two re-tightening of the laces. Charlene could still almost breathe!
"Not as tight as the last time Marie. Is there a reason for that?" Charlene asked.
"Cherie, there is always a reason, this outfit will require you to bend and move in order to help the wounded soldiers. It is therefore a 'working' corset and is usually a little looser and smaller to allow more movement. We will have you get a simple waist cincher next time you are in town." Marie smiled at Charlene's shocked expression.
"Another waist cincher? Don't I have enough of those already?" Charlene asked.
"This one has to be made special, so it will look authentic with your outfit. I will let Ms. Thompson know what is needed after we finish fitting this dress to your new figure. Now try bending and stooping, Charlene." Marie instructed. "Very good, now put the dress back on and the shoes and come down to the sewing room."
Charlene did as Marie asked, rechecked her makeup in the mirror and then headed toward Marie's sewing sanctuary. Marie was all set with a tape measure around her neck and pins in her mouth with a note pad just like you imagine a seamstress in a movie would be. In what seemed like hours but was actually about forty-five minutes, the dress was pinned and ready to be removed so Marie could alter it to fit Charlene properly.
"Let's get you out of this dress, so you can change into something else for the rest of the day. I have a robe behind that screen, go change and bring the dress back to me." Marie pointed to an oriental changing screen in the corner of the room.
Charlene did as instructed and was soon handing the dress back to Marie. "Marie, could you loosen the laces please?" Charlene asked as she turned her back to Marie.
"My orders are for you to remain in that corset until dinner, Cherie. Now put the dressing gown back on and go find a dress that will fit your lovely shape." Marie replied.
Charlene let out a medium sigh. 'At least it isn't as tight as the last couple times Ms. Thomson made me wear one!' Charlene shook her head as she headed for her room.
Charlene tried on four dresses before she found one that didn't hang loose on her corseted frame. The only problem with the outfit was that it required two petticoats to make the skirt hang properly, Charlene knew she would be heard rustling her way around the house for the rest of the day.
Charlene looked at the clock and realized it was almost lunch. She redid her makeup to closely match her chosen outfit, slipped into the appropriate heeled sandals and made her way down the stairs toward the dining room. When she entered, she saw that Joan had changed into a similar outfit to hers, complete with additional petticoats. She raised an eyebrow in Joan's direction.
'C-o-r-s-e-t' Joan silently mouthed.
Charlene gave a knowing nod and stood behind her chair, a minute later Jane walked into the room.
"My, you ladies look absolutely lovely this afternoon! Shall we dine?" A genuine smile came to her face. The banter over lunch was about ballet, piano and the upcoming parade. Marie made the comment that she had a lot of rework to make the outfits look authentic and that she would have a list of items needed to make the dresses look as perfect as possible by afternoon tea.
Charlene and Joan looked at each other knowing they were in for another shopping trip and god knows how many fittings! Charlene tried to stifle a sigh but let a little of it out. She hoped Jane hadn't noticed in her good mood.
Lunch concluded on a good note and Jane asked Charlene to accompany her to the study.
Charlene took the required pose next to the most uncomfortable chair ever made. "You may sit Charlene." Jane motioned to the chair as she took her place behind the desk. She picked up her glasses and perched them on her nose. Looking over them, she said. "There will be a change in your Tuesday schedule, as I am certain you have figured out. Tuesday morning will be ballet and study until lunch. Unless, of course, Marie needs you for a fitting or some culinary lesson. The afternoon will continue to be piano practice, you are progressing so well, I just can't let that slip!" Pride shown on Jane's face while she complimented Charlene. "The other portion of the afternoon will be lecture and project research, until dinner but only on Tuesday, Thursday and Friday. On Monday and Wednesday afternoon, I will be starting your riding lessons. You have done well in learning the things I feel you need to learn and as I told you, when progress is noted, you receive rewards. Correct me if I am wrong, but riding the horses was on your list of things you would like to do?"
"Very much, Ms. Thompson. Umm… Thank you!" Charlene replied
Jane continued. "The evening schedule shall remain the same for now. I am certain we will have little changes to our routine as we get into more activities outside of the academy. I will always let you know of any permanent changes like today when I get things rescheduled. You are doing very well at ballet, you are very quick at learning new skills, Charlene." Jane smiled at her student.
"Thank you, Ms. Thompson." came Charlene's reply.
Jane made a few notations in her file and then scanned the calendar on her desk. "Shall we retire to the library? We can accomplish a lot of education before tea."
Charlene followed Jane out of the study.
Jane spent the afternoon, presenting material on a variety of topics. She was also giving oral quizzes as she finished each topic lecture. Charlene comprehended at ninety-two percent according to Jane's practiced mind. This allowed Jane to present the basic material of eighth grade at a very fast pace. In the few weeks that Charlene had been at the academy, she was through a full semester of classes and working on the second half of her year of study.
'At this pace she will be a junior when she returns home instead of a freshman.' Jane smiled at the thought. 'This was most likely part of the overall problem… boredom!'
Tea arrived quickly for Charlene. It never seemed like she was studying all that hard when Ms. Thompson was lecturing or demonstrating a new topic. She knew she had to listen, since Jane asked questions as she moved through the material. Along with the verbal quizzes, she knew that they were covering a lot of material very quickly. Charlene also noticed that when a topic seemed hard to grasp, Jane slowed the pace and brought out some way to demonstrate the principle she has trying to get across. This 'hands on' approach really seemed to solidify the lessons in Charlene's mind and she did very well on the weekly essay and short answer exams that popped up on her computer from time to time. Another thing she finally realized was that all of the examples and demonstrations that Jane Thompson used were feminine. For showing force, it was the amount of effort to push a needle through a piece of denim. In showing how a mixture worked in chemistry, the demonstration was held in the kitchen. (Although Charlene had to admit, the double chocolate chip cookies were very good!) Even during english, Charlene was always asked to think how the girl/ lady in the story was relating to events around her. She did feel that dressing in a corset and period correct "Scarlett" gown for 'Gone With the Wind' was a bit much, but she read it as quickly as possible and was only in the corset for five days.
Tea this Tuesday was probably the most relaxed affair that Charlene had attended since coming to Season's House. Joan served and seemed to truly enjoy acting the perfect hostess. Jane noticed and decided that talking to Joan in the morning would be soon enough. That way she could be certain that the change was genuine and not just a bit of propitiation given as a way to return home early.
Charlene had piano practice now from tea until dinner. Her playing had progressed to the point that Jane was considering entering her in the annual state competition. 'Charlene learns at such a rapid pace!' Jane thought as she looked over her two students. 'Joan is so much happier, since we started the lessons out of the house. Getting out and being treated as the girl she appears may be what finally made her embrace herself. I wonder if the same will happen for Charlene?'
Jane made a few more notations in her notebook, then cleared her desk and sat back to listen to Charlene practice a pleasing Chopin piano sonata. She was just drifting along with the music when there was a knock on the door. "Enter" she responded.
Marie entered, dust cloth in hand. The one signal that meant she wanted to talk to Jane about a student. Jane rose and moved to the couch at the far end of the room, away from prying ears, at it were.
"Have you noticed Joan?" Marie asked as she sat on the couch.
Jane nodded her head. "She has been different for a few weeks now. I noticed it when Charlene started ballet. It is as if the switch has finally been thrown. I was watching her and we already had her working with you today on cooking and sewing so I figured you might see the change too."
"I did. She has been completely at ease with herself for a couple weeks now. I think she is finally over all her problems and has come to realize we are truly trying to help her." Marie replied.
"I was hoping to wait until morning to start the next phase, just to make certain the change is real. What do you think, Marie?" Jane asked.
Marie looked at Jane and then looked at a picture on the wall for a moment before responding. "Yes. I think that would be wise. Joan has followed our plan exactly as she should have, which in light of our recent students is a nice change. I think tomorrow by tea she would be ready to talk with you."
"I agree, that way we both can observe her a little more to be certain the change is genuine. I know, I know… We should not doubt our program, it has worked for so many young men, but I am just a little cautious yet. A few hours should not make that much difference." Jane replied.
Marie nodded her head. "I will watch until tea tomorrow, if I see a problem I'll meet you here afterwards, otherwise it is on to the final phase for our Joan, no?"
Jane nodded her head in agreement. "Well that is settled for today! What do you think of Charlene's piano playing?"
"Tres magnifique'! She has learned at such a rapid pace. She is a natural, Jane!" Marie exclaimed.
"Yes, her piano playing has progressed very quickly. I think when she finally relaxes; her ballet lessons will do the same. She may become graceful very quickly, I shall have to watch closely." Jane replied. "So, Marie how is dinner coming?"
Marie laughed. "Just fine it will be ready at six-thirty as you asked, so that Charlene can complete her practice time. I made one of Joan's favorites tonight, just to let her know I think of her once in awhile."
Jane nodded. "Then I should go freshen up before dinner. I cannot have my students thinking they are making me too happy!" Jane and Marie rose and headed out of the study.
That evening at dinner Charlene noticed that Jane was doing a lot of talking and watching of Joan rather than her. For this, she was grateful, but became concerned over what Joan had done to receive such scrutiny. She decided she would talk to Joan later when they were exchanging the evening papers before bed.
Tuesday evening was always a divided time for the students. Joan was learning baking from Marie and the house always smelled wonderful, while Charlene tried to catch up on her reports and tests in various subjects. This Tuesday was no different. The evening progressed until Joan came and told Charlene it was time to get ready for bed.
Charlene decided to ask Joan questions on their way to their rooms. "Did you do something wrong today?"
Joan gave Charlene a questioning look. "I don't think so, why do you ask?"
"It's just… Maybe it was just my imagination, but it seemed Jane was asking you a lot more questions and watching you a lot more closely than me tonight." Charlene replied.
"Oh… I don't think so… I mean she has paid a lot less attention to me since you arrived, but with all the things you have had to learn. I mean, it just made sense that she needed to spend more time teaching you. Maybe she feels she can try to divide her time a little more evenly now?" Joan replied, trying to think of why Jane would be spending more time with her.
"That could be it. It did seem like she never gave me a minute's rest since I arrived here. It's either been changing clothes or learning makeup or cooking or going somewhere else to change clothes. Maybe she's just seeing if I've really learned anything since I got here. Like another of her tests or something." Charlene stated.
"I think Aunt Jane is just finally seeing that you are learning a few things and can get back to my program. I would like to go home sometime, by the way!" Joan replied with a giggle as they reached the top of the steps.
"Well, if you think so… Maybe I have learned a few things since I arrived here. I know I can change clothes a lot faster now! Charlene let out a laugh.
"Do you want to shower or review first? Your choice!" Joan said reaching for the newspapers on the hall table.
"You already have the papers, I'll get ready for bed first. See you in a bit." Charlene said as she headed for her room.
The balance of the evening consisted of showering, shaving and cleansing. Followed by reading the newspapers before Charlene placed the papers back on the table in the hall and went to bed.
*****
"Click" "This is NPR, National Public Radio!" is what woke Charlene in the morning. The opening jingle to 'Morning Edition' was now as familiar to her as slipping from bed and putting on a robe and slippers. As she was getting ready for this day, it struck her that today was another day for getting her hair done and more shopping! Charlene let out a large sigh as she entered the bathroom. "Another Wednesday, another day of Sandy and clothes changing. Will it ever end" The last comment made with a melodramatic flourish over her forehead. She let out a small laugh after seeing herself in the mirror and proceeded to get ready for the day.
The trip to 'Marisha Chalet' was like every other trip to the salon until Sandy got this weird look on her face…
"Charlene! Aren't you supposed to be on some float this coming Labor Day weekend?" Sandy looked at Charlene.
"With a small sigh, Charlene replied. " Yes. Joan and I are nurses for the ROTC float. I get to be 'Florence Nightingale. Joan is a WW II nurse. Why did you ask?"
"Marie had called me a couple weeks ago asking about hairstyles for the period. I did some checking and I think we can make you look pretty authentic." Sandy replied with a smile.
Charlene turned a little pale at the thought of Sandy smiling about anything! It was a good thing she had used a little extra foundation or her loss of color would be noticed by everyone in the salon.
"Will it take a long time? I know we have a couple of other appointments this morning according to Ms. Thompson." Charlene replied hoping to delay the inevitable. Once Sandy had an idea, it was difficult to sway her from completing it.
"Oh, this won't take long… Actually, you almost have enough hair to accomplish it! I think a little clip-in set of ringlets will fill it out just right. You don't need a perm or your color touched up so we have a little time for some fun! What do you think?" Sandy asked trying to look innocent.
Charlene knew from past experience that she had to look like this was going to be the most fun thing she had ever done. It was part of what she had agreed to on her first visit to this salon so many weeks ago. Either that or Sandy could get very mean. Along with the fact that Sandy knew Charlene was not what she appeared to be. That fear alone was enough of a motivating factor for what Charlene said next.
"That would be great! Then we can see if I can duplicate it on the day of the parade. I don't think you work on that holiday so it would be best if I could learn to do it myself. Of course I might have to get Marie to help, but I think it would be great fun." Charlene replied with as much enthusiasm as she could muster. She plastered a big smile on her face just for added effect.
Sandy looked at Charlene for a moment, shook her head a little and replied. "Let's get started then. Melissa will wash your hair and then we will style it. You know where to go." She pointed toward the row of sinks at the far wall.
It took Melissa and Sandy close to an hour and a half to get Charlene's hair done in an appropriate style for her costume. When Charlene looked in the mirror her hair looked to be an exact copy of the picture Marie had of 'Florence Nightingale' back at the academy. She smiled at her reflection knowing she would be perfect in the parade. Then a thought crossed her mind.
"Umm…. Sandy? Am I going to be able to duplicate this for the parade?" Charlene asked.
"By yourself? Probably not! While Melissa was washing your hair I talked to Jane and we arranged for you and Joan to come in a couple hours early on Labor Day so the two of you look perfect. We also have a couple of the other girls coming in, like the County Fair Queen and the Cranberry Festival Queen and her court. That way it isn't just you and Joan in here all alone." Sandy smiled again at Charlene to let her know there would be no reprieve from her threats of exposure.
"Oh! Well that will make the parade a lot easier. Thanks so much Sandy!" Charlene tried to sound appreciative.
"I'm happy to do it! A happy customer is our goal here at 'Marisha Chalet.'" Sandy replied with a smile.
Charlene just nodded her head. After a couple minutes silence she worked up the courage to ask a question. "Umm…. Sandy? Are we going to leave my hair this way today? I was just wondering…"Charlene then turned toward the mirror trying to see her curls from all angles.
"Yes, we are! Jane said to get your hair trimmed so that you could style it again later, but that for this morning, you were to have your hair styled for the parade. I think she mentioned something about 'fittings' for the rest of the morning, I don't remember for sure." Sandy replied with a small smile.
"Fittings, huh?" Charlene let out an audible sigh.
"What? You're not happy with all this extra 'girly' stuff?" Sandy asked in mock surprise.
"It's not that. I don't mind all of this anymore. I just get tired of being a full size 'Barbie Doll' every time we come to town and trying on fifteen or twenty changes of clothes every week. I mean if we were actually shopping for a reason, I could understand that, but I have no idea why I need five or six new outfits every week!" Charlene replied. "Sandy, I haven't even worn a third of the clothes Ms. Thompson has bought for me so far! I already know that with this 'fitting' I'll have three or four more outfits in my closet and probably never wear them. So, I mean like what's the point? Huh?"
Sandy stood there looking at Charlene for a moment. Deep in thought she realized that this girl in front of her was no longer the brash scared rebellious boy that had first come into the shop so many weeks ago. She let a small smile creep to her face and looked at Charlene, then spoke. "Jane does everything for a reason, if you haven't figured that out yet. I'm certain you will find a purpose to every piece of clothing that is in your closet. I'm sure Jane has, or she wouldn't have bought them in the first place. Even if she is just torturing you, that would be their purpose! Somehow, I believe she is not into idle torture, she has helped too many other people in her years here and there is always a reason for what she is doing. Just trust her Charlene, it probably still doesn't seem like it, but Jane truly has what is best for you squarely in her mind. I am positive it will all be clear in a little while. Oh! I see Caro is ready for the makeup class, you had better get going."
Charlene looked at Sandy for a moment. She was surprised that there was a genuine warmth to this woman! After all the threats and all the innuendo of the past few months, this personal torturer shows a softer side. Charlene would have to think about this. She finally decided to reply to Sandy. "Umm… Ok…. I'd… I'd better get to the class… Umm… Than… Thank you Sandy… I… I'll see you next time." Still lost in thought over what Sandy had said, Charlene headed toward Caro and the makeup class.
The makeup class went smoothly and Charlene and Joan were the centers of attention, due to their hair being styled for the parade. Caro decided to do a little 'Theatrical Makeup' lesson to show that all the basics she had been teaching the girls could be applied to the upcoming parade costumes. The makeup made the girls look overdone up close, but when asked to move twenty feet away, they looked just right.
After the lesson was over, Charlene asked Carolyn "How should we do our makeup for the rest of the day?"
Caro looked over Charlene and Joan then replied. "Use the same colors just go lighter. You both know how to do that; I'll let you fix it. Then come see me and I'll see if there should be anything different."
Charlene and Joan said 'Thank you.' together and Caro smiled and headed off to see one of the other girls from the makeup class.
With their makeup corrected for everyday wear, Charlene and Joan returned to Jane in the waiting area of the salon.
"Ah! Girls! You both look lovely! I am glad Sandy and Carolyn fixed your hair for the upcoming parade. Marie did mention she needed you both to try on your outfits for the parade. We do have one stop on the way home. Shall we?" Jane said as she turned toward the door and waved at the receptionist on her way out of the salon.
The next stop was at 'Simply You'. Charlene remembered the last couple of times they had shopped there and Ms. Hanson seemed like a very nice person. This trip was to pick up some special items Marie had ordered.
As the trio entered the store, Charlene heard Ms. Hanson's voice. "Good morning ladies! Ms. Thompson! So good to see you again! The costumes were completed yesterday and I can check their fit on the girls now, if you like?"
Hello Betty. Marie told me you had called. We had a salon appointment today anyway, so it will work out well to insure that everything fits properly." Turning toward Joan and Charlene, Jane continued "Please hurry along girls. Ms. Hanson has other customers beside us to tend to today."
The fitting went as Charlene expected. Since she was doing 'Florence Nightingale', she knew that a corset would be required. She did not expect all the other items that went along with it!
"You will need to remove your bra, Charlene. I have built one into the corset." Ms. Hanson said as she showed Charlene a changing room.
Charlene looked at Ms. Hanson with surprise and then turned pale, even through her makeup!
Betty Hanson noticed the shock and reached out a steadying hand. She whispered in Charlene's ear "Don't worry dear. Marie told me you are a late bloomer and use forms, I built a pair into your corset so that you won't have to worry about them falling out or shifting while in the parade." She then gave Charlene a conspiratorial wink and left to see about Joan.
Charlene waited until she heard everyone talking to Joan before she removed her bra and forms. She quickly slipped a white chemise and then hooked the corset as quickly as she could before anyone came to help her tighten the corset. Ms. Hanson had been right, the built in breast forms were the same size as the ones she used and placed so that what chest skin she had made a rather decent cleavage. There was a knock on the door as Charlene checked herself in the mirror. "Yes?"
"Are you decent, Charlene?" Ms. Hanson's voice asked.
"Yes! Please come in." Charlene replied.
After a quick look around the room, Betty noticed Charlene had put the under corset chemise on just like it should have been. "Have you worn corsets before? You put that on as if you knew what you were doing! Very unusual for girls these days."
"Umm… Well… Ms. Thompson and Marie have been teaching us about how to dress properly for any occasion and occasionally a corset is required. Marie just told me it was so my dress would fit. In the time I've been at the school I've been in a corset twenty times or so. I'm still working on proper presentation, so I haven't had to leave the academy in one yet." Charlene replied.
Ms. Hanson smiled. "It is good to see that a young girl is learning all that is necessary to fit into society as we know it! A corset can be a girl's best friend or it can be a torture device. It is all in how one uses it. If you were dating a young man you do not wish to get too friendly with a corset such as the one you have on would be quite a deterrent to his amorous advances. There are more delicate corsets that are designed to entice your male admirers and make them think of things not repeated in polite society." Betty Hanson smiled after that comment. "But alas, you are a bit young to do much enticing! Therefore, the corset you have on will keep the boys on the float at bay!" She let out a little laugh.
Charlene, not certain what was so funny, politely giggled a little, to feign some conspiratorial agreement.
Ms Hanson then tightened the corset. Not as tight as Marie had but it was still tight and did restrict her movements a little. This corset was cut a little higher on the sides, so Charlene would be able to put on her own stockings easily. She could actually bend over! That was something new when wearing a corset.
"Ah! I see the surprise on your face that you can bend over and touch the floor. This is a working corset. It's cut allows more movement so that the wearer could do domestic chores without assistance. It appears from your expression that you are used to a longer corset, one that restricts your ability to bend and do things for yourself, am I correct?" Betty asked.
"Yes. I mean the corsets I have worn before severely limited my movement, this one just sort of squeezes you in the middle without that restriction." Charlene replied.
"It was designed to give you that bit of a girlish figure without all the trouble a full corset causes. I think you will like it much better than the longer ones. There is the added fact that you look lovely in it and it will compliment your costume for the parade perfectly. Let me call Ms. Thompson to check on the fit." Betty Hanson exited the room and a moment later Jane entered without knocking.
"Turn around Charlene" Jane asked while appraising the fit of the corset. "It fits you very well and it appears to be very well made. Oh! Marie asked that you leave it on, not only to break it in but that you are ready for a fitting when we arrive home. Just get dressed and I'll meet you out front." Jane left the room as quickly as she had entered.
It took Charlene a few minutes to get dressed and then to check her makeup and hair before leaving the dressing area. Not knowing what to do with her bra and breast forms, she folded the bra and tried to hide the forms inside the cups. It made a bulky item to try to place in her small purse. After trying a few minutes she gave up and went to ask Jane what to do with the unneeded items.
"Just place them on the counter and we will ask Ms. Hanson for a bag to place them in. Joan should be along in a moment, her unmentionables fit perfectly too." Jane stated as they waited for Joan to get dressed.
While they were waiting, Ms. Hanson totaled the order and Jane just handed her a wad of cash. Charlene was shocked to see that much money spent on items that she was sure she would only wear one time.
"Close your mouth Charlene. It is not very lady like to stare with your mouth hanging open. Is there a problem" Jane asked when she saw the shocked look on Charlene's face.
Charlene snapped her mouth shut and turned a bright red. Her reply came quickly. "I just am surprised at how expensive these garments are, Ms. Thompson. I mean that if we are only to wear them for the parade it seems expensive… Well what I mean to say is…"
"Charlene, these are hand-made corsets, custom built to match your body measurements. They are very well built and will not only last a long time, but I am certain they will serve the purpose we need them for. Therefore, it is not very expensive at all when you consider what you are getting for your money. They are worth the cost!" Jane replied.
"Yes Ms. Thompson." Charlene replied as she mulled over the thought of quality in clothing in her mind. She was roused from her thoughts when Jane issued forth the orders to march. Rather she said 'Come along! We have another appointment', but Charlene thought of it as marching orders anyway.
The next stop was the traditional weekly torture at 'Milady's Closet'. Charlene left the store with the promise of four more outfits delivered by that evening. The four new dresses were fit to her now corseted waist! Charlene didn't think about that, just the torture of having to change clothes fifteen times to come up with four new dresses. Jane on the other hand knew exactly what she was doing.
Marie was all excited when the girls arrived home from their shopping trip. You could see it in the animated way she went about serving a light lunch. She knew both girls were in either a corset or a girdle and she was ready for the final fitting on their costumes for the upcoming parade. Ever the watchful Mother hen, Marie made sure the girls ate and then asked them to freshen up. Afterwards they were to come to the sewing room for a fitting of the costumes.
Charlene arrived a couple of minutes after Joan. 'A corset is still a corset and it really slows you down!' Charlene muttered to herself as she tried to regain her breath. It was a rather long walk from the powder room, up the steps and down the hall to Marie's sewing room. This was made a bit harder by the restriction of the corset. Joan was already standing on the platform as Marie was busy marking and pinning various places on the dress. After having Joan twirl a final time she appeared satisfied and had Joan go change back into her normal clothes.
Marie put down her pins and looked at Charlene. "Cherie! Turn around and I will unzip you. That will help us hurry along with the fitting."
Charlene turned around and Marie unzipped the dress. Charlene heard Marie 'tsk, tsking' behind her. "Is something wrong Marie?"
"This corset. It is not as tight as it should be. Please step over to that door and reach for the curtain bar." Marie replied.
Charlene walked over to the doorway that separated Marie's sewing room from her supply closet. Marie moved the curtain to the side and Charlene reached up to grab the bar. Marie then untied the corset and retightened the laces. Now the corset felt as tight as her other corsets.
"Marie…? I take it… my dress… wouldn't fit… otherwise…?" Charlene asked in short breaths.
"Very true! The edges of the corset must meet, that is how the measurements were taken. We would not be able to button it at the waist otherwise! Sit on the stool, your breathing will ease shortly." Marie guided Charlene to a small stool.
After what seemed an eternity, Charlene was finally in her costume for the parade. There must have been a hundred little buttons up the back and even more when it came to attaching the white nurses apron that was common during that time period. Standing on Marie's platform took the longest, since it was a long full skirt and Marie had to pin the hem. Charlene remembered Marie saying something about it being over one-hundred-twenty inches in length.
Finally the fitting was over and Charlene was able to remove her costume. As she headed for the screened area to change Marie said. "Cherie, do not zip your dress, I want to loosen your corset a bit before you redress. We will tighten it as you break it in, but only this tight when I need you to try on the dress."
Charlene felt almost lightheaded when Marie released the corset back to it's prior tightness. She could almost get a deep breath! Well, deeper anyway… "Thank you Marie, it was really very tight. I'm not sure I can stand it that tight for the entire day." Charlene said after Marie had finished zipping her dress.
"Never fear, Charlene. You have been losing a little weight since you arrived here. The corset will fit just fine in another three to four weeks. That will be right on time for the parade!" Marie replied with a smile. Charlene had a look of surprise on her face, so Marie responded to the unanswered question. "You have not lost but a few pounds, Cherie so do not fret! What did you expect with being in a corset as often as Ms. Jane commands? You cannot possibly eat enough to gain weight and so you lose a little in order for the corset to feel more comfortable. It is simply your body adapting to the situation. Nothing more, nothing less!"
Charlene thought for a moment and then asked Marie. "So, if I were to wear a corset every day, I would eventually lose enough weight that I wouldn't need one, right?"
Marie laughed a little and said, "No Charlene, you would lose weight and the corset would become more comfortable to wear. It also alters your shape to that of a young lady and as we both know, without the corset you do not have the proper curves. In your case, a corset will always be needed to give you a girlish shape. But, if you do lose a few more pounds, tightening it down so that the sides meet properly will be much more comfortable."
Charlene mulled it over in her head for a few moments and then replied. "Thanks Marie. Are we done now?"
"Yes we are. You may go on with the rest of your day, but do leave the corset on until dinner, you need to break it in." Marie replied
Charlene nodded her head and then left the sewing room. As she headed for her next study period, Charlene thought about wearing a corset more often. It made sense that if she wore one more often, she would not only lose a little weight and become more comfortable in one, but it would help her posture to the point, Ms. Thompson wouldn't correct her for slouching. It sounded like a good idea, at least for a few days until she lost a few pounds and this corset didn't feel like it would cut her in half when it was tightened down properly.
Sitting at the piano during her afternoon practice was actually a little easier for Charlene, she could concentrate on her playing and not on maintaining the proper posture that Jane required. Having the corset on saw to that problem. It seemed that as she moved around the house for the rest of the day, everything was a little more refined. Not in such obvious ways as one would think, but since Charlene was still in a corset and thinking about wearing one more often, it made her move with a little more reserve. It's constant pressure reminded her to attempt to be a bit more graceful in her actions. Both Marie and Jane noticed the change before dinner.
Charlene was very happy to have the corset removed after dinner. Marie had made one of her culinary masterpieces and Charlene was certain she had overstuffed herself, even with the corset in place! It was quite a relief to get out of the corset. Charlene found a dress, added a petticoat, just to keep Jane happy, and headed off to study and complete a few more of her assignments.
The evening went smoothly with Charlene completing two 'pop' quizzes, one on ballet and the other on music. She had just rewritten a section of a report on mixtures when Joan tapped her shoulder and mentioned it was time for bed.
As they were walking toward the stairs Charlene asked Joan. "Do you think a corset will help me? I mean like if I wore one a little looser than Marie tightens it, do you think it would help me to move more the way Jane wants me to move?"
"You want to wear a corset every day?" Joan looked at Charlene like she was crazy.
"Well… Umm… Yea! I mean not as tight as the one I wore today, but you know! Maybe it would remind me to sit straight, move more ladylike, those kind of things." Charlene waited for an answer.
"I guess you could try it for a few days and see. If Jane gets into another of her clothes changing moods though it would slow you down a bit." Joan reminded Charlene.
"True, but she has really toned that down to just Wednesday afternoon at 'The Style Shoppe' and on Friday just before I serve tea to whoever is visiting that morning. I just thought it might help me not get 'corrected' quite so often, that's all… So? What do you think?" Charlene asked.
"It might be worth a try. If you decide to do it, just knock on my door and I'll tighten your laces for you." Joan said as they reached the top of the steps. She reached for the papers and asked, "read or shower?"
Charlene chose to bathe first. After spending all day in a corset, a relaxing bubble bath sounded good. As she added the salts to the water she stopped and looked in the mirror. 'Good grief Charlie Hawkins! You have truly been hooked into this… this petticoat punishment thing! You've even started thinking of a bubble bath as relaxing! Along with wanting to wear a corset to help lose a few pounds, I mean how girly is that? I don't know, will we ever figure out who you really are?' After whispering these comments to the image in the mirror, Charlene slipped off her robe and sank into the bubbles to relax.
*****
Charlene looked at herself in the mirror. She felt like she moved extremely slowly this morning. She had slept the 'sleep of the dead!' as her Mom had put it. No dreams or nightmares, this was a good thing, and she didn't think she moved all night long. This made getting up in the morning feel really stiff and a little out of sorts. Charlene did manage to brush her teeth and put her hair up before hopping into the shower. While she was beating away the stiffness with the spray from the shower, she heard Marie call out.
"Bonjour, Cherie! I have placed your lingerie on the shelf. Ms. Thompson asks that you wear one of the dresses you bought yesterday, so I thought I would set it out for you." Marie said in a way too cheery voice for this time of day.
"Morning Marie!" Charlene's replied "and thank you!" Charlene then stuck her face back into the stream of water. Finishing her shower, Charlene looked over the lingerie, bra, panties and a silk chemise. 'How did she know I was going to wear a corset today?' Charlene wondered as she put on the clothes. Slipping into the robe on the back of the door, she left the bathroom to see what was going on.
"Ah! You look refreshed this morning, how did you sleep?" Marie asked as she hung one of the new dresses on the door hook.
"No dreams last night, Marie. I don't think I moved much either, I woke up really stiff this morning." Charlene replied.
"Are you alright now?" Marie asked.
"Fine after my shower. Marie? I take it I am wearing a corset today?" Charlene pointed to her lingerie.
"May Oui! When you tried on the outfits yesterday, you had on a corset, no? So if you are to wear one of your beautiful new dresses, you will need a corset for them to fit properly, yes?" Marie replied picking up a corset and motioning Charlene to the lacing bar.
This corset wasn't as tight as the others Charlene had worn. Being slightly confused, Charlene asked. "Marie is that tight enough? Usually the corsets are tighter than this."
" The ends meet just fine, Cherie. This corset was purchased to allow you to wear the dresses you bought yesterday. It brings your measurements to the perfect size for them. The corset you had on was loosened after the fitting for break-in, no? So this one is sized for you at that tightness. It is one and one half inches larger than the one for your parade outfit." Marie replied as she tied off the laces and tucked them in.
"Now we need to hurry so you are not late for breakfast" Marie helped Charlene get into her stockings and then left her to fix her hair and makeup.
Charlene made it out her room door just as Jane was leaving her room.
"Good morning Ms. Thompson."
"Good morning Charlene! I see I was right. That dress looks lovely on you. Did you sleep well?" Jane chattered as they headed down the steps for breakfast.
"Yes Ma'am. Oh! Thank you! The dress is lovely." Charlene replied hoping to score a couple of 'brownie points' to start the day.
The conversation halted as they entered the dining room. Charlene took her place behind her chair as Marie and Joan brought platters to the table. Charlene could tell Joan was a little stiffer today too, so she assumed she was in a corset also.
"Shall we dine?" Jane gave her standard phrase before seating herself at the table and starting her 'twenty-questions' during the morning meal.
This Thursday, Charlene was following her own schedule. After breakfast, she had to change for ballet practice. This took a little longer due to the corset. Marie watched her practice in the 'play room' applauding Charlene's grace after an hour of working very hard. After a quick shower, it was back into the corset and dress from breakfast for the rest of the day. The odd part of the day was she only saw Joan and Jane at meals. The rest of the time they were nowhere to be found. Charlene decided to ask Joan about this while they reviewed the papers that evening.
It had felt strange all day. Joan was with Jane and Marie had come to get Charlene for morning tea, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner. After dinner was Charlene's first riding lesson so a change of clothing was necessary in order to keep Jane happy. Afterwards, a quick shower and change out of the riding outfit before heading for the study. Joan was finally with Charlene during the evening study period. It was her chance to ask her what was going on.
"Hi Joan! How has your day been going?" Charlene asked as Joan entered the study area.
Joan looked at Charlene and let out a sigh. "Very tiring! Aunt Jane has me running all over and doing all kinds of new things. The worst part is I think this is only the beginning."
"Tiring? What kind of new things?" Charlene asked.
"We went shopping at a mall. I don't think Aunt Jane ever slowed down. She told me to go look for appropriate makeup for an evening out, then to go find a perfume that would be my scent, and then we went and tried on long dresses off the rack at Deb's. We only stopped for a short time in the food court for a salad and then on to jewelry stores and a Claire's Boutique. It… Well considering where we usually shop… It… It was strange to say the least. But it was also relaxed and a lot more fun too!" Joan replied. "Oh! I picked up this absolutely stunning gown! It really makes me look good. I'll show it to you at bed time!"
"You spent the day shopping and it was fun? With Jane Thompson?" Charlene asked.
"You really have to give Aunt Jane a chance, Charlene, she really can be a lot of fun when she wants to be. How about your riding lesson? Wasn't that fun?" Joan asked.
Charlene thought about it for moment and then shook her head. "Today is only the first time and she didn't know I had ridden before, so she started with all the basics before we could take Teddy and Garters out for a ride. The only thing I don't like is she is trying to teach me to ride sidesaddle like a proper young lady. It makes my legs hurt trying to hold onto the saddle in that position and the long english riding skirt is a real pain. Otherwise you're right it's a lot of fun."
The two students discussed a few more things about their day and then returned to study. By the time nine o'clock rolled around they were both ready for bed.
Once the girls were upstairs, they helped each other loosen the corsets and then decided Joan would read first and bathe second she wanted to just sit and rest before doing anything else. Charlene finished her evening rituals and looked over the papers. Looking at the clock it was only ten o'clock and Jane's bedtime was ten-thirty. Not wanting to go to bed early, Charlene looked around and decided it was time to redo her nails. She had just finished redoing her hands when she heard Jane tell Joan goodnight. Her door opened after a knock and Jane entered her room.
"I wanted to tell you that you did very well during the riding lesson today, Charlene." Jane stated as she stood in the doorway. "I believe we will be able to move quickly up to what I believe is your level of riding and with practice, you will even learn to ride sidesaddle very quickly." Jane started to turn to leave but stopped. "Oh! One more thing, I want you to be in a corset again tomorrow. Please pick another of the outfits we bought this week, it should fit you perfectly with a corseted waist. Goodnight, Charlene." With that last comment, the door closed.
Charlene looked at the door and then at her freshly painted nails. After fluttering her hands for a few more minutes to insure her polish was dry, she finished cleaning up and looked in her closet. There were three more outfits hanging in there that Jane had bought this past Wednesday. Charlene took a deep breath and let out a sigh. Under her breath in a low whisper she said "Why me?"
"Cherie! You are just going to have to learn to control your anger!" Marie stated as she tied a huge bow behind Charlene's 'little girl' dress. (sigh) "I had hoped you were learning that such outbursts and rude behavior, especially when Ms. Thompson has a guest for tea would not be tolerated! It is your own fault Charlene that you are in this situation." Marie came around and tied a perfect bow on the top of Charlene's head. "There! Present yourself to Ms. Thompson." Marie pointed toward the bedroom door.
Charlene looked at Marie with 'sad puppy' eyes. She knew she should have held her tongue, but Jane had pushed and pushed the past three days. The final straw was when Edith White had been over for tea and noticed Charlene's corseted waist. She complimented Charlene on being so committed to attaining a feminine shape. Charlene had accepted the compliment and returned to serving tea when Jane spoke up about how Charlene had practically begged to be allowed to wear a corset every day! Before Charlene could stop herself, she had blurted out "I did not! You TOLD me I had to wear a corset for the past three days! I agreed to do whatever you told me to do and I am just complying with your orders!" The little foot stomp at the end didn't help matters…
Jane's response was predictable. "Are you quite through with your little outburst Charlene? I believe you have been quite rude in front of our guest. I also believe I told you that I expected you to learn a little self control while you were here. I will repeat myself again for you and the benefit of our guest... If you are going to act like a rebellious four-year-old, I will treat you as one! Go to your room, Marie will be along in a few minutes, when you are finished return here. NOW!"
Charlene looked at Jane and Edith, her mouth opening and closing, but no sound coming out. After a moment she set the tea back on the cart, curtseyed and said "Yes, Ms. Thompson," and left the room knowing that she had screwed up big time.
Now, she was ready to return to the parlor. Well as ready as Marie had made her. This dress was pure white satin with very stiff petticoats that stood almost straight out. White tights, white 'Mary Jane's', little white gloves and a little white purse to match. Just as she was to leave the room, she saw her doll. Charlene stopped and picked it up and looked at Marie. "I don't need my punishment to last longer because I forgot something!" and headed out the door.
Marie waited for Charlene to get around the corner before she smiled. It was hard to be gruff with a student after they had been at the academy for a while.
Charlene made her journey as quietly as she could toward the parlor. She was hoping beyond hope that Ms. White had left. However, when she turned the corner she could hear the muffled chatter still coming from the parlor. She stopped just outside the doorway, took a deep breath to calm herself put on a smile and then skipped into the parlor! 'If Jane wants a four-year-old, I'll give her a four-year-old!'
Jane's face took on a momentary look of surprise when Charlene came skipping around the corner. She quickly recovered and put her passive 'hostess' face back on. She watched Charlene skip to a stop, do an exaggerated curtsey and then stand in front of her and fidget, just like a four-year-old girl would. Even Edith White stopped sipping her tea and stared at Charlene.
"You look very nice Charlene. Is there anything you wanted to say?" Jane asked.
"Yes, Ms. Thompson. I'd like to know if Aunty Joan can come and read me a story. I'm not allowed in the playroom by myself." Charlene replied in her little girl voice.
"Yes she may. Joan? Would you ask Marie to come here on your way to the playroom? I'll be along later to have a chat with Charlene." Jane replied.
"Certainly, Aunt Jane! It was very nice to see you again Ms. White, I hope the rest of your travels are safe and pleasant. Joan curtseyed, then took Charlene's hand and led the frilly dressed student from the parlor.
Charlene turned at the door and waved. "Bye Ms. White!" She then disappeared around the corner.
After the student's footsteps could no longer be heard, Edith White turned to Jane. "An interesting manner of discipline I must say!"
"Edith dear, they are here to learn the proper way to behave. If they wish to act as a four-year-old, then they must learn to behave as a four-year-old. I personally do not believe in corporal punishment and doing something like sending her to her room would not cause her to think or consider her actions in the future. By making her act as a young child for the rest of the day, it will cause her to think before she does something in the future. By the time my girls leave here they know that all of their actions result in some sort of consequence."
"Yes… Yes…. I see… I do see where it would be better than sending them to their room. My governess disciplined me in much the same manner, when I was a young gu-u-rl." Edith replied in that 'better than thou' tone she always used. "I am very happy to see that someone in this world still uses a few of the older methods.
Jane raised one eyebrow at this revelation. The rest of the visit returned to the previous topic.
Charlene had played her part as the little girl, even though she had voiced her disapproval, in the proper 'little girl' voice, to Joan. The rest of the morning, lunch and up through afternoon tea had been spent doing pre-school activities instead of her normal, study/ practice activities. This had bothered Charlene, since she had a ballet lesson and was trying hard to complete some of the basic moves without falling over. She decided to broach the topic at tea.
"Miss Thompson?" Charlene asked appropriately.
"Yes Charlene?" Jane replied.
"I know I should not have yelled this morning, but I was very upset that you were telling Ms. White that the corsets were my idea. That is simply not true. Marie told me that you stated I was to wear only the clothes we had bought this week and since I had tried them on while wearing a corset, I would need to wear one every day." Charlene stated.
"I am glad that you realize what you did wrong today. However, I am confused. Did you not question Marie about how wearing a corset on a daily basis might help you wear the tighter one needed for your parade costume? I was in the next room and overheard that conversation, so I felt it would be appropriate to have you wear a corset daily so you could see what it would be like. If I misunderstood, please tell me." Jane replied.
Charlene thought for a moment before replying. "You are correct in that I had thought about using a corset more often in order to get used to it and in order to make it easier to wear the one needed for the parade outfit. But that would have been my choice to do it. You told Ms. White that I chose to wear a corset and that is simply untrue, yet I am being punished for being upset about you telling Ms. White a lie."
Jane raised her eyebrow at being called a liar, although she had to admit Charlene had done it in a very genteel and proper manner. After reflecting on the situation, Jane came to a decision. "I see your point of view, Charlene and will stop the punishment at this moment. I will admit that I felt I was only complying with something you wished to try, but that by telling Ms. White it was your idea, it could be construed as a lie. Your punishment was for your outburst, not for anything else. If you find that I am doing something like that again, please find a more appropriate way to let me know there is a problem. That way we can avoid these little punishments that only serve to delay your education. Is there anything else we need to talk about?"
"How am I going to make up my lost ballet and piano practice time?" Charlene asked. "I'm having trouble with a couple of positions and I really wanted to try and get better at them before my next lesson."
"If I change the rest of the schedule to allow you to make up your piano practice time from now until dinner and then have Joan help with your ballet practice after dinner, would that solve the problems?" Jane asked.
"Thank you Ms. Thompson. May I go change now?" Charlene asked.
"Of course. I will have the monitor on and expect you to be at the piano practicing in twenty minutes." Jane replied.
Charlene curtseyed and left the room. She walked as quickly as possible to the kitchen where she asked Marie to undo the bow and the zipper so she could change quickly. Charlene had learned that a little request for help from Marie went a long way to getting things done in the time Jane Thompson allotted.
This time was no exception and Charlene made her first 'finger warm up' on the piano in nineteen minutes and thirty-five seconds, according to Jane Thompson's stopwatch. "Must have asked Marie to undo the back of the dress" Jane muttered as she noted Charlene's accomplishment. "She is learning!"
The balance of the day was uneventful, as Charlene worked to try and catch up on her needed practices.
Once again things at the Thompson Academy settled into it’s normal routine. Charlene was progressing in her skill as both a pianist and as a ballerina. She was working extra hard at ballet since some of the positions seemed easy for the girls in her class but they were difficult for her. ‘Flexibility was never my strong point’ is what she told herself while trying to stretch at the bar in the practice studio. But eventually she would get the position right and the praise received from her instructor prodded her to do more. The same could be said about all of her studies. Charlene was racing through her studies at a pace that surprised Jane Thompson. It took Jane a lot of extra time to keep ahead of Charlene so that she could challenge her intellect.
The week before the parade Commander Hayden called Jane. “Hi, Aunt Jane! How are things going for the parade?”
“Good to hear from you too, Brent! Everything will be just fine. The girls will be there in complete outfits, ready to perform their nursing duties! You didn’t expect anything less, did you?” Jane replied with a smile.
“Of course not… I mean, I know everything will be perfect if you and Marie have anything to do with it. But are the girls okay with this?” Commander Hayden asked.
“Certainly! They were told. I agreed to it and they do as I tell them, simple as that! That has not changed since you were here, Brianna.” Jane replied using Brent Hayden ‘Academy’ name for emphasis.
“No… I suppose it hasn’t. I look forward to seeing you and Marie on Monday, I have seats reserved in the reviewing box for all three of us.” Brent stated.
“We will be there after the girls are situated on the float. We have the starting point as the Grade school parking lot, correct?” Jane asked.
“Yes, between nine and the start of the parade at ten.” Brent replied. I’ll see you then, Aunt Jane, I love you, you know.”
“I know. Now stop worrying about the girls and go take care of your group.” Jane said with a smile.
The conversation ended and both hung up the phones, each looking forward to Monday’s parade.
“For any of you that listen to NPR and work… Happy Labor Day and even though, John in Wauwatosa spins around in his chair like a top when we say it. This is NPR, National Publ…” Charlene shut off the alarm. ‘How can ANYONE be that cheerful at this hour?’ she muttered to herself. After getting out of bed, she looked at the clock. Why was it set for six? She was still trying to wake up when she heard the lock on the door click and Marie came briskly into the room.
“Cherie! Happy Holiday! Today is the day! Now hurry and shower, we have to get you into your nurses clothing for the big parade! Do not waste time; I will be helping Joan for a few minutes, now hurry!” Marie laid a chemise and corset on Charlene’s bed, and then vanished from the room.
‘Oh yea, it’s that parade day!’ Charlene sleepily turned toward the bathroom, then stopped and turned to look at her bed. It was a new chemise and a NEW corset! This woke her up immediately and she groaned as she turned back toward the bathroom, knowing Marie would be along in a very short time to lace her into the torture device.
Charlene was just finishing rinsing the last of the soap away when she heard Marie open the door to the bathroom. “Hurry up Cherie we have a lot to do. Then a small breakfast and you are off to ‘Marisha Chalet’ for hair and makeup.”
Charlene finally remembered that was why the alarm was set early. They had to be on the float before ten o’clock, ready for the parade. She finished drying, then powdered and returned to the bedroom. When Marie returned, Charlene had already finished putting on the chemise and had hooked the corset together. She had started a simple makeup look, knowing Sandy or Carol would remove it at the salon.
“Oh no, Cherie! You are not wearing a corset until after your hair and makeup. Just dress as you normally would for a trip to ‘Marisha Chalet’.” Marie exclaimed as she started undoing the corset. “I left that out so I could pack it along with your costume. Yours and Joan’s costumes will be in separate bags, I’ll be there to help when you need to dress.”
“You’re going with us today?” Charlene asked a bit surprised.
“But of course! I have a seat with Ms. Thompson on the reviewing stand. You did not think I wanted to see you in the parade?” Marie replied.
“Oh no Marie, that’s not it at all, I just… Well, I’m not used to you coming with us, when Jane puts us through these little ‘exercises’ of hers.” Charlene said.
“I understand, but this is a special time. I did practically remake both costumes, so they would fit you correctly, no? So Jane felt I should be able to see them in all their glory. I do get out for more than just grocery shopping, you know!” Marie kidded Charlene. After Charlene had changed into a different set of lingerie, Marie packed everything into a garment bag and told Charlene to hurry for breakfast.
The standard part of the morning zipped by, maybe it was the excitement of being in a parade, maybe the nervousness of how mean Sandy would be today, but whatever it was, Charlene soon found herself sitting in Sandy’s chair having her hair done in the typical ‘up-do’ that you see in pictures of Florence Nightingale. Sandy had actually been pleasant throughout the morning and was more distracted by the various ‘Queens’ and their courts. It seemed ‘Marisha Chalet’ was THE place for hair and makeup today!
“You seem awfully busy today, Sandy. Is it always this way on a parade day?” Charlene asked, trying to keep the conversation away from her and on the general topic of the day.
“Yep kiddo, it always is. We’re the ‘Official’ hair, nail and makeup shop for the Labor Day Parade every year. Today is a little busier than normal since you and Joan are here. Jane doesn’t always have her students in this parade, but when the opportunity presents itself, she likes to get you involved a little with the locals. It’s good PR for the school and you get a chance to get all dressed up and look pretty! Isn’t that a wonderful thing for you, Charlene?” Sandy smiled at Charlene.
“Umm… Yes, I think you are right, it would benefit the school, knowing we helped the local R.O.T.C. group, especially in this day of so much unrest in the world. Maybe we could actually hope for world peace!” Charlene put on her best plastic smile for Sandy.
“I hope for world peace! That’s how I became ‘Cranberry Queen’ this year.” came a comment from the next chair.
Charlene and Sandy looked over to see who had made the comment. There sat Misty Hansen.
“Hi! I’m Charlene. So you are the Cranberry Queen, what was the competition like?” Charlene replied, hoping to change the topic.
“Hi! I’m Misty Hansen the current Cranberry Queen and those girls over there are my court. The competition was OK. You know, long gown, swimsuit, the question actually was ‘Would you like to have world peace if possible?’ Like, I couldn’t believe they actually asked that question! So like everyone said ‘Well yea!’ But like, I guess I gave a better answer than the others did, because I like was crowned Queen and the others are my court. How about you? Like, why are you here today?” Misty asked Charlene.
“I’m part of the R.O.T.C. float. We are filling in since they don’t have enough girls in the unit. I get to look like ‘Florence Nightingale’ when she was nursing wounded soldiers.” Charlene replied. “My classmate, Joan, over with Carolyn, gets to be a World War Two nurse.”
“So like, are you part of the Rot-see group?” Misty asked.
“No, we attend the Thompson Academy and Ms. Thompson agreed to have us fill in since it involved a tribute to our servicemen and women. I guess she thought it would help us think about all the soldiers and the support people over in Iraq.” Charlene replied.
The girls quieted down for a few moments, when Sandy left to get something, Charlene looked at Misty. “I really think this is all so Sandy has someone new to torture on a holiday!”
Misty laughed at the comment. “Like, I must admit, the hair style is quite elaborate. How about the costume?”
“Worse! It involves a very tight corset. I haven’t figured out how women did anything wearing one of those. I can hardly breathe when I’m in it.” Charlene replied.
Sandy returned and quickly finished Charlene’s hair, then moved her over to a nail station where another girl took over and did a quick change of color. Then on to Carolyn for makeup.
“Hi Caro! How are you today?” Charlene asked as she sat down.
“Just fine Charlene. I see you have been paying attention in class your makeup looks very nice. Just right for a trip to the beauty shop. Now let’s get you cleaned, scrubbed, and redone in more appropriate makeup for a parade.” Caro said as she started applying makeup remover to Charlene’s face.
Charlene watched carefully how Caro did her makeup she knew that Jane would probably quiz her on it after the parade was over. A darker foundation was used to simulate being outside for long periods of time, then the colors were put on brighter and covered more area than for normal daily wear. The blush and lipstick deeper in color than Charlene normally wore. Carolyn explained that it was like doing theatrical makeup, overdone when close up but just right from thirty feet away. In no time at all, Charlene was ready to change into her costume.
“Marie is back in Changing Room Two, Charlene. She said to just send you back and she would help you change.” Carolyn said as she removed the protective cape from Charlene.
“Thank you Caro, see you in a bit.” Charlene replied as she stood and headed for the changing room. She did a little ‘finger wave’ at Misty as she passed by.
Charlene knocked and waited at the changing room door. Marie called ‘enter’ so Charlene did. She knew it was a special day, but she was not ready for what she saw when she entered the room.
In the middle of the room was a small trapeze type structure. Marie was standing there smiling at Charlene waiting for her to get over the shock of seeing the portable ‘lacing’ bar she and Jane had bought so many years ago for just this type of situation. After seeing Charlene’s surprise leave her face Marie decided it was time to speak.
“Hello Cherie! I see you have noticed my portable lacing bar, no? How else did you think we would get your waist to the right size? After all, your corset must close all the way or your dress will not fit!” Marie stated and then turned to gather the garments necessary for Charlene’s transformation into ‘Florence Nightingale’.
It seems that Charlene had heard that argument so many times before that she just stripped to her panties, put on her under-corset chemise and walked over to the lacing bar to grab hold. There was no point in arguing with Marie, she had never managed to win yet!
The dressing hadn’t taken as long as Charlene had expected. It turned out that by wearing a training corset for so many days, her waist wasn’t that far from what was needed for the costume! This corset didn’t feel like she was being cut in half. It was tighter than the ones she had been wearing, but not too bad. After walking around the room a few minutes and then sitting to catch her breath, Charlene was ready to finish dressing.
Marie was a whirlwind of activity and kept Charlene so busy that she never realized she was finished and ready for her place on the R.O.T.C. float. A last look in the dressing room mirror revealed a lovely young nurse of a bygone era. Modest bosom, narrow waist, flared hip, hair up and out of the way. Even the nurse’s cap and the white pinafore screamed ‘girl’. Charlene smiled at the image as Marie walked up behind her.
“Come along Cherie! We must be on our way; it is almost time for you to be at the parade.” Marie said as she rested a hand on Charlene’s shoulder. “You look absolutely lovely and fit the part perfectly!”
“Thank you, Marie, but all of this… is yours and Sandy and Caro’s doing. I couldn’t look like this no matter what I did!” Charlene replied.
“Nonsense Mon Petit Chou. You are under all of the clothes and makeup, on anyone else they would hang like rags!” Marie beamed at her young charge. With nothing more to say, Marie hurried out of the room to check on Joan.
The two girls walked up to the R.O.T.C. float. It had a large banner on the side proclaiming ‘Caring for servicemen through the ages…’ Sponsored by your local ROTC. They saw a man directing the activity around the float and recognized him as Commander Hayden.
“Commander Hayden?” Joan asked as she and Charlene approached the float.
Brent Hayden turned and looked to see who had called. He saw a WW II Nurse in a crisp Khaki Green uniform with proper seamed stockings and low heels and a perfect picture of ‘Florence Nightingale’ standing demurely next to her. “Umm… Oh, yes! Joan and Charlene, right? I see you are… well are those the costumes I left with Marie?”
Joan let out a small giggle. “Knowing Tante Marie, I think the original outfits are probably being used as cleaning rags. I know all the undergarments are new.” Charlene just blushed at the mention of ‘undergarments’.
“I think you may be right. You both look lovely. Just give us a few more minutes and your partners will be ready to help you onto the float. I’m certain that Marie probably has you in a girdle or probably worse.” Commander Hayden replied with a smile.
“Corset!” Charlene muttered under her breath.
“Then you definitely need help getting onto and off of the float… Umm… Charlene, right?” Brent Hayden replied.
“How did he hear me?” Charlene whispered to Joan. Joan shrugged back ‘no idea’.
“I have very good hearing Charlene. It’s both a help and a curse. Sometimes I hear things I really didn’t want to hear. Mostly it just means I can hear things most people can’t. Don’t worry though; I won’t report anything you say to Jane Thompson.” Brent smiled at the shocked look on both girl’s faces when he mentioned Jane.
Joan looked at Charlene and made a zipping motion across her lips. Charlene just nodded and they looked at Commander Hayden.
Brent started laughing. Once he was able to regain his composure, he said, “Don’t worry so much. Jane and Marie will be in the reviewing stands and I don’t believe they have that good of hearing that they could understand you as you ride past. Just look like you are tending your wounded soldier and everything will work out just fine, I promise!”
Both girls nodded their heads and then followed Brent Hayden around the ROTC float. On the other side of the float was a set of portable steps and two ‘soldiers’ waiting at the bottom of the stairs.
As soon as the two boys saw Commander Hayden, they snapped to attention.
“At ease, both of you. I’d like to make the introductions and then you can escort these ladies to their proper places on the float. The one with the wrapped head and the stick for a crutch is John Williams, John this is Miss Charlene Hawkins, she will be your nurse.” Brent paused while John came over and kissed the back of Charlene’s hand and then stood next to her.
“The World War II pilot over there is Darren Johansson. This is Miss Joan King. She will be your nurse for the parade.” Again, Brent was pleased to see that Darren kissed Joan’s hand and then stood next to her.
“Alright, I’m going to head over to the reviewing stand after checking on our driver. I want to hear nothing but glowing reports from these girls about what gentleman you were or….” He left the sentence unfinished and received a pair of ‘Yes Sirs’ from the two boys. Satisfied, he nodded his head and went to make sure the driver of the float had everything he needed.
“Or what?” Charlene asked, more to herself, but loud enough for the two boys to hear.
“Or we get to clean the barracks and do an extra ten laps around the football field everyday for a month.” Darren replied. “He told us we had best be perfect gentlemen. That he was having you girls help us out as a favor from an old friend and didn’t want it messed up.”
John just nodded his head in agreement.
After a couple of minutes small talk, like where the school was and what it was like, the boys helped the two nurses up onto the float. Climbing onto a float was difficult enough without wearing a corset or a slim pencil skirt, so the portable steps were handy. Once on the float, Charlene and John headed for the front of the float. Since this was to honor nurses through the ages, she would be at the front representing the earliest nurse. Joan was back about two-thirds of the way, between a World War One and Korean War M.A.S.H. couple.
“So…. Umm.. How long will you be at the… the Academy?” John asked hesitantly.
“I hope to go home by next summer, unless something else happens. At least that is what I was told when I started there.” Charlene replied trying not to let on why she was at Jane Thompson’s school.
“Oh! So are you like allowed to go out or anything? John responded.
Charlene looked at John as if he had just grown a second head. “Are you asking me out?” She asked.
All John could do was blush and nod his head.
Now Charlene was totally lost as to what to do. But she thought it was cute the way he blushed and tripped all over himself to ask her out. ‘How do I let him down without sounding like a B***h?’ Charlene thought for a moment, and then replied. “How old do you think I am?”
“15, maybe 16?” John said.
Charlene laughed. “I’m sorry, I’m only thirteen. My parents don’t let me date yet, so I’m positive Ms. Thompson won’t let me date either! It’s the makeup and this corset and padding, it makes me look older than I am.” She smiled at John to let him know it was ok.
John was staring at her, his mouth doing a fish impersonation. “But… I… thought you were… umm… ah… I’m sorry!” John was stammering himself deeper into a hole and didn’t realize he should stop.
“John? Settle down! It’s okay, honest! I’m really quite flattered by your compliment.” Charlene said trying to settle her ‘float partner’ down.
After a few minutes of small talk, one of the parade organizers came by and told them they were next in line. Everyone on the float took their places and put on the safety straps provided. John was lying on a cot while Charlene stood next to the cot holding some clean cloths. Her job was to look at John and then wave to the crowd. She would then remove a cloth tied around his arm and replace it with one that she was holding, giving the illusion of changing the soldier’s bandage.
The parade lasted forty-five minutes and Charlene changed the bandage twenty times during the parade. She even managed a big smile for Marie when they went past the reviewing stand. Marie, of course, was taking pictures as fast as her camera would allow, trying to get as many of Joan and Charlene as she could.
Eventually the parade ended and the float came to a halt. The safety straps were undone and the boys helped their ‘nurses’ off the float. John just looked at Charlene after helping her to the ground and said. “Thank you for filling in, and I’m sorry I embarrassed you earlier. Wow! You’re really only thirteen?”
Charlene was laughing as Joan walked up beside her. “Yes John, I’m only thirteen. I told you I’m flattered you think I look older, but I don’t believe Ms. Thompson would let me date anyone, not just you.” Charlene then went over and gave John a hug and a kiss on the cheek. “Thank you for being a gentleman.”
Joan saw the exchange and looked up to see Marie and Jane headed toward them, with Commander Hayden right behind. “Charlene!” She nodded her head toward the oncoming group of adults.
The two boys turned just as the trio of adults arrived.
“Anything bad to report about these two?” Commander Hayden asked Charlene and Joan.
“No sir! They were perfect gentlemen as far as we were concerned.” Joan stated. Charlene nodded her head in agreement.
“That is good to hear. Ok, you two are dismissed. Go help everyone get the float ready to depart for the garage. We may need it for the Flag Day parade.” Brent Hayden motioned to the rest of the group that were taking down flags and stowing anything loose on the float, so it wouldn’t blow away on the trip.
“Joan, Charlene, I would like to personally thank you for doing this for me and my team. The float took ‘First Place’ in the ‘Patriotic Theme’ category this year. We will be having a party to celebrate this on Saturday during our normal meeting. I would like to invite the two of you to the party as our way of saying thank you.” Brent told the two girls.
Both Charlene and Joan looked at Jane. Jane just nodded her head, meaning they should accept the invitation.
“We would be honored to attend Commander Hayden. If you would let Ms. Thompson know when and where, Charlene and I will be happy to attend.” Joan nudged Charlene and they both gave little curtsies.
“I’ll call on Thursday with the time and place of the party, if that is okay with you, Jane?” Brent asked.
“That will be fine. I am certain the girls are looking forward to being away from my academy for a little while. You know how girls like to dress up for such special occasions.” Jane smiled at Brent and the girls.
Both of the girls groaned inwardly. This was just going to be another of Jane’s little tests they both just knew it. Then Commander Hayden spoke.
“When we have a party it is usually a casual dress affair. Our members will be in fatigue pants and pullover shirts. I wouldn’t want the girls to show up in long gowns when everyone else will be casually dressed.” Brent Hayden stated.
“I’m certain the girls will be suitably attired. It’s time to go girls. I think both of you would like to change out of those period costumes on such a warm afternoon. We will talk more Thursday Commander.” Jane replied. She nodded her head toward Commander Hayden and then headed off in the direction of her car. Marie, Joan, and Charlene followed behind.
Once in the car Marie turned around to talk to the girls. “Mon Petites! I was so proud of both of you, you looked absolutely exacte’ment! It was like looking at a piece of history in the flesh! I have many pictures of both of you. I’ll have to start a scrapbook!”
“I agree, both of you did extremely well today.” Jane said in between Marie’s praises. “I was going to suggest a stop for lunch at the Country Club, but I think we should go back to the academy and let you out of your costumes. Maybe we can go out later to celebrate.”
Charlene took as deep a sigh as her corset would allow, at least she wouldn’t have to go out to eat in this outfit. ‘I couldn’t eat very much in this corset, anyway.’ She thought as the car travelled closer to the academy.
The next week was ‘normal’ for the Thompson Academy. Studies, piano and ballet, changes of clothing and makeup and a visit from Edith White. This time Charlene apologized to Ms. White for her outburst on her last visit. The apology was accepted and Charlene and Joan excused themselves to return to their studies.
Saturday came and after breakfast, Jane let the girls know that they would be leaving at eleven for the celebration at the ROTC meeting. ‘Dress appropriately.’ Was Jane’s last comment.
Charlene had searched her closet for an hour trying to find something ‘casual’. Eventually she decided on a sundress in a pale yellow. This choice meant a change in lingerie and hosiery. “More clothes changing!” Charlene mumbled to herself as she changed. Throwing the back of her hand to her head, she sighed and looked at the ceiling “When will it all end?” She said in a melodramatic flourish. Then giggled to herself and finished changing for the party.
The girls arrived at the party and discovered they were the fanciest dressed of everyone. The two ROTC girls were in jeans and t-shirts, while all the boys were in khaki pants and ROTC polo shirts. Joan and Charlene stood out from this crowd.
That didn’t stop John and Darren from coming over and escorting the girls to the refreshment table and then introducing them to the rest of the unit. When the ‘DJ’ started playing music (Just an old tabletop stereo with a cassette player). The boys asked Joan and Charlene to dance. Knowing they should accept, but not knowing how to dance, meant that Charlene was rather nervous.
“Just follow what the other girls are doing.” Joan whispered to Charlene.
“Ok.” Came the short reply. Actually, dancing with John wasn’t bad. All the music was popular and therefore no touching between the dance partners. This took a lot of pressure off Charlene and by the third dance; she was starting to enjoy dancing.
The three hours flew by as every member of the squad danced with Joan and Charlene and when Commander Hayden called the last dance, he actually played the disco era hit. Everyone moaned but got into the dancing anyway.
After saying goodbye to everyone and once again thanking the commander for inviting them, the girls got into the car and fell asleep on the journey home.